Circuses - Brief Bits

I

I. X. L. Wild West - 1910, 1914-15,   also I. X. L. & Harris, King Bros. I. X. L.

1910: After showing in all the principal cities in Florida, King Bros.' I. X. L. Ranch Wild West Show played Christmas week in the city of Tampa to a good business. Sveral matched cattle roping contests were given, which was a new game to Florida. The contests proved very interesting to the ropers of the King Bros.' show. The Florida cowboys do not ue the lariat, but ride up to the steers and throw them by the tail. Some very fast time was made by Capt. Jack King and some of his cowboys. The first steeer turned out fell to Tom King . . . . Leaving Port Tampa, Florida, January 4, aboard the steamship Mascot, the show sailed for Havana, Cuba, where it has engagements for twelve weeks in the city of Havana. The company consists of fourteen Cheyenne Indians, twelve cowboys, four cowgirls, Prof. Chapel's twelve piece cowboy band, and thirty-two head of horses. Capt. King expects to play all the principal cities of the Island before returning to the States. Billboard, January 22, 1910, p. 20.

1914:

    Wanted immediately, man for Punch and magic, side show and concert acts, agents, billposters, musicians, candy butchers, cooks, people in all lines of circus and wild west business. Concessions for sale. Address I. X. L. Ranch and Harris Shows Combined, care Atkin Hotel, Knoxville, Tennessee. Billboard, March 21, 1914, p. 64.

    I. X. L. Real Wild West Show. Jack W. King, proprietor; Bobbie Fountain, manager; R. Lehman, asst. manager; F. King, treasurer; J. McLean, secretary; Chas. Elliott, general agent; Tom Shirley, supt. canvas; Chas. Hartley, boss hostler; J. McLean, supt. commissary dept.; Jack Rhinehart, supt. ring stock; Blackie Norris, supt. working crew; Kid Howard, supt. animals; Joe Holmes, checker-up. Show opens at Knoxville, Tennessee, April 2. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

1915: On account of inclement weather and bad conditions in the Southern States, the I. X. L. Ranch Show closed at Dawsonville, Georgia, December 12, about two weeks earlier than Manager Jack King had planned, as he promised Christmas dinner on the lot. The show opened in Knoxvllle, Tennessee, April 1, playing two days under the auspices of the Elks, and toured Tennessee, Kentucky, West Virginia, Old Virginia, North Carolina and Georgia. It is now in winter quarters at Gainesville, Georgia. Fifty-five horses, seventeen wagons and from forty-five to seventy people were carried. Manager King expects to enlarge the show to twenty-four wagons next season, carrying six cages of wild animals and seventy head of horses. Besides the main show, there will be a wild animal show, pit show, curio stand, shooting gallery, palmistry, ball games and refreshments. The show opens in Gainesville, Georgia, early in March, and will make one and two-day stands. Billboard, January 9, 1915, p. 22.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Jack W. King, proprietor; Bobby Fountain, manager, 1914.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Idaho Jack's - 1911-13   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913

1911: Wanted for Idaho Jack Railroad Show. Small band, a few acts. Idaho Jack, Mineral, Ill. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 29, 1911, p. 2.

1912: Wanted, for Idaho Jack's R. R. Show. Some good acts and band people. Address Idaho Jack, Blue Earth, Minn. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 29, 1912, p. 26.

1913: Idaho Jack's R. R. Show. Kemp Bros., proprietors; J. T. Kemp, manager; W. L. Kemp, assistant manager; Mrs. W. L. Kemp, treasurer; Mrs. J. T. Kemp, secretary; J. M. Simons, supt. canvas; Johnny Williams, trainmaster; Al Williams, supt. props; Frank Swain, supt. working crew. Show opens at Muncie, Ind., April 14. Billboard, March 22, 1913, p. 75.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Imperial Circus - 1894

    Roster of Imperial Circus and Pantomime Co. . . . Robert Stickney . . . Wm. Showles, Wm. Lowanda, Wm. Marks . . . Harry Delmain, John Showles, Fred Stickney . . . Josie Marks . . . Ten head of stock, performing ponies and dogs. New York Clipper, February 10, 1894, p. 787.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Indian Bill's Wild West - 1903

• See the article on the 1903 show, online in Bandwagon, March 1943 (scroll down).

• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America also lists Indian Bill's Wild West and Cole & Rogers' Circus Combined, J. A. Jones, proprietor, 1906.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Indian Pete's Wild West - 1911

    Kansas City, Mo., March 4. A new wagon show, with headquarters in Lemon, S.D., and which ill probably open the season about the first of May, is that of Indian Pete's Wild West Show, with Pete Culbertson and Dr. D. B. Boyd as owners and managers. Both these gentlemen were in Kansas City the week of February 20, selecting their outfit. They gave the Beggs Wagon Co., of Kansas City, their entire order for wagons, which included one band wagon, one ticket wagon, two chariots and a number of heavy baggage and pole wagons. Billboard, March 11, 1911, p. 20.

    The Billboard of March 11 inadvertently stated that Indian Pete's Wild West Show was a wagon show. Indian Pete's Wild West Show is a railroad car show and the wagons obtained here from the Beggs Wagon Co. are heavy baggage and pole wagons, two chariots, a ticket wagon, etc. Pete Culbertson and Dr. Boyd are the owners and managers of this show. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 27.

    Minneapolis, Minnesota. The five vans and the ticket wagons belonging to Indian Pete and his Wild West Show, which showed in this city the week of the Civic Celebration of July 3 to 8, were attached by Sheriff Otto Langum and his deputies, Saturday, July 8, on a writ of attachment obtained by Bandmaster Charles Garrison, who states that the band has due them to date from the show the sum of $400. Indian Pete claims that the show has not made any money since the beginning of the season, and he also stated that he intended to go on with the show from here to Red Wing, Minn., although at the date of this writing he had not retained an attorney to attempt to set aside the writ, nor raised a bond to cover same, and his wagons were in the transfer barn in the possession of deputy sheriffs. The bandmen claim that business has been very poor all along the route of the show, and that in Albert Lea, Minn., they were forced to go to private residences and ask for food. Billboard, July 22, 1911, p. 51.

    At Grand Rapids, Wisconsin, July 26, the W. H. Coulter Famous Railroad Shows and Indian Pete's Wild West were merged into one. This outfit has 24 cars back with the Show and two in advance. Billboard, August 5, 1911, p. 24.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Boyd & Culbertson, proprietors, 1911.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Cirque Ingenieux - 1997

This was a new show in 1997, produced by Neil Goldberg. Bandwagon, March-April, 1998, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1997-1999.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Interior Circus - 1882

    John L. Davenport and wife and their boys, Ed. and Leon, the Quinnet Family, R. H. Whittaker and George Charvel(?) and wife have been engaged for next season with the Interior Circus. A. A. Beckett advertises for a lady rider for this show. New York Clipper, February 25, 1882, p. 814.

• A. A. Beckett was proprietor of this show.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Inter-Mountain - 1914

    Inter-Mountain Wagon Show. Chas. P. Helton [Heiton?], owner & manager; Guy Terhune, asst. manager; R. D. Churchman, general agent; H. J. Pearce, musical director; Duke Ward, supt. canvas; Magnus Erickson, boss hostler; Chas. Edker, supt. commissary dept. Show opens at Knights Ferry, California, March 16. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

International Circus - 1877

    The circus at the Offenbach Garden, Philadelphia, is now run on the Commonwealth plan. Chas. W. Fish and Romeo Sebastian are to have daily trials of skill during the week ending Jan. 6.
    The International Circus at the Offenbach Gardens, Philadelphia, was well attended during Christmas week. The Morosco(?) Family in a clever gymnastic act and Charles Reed in an equestrian act were the new appearances. Gymnast wanted by the Milton Jaspers, to do brothers and l'echelle. Must be a good tumbler and bar performer. Address J. N. Rentfrow, manager, Milton Jaspers, car of Clipper office. Now with W. W. Cole's Circus. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 6, 1877, pp. 323, 327.

    The International Circus, Philadelphia, was moderately attended during the past week. Charles W. Fish, in a bareback equestrian act, made his first appearance there on New Year's afternoon, and was the only novel feature of the programme then presented. New York Clipper, January 13, 1877, p. 335.

    The International Circus continued at the Offenbach Garden, Philadelphia, the past week. Romeo Sebastian, the equestrian, had a benefit on the 12th inst., when the following volunteered: Martinho and Alberdo Lowande, Sam Long, . . . New York Clipper, January 20, 1877, p. 343.

    The International Circus now exhibiting at the Offenbach Garden, Philadelphia, was moderately attended the past week. Charles W. Fish had a benefit on the 19th(?) inst., and George Richards, the cannon-ball performer, appeals for the patronage of his friends on the 23d(?) inst. New York Clipper, January 27, 1877, p. 351.

    Romeo Sebastian has retired from the mangement of the International Circus, Philadelphia, Pa., and will spend the remaining Winter months at his home in Middlebush, N.J. New York Clipper, February 3, 1887, p. 359.

    George Richards, cannon-ball performer, had a complimentary benefit January 22, at the Offenbach Garden, when the concluding circus performance was given there. New York Clipper, February 3, 1887, p. 359.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus International - 1980 (Canada)

• This was a new circus in 1980, headed by Leo Duplessis. Their season ended August 24, three weeks earlier than planned, and one of the owners, Fernard Brouilette, said the close was due to lack of patrons and its future was uncertain. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus International - 1987

Patrick E. Shallow's Circus International played under Shrine auspices in Kentucky in April and May. He planned and contracted for another show, Shallow's New World Performing Circus, but it never opened. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus International - 1989, 1991

1989: George Moffat's Circus International appeared at the Zanesville Ohio fair in August. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 19.

1991: George Moffat's International Fair Time Circus played small fairs in Missouri, Ohio, Illinois and Pennsylvania. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 15.

• International Fair Time Circus is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1980 - circa 1990, George Moffert, president.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

International All Star Circus, 1980, 1984-86. 1990

1980: The show, owned by James Nordmark and managed by Hines Rucker, opened January 26 at Thomaston, Georgia. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 14.

1984: The show was out from February to late December, playing a reported 250 cities. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 13.

1985: Nordmark's International All Star, managed by Hines Rucker, toured the South, East and Midwest from February to June. The show re-opened August 29 in New Hampshire and continued until December. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 14.

1986: Nordmark's International All Star toured the South, Midwest and the East. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 15.

1990: Sometimes called Kristy Bros., the International All Star season apparently started in February and closed in September.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1969-1993, James Nordmark, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

International Circus of Dreams - 1989

Produced by Wini McKay and Chester Cable, the show played four weeks indoors in Manilla, New South Wales. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

International Circus Royale - 1989

Produced by Gary Lashinsky and Jerry Lonn, the three-ring show toured Alaska and the Yukon from July 11-23. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 24.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1989-1990.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Irvin & Sons' - 1894

    Notes from the Great American Rail Road Show. Irvin & Son, proprietors of the show, are making great preparations for the coming season. They are having a new 100ft. round tip, with two 40(?)ft. middle pieces, manufactured. They will also carry a ___ tent for their side show. Eight wagons, including a band wagon, are in course of construction, which will be conveyed over the country by a train consisting of six cars and a sleeper. Everything connected with this show will be new and strictly first class in every way. Their opening show will occur in Indianapolis, Ind., May 1. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.

    Roster and notes from the Great American Railroad Shows. Irvin & Son, proprietors and managers; Wm. Marshell(?), railroad contractor; Frank Krvin, superintendent of stock, with five assistants; Harry St. Clair, boss canvas man, with ten assistants; Phil Coupe, in charge of sideshow, with a large staff; Ed. Long(?), equestrian director, with troupe of trained dogs; Will Brandon, singing and talking clown; the Merdiths . . . The show will open in May at Indianapolis, Ind. Everything is on a hustle at headquarters. The wagons and cars are getting their finished touches. The roster is not yet complete, but will be made up of the best people. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    Wanted, for Irvin & Son's Great American Railroad Shows, people in all branches of circus business. Bar team who can do brother act, Punch and Judy man who can do magic, band of ten or twelve pieces, chandelier man, canvas men, 4, 6, and 8 horse drivers. Candy stand privilege for sale. Address Irvin & Son, ___ W. Washington Street, Indianapolis, Ind. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 844.

    Call. All people engaged for Irvin & Son's Great American Railroad Show report at Indianapolis, April 28(?), 1894. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 92.

    Notes from Irvin & Sons' Great American Railroad Shows. Everything is now complete, having just received the canvases, including a 100ft. top with two ??ft. middle pieces, a side show top 60 by 110 ft. and eight new tableau wagons. Our new cars consist of a sleeper, privilege, two stock and two flats. The performers: Brandan and Regina, . . . Robbins Bros., Jack and Lotta Wolf, F. S. Putnam and wife, Billy Brandon, Alford Nevada(?), Albert Howe, Ed. C. Long, Prof. S. E. Moore, musical director, with twelve pieces: C. T. Kromer, H. A. Ward, C. Thornton, . . . Chas. L. Stout, . . . W. Kinghorn, J. T. Laycox, Bud Carman and Geo. Rife. The side show will consist of Major Phil Coup, the veteran superintendent, with an efficient staff of assistants. Prof. Le Carlo's band of seven pieces and a large orchestrion will furnish music. Prof. M. R.(?) Silver will do magic and punch, . . . black art; Mme. De Coupe will handle the serpents, alligators and school of trained doves. The feature will be the canni??? man, having large food bags or pockets, reaching from the chin almost to the waist capable of ??ding food for three or four days' supply. Among the features will be a woolly man from the interior of Japan, cat faced and dog faced babies, horned woman and Indian maiden with her Indian musical instruments, performing conger or Indian devil, elephant, sea monster, sea horse, and a petrified child. Hank Wise Jr. master of canvas, with five assistants; B. W. Marshall, general advance and contracting agent; Henry W. Bothwell, in charge of car No. 1, with six assistants; Jasper Will???, in charge of skirmish brigade, with four assistants; F. M. Browne, lithographer and programmer, with two assistants; boss canvas man, Harry Sinclair; assistant, Chas. Grothe, with twenty men; Lawrence Marshall, chandelier man; Bill Browning, boss hostler, with ten assistants; John Kay???, master of transportation, with five assistants; W. C. Ripley, ticket agent and treasurer; John L. Henry, steward. . . New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 85.

    Roster of Irvin & Son's Big Twenty-Five Cent Wagon Show. Irvin & Sons, proprietors; Frank Irvin, treasurer; E. C. Long, manager. We have sixteen wagons, and carry forty-six head of stock. Albert Howe, principal leaper; Joe Wolfe, principal bar performer; Geo. Cannon, talking clown; Arthur Howard, knockabout clown; The Three Beltens(?), in a brother and ladder act; the Put??ms, Frank and Lottie, sketch team; Professor Baroker's band of solo musicians is the feature of the show. We are playing to good business, and are billed for the Northwest. Dick Beemer, general contracting agent; John Rhodes, advertising agent; Chas. Hohn(?), in charge of paper, with six assistants; Fred Ball, lithographer and programmer. The show opened five weeks ago, and has been a winner. New York Clipper, June 23, 1894, p. 245.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Irwin Bros. - 1887-89, 1890-95, 1919

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887-89, 1893, 1913-15, 1919

1887:

    Irwin Bros.' Shows opened season in Buffalo, N.Y., May 2. Roster: Frank M. Beck, proprietor; Fred Irwin, general manager; Ed. Rullen, general contracting advance agent with six assistants; Wesley Emmerson, boss canvasman with ten assistants; Al. Noble, boss property man with three assistants . . . Ed. Burns, master of transportation with eight assistants; Edward McFelly [McPelly?], boss groom with ten head of stock. Circus people: Lee Malville, charge of dressing room and equestrian director; Bill Irwin, equilibrist; Mable Family, bicyclists, four in number; La Rose Bros., leapers and tumblers; Andrew Downie, aerial act; Irwin Family, five in number, Roman ladders; Mme. Duro, female Hercules . . . Prof. Neil Smith, troupe of educated ponies, goats, dogs and cats; Graperian Family, trick and fancy roller skaters; Byrnes Bros., grotesque dancers and crayon artists; Marney and Fritzie Paul, gymnasts; Madeline, female juggler. The show plays only week stands. Canvas, 100ft. round top with 50ft. middle piece; 50ft. dressing room top; cook tent, stables, one ring and a stage. The show uses its own cars, three flats, one stock and one sleeper. New York Clipper, May 14, 1887, p. 132.

    Neil Smith and his equines are now with Irwin Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, July 2, 1887, p. 242.

    The roster of Irwin Bros.' Circus, now traveling through the East, includes the Albion Family, La Rose and Byrnes brothers, William Irwin, Lee Malville, Neil Smith, Steve Maney, Al. Nobles, Charles Rench, Joe Larose, Fritzie Paul, Jerry Heart, Pickett and Mayoa(?), and Nash, Mme. Duro, Downie, Madeline, Olive Myers and Beatrice Leo. Frank M. Beck is proprietor and Fred Irwin manager. New York Clipper, August 6, 1887, p. 326.

1888:

    Season 1888, wanted, for Irwin Bros.' Big Show, lady double trapeze act and other lady specialties, good musical team. Fred Irwin, manager, permanent address, Eagle House, Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, January 21, 1888, p. 727.

    Roster of Irwin Bros.' Railroad Show: Henry Pullman, general agent and four assistants; Fred Irwin, proprietor and manager; John Winter, treasurer and press agent . . . Billy Edwards, Blanche Edwards, Nash and Jackson, Marx and Smith, Fritz Young . . . Minnie Pierce and Emma Richards, Fritz Young and Andrew Downey, clowns; the Edwards, Miss Nina, Melville and Downie, Frank Beck, Toner, Edwards and Young, the Two Lotties and Richards and Pierce. . . . New York Clipper, March 3, 1888, p. 816.

    Irwin Bros.' Ten Cent Circus opens at Buffalo, N.Y., April 30, for one week. They have their own sleeper, a 65ft. stock and two 50ft. flat cars, with nine wagons and ten horses. William Hill is the sleeper porter. The sideshow people are: Harry mack, general lecturer; Three Leopard Children, J. R. Costello and wife, Mlle. Dora, tattooed lady; Mlle. Van Zant, Circassian. Al. Noble and five men have charge of sideshow canvas. New York Clipper, May 5, 1888, p. 123.

    Of Irwin Brothers' Show the Rochester Herald of May 17, says: "Irwin Brothers' ten and twenty cent circus pitched its canvas here. Among the features are James Irwin, who balances on his head on a swinging trapeze and performs several feats. Mack and Smith in exhibitions of wrestling. Lenton brothers in acrobatic feats. Malville and Downie, athletic performances, George Nash in fancy and trick bicycle riding, and Prof. Shedman with his troupe of trained dogs." Wellsville Daily Reporter (Wellsville, NY), September 20, 1888, n.p.n.

1889:

    Roster of Irwin Bros.' Big Shows: Irwin Brothers (proprietors), Ed. C. Cullen, general agent; W. H. Ashton, Peter Jenkins, Al Noble, Wm. E. McFeely, Jacob Irwin, Chas. Hussey, Nelson Curry . . . Harry Mack, Albert Anderson, Stirk and Zeno, aerial artiste; Herbert Bros., Frank Cotton's performing donkeys, King Sisters, Fritz Paul, Edwards Bros., Olive Meyers, Lowell and Mardell, the Arcaris, the Bicketts, Phil Miller, the American Macs, Gordon and Lick, William Shearer, Al and Emma Noble, Harry Mack, John Castello, Mlle. Castello . . . The show travels in its own cars. New York Clipper, April 20, 1889, p. 97.

    Fred Irwin, the young and energetic circus manager, has, for the coming season, put together an excellent company. Among those lately signed are Stirk and Zeno, late of Barnum’s Show, and the Three Herbert Bros. Equestrian Director Shedman has been at Buffalo, N.Y. for some time past, working on some new stock, and getting it ready for the opening. In the collection he will handle this season are five ponies, one donkey, eight monkeys, a gorilla, an ant eater and fourteen dogs. He will also take charge of the dressing room, which position he filled very satisfactorily last season with this show. “Red” Jenkins is at the east end quarters, with his staff, very busily engaged in painting, and getting everything ready for the opening May 2. Mac Feiley, boss hostler, is also hard at work on the decorations, etc. Ed. Cullen (advance representative), Frank Beck, Fritzy Paul, Billy Sherer and the twin “Chandys” are at the Buffalo Winter quarters, waiting for the white tents to be pitched. [1889 admission 10 and 20 cents] New York Clipper, May 4, 1889.

    From the Irwin Bros. Shows. At Elmira, N.Y., it started to rain Thursday, May 30, and kept up all that night, all day Friday, and until 9 o'clock Saturday. It held off long enought to give a matinee, but when the concert was about half over, the water began to come in under the canvas in streams. In less than a half an hour the canvas was in three feet of water, and seats, jacks, trunks and everything that would float started down stream. The canvas was not pulled down until Monday, June 3, and then it had to be taken down in over two feet of water. We arrived at Waverly at 9 o'clock, losing that day. On 4, after the matinee, it started to rain so hard that we could not give a night show. Our next stand was Oswego, but manager Irwin decided not to move that night. We stayed at Waverly another day and let the rain get ahead of us. . . . New York Clipper, June 15, 1889, p. 225.

    The Irwin Brothers' circus pitches its tent tomorrow for a week's stay. Robert Stickney, rider, joins the troupe here. Stark and Zeno, aerial act, Prince Pharaoh and Costello, contortionists, Melville's ladder act, leaping and tumbling by Charley Rench and his associates, Eunice Noble on the rings and Shedman's dog circus are among the attractions. Next week the circus goes to South Boston and then week after to Charlestown. Boston Daily Globe (Boston, MA), July 21, 1889, p. 10.

    Wanted, for Irwin Bros.' Circus, (leased) for long season, female riders (must have their own stock), acrobats, gymnasts, aerial artists, musicians, concert people. Those signing for winter season will have first privilege of following Summer season. John Winter, lessee and manager. Season 1887-8-9, business manager Irwin's Circus. Season 1888-9, business manager Irwin's Specialty Co. New York Clipper, October 5, 1889, p. 507.

    Denny Stirk, of Stirk and Zeno, left Irwin Bros.’ Show at Boston, Mass., and reports business good with that circus. He and Mr. Zeno join the Barnum Show at Utica, N. Y., for a year’s engagement. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889, p. 340.

1890:

    Wanted, five or six good novelty acts, for return dates in the East. . . . Fred Irwin, manager, Irwin Bros.' Big Specialty Show, address all letters to John Winter, general business manager, Irwin Bros.' Attractions, as per route. Jan. 20(?) Lyceum, Chicago; ___ Detroit; Feb. 3(?), Grand, Rochester. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 753.

    On the Road, Miscellaneous: Irwin Bros., Detroit, Mich. Jan. 27(?)-Feb. 1, Rochester NY 3-8. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 772.

    Rogers Bros. have signed with Irwin Bros.' Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.

    4th season, under the white tents, 1890, Irwin Bros.' Big R. R. Circus, Fred Irwin, manager. Wanted female riders (must have own stock), all kinds of aerial acts, first class brother act, good novelty acts for stage, good talking clown. All must leap and tumble. . . . Also want a good hustling agent, one that has had experience in contracting. Must be able to write up paper, and must know country thoroughly. Good leader, that can furnish first class band for circus business. . . . Address Jno. Winter, general business manager Irwin Bros.' Attractions, permanent address care of Clipper. Route: March 10, Miner's Eighth Avenue, New York; 17(?) Hyde & Behmans'(?), Brooklyn, 24; Kernan's, Washington, D. C., 31; Monumental, Baltimore, Md., April _; Williams', Pittsburg, Pa., 13(?); People's, Cincinnati, O. - 3d Season, 1890-91, Irwin Bros. Big Specialty Show. Wanted good, strong specialties, must be comedy acts and full of ginger. - 1st season, 1890-91, Irwin Bros.' Spectacular Burlesque Co. . . . New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 865.

    John and Nellie McCarthy were last week ___ at Tony Pastor's Theatre, this city, but were allowed to cancel on account of being with Irwin Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 7.

    Sankey Bros., contortion act, at Hyde & Behman's with Irwin Bros. Show. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 29.

    William Irwin, late of the Irwin Bros., has signed with the Bailey & Winans Circus for the tenting season. Mr. Irwin will bring out a new act this season, which he has worked hard and diligently to accomplish. Old time professionals who have seen the act pronounce it far ahead of anything they ever saw in the aerial line. The Irwins have been playing the past winter in the high class vaudeville theatres, and will take well earned and needed rest prior to their opening with the Bailey & Winans Show. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 46.

    For sale, in good order, __ft. round top, two __ft. dressing room tops, one ___ sideshow top, one horse tent, one cook tent. Will sell cheap. Address Jno. Winter, bus. manager, Fred Irwin, manager Irwin Bros. Circus, Trenton, N. J. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 80.

    The Powers Family join the Forepaugh Circus for one week, and then to go Irwin Bros.' Circus for the summer. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

    Roster of the advance brigades of Irwin Bros.' Shows: J. ?. Tucker, general agent; A. J. French, contracting agent . . . Harry Powell, chief lithographer, with two assistants . . . New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

    Irwin Bros.' Allied Shows open the season at Buffalo, N. Y., May 20(?). The show will travel by boat(?), everything being new. The people: Alex Wilson . . . H. Higgins . . . James J. Morton and wife; Mme. Irwin . . . and Prof. Woodward's band of ten men. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

    Wanted, good double somersault leapers, male and female riders with their own stock. Good talking and knockabout clown; also few more good aerial acts. Fred Irwin, manager. Jno. Winter, business manager Irwin Bros.' Circus, American House, Trenton, N. J. Show opens April 28. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 111.

    Notes from the Irwin Bros. Show: The show is new throughout, and more strongly made up than ever. . . . Our train consists of four first class cars and one stock and special Pullman sleeping care are also of the best. Everything is as bright and comfortable as can be, and businees has been large. The roster is as follows: Fred Irwin, proprietor; John Winters, treasurer; J. R. Tucker, advance with ten assistants; Jake Irwin, master of transportation; Pat Jenkins, superintendent; Will Melville(?), equestrian director . . . Three Melville Bros. . . . Geo. M. Jackson . . . Elmer and Gregory; Fritz Paul . . . the Lorella Bros. [Loretta?] . . . Mme. Stickney and her trained dogs, monkeys and ponies . . . Pat Morgan . . . and the following in the concert roster: Gordon and Lick . . . Riley and Wolfe; Madden(?) and Clark. The sideshow contingent is: John McBride; Harry Mack, with the three Leopard children . . . and Mrs. J. H. Lewis, Circassian, and with her two Albino children. . . . Henry Norton is boss hostler, with six assistatns, and has twenty-two head of stock . . . Geo. Irwin is master of privileges . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    People with Irwin Bros. Big Show(s), Harry Larose, Joe Larose, trick tumblers; 3 Melvelles, acrobats; W. E. Murdell, aerial acts, aerial novelty hoop a patent apparatus; Geo. M Jackson, "American Dude," fancy trick burlesque and ___ skater, general knockabout clown and novelty trick leaper; George Wilton, triple horizontal bar; Mignani Family, musical; John J. Powers, double drummer and xylophone player; Rosaline Stickney, lady dog trainer, dogs that do an aerial act, three somersault dogs; Geo. Gregory and Fred Elmer, triple horizontal bar; Chas. Clark, splash leaper; Loretta Bros., Otis and Chas., aerialsts and gymansts; Joseph Madden, Irish comedian; Blubbenheimer Quartet, singers; Pauline Carre, equestrienne; Stanton, juggling; Otis Loretta, double somersault leaper; Sankey Bros., contortionists; Gordon and Lick; Geo. Gregory, double somersault leaper; Joe Larose, double somersault leaper and clown; Fritz Paul, double somersault leaper and swinging perch. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 240.

    Notes from the Irwin Bros.' Show. New England has turned out extremely well, so far, and the show has given the best of satisfaction everywhere. The people are in excellent health and well satisfied with their season thus far. Our list of performers includes: Marry and Joe La Rose(?); the Three Melvelles(?); W. E. Murdell; Geo. M.(?) Jackson . . . John J. Powers; Rosaline Stickney; Gregory and Elmer; Chas. Clark; Fred Scarlet; Otis and Chas. Loretta; Joseph Madden; Mlle. Pauline Carre; Stanton; Gordon and Lick; the Sankey Bros.; Fritz Paul . . . and others. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.

    J. R. Tucker, general agent of Irwin Bros.' Show was a caller June 27(?). He reports good business. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 261.

    Good business prevails in Jersey with the Main & Van Amburgh Shows. . . . We have had several professional visits of late, viz., John Winters, of the Irwin Show . . . New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 262.

    Ralph A. Ward has joined the advance brigade of Irwin bros.' Circus for the summer. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.

    . . . Manager Irwin has added several new wagons and flat cars to his show and splendid business is reported. Joseph Madden and John F. Leonard have joined hands and are doing an excellent Irish turn in the concert. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    At liberty for season of 1890-91, Sankey Bros., posturing contortion act. Address . . . Irwin Bros. Circus, as per route. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 303.

    Paterson, New Jersey. Four circuses in five days . . . T. K. Burk's, Aug. 11, Irwin Bros., 12(?), Washburn & Arlington's 13. Robert Hunting's Show was well patronized __. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 354.

    John E. Lewis closed his summer season, in charge of the paper with the No. 1 advance brigade of the Irwin Bros.' Circus, Aug. 1?, at Troy, N. Y., and resumed the position filled by him for the past ten season in advance of the Chas. L. Davis Co. Ralph ?. Ward succeeded him in charge of the paper with the Irvin Bros.' show. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.

    At liberty about Oct. 1, J. R. Tucker, agent now in advance of Irwin Bros. Circus. . . . Address Box __, Canton, Bradford Co., Pa. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 399.

    W. E. Murdell, formerly of the Murdells, single aerial novelty. had been with Irwin Bros. the past summer. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 416.

    J. R. Tucker has closed with the Irwin Bros. Circus and joined Washburn & Arlington's Shows as contracting agent. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

    To managers: I wish it understood that the name, the Irwin Bros.' Show, may lead to confusion, as the original Irwin Brothers have split, and ther are no such brothers. I and my wife work alone, I doing swing head balancing and my wife doing iron jaw business - two distinct acts - and my brother Jim works with his wife, playing dates. We have had no connection with this show for over a year and a half, so managers booking the said show and expecting to see our head balacing acts will be disappointed. I write this in justice to my friends, who go to the show expecting to see myself and brother. Yours truly, Wm. Irwin, care of Post Office, Cincinnati, O. New York Clipper, December 20, 1890, p. 654.

1891:

    Wanted, for Irwin Bros.' Big Show, Fred Irwin, Manager. 4 good talking and knockabout clowns, 10 female aerial acts, 1 good boss canvasman, 4 good seat men (will pay good salary), 15 four, six and eight horse drivers, 1 good boss property man (one that understands handling big aerial acts). Address Fred Irwin, manager, week March 9, Kernan's Theatre, Washington, D. C.; March 16, Kernan's Theatre, Baltimore. After that care of Clipper. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 830.

    Call. All people engaged for Irwin Bros.' Big Show report at Yonkers, N. Y., on Monday, April __. Show opens April 27(?). Post Office, Yonkers, N. Y. Fred Irwin. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 107.

    Notes from the Irwin Bros. Circus. At Sing Sing, N. Y., May ?, about two o'clock A. M., fire was discovered in our stock car, which was ??? to the trucks. We had jsut finished loading when the fire was discovered, and on account of the doors not being closed, it made quick headway. Inside of six minutes it had destroyed the entire car with the contents. One end was used for our working people, and the other end for ponies and donkeys. Prof. John White lost two donkeys, one Shetland pony, and one broncho and his trained stallion. . . . Lew Sunlin lost his trick donkey, Peanuts, while Pickles was pretty well scorched before we got him out of the car. . . . The Irwin Bros. lost two shetland ponies, all the parade costumes which were bought from the Barnum & Bailey show this Spring. About $300 worth of costumes which were mad eduring the Wainter and had never been used, twenty band uniforms, which were bought from Fred Waldmann about two weeks ago, besides all the bedding and the car. Irwin Bros. loss will foot up to $4,000. William Scharer(?), who has charge of candy stand, lost his entire stock and personal wardrobe, which was stored in a trunk. Although the loss is heavy it did not cripple us any in giving our show. Only one act was left out afternoon of ?, and that was replaced at night with Prof. White's troupe of dogs. A great many of our working people lost their clothes, as they did not have time to put them on. Some of the papers had it that the show was totally destroyed, which is not the case. We are giving the whole show, just same as when we opened, and we will be all right in a day or two. Fred Irwin is now in New York, negotiating with parties for a big car. We have a train of eight cars, and our business has been big since our opening. Of course the fire put a crimp in our bank roll, but by night of ? we will be all O.K. Charles R. White is our only contracting agent, and Dave Gedd is advertising agent. John Winter, our general agent, is now back with the show, looking after things while Fred Irwin is away. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

    Wanted quick, a good chandelier man. Wire to Poughkeepsie, Hudson or Troy, New York. Address Fred Irwin, Irwin Bros. Show. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 162.

    William Edwards, tumbler and pyramid performer and Joseph Wilton(?), bar performer. . . . Mr. Edwards . . . will very likely join the Irwin Bros. Show in New England at an early date, having worked with that show for several consecutive seasons. Next fall he will practice a new act in conjunction with his brother. . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 167.

    Troy, New York. Irwin Bros.' Circus comes 11, 12, 13. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 170.

    From the Irwin Brothers’ Circus: Eight ponies were recently added to the show, making forty-three head of stock for parade. The new parade costumes, trappings, etc., are nearly completed, and will be much handsomer than those destroyed in the fire. Everything will be finished by June 1. The show is giving the best of satisfaction. Josie Ashton is riding better than ever. Professor John White is breaking new stock to replace that lost in the fire. Stirk and Zeno are doing wonderfully clever work in their aerial act, having added several new tricks. Lew Suntin [sic Lew Sunlin?] bought another donkey, and will have him working in about ten days. . . . New York Dramatic News, May 23, 1891, p. 6.

    Holyoke, Massachusetts. Irwin Bros.' Circus played here 21(?), 22 to large crowds. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 202.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros.' Keene, N. H. May 27, Winchester 28, Gardnar, Mass. 29, Fitchburg 30, Waltham June 1, 2, Charles ton 3, 4, Chelsea 5, 6. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros.' Charleston, Mass June 3, 4, Chelsea 5, 6. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.

    John Winter, press agent, Irwin Bros. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 218.

    Notes from Irwin Bros.' Circus. After a twenty five days' stay in Maine we are once more back on our old stamping grounds, Massachusetts. Business in the larger cities and towns has been enormous, but the smaller ones were only fair. Since the fire at Sing Sing May 2, we have had no accident. The company is well and happy. . . . Fred Huber and wife were also visitors on that day. . . . Josie Ashton has had some wonderful press notices, Stirk and Zeno catch the audience daily with their daring act. The three Melvelles are improving in their brother act. . . . Manager Fred Irwin's wife was called home on account of the sudden illness of her father. Treasurer Winter leaves the show at the close of this season to go into partnership with ___ in the jewelry business out West. Manager Irwin has secured two very good novelties for his specialty company, and says he will have one of the very best variety companies on the road this season. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    At liberty for season 1891-92, Gordon and Lick, musical artists, address as per route Irwin Bros. Circus or Clipper. P.S. Eighth season with Irwin Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 393.

    Lowell, Massachusetts. Irwin Bros.' Circus did a good business Aug. 8, and Walter L. Main's Circus turned people away 10(?). New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 402.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros.', Kingston, N.Y. Aug 27, Albany 28, Saratoga 29 . . . Schenectady 31, Amsterdam Sept. 1, Gloversville 2, Johnstown 3, Utica 4, Rome 5. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 417.

    Wanted, one or two good strong specialties for Irwin Bros. Comedy and Vaudeville Co. season 1891-92. For balance of circus season. Good leapers and tumblers, good double trapeze (man and woman or two women), good chandelier man that understands Gale lights. Write quick to Fred Irwin, manager. Route: Aug. __ Newburg, N.Y., 27 Kingston, 28 Albany, 29 Saratoga, 31 Schenectady, Sept. 1 Amsterdam N.Y. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 429.

    Denny Stirk was a Clipper caller Aug. 28(?). He and his partner, Mr. Zeno, closed with Irwin Bros.' Circus 2?, owing to Mr. Zeno's illness. Mr. Stirk will rest for a few weeks at Atlantic City, N.J., until Mr. Zeno recuperates his health. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 435.

    J. B. Swafford joined the advance force of Irwin Bros.' Show . . . Mr. Swafford recently purchased a ___ dog, which he has named The Clipper. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 469.

    . . . Irwin Bros.' Circus . . . The circus closed its tour at Buffalo, N.Y., Sept. __. The Irwin Bros. will have a much larger __ next season, having added twelve cages of animals and considerable other new ___. Mr. White has not yet signed for the winter season, although he has several good offers. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.

    W. J. and Mme. Irwin have closed a twenty-one weeks' season with the Irwin Bros.' Show. They will play dates this winter. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.

1892:

    The Irwin Brothers' Circus, Menagerie and Hippodrome. The standard show of the East. Enlarged to three times its former size. Wanted for the side show . . . freaks, curiosities, snake charmers, glass ___ and fire eaters . . . Colored band. Ventriloquists and all acts pertaining to a first class museum preferred. . . . Address Harry Mack, ___ Bowery, New York City. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 853.

    Demonio, great forward bender, has signed with the Irwin Bros.' Show for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 15.

    Season 1892. Wanted, male and female riders, female aerialists, female hippodrome riders, knockabout clowns, railroad contractor. Irwin Bros.' New Railroad Circus, Museum, Double Menagerie and Real Roman Hippodrome. Everything new, three times its original size. Address Fred Irwin, manager, care of Courier Litho. Co., Buffalo, N.Y. 1892, 1892 season Irwin Bros.' Comedy and Vaudeville Co. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 64.

    Call. People engaged for Irwin Bros.' New R. R. Shows, Museum, Menagerie and Roman Hippodrome report at Eagle House, Buffalo, N.Y., Monday, April 2?, at 10 o'clock a.m. as follows: Performers to Fred Irwin; Jockeys and hippodrome riders to Frank Marion; Animal men to John White; bosses of different departments to C.(?) L. Irwin. Sideshow people to Harry Mack. Advance people report to Jno. Winter, Thursday a.m. April 1?. Performers notice the regular size trunks 18x__x24 will be carried, nothing larger. Wanted, a few more 4 and 6 horse drivers. Address Jack Griffin, Eagle House, Buffalo, N.Y. Canvas men address Jake Platt. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 95.

    Buffalo, New York. John Boyle has signed with Irwin Bros.' Circus, whose season opens at Buffalo, April 2?. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 102.

    Buffalo, New York. Irwin Brothers' Circus opened splendidly. Forepaugh comes 16, 17. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 150.

    Rochester, New York. Irwin Bros.' New Railroad Show give two performances her 10. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 150.

    The advance car No. 1, of the Irwin Bros.' All Feature Railroad Show, left Buffalo, N.Y., April 17 in charge of the genial Charles ?. White, with eighteen men. . . . The bill posters, lithographers and programmers are: . . . Thos. Coleman . . . Jos. Woods, Frank Barry . . . Byron Freebury and Ed. Smith. Capt. White has named the car the "Hustler(?)." It is a marvel of beauty, and was built expressly for Irwin Bros. and John Winter at a cost of $6,000(?). It has a pure snow white exterior, with enameled trimmings and gold letters. It is without a doubt one of the finest and best equipped advance cars ever placed on the road, with all of the latest improvement. The elegant private office is beautifully wainscoated with French plate mirrors from roof to floor, and is a dazzler and a surprise to all. Aside from that there are twenty single folding berths, and last, but not least, a musical caliope [sic] awakes the denizens when entering a town. Manager White reports that since they have been out that his men have made an average of ___ sheets of paper per week in the country, and his competent staff is doing some fine work. The second brigade is also doing some clever work. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros., West Troy NY May 26, Troy 27, 28 . . . New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

    Troy, New York. Irwin Bros.' circus had good business 27, 28. While taking down the tent 28, the centre pole fell, seriously injuring Wm. Paul, employe, about the head and shoulders. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 198.

    New Haven, Connecticut. Irwin Bros.' Big Shows are underlined for June 11. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

    Bridgeport, Connecticut. May 30(?) Forepaugh's Circus. June 10 Irwin Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros., Waterbury CT June 8, Bridgeport 10, New Haven 11. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

    Wanted to buy or rent, one or two more elephants and camels. Address Fred Irwin, Boston Job Print, Boston, Mass. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 257.

    Wanted, for the Irwin Bros.' Circus, lady equestrians with their own stock, acrobats, gymnasts, etc. For the side show curiosities and performers, a lady that can do an act and handle serpents. For circus address Fred Irwin; for sideshow address Harry Mack. As per route: Rochester N.H. July 13, Springvale, Me. 14, Saccarapa 15, Portland 16, Rockland 18, Bath 19. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 305.

    Notes from Irwin Bros.' Circus. Geo. Irwin left us July 13 to visit his family at Buffalo and combine business with pleasure. Quite a notable event occurred at Rochester, N.H., 13, which will long be remembered by the members of the Irwin Bros.' Co. There had been quite a little joking for the past three weeks about who could win the three legged race in the hippodrome, which finally resulted in a wager and a match between John McCabe, of the American Macs, and Frank D. Bryan, of the National Trio, as one team, and Cook House Bill and Horse Tent Jack to run against them as the other team. Each team put up ten dollars apiece, while the outside purse amounted to $280. The gong sounded, the race started, amid the cheers of the audience and excitement was intense, the performers urging their party ahead in order that the championship might be brought to the dressing room, while the hostlers and cook house people were just as vigorous in urging their champions to do the same for them. Bryan and McCabe secured the lead, and continue to increase the distance between themselves and their opponents, winning the race by ten yards. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.1892: Horse opera notes from Irwin Bros.' Circus. The advent of the Irwin Bros.' Show this season has fully proven their high standing reputation throughout the entire Western country, and have added many new towns to their circuit. This season the show has been enlarged in all its departments. Besides the double menagerie, mammoth hippodrome races, monarch museum, trained animal exposition and the big one ring colossal circus never fails to please the vast daily attendance. At Colebrook(?), N.H., Aug. 8, the show was the first circus that had visited that besighted burg in twenty-five years, and in fact the only railroad show that had ever exhibited in that place. It proved the ___ of the season, as thousands were turned away afternoon and evening. . . . Frank Bryan, the clown, never fails to capture the audience . . . Fred Irwin paid a flying visit to the advance . . . the show will go into Virginia, then close the season at New Orleans. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 372.

    J. E. Boyle, railroad contractor and advance representative of the Irwin Bros. Circus has received many offers for the coming seasons. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 372.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros.', Lynn MA Aug 19, 20. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.

    [Ad] Prof. John White, can be engaged for winter season with his collection of educated animals. Horses, dogs, ponies, mules, goats and monkeys. En route Irwin Bros.' Circus. Permanent address No. 3, Brady Ave., Baltimore, Md. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 398.

    Jersey City, New Jersey. Irwin's Circus will pay us a visit Sept. 7. Forepaugh is billed for 14(?). New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    Newark, New Jersey. Irwin Bros.' Circus pitch their tents here 7, 8, 9. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    Paterson, New Jersey. Irwin Bros. drew fairly good houses _. The stakes were pulled and the big tent removed from the old Ball Ground to the Colt's Hill lot, where two performances will be given _. Forepaugh's Circus exhibits here 26. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros., Jersey City NJ Sep 7, Newark 8-10, Orange 12. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 427.

    Wanted for a long season with Irwin Bros.' Circus, 5 more billposters. Address H. I. Ellis, Dover, N.J. Sept. 7, Newton, 8 . . . New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 435.

    Paterson, New Jersey. Irwin Bros. had poor houses 5. Forepaugh 26. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 438.

1893:

    Circus horses and cars for sale. I have taken on chattel mortgage the 8 trained ponies, two 36ft. and one ?0ft. flat cars. Formerly the property of Irwin Bros. I will sell all or a part of it at a reasonable figure. Anyone who has seen the circus in the past two years knows what the ponies can do, and what they are worth. Cars are all in best condition, and ready to move. Everything now laying in Buffalo, N.Y. John Paulin Jr., Mohawk Palace Bath, Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 730.

    Manager Fred Irwin writes us that contrary to . . . the Irwin Bros. Show stuff is not for sale at East Buffalo, N.Y. . . . Next season Irwin's Show will be on a bigger scale than ever, Mr. Irwin says. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 784.

    Wanted, for Irwin Bros.' Mammoth Two Ring Circus, Menagerie and Real Roman Hippodrome, greater, grander than ever. Performers in all branches of the circus business (male and female), riders, acrobats, female aerial acts, clowns, hippodrome riders, features for sideshow and curiosities of all kinds. For sale: 80ft. round top, two 40ft. middle pieces; sleeper (air brakes), sleeps 58(56?) people, bedding, etc., complete; two 50ft. flat cars (straight pipe); one 40ft. flat car (straight pipe); one 70ft. combination baggage car (air brake), sleeps 125 people, bedding, etc., complete. These cars, etc., can be seen by applying to Crandell & Co., East Buffalo, N.Y. Reason for selling this property is that we have purchased from Thos. L.(?) Grenier, the Enchanted Palace Cars, formerly the property of W. C. Coup. Season of 1893 we will have the finest circus train that ever left winter quarters. Address Fred Irwin, Irwin Bros. Co., Feb. 6, Empire Thea., Indianapolis; Feb. 13, People's Thea., Chicago; Feb. 20, Monumental Thea., Baltimore. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 797.

    Irwin Bros.' advance this season will be stronger than ever. The following well known agents, billposters and lithographers having been engaged: . . . Chas. King, in charge of car No. 1 with the following assistants: Geo. H. Hartford, lithographer; Wm. M. Kramer, boss billposter; Nick Thimas and Oscar ___, programmers and these billposters: . . . A. Harrington, W. J. Saunders, Chas. O'Malley, Wm. J. Smith, Frank Billings . . . George Blatz and Tom Coleman. Advance brigade No. 2: H. J. Melrose in charge . . . Thomas J. Ingram, programmer . . . and these billposters: Wm. Connors, Fred Johnson . . . Frank Keller and Charles Banks. Advance brigade No. 3 will consist of country route inspectors and general advertisers. This brigade will have four men, ___ Fred Beckman, the superintendent. It will be seen that Irwin Bros. have carefully selected their advance force. Car No. 1 was the auditorium(?) car of W. C. Coup's rolling palace. Besides having all modern conveniences, it has an electric light plant, sleeping berths, two bathrooms and a stateroom. Advance car No. 2 was formerly used as a private car for a leading railroad magnate. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    Notes from Irwin Bros. Circus. Everything is progressing finely at winter quarters, Buffalo, and the red paint is flying in all directions. The show will be the largest, finest and best ever under the name of Irwin Bros. Harry W. Semon, our general advance agent, will herald the news, with car No. 1 and sixteen people, and several tons of new and attractive printing. The following have already signed: Abelardo Lowande and wife, for their principal bareback riding acts; Jas. G. Bell and wife, principal hurdle and jockey acts; Frank D. Bryan, principal singing and talking clown; James Wesley Mack, principal knockabout clown; the Four Hobsons, in their posturing act; Moore, Gillmore and Moore, return act, aerial ladders and flying perch; Emma Lewis, outside ascension and slack wire; three Hoddy Bros., Jennie, Arthur and Peter(?), acrobatic act and Roman ladders . . . Coyle, dancing somersault tight rope; troupe of Bedouin Arabs . . . Alice Adams, sensational riding act; Frank D. Bryan and ___, parody posturers; the American Two Mars (John McCale(?) and James Wesley Mack) . . . first band of twelve mouth pieces and drums under the direction of Wm. Johnson; second band of ten mouth pieces and drums, under the direction of Geo. M. Thomas. The sideshow wil be run by the Irwin Bros. this season. We will have quite a spread of canvas, for a small show: 120(?)ft. round top, two 50ft. middle pieces; the menagerie, 90(?)ft. round top, two 40ft. middle pieces; sideshow, 60(?)ft. round top, one 40ft. middle piece, three horse tents and two cook tents, besides one 50(?)ft. round top for the display of blooded stock. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    Wanted, to hear from man with trained ponies, also a few more sideshow people for Irwin Bros.' Circus, Menagerie, Museum and Real Roman Hippodrome. Harry W. Semon, general advance agent. Fred Irwin, week of March 13, Auditorium, Baltimore, Md.; March 20, Waldman's, Newark, N.J.; This week, Miner's Bowery Theatre, N.Y. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 15.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros., Monroe MI May 31, Wyandotte June 1, Detroit 2, 3. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    Larry and Jerry Ryan have joined Irwin Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 201.

    Jack Griffin and wife . . . closed with the Irwin Bros. Circus, at Grand Rapids, Mich., June 23(?). New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.

    The Moores and Nellie and Burt Gilmore have closed with Irwin Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    On the road, circuses: Irwin Bros., Ames IA Aug 1?, Lake City 21, Sac City 22, Ida Grove 23. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.

    Prof. S. L. Cohen, formerly of Irwin Bros.' Circus, is now with Rentz & Co.'s Circus. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.

    Jerome, frog man, and wife, Kokina(?), have closed with the Irwin Bros.' Circus, and are enjoying the sights at the World's Fair. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 397.

1894:

    Wanted, at once, people in all branches of the circus business (except riders) and band of eight or ten mouthpieces. Fred Irwin, Lyceum Theatre, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 157.

    Chicago, Illinois. Irwin Bros.' Circus organized here and gave the opening performance 14(?). New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 163.

    For sale, the entire show property of the Irwin Bros.' Circus, consisting of cars, tents, animals, cages, wagons, etc. Apply at once to C. L. Irwin, or Crandall & Co., East Buffalo, N. Y. New York Clipper, December 8, 1894, p. 645.

1895:

    Echoes of the Irwin Brothers' Big American and Japanese Circus. This is our fourth week in and around Brooklyn, New York. A new consignment of sixty head of horses, with eighteen new wagons, decorated by Frank Bryan, one of the proprietors, have arrived. Mr. Bryan also manages the entire show, while his partner, Gil Moulton, handles the money and sells the pasteboards. Fred Irwin represents the show in front and receives his friends. Several new features have been added. . . . Charles Morosco, Sammy Green and Thomas Fair have joined the trio of funny clowns, and Primrose & West's minstrel band, including Harry Hardy, leader, and the following soloists: E. McKinley, Horace Bell, C. R. Martin, G. S. Dyer, James Scott, J. B. Perry, W. Mason, Joe Hall, Samuel Stone, Dick Parker, Clyde Miller. Fred Hamilton, boss canvas man with twenty assistants; Geo. Lawrence, boss chandelier man with four assistants; John Kinnear(?), boss hostler with eleven assistants, and Geo. Colby, boss property man with six assistants. New faces in the concert are Nellie Burns, Sammy Green and Tiddlewinks. Ike Rose stille makes the canvas ring with his announcements. New York Clipper, June 15, 1895, p. 228.

    News of the Irwin Bros. Show. We are in our ninth week around New York. Several additions have been made to the big show, the Devere Family, English acrobats, their first appearance with any American circus. This family consists of four people, and do two distinct acts. John Connelly, of Madden and Connelly, Irish comedians, made his initial bow as a clown. Also the youngest clown in the world, Tiddlewinks, only nine years old. Frank Hildabrand has been secured as outside announcer. . . . New York Clipper, July 13, 1895, p. 291.

    Irwin Show notes. Irwin Brothers' Circus is now in its third week at Fifty-sixth Street and Eighth Avenue, this city [New York], and is packing the tents nightly. Rheinhold ???, the theatrical caterer and sharpshooter, is now proprietor of the show, and Fred Irwin is at his usual post as the manager. John White, the all around animal trainer, is equestrian director, and Ike Rose, general man of the show, also controls the privileges. The performers in the circus are: Farnum and Welcome, pyramids; Zola Sisters, aerialists; . . . Sexton(?) Bros., Grecian and Roman athletics; Mlle. Winnie, contortionist; Fred. Welcome, head balancing; Judge Family, acrobats; John White and his trained horses, mules, dogs, monkeys and goats; and the funny Irish clowns, John Connelly and Edward Evans, popularly known as Young Dan Rice. The following appear in one of the strongest concerts ever given with a circus: McBride and ???, Madden and Conley, Burns, . . . Florence Devere and Hogan, and Eddie Evans. A professional matinee is extended to the circus and theatrical performers at present in or around this city. All are invited to attend on Aug. 16, at the circus lot, Fifty-sixth Street and Eighth Avenue. New York Clipper, August 17, 1895, p. 371.

• An article on the 1913-16 Irwin Bros. Wild West Show and the careers of the Irwin brothers is in Bandwagon, January-February, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 1, pp. 4-19.

Irwin Bros. - 1919 (George Manchester)

1919:

    Crompton, R.I., Dec. 21. Irwin Bros.' New Big Shows, under ownership of Irwin Bros. and George A. Manchester, and under the business management of the latter, have established winter quarters and the management is building a new show, which will be ready to open May 1. Recent purchases include a trained lion act and a trained bear act from L. W. Washburn, thirty head of dapple-gray horses, six head of ring stock, one new band wagon, six new cages, one pole wagon and nine new baggage wagons. The canvas will consist of an 80x160 big show top, 60x100 side show, 50x90 menagerie, 30x50 dressing room, 20x60 cook tent and a 30x70 horse tent. The show will carry ten lengths of blues. Charlie Irwin left recently for the West with a view to getting two elephants and four camels. Peter King has charge of the winter quarters and is superintending the building of new seats. The ring barn opened December 1, and Tom Barry is busy breaking dogs, ponies, sheep, monkeys and mules. Col. Griffith is working the lions and bears. Billboard, December 28, 1918, p. 26.

    Andrew Street, lion trainer, has signed with the Irwin Bros. New Shows, now wintering at Crompton, R.I., for the coming season and will work the big lion act with that organization. Billboard, January 18, 1919, p. 60.

    Crompton, R.I., Jan. 25. The ring barn at Irwin Bros.' winter quarters is busy. Capt. G. M. Burk is breaking horses and ponies, and Col. Tom Barry is breaking dogs, sheep and monkeys. New arrivals at quarters are "Fat" Clark, who now has charge of the animals, and Peter King has two men from the Barnum Show, "Stake-and-Chain" Parker and "Six-Horse Shorty." - Geo. B. Chandler. Billboard, February 1, 1919, p. 37.

    Crompton, R.I., March 1. Irwin Bros. New Big Shows. Two new animal acts have been completed by Tom Barry and Capt. George M. Burk. Mr. Barry exhibits a troupe of seven lambs, six white and one black. Captian Burk exhibits the new menage horse, Whisper. Herbert Cox has contracted at master of transportation. - Chas. Gordon. Billboard, March 8, 1919, p. 30.

    Commencing the season May 1 at River Point, R.I., to big business, the Irwin Bros. New Big Shows have been enjoying prosperity, traveling on trucks and trailers. George A. Manchester has the management of the show, while Jack kelly is sideshow manager and looks after the pit show. Bert Burk is equestrian director, and John Smith has charge of the lights. Billboard, June 7, 1919, p. 86.

    J. Jencks has closed his season with the Irwin Bros. Circus, where he had been working his trick horses. Billboard, August 9, 1919, p. 45.

More on the 1919 Irwin Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Irwin Bros. Wild West - 1911, circa 1914

• Pete Culbertson, Culbertson's Irwin Bros. Wild West. Culbertson said to have traded one half of this show to Wade Coulter in 1911. "Circus World Museum Presents the Papers of William P. Hall," Bandwagon, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Mar-Apr), 1974, p. 21.

• H. S. Rowe was on Irwin's Wild West show after 1913. "Norris & Rowe Circus," Chang Reynolds, Bandwagon, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Mar-Apr), 1972, p. 13.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Flo Irwin's Dog & Pony Show - 1919, 1923   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923

1919: Winton, N.C., March 1. At the winter quarters of the Flo Irwin's Dog, Pony and Seal Circus and Al W. Cramer's riding devices here, carpenters and painters are busily engaged in putting the finishing touches to the concessions. Capt. Irwin has also been busy breaking In several news acts. Nero, his performing seal, is now riding the pony and has several other feature tricks which are sure to make a hit with the patrons. The Captain has also purchased a llama, which he intends using in his performance. The show intends taking the road some time during the current month. — Jimmie. Billboard, March 8, 1919, p. 69.

1923: In quarters at Hartford, Alabama. Billboard, December 29, 1923, p. 78.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James Irwin's - 1894

    The St. Julian Bros. report success in their aerial acts with the James Irwin Shows. New York Clipper, July 28, 1894, p. 325.

    Ed Warren has taken the position as advance representative of the James Irwin Combined Show. New York Clipper, August 11, 1894, p. 357.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

J

Jackleys' Vienna Circus - 1874

    The circus to be run in Cincinnati during the Exposition by Messrs. Davis & Lipman will be known as the "Jackleys' Circus," and the principal attraction will be the Jackley Family. William H. Morgan, Abelarde Lowando and others. It opens on the 27th. New York Clipper, August 29, 1874, p. 175.

    "Jackley's Vienna Circus," of which Mike Lipman and J. C. Davis are proprietors, began a season of five weeks in Cincinnati on Aug. 27. Our correspondent says: ". . . The full company is not here yet, but the exhibition was varied and good. Julien Kent and old Bill Worrell are the clowns, and S. Q. Stokes is master of the circle. The feats of the Jackley Family, ten in number; pad riding by George Shields; a riding act by Ella Stokes; revolving globe act by Madame Rosa; double trapeze by the Agilero Brothers; trick horse Snowflake; and trapeze act by Sig. Cordono, formed the entertainment. . . ." New York Clipper, September 5, 1874, p. 179.

    Cincinnati, Aug. 28 . . . Howard and O'Brien have the concert privilege with the Jackley Circus in this city. The company consists of C. P. Howard, Dave O'Brien, Abb Lee, Amy Lloyd and Willie Jones. New York Clipper, September 5, 1874, p. 179.

    Jackleys' Vienna Circus, in Cincinnati. New additions to the company were Mlle Josephine, bareback rider; Mlle. Sebastian, equestrienne; and Jean Johnson, tight rope performer. New York Clipper, September 12, 1874, p. 191.

    [Advertisement] Jackley's Great Vienna Circus will exhibit at Portsmouth, Monday, Nov. 2, '74. Under the management of Mike Lipman. Largest calesthenic and arenic show in the world, making no outside display of bandwagons, chariots and empty animal cages. A superb band discourses fine music at each performance. The company consists in part of the following performers:
    The Jackley Family of acrobats and gymnasts, eleven in number, father and ten children, the oldest 28 years of age, the youngest three years, so small he is brought into the ring in a carpet bag. S. Q. Stokes, and four daughters, equestrians. Senora L. Sweet, menage act, introducing her thoroughbred Kentucky horse, Mountain Toneredo, half-brother to the celebrated runner, Longfellow. Miss Josephine Sweet, bareback rider, only ten years of age. Sig. Cagliestro, juggler and magician. Mlle. De Rosa, revolving globe act. George Shields, bareback, hurdle and pad rider. Julian Kent, clown. Phil Dufenbach, ringmaster. Jack Kentley's English pantomime troupe. Admission, 50 cents, children, 25 cents. Ed. D. Wenban, general agent. Portsmouth Times (OH), October 24, 1874, n.p.n.

    The Jackley Family announce that they have separated from Jackley's Vienna Circus, and will open at Barnum's Hippodrome in New York. New York Clipper, October 31, 1874, p. 243.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jackson Bros. - 1891

    Wanted for season of 1891, for Jackson Bros.' Great International Shows, people in all branches of circus business; performers who can do two or more good specialties, leap and tumble; want a good somersault bareback act - rider with stock preferred; a few good concert people who can double in brass. Also boss canvasman, chandelier, billposters, drivers, good property man. Address A.(?) K.(?) Jackson, manager, Fontanella, Iowa. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 732.

    Wanted for season of 1891, for Jackson Bros.' Great International Shows, people in all branches of circus business; performers who can do two or more good specialties, leap and tumble; want a good somersault bareback act - rider with stock preferred; a few good concert people who can double in brass. Also boss canvasman, chandelier, billposters, drivers, good property man. Address A. E.(K?) Jackson, manager, Fontanelle, Iowa. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 749.

    Jackson Bros.' Circus is reported to have collapsed at Adel, Ia., April 29(?), after being on the road less than a week. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

    Jackson Bros.’ Circus was attached at Adel, Ia., recently for $8,000. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. L. Jackson - 1891

    Wanted, for the season of 1891, for J. L. Jackson's Variety Show, people in all branches of circus business, except riding. Troupe of trained dogs, band people, and all kinds of performers for a first class show. Address J. L. Jackson, West Mecca(?), Trumbull Co., Ohio. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 18.

    Dwight Clapp, formerly of Walter Main's Circus, has signed as general agent of J. L. Jackson's Great Pacific Circus. Jackson Brothers show. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22.

    Roster of J. L. Jackson's Pacific Shows, which open at West Mecca, O., May 7: Dwight Clapp, general agent, with six billposters, one lithographer and one programmer in advance; J. L. Jackson, manager . . . Bigelow with his trick horsess, Firefly and Mazippa(?) . . . Michael Joseph . . . Lotta Parks, Minnie Richards and others. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 135.

    All people engaged for the J. L. Jackson's Pacific Shows report at Courtland, Ohio, not later than May ?, as show opens at West Mecca, May 7. No extra sized trunks allowed. Wanted, a man with troupe trained dogs, and man with educated horse and a few more general performers. J. L. Jackson, West Mecca, Ohio. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 148.

    Wanted, a few good musicians to double brass and string, telegraph quick to J. L. Jackson, Warren, O. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 179.

    Notes from the Hunting Show. Dwight Clapp, of the Jackson Show, was with us at Wellsburg 1?. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.

    On the road, circuses: J. L. Jackson's, Fairview, WV June 3, Mannington 4, Farmington 5, Fairmont 6, Arnoldville 7,8, Morgantown 9, . . . Waynesburg, PA 11 . . . New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.

    On the road, circuses: J. L. Jackson's, Marion, Pa., July 1, Burnside 2, Mahaffey 3 . . . Madera 6, Osceola 7.

    On the road, circuses: J. L. Jackson's, Woodland, Pa. July 9, Keylartown 10, Snow Shoe 11, Milesburg 13, Howard 14. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.

    Wanted, performers to strengthen show, also an A1 baritone player for band. J. L. Fussner, care of J. L. Jackson's Shows, as per route. . . . New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 307.

    The J. L. Jackson Show is traveling through Pennsylvania to reported good business. The Morello Bros. . . . J. Q. Fusner, Ida Austin, Jennie Morello, Bobbie Mack, Master Jackson, Cap Murchin, Ida Morello and Wm. Adams are with the show. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.

    Wanted, quick for the J. L. Jackson Pacific Combination Shows. A contortionist that can do two or more acts. Also a trapeze team that can work on bars. Can use juggler that can do two specialties. Route: Northumberland, Pa. July 23, Danville 24 . . . Bloomsburg 27. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 342.

    Professor J. L. Jackson’s Circus reports good business through Pennsylvania. The troupe of trained horses excites the keenest interest everywhere. New York Dramatic News, August 15, 1891, p. 10.

    Notes from the J. L. Jackson Shows. Business for the past few weeks has been very satisfactory, with the exception of one or two stands. But the gentleman with the clean clothes on manages to make his usual rounds, and everybody is in good health and spirits. . . . Our performance gives universal satisfaction. Frank Kelly and Wm. Day are recent additions. They do a wrestling act and a three round glove contest, and never fail to elicit applause. The show will be greatly enlarged next season. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

1892: For sale, one band wagon, one light ticket wagon, one baggage wagon, twelve band uniforms, complete; one star tent light, forty-eight jet, and one paste can and heater. The above property has been used two seasons. J. L. Jackson, Cortland, Ohio. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 30.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jacobi's European - 1884   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888

    Jacobi's European Circus will open on the old circus lot, corner of Market and Eighth streets, Friday, 11th inst., to remain three days, having fifty-two star artists in addition to the trained animal show. Daily Alta California (San Francisco, CA), July 6, 1884, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Terrell Jacobs - 1942   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1942, 1944, 1949, 1952, 1955

1942: See the article on the 1942 Terrell Jacobs Wild Animal Circus in Bandwagon, May 1942 (online), scroll down.

• Articles on Terrell Jacobs' career and his Wild Animal Circus are in Bandwagon, November-December, 1985, pp. 5-13 and Bandwagon, March-April, 1986, pp. 4-16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Terrell Jacobs Circus - 1987

John "Gopher" Davenport's Terrell Jacobs Circus, formerly Ford Bros. The one-ring show exhibited under canvas, using two center poles. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Jaeger - 1990, 1995

1990: Owned by Eric Jaeger, this was a new circus in 1990, that debuted in its home town of Mound City, Kansas, April 29. The show played the plains states, Midwest and East before folding in upstate New York in July. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 10.

1995: Circus Jaeger played limited engagements in the Midwest during the summer, 1995. Owner Eric Jaeger joined Ringing-Barnum later in the year, selling his tent and other equipment to Billy Martin. Bandwagon, March-April, 1996, p. 9.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1990, 1995, Eric and Elaine Jaeger, owners.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

A. D. James' - 1897

    Roster of A. D. James' Pavilion Shows. A. D. James, sole proprietor and manager; E. C. Vaughn, treasurer; Andre Kern, musical director; Laveere Bros., triple bars; Lewis and Butcher, acrobats; E. E. Jackman, comedian, vocalist and dancer; Springer and Cunningham, buck and wing dancers; C. A. Lewis, contorion and hat spinning; Wesley Harrison, black face song and dance comedian; R. E. Jackman, Irish, Dutch and Hebrew comedian; C. A. Lewis, barrel jumping; Elmer Yost, juggler and hand balancer; the Jones Sisters, double trapeze. Our show will open April 20 under an 80ft. round top, 30ft. middle piece, one ring and one elevated stage. P. A. Dutch is boss canvasman with eight assistants; Tom Scott, boss props; and C. McKay, boss hostler. New York Clipper, March 13, 1897, p. 29.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James & Lass - 1900

    Opened their tenting season April 26 at Lafayette, Indiana. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James-Christy Circus, 1959-1960   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1959-1960

Vernon Pratt and Marlin Plunkett framed the 1959-60 James-Christy Circus in Hugo, Oklahoma. An article on the 1960 show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 6, pp. 37-38.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James Bros. Circus, 1906

    Business manager Mons. LaPlace writes from the winter quarters of the James Brothers' Show: The opening takes place at Byesville, Ohio. We will have fine street parade features. Our big top will be 90 ftte, with one forty and one fifty foot middle pieces, the sideshow tent 40x60. Zareldo the Great will twice daily plunge into a tank of water from a 104 foot ladder. Joseph J. Frank, secretary and treasurer, and Ed LeMan, amusement director are in winter quarters at Byesville. We will play one, two and three day stands in the largest cities. The James Boys Spectacle will be realistic. Billboard, April 14, 1906, p. 32.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James Bros. Circus, 1967-68   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1965-1970

    The big top of the late Mills Bros. Circus has been purchased by S. J. Kellner of James Bros. Circus which is based at Martinez, Calif. It will be first used to play a few dates in the closing weeks of Dec. He plans to open the 1968 season in March and play the old Al G. Barnes route. James Bros. started a few years ago and played outdoors using a wild west canopy. His indoor dates were played in the middle west. He recently made a trip to India and brought back some elephants. The show will move on 14 trucks. Frank Chicarello long with the old A. G. Barnes show is lining up heads of departments. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Glenn J. Jarmes - 1934, 1948   Parkinson's list, 1935-36

1934: Penn Yan, March 21. James M. Cole, of Penn Yan, who has been clerk at the Hotel Benham for the past year, has signed a contract with Glenn Jarmes' Greatest Trained Wild Animal Shows, with general offices in Monona, Iowa. "Jimmy" has served eight years in the circus business, having been assistant treasurer and paymaster of Sells-Floto for five years, Walter L. Main for two years, and Gentry Brothers for one year. He will be assistant manager of the new show which will be known as a "railroad" show. It will have fifty railroad cars and is listed to play the big cities with a street parade. The circus will start on the road on June 1st. Geneva Daily Times (Geneva, NY), March 21, 1934, p. 3.

1948:

   The former Madden-Stillian Show which has visited Mallard often in the past has consolidated with the Jarmes Bros. Circus and have enlarged and motorized their equipment. . . . Mallard Leader (Mallard, IA), May 20, 1948, p. 1.

    Lake City, Iowa. Glenn J. Jarmes, a grocer, has his own elephant at last. It's part of his circus. A circus was Jarmes' boyhood dream. He made it come true. He and his four sons all take part in it when it travels over Iowa during the summer. It has one ring, three lions, two bears, monkeys, ponies, four clowns, sideshow attractions and the elephant. Jarmes claims it's the only elephant in Iowa. Binghamton Press (Binghamton, NY), September 11, 1948, 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mlle. Jeal & Co. - 1871

    [Advertisement] Mlle Jeal & Co.'s Grand Variety and Combination Circus. Organized in Australia in 1868, will exhibit in Placerville, Saturday evening, June 3d. On entering each town or city, a magnificent band chariot, drawn by eight beautiful horses, and containing Prof. Keith's Full Brass Band, will parade through the streets, the band playing new and popluar airs. The circus is composed of the following talent:
    Lucy Jeal, lady gymnast. Dave Long, California favorite. Starr Brothers. Miss Linder Jeal, sensation rider. Mons. Curtis, man serpent. Master Willie Emerson, boy clown. Lowry Sisters, known as the elastic sisters of Athens, skilled in Olympic and equestrian exercises. The celebrated trick horse, Monte Cristo, from Charini's Italian Circus. Trick ponies and mules, and performing monkeys. A pair of performing Esquimaux dogs, and many other novelties. Prices of admission to suit the times: dress circle one dollar. Pit fifty cents. Childrne fifty cents. Doors open at 7, performance at 8. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), June 3, 1871, n.p.n.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Geo. F. Ryland, proprietor, circa 1871.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jeavons' or Jeavons & Goldstein's - 1897

    Notes from Jeavons & Goldstein's Consolidated Show. The show will open April 17, at Barnesboro, Pennsylvania. We carry forty head of stock, eighteen wagons. Thos J. Jeavons, business manager . . . Chas. White, boss billposter; Ritz Bros., horizontal bars and acrobats; F. A. Taylor, equilibrist and juggler, cyclone, contortion, rings and knockabout clown; Joe Miller, singing and talking clown; Nellie McVay [McVey?], high wire; Ed Henderson, traps and bars; Wm. McNey, boss canvas with eight assistants; Geo. Smith, night watchman; Bill Holland, chandeliers. New York Clipper, April 10, 1897, p. 93.

    Notes from Jeavons' Great Consolidated Show. The company: T. J. Jeavons, proprietor and manager . . . Chas. White, lithographer; Joe La Clare, equestrian director; Ed Henderson, flying trapeze . . . Ritz Bros., bars; Millie Jeavons, Spanish rings and giant swing; the Hendersons, double trapeze; Zarboe Bros., acrobats and bicyclists; Franklin Clayton, Fritz and Henderson, knockabout clowns. Harron's band is the feature of the parade. Dave Harron is leader. . . . New York Clipper, May 8, 1897, p. 157.

    Jeavons' Consolidated Shows roster: T. J. Jeavons, sole proprietor and manager; Mlle. Javons, treasurer; Joe La Clare, equestrian director . . . Syl Newman, charge of front door. Performers: Cyclone, contortion and principal clown; Ed Henderson, floating wire and flying trapeze; Frad Hann, tight wire, perch and hand equilibrist; Mackey and Le Clare, revolving ladder, Spanish web and flying rings; Mlle. Jeavons, flying trapeze and giant swing; Ritz Bros., bar performers and brother act; Zarbos, bicyclists; the Burkes, breakaway and Roman ladders. Concert: Newman and Crawford, vocalists and dancers; Irvin Glant, crayon artist; Mlle. Loreno, soubrette and dancer . . . Arthur Crawford, negro delineator. Prof. Dave Heron is leader of band and orchestra with eleven pieces; Jack Apdale, refreshment privilege; R. McNay, boss canvasman with ten assistants . . . New York Clipper, May 29, 1897, p. 204.

    Notes from Gleason's [sic] Consolidated Shows. We are in our twelfth week. Roster: Thomas J. Jeavons, sole proprietor and manager; Mlle. Jeavons, treasurer; Charles Crego, advance agent; Prof. Joe Morris' band . . . Ed Henderson, traps and wire; Bobby Bryant, clown; Mlle Jeavons, contortion and giant swing by the feet; Prof. George Wilkes, juggler; Thomas Jeavons, singing and talking clown. . . . William Lewis is chief cook with four assistants. New York Clipper, July 3, 1897, p. 285.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Johnson & Co.'s - 1851, 1855

1851:

    [Advertisement] People's Circus, Johnson & Co., proprietors, will perform at Fort Wayne on Saturday, July 12th. Doors opened at 1 o'clock p.m.; and at 7 1/2 p.m. Admission 25 cents, no half price.
    The public are respectfully informed that this magnificent troupe has, at an immense expense, been organized and perfected, during the past winter, under the personal supervision of C. P. May. The trappings and appointments are entirely new and of the most gorgeous description. The advertising carriage was built by A. B. Pierson & Co., of Montgomery Ala., the band chariot by Crawford, Turner & Co., Phoenix Factory, Auburn, Ala. Twelve splendid luggage vans, by J. Stephens Abbott, of Concord, N. H. These are worthy of the attention of the public, being built upon the most approved and novel plan, and for beauty of finish and mechanical skill, excel anything of the kind ever presented to the public in the new or old world.
    Among the various members who comprise this gigantic troupe, a few of the prominent can only be mentioned, the names of whom, will serve to show how immaclately perfect the company must be as a whole: Mr. T. McCollu, the acknowledged greatest two horse rider in the world; whose reputation has been echoed throughout every section of the country and whose equestrian supriority [sic] no rival has been found sufficiently hardy to question. W. O. Dale, the most classical rider of the age, and unquestionably the sommerset champion! In after ages the name of this "Nonpereil of the Cirque" will be found proudly pre-eminent amongst its most redoubtable heroes! Walter Aymer, another bright luminary in the equestrian hemisphere, who, either as a scenic or bare-backed rider, can defy the world! Messrs. Dunbar & McGilton, the extraordinary gymnasts, whose wonderful feats as the Motely Brothers, have acquired for them a reputation immensurable superior to any of the imitators of the worthies of the ancient Grecian or Roman sports. Messrs. Rochford, Hankins & Levi, each a star in his particular forte, the former famous not only as a daring equestrian, but as a double somerset prodigyl and the two latter unquestionably the two best dramatic and scenic riders in the United States.
    Amongst the most essential, because amusing features, of a well regulated Amphitheatre, it will be concluded are the clowns, and in all this particular department it will be only necessary to mention the names of our parti-colored wits, to convince the most skeptical that we are ahead of all competitors. John May, the scholar, with, orator and jester! Ben Jennings, the humorist, stump speaker, punster and essence of drollery, and Green Johnson, uniting himself the qualities of both, with a large fount of native whimsicality, which has attained for him the cognomen of the "Sprite of Mamus!"
    Another feature of this establishment, composed as it is of the first talent of the South, will be recognized in the magnificent brass band, under the supervision of the famous bugler, H. K. Gaul, selected from the cream of the operatic orchestras of the French and American theatres of New Orleans, and who will, during the entertainments, enliven each performance with dulcet strains. The stock of highly trained horses are imcomparably superior to those of any other establishment in America, having been broken and trained by the most accomplished professors either in Europe or America. Fort Wayne Times (IN), July 10, 1851, n.p.n.

    To the people of Fort Wayne, and vicinity. The subscribers, proprietors of the Real People's Circus, whose company will exhibit at Fort Wayne on Monday next, the 14th of July, at 2 and 7 p.m., respectfully announce to the patrons of amusements, that a low and despicable attempt will be made on this place by an itinerant traveling troupe, to pass their mongrel concern off on the wide-spread reputation of the real people's circus. The public are cautioned at this attempt of fraud on their part, and the proprietors regret being thrust before their patrons in this way of vindication of their good name and reputation. However, they are necessarily compelled, in consequence of being two days behind the pilferers, to state the facts as they are.
    T. McCollum, advertised in Johnson & Co.'s bills, is in Europe. Walter Aymes [sic] and Majilton are with Spalding & Rogers, who were in Springfield, Mass., the 4th inst., and W. Hankins is with Nathan & Delevans, in Tenn. E. Jones is with Dan Rice's troupe. Their bills are composed of Sands, Lent & Co.'s, Robinson & Eldred's, and Dan Rice's, and are not calculated by any means for any of the performances promised by this mongrel exhibition.
    Mark the difference of the Real People's Circus, combining equestrian, dramatic and zoological, circus, theatre, and menagery, and having every person advertised with them - likewise the elfin trick ponies, and the great performing war horse, Aroortook, the infant Marie entering the infuriated leopard's den, and every night the great patriotic equestrian drama of Old Put, and Mad Anthony Wayne, in which sixty persons will be seen in the ring at a time!
    These are a few of the important items comprising our representations, and we repeat, we advertise nothing but what we have, and after witnessing our performance, if you are dissatisfied, we will cheerfully refund the money - "Money's worth for money," is our motto. Hear what the Cincinnati Enquirer says.
    We would be ridiculed, if we were to undertake to compare Spalding, Rogers & Co.'s Triple Establishment with anything that has preceded it. It stands alone, in every particular, incomparably in advance of all contemporaries. It is emphatically the Peoples' Circus, and any attempt to make capital by using its name will recoil upon the heads of dishonest filchers. Such fashionable audiences and myriads of visitors have never before graced a circus, menagerie or theatre, and such extraordinary attractions will always repay its enterprising proprietors.
    Spalding, Rogers & Van Orden. Fort Wayne, July 10, 1851. Fort Wayne Times (IN), July 10, 1851, n.p.n.

1855:

    The agent of Johnson & Co.'s Circus handed us one, just one ticket for gratuitous admission into the circus, and requested an editorial notice, if we felt like it. Well we never permit ourself to lie under obligation to any body when we have the ability to prevent it, and in this case we confine ourselves to the rule. Being in nowise limited to the character of our editorial, as we never allow ourself to be by any reward, we give in this instance, as in all others, what is the result of our judgment from all the lights afforded us.
    In the first place the Toledo Blade comes to us protesting against the company, and our readers may know that there is cause for it. In the next place, the niggardly insult of offering us one lousy, greasy, fishy ticket, is conclusive evidence that the whole affair is bogus. Just think of getting an editorial notice for 25 cents. Why, the man who would let his monkey go to such a place, should be punished for malicious cruelty to animals. We will deposit that ticke at the buzzard roost as the only fit receptacle for such, and where it will find some one mean enough to use it in all probability. Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), August 23, 1855, n.p.n.

    After the exhibition this afternoon, we have nine more tickets for the buzzard roost - who wants?
    Fort Wayne, Ind., Aug. 24, 1855. Editor Times: Your editorial of yesterday, seems to have been caused by an error, unintentional on my part. It has been my custon, since my connection with Johnson & Co.'s Circus, to deliver to the editor or proprietor of such newspaper as advertised for us, one complimentary ticket which I understoond, and so it was treated by the door-keeper at the time of exhibition, as passing the whole force of hands, editor and proprietor, and their families. But it seems that our rule is an unusual one, and hence the apparent indignity, for which you indite the editorial in question. My motives, though good, were misinterpreted, and perhaps justly, but with this explanation, I hope all will be as before. The article in the Toledo Blade, originated from the inconsiderate conduct of one of our employees, which when made known to us, we discharged him, and set the matter right. An insertion of this will set me aright, and attach the blame to an inadvertency. Yours respectfully, J. Johnson. Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), August 24, 1855, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] J. Johnson & Co.'s North American Rail Road Circus will perform at Fort Wayne on Friday and Saturday, Aug. 24th and 25th, afternoon and evening. Afternoon performance at 2 o'clock, evening performance at 7 o'clock. Admittance 25 cents. C. H. Wellington, agent. Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), August 24, 1855, n.p.n.

    Johnson & Co.'s Circus. Our Exchanges down the Wabash will perhaps be obliged to us for telling them that the concern is bogus if they chance to find it out after it has cut on the printer. If any paper down there which has not above seventy-five of a circulation ___ printed, and the editor of which will take one fishy ticket and lie for the crowd by not exposing its imposition, and then present his beautiful phiz before the cashier of the company, can get his bill for advertising cashed promptly. When we find out how much our neighbors down there shall have been gouged, then we'll tell them that our bill for adv. that crowd, was not paid. We didn't intend to go to the cashier for fear that our pockets would be picked, and we presume that only those are paid whom pirates even would compassionate with, for their dullness, and whose pockets would shame a beggar. To exhibit such a concern is the grossest imposition, but to puff it would be no better than vending obscene looks. Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), August 29, 1855, n.p.n.

Johnson & Co.'s - 1866

• 1866: online at Clipper, July 21 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Johnson's All American Family Circus - 1982

• A promotion circus, owned by Vickie Johnson, this show played on both coasts, mostly in high school gyms. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 32.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Don Johnson Circus - 1982, 1984, 1988

1982: The Don Johnson International Circus toured under Shrine auspices. Johnson was formerly with the Cardens in the Carden-Johnson Circus. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 30.

1984: Don Johnson played Texas in March and the late Summer. In June he played Pennsylvania, calling the show Clyde Bros. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 14.

1988: Don Johnson's Clyde Bros. Circus had bookings in the South, Midwest and West in 1988. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. .

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

George W. Johnson's

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1924, 1931.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James T. Johnson - 1867-68, 1873, 1881-86, 1888-89, 1890, 1897   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1867-1888

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, June 22,   Clipper, October 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 7,   Clipper, December 28 (scroll down)

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, July 4,   Clipper, July 18,   Clipper, August 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 14 (scroll down)

1873:

    James T. Johnson's Circus and Trained Animal Show is doing a fair business in the South. They expect to return about April 1st, and take to the road, traveling by wagons, starting from some town in Indiana. New York Clipper, February 15, 1873, p. 367.

    James T. Johnson's Circus and Trained Animal Show were on April 11 performing in New Orleans, La., and were shortly to come North. Os Arbuckle is still clown. Herr Miller, M'lle Edith, the Lonzo Brothers and little Minnie are with the show. New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 31.

    Wanted immediately, boss canvasman and two gymnasts, to travel with James T. Johnson's Circus and Trained Animals. Report to Cairo, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 31, 1873, p. 67.

    James T. Johnson's Circus and Trained Animal Show recently left New Orleans, La., by steamer for Cairo, Ill., and then will travel through the Western country. New York Clipper, May 31, 1873, p. 71.

    James T. Johnson's Circus and Trained Animal Show closed the Summer season at East St. Louis, Ill., on Sept. 22, where they will reorganize for a Winter's season in the South. New York Clipper, October 4, 1873, p. 215.

1881:

    Our musical friend, Charles Royce, has accepted the position of clown for J. T. Johnsons & Company's Great Australian Circus, Menagerie and Roman Hippodrome, and will start on Tuesday next to join the company. This combination has its winter quarters at Wellington, Kansas, and is the same company Mr. Royce traveled with last season. Evening Gazette (Port Jervis, NY), April 15, 1881, p. 1.

    The people engaged for James T. Johnson & Co.'s Circus are requested to report at Wellington, Kas., on May 24. New York Clipper, May 14, 1881, p. 123.

    James T. Johnson & Co.'s Circus and Trained Animals take the road June 4, with the following officers and people: James T. Johnson, G. O. Smith and P. H. Cleveland, proprietors; James T. Johnson, manager; G. O. Smith, asst. manager; P. H. Cleveland, master of horse; V. M. Watrous, treasurer; Charley Royce, equestrian director; Bob Mack, general agent . . . Charley Johnson, master of canvas; Charley M. Royce, Gus Shaw and C. Showalter, clowns; Mlle. Edith, John Saunders, riders; Leonard Sisters, Walla Lenord and Leaarux and Ries, gymnasts; Mlle. Etta, contortion; O'Brien Bros., Burdick, Chadwick, Andrews, and Harvey and others, leapers and tumblers. The managers run their own privileges. New York Clipper, June 4, 1881, p. 178.

    Jas. T. Johnson & Co.'s Show is reported doing good business in Missouri. Charles Leroux's gymnastic and acrobatic specialties, Mlle. Etta's contortion act, Gus Shaw's comic sining, and the performances of the trick horse "Snow Storm" are features. New York Clipper, August 20, 1881, p. 342.

1882:

    Wanted, for Jas. T. Johnson's Circus, agents, press agent, lithographers and billposters. Also boss canvasman, boss hostler, wardrobe men and chandelier men. Also musicians that can double in string and brass. Jas. T. Johnson, Rich Hill, Mo. New York Clipper, March 25, 1882, p. 19.

    Performers and other people engaged for Jas. T. Johnson's Circus are to report at Rich Hill, Mo., May 1. The season opens 6. New York Clipper, April 22, 1882, p. 76.

1883:

    Wanted immediately, a partner with from five to six thousand dollars, to take half interest with me in a small wagon show to go out this Spring. Also to take half interest in two standing Amphitheatres in full running order. Address Jas. T. Johnson, Pittsburg, Kansas. New York Clipper, January 13, 1883, p. 703.

    James T. Johnson's Circus and Trained Animal Show is to take the road about April 25, and is to travel by wagon. Artists engaged: Cornella and Courtney, aerial artists; Butler and Miss Oakley, rifle team; Andy Showers' Dog and Monkey Circus; Ida Showers, outside ascensionist and slack were; Eldora, Japanese juggler; Mlle. Edith, principal rider; Johnson Sisters, Carrie, Ella and Mollie, Roman ladders; James T. Johnson and his trick horses and ponies . . . John Sheriden, scenic equestrian; Clark. Masters, Bailey, Higby, Searles, leapers, tumblers and bar performers; and the band of sixteen pieces led by Prof. Schottle. Concert: Gus Adams, Cameron and Mack, Deaubrey Sisters, Laura St. Elmore, Joe Francis and Charlie Barker. New York Clipper, April 21, 1883, p. 70.

    J. T. Johnson's Circus and Trained Animal Show is traveling through Western Kansas. The principal features are Cornella and courtney, trapeze; John J. Sheridan, clown; Mlle. Edith, equestrienne; Johnson Sisters, four in number; Eldora, juggler, and Jas. T. Johnson and his trick horses, ponies and mules. New York Clipper, May 26, 1883, p. 164.

    As James T. Johnson's Circus was traveling to Alma, Kas., the private carriage of Jas. T. Johnson, containing himself and family, was upset while turning a bluff, causing the occupants serious injuries. Mr. Johnson had in a box in the carriage a large boa constrictor, just shipped to this show. During the accident the box burst, and the snake ran into a cornfield, pursued by the entire train-force. It was finally brought to bay after an exciting race, and lassoed by Jake Welton, a Texas ranger, who recently joined the show as canvasman. New York Clipper, June 9, 1883, p. 195.

    Jas. T. Johnson's Circus is reported doing good business through the interior towns of Kansas and Nebraska. The entertainment presents the Johnson Family of five, Jas. T. Johnson and his trained horses, the four Ardeau Brothers, Sig. Alfredo and Mlle. Owens. The show goes into Winter quarters at Pittsburg, Kansas in the Fall. The Shetland pony January is in the ring, and is skillfully handled by Mollie Johnson, age seven years. New York Clipper, July 14, 1883, p. 275.

    The James T. Johnson circus and menagerie will winter at Pittsburg, Kansas, at the close of this season's business. Daily Globe (Atchison, KS), July 18, 1883, n.p.n.

    Jas. T. Johnson's Circus is traveling through Nebraska. Every Sunday the show goes into camp near some river. The pleasant camping out days are memorable by boat racing, music, foot races, etc. The principal features of the show are Mrs. Jas. T. Johnson, principal equestrienne; John J. Sheridan, clown and scenic equestrian; the four Johnson Sisters, parlor gymnasts . . . The museum has recently added Mlle. Owens, a young lady with a natural head of hair eight feet long; also a snake charmer. New York Clipper, August 4, 1883, p. 323.

    James T. Johnson's Circus collapsed in Des Moines, Ia., Sept. 7. New York Clipper, September 22, 1883, p. 438.

1884:

    James T. Johnson & Co.'s Great Western Circus, etc., will take the road by wagon June 20, and will travel in the Western States, with eight cages, twelve baggage wagons, a band, two advance brigades, etc. New York Clipper, June 7, 1884, p. 182.

    Wanted for Jas. T. Johnson's Great Western Circus, gymnast team, brother acts, trapeze and bar clown, sideshow solicitor and freaks. Answer quick at Neosho Falls, Kansas. Show goes on the road June 20. New York Clipper, June 14, 1884, p. 204.

    James T. Johnson's Show, now on the road with wagons, comprises Le Petite Ella, Lulu D'Almi(?), Edna Johnson, Anna Devere, Paul Davis, James Reynolds, Ed Marion, Richard Harris, George Smith, Charles Bailey, Dick Newton and Lee Powell (clown). New York Clipper, July 19, 1884, p. 286.

    Jas. T. Johnson's Circus, which started South some few weeks ago, were overtaken by cold weather and went into Winter quarters at Scranton, Kas., where he is now erecting a large amphitheatre. A variety of amusements will be given all Winter. The four Midgets, the Johnson Sisters, and Carl Clair are with Johnson. C. Nickelson is the business agent. New York Clipper, November 15, 1884, p. 557.

1885:

    James T. Johnson has sold his interest in the Great Western Circus, and will put on the road, at once, an entire new outfit. New tents, new wagons, all complete for the balance of the season. Want two gymnasts, two song-and-dance, two cornet and tuba. Answer Glen Elder, Kansas. Knockabout clown. New York Clipper, June 27, 1885, p. 239.

    Jas. T. Johnson & Co.'s Circus leaves Glen Elder, Kas., July 15. New York Clipper, July 11, 1885, p. 263.

    Johnson, Simpson & Co.'s Circus and Museum will open at Glen Elder, Kas., with an entirely new outfit July 25. T. B. Sadler will be in charge of the advance brigades, assisted by Wash Blodgett. The new company will be managed by Jas. T. Johnson, with Frank Brown as treasurer and Chas. Simpson as equestrian director. The people will include Mlle. Editha, equestrienne; La Petite Ella, Johnson Sisters, Prof. Coutts and wife, Montague Sisters, Madame De Vere, Annie Carroll and Eddie Snow, Charley Lamont, Herr Drayton, and Cavana and Mason. The sideshow will be managed by Prof. De Vere, and the music will be furnished by Prof. Hardee's Des Moines reed and cornet band. New York Clipper, August 1, 1885, p. 312.

    Johnson, Simpson & Co.'s Consolidated Show took on Madame De Vere, bearded lady; Lizzie Nelson, trapeze; Sam Bennett, leaper; Chas. Morrison, contortionist, and Jack Nelson, clown, at Salem, Kas., July 29. Burt Sadler, business manager, was presented 23 with a pair of Colorado ponies for his advance phaeton by Mr. Simpson, one of the proprietors. Wash Blodgett, assistant general agent, is picking up material and points for a minstrel party West this Winter. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.

    Wash. Blodgett informs us that J. T. Johnson & Co.'s Circus came to grief at Marian, Kas., Sept. __, with two weeks' salary due and an attachement placed by Burt Sadler, the advance. The stock was held by a bill of sale to John Crepps for cash loaned; the sideshow and dressing room canvas was mortgaged to Jack Nelson for back salary, and the main tent was under mortgaged to Al Stevens, so that there was but little left for outsiders after the attachment could have been satisfied. In order to give everybody a chance, Sadler raised his attachment and let it proceed to the McPherson Fair, hoping that enough might be realized to pay off in part, and save a walking expedition. New York Clipper, October 10, 1885, p. 468.

    We are informed by the owners of Johnson, Simpson & Co.'s Circus that all their people were paid in full prior to their "lay up" at Glen Elder, Kas. New York Clipper, November 7, 1885, p. 535.

1886:

    James T. Johnson's Great Western Circus was struck by a cyclone while the wagon train was proceeding from Jettmore to Ness City, Kan., June 16. The wind, rain and hail lasted two hours, turning over all the wagons and cages and smashing nearly all the show. The damage to the stock and attaches was heavy. Proprietor Johnson writes us that he missed nine stands. New York Clipper, July 3, 1886, p. 250.

    We are written that in consequence of the disaster to J. T. Johnson's Show, the performers are destitute. New York Clipper, July 10, 1886, p. 264.

    Jas. T. Johnson's Great Western Circus is again to the front. The cyclone of June 11 came near doing the entire show up, but with the hustling of Dick Johnson and his general agent Harry Moore, the circus is now larger than ever. In two weeks they leave Kansas for Nebraska. New York Clipper, July 17, 1886, p. 280.

1887:

    James T. Johnson writes us from Lamar, Col., that he is not running a circus this season, but is doing the far West with an "U.T.C." Co., under canvas. New York Clipper, July 2, 1887, p. 242.

    James T. Johnson's Circus will not travel in conjunction with his "U. T. C." Co., but each will travel by itself in Mr. Johnson's own cars. New York Clipper, December 3, 1887, p. 602.

1888:

    Roster of James T. Johnson's Circus. Executive staff: James T. Johnson, proprietor and manager; Harry Kelly, assistant manager; Col. John Williams, advance representative; Frank Durand, bill poster with five assistants; G. W. Belford, equestrian director; D. S. Gerry, manager of sideshow. Performers: Thos. Delavante, Wm. Phelps, Harry Nelson, C. H. Lowry . . . John Philips, San Hoffsmyre, the Johnson Sisters, Mollie Belford, Lottie Gerry, Mlle. Clare, Edith Johnson, Lillie Delavante; Edwing Freeman, boss canvasman; Jesse Carrol, boss hostler. Leader of band, Theo. Schottle. The show is in Arkansas City for an indefinite period. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 105.

    James T. Johnson's Circus has been playing in Wichita, Kas., for the past two weeks. They take the road in wagons from there. New York Clipper, June 23, 1888, p. 234.

    James T. Johnson's Circus goes into Winter quarters close to Springfield, Mo., on a farm where Mr. Johnson will build two amphitheatres for the Winter. New York Clipper, October 13, 1888, p. 502.

1889:

    Jas. T. Johnson and his circus company have left Monett(?), Mo., where they have been playing since last August. The citizens and newspapers of that town do not speak in complimentary terms of Mr. Johnson, and lay sundry serious charges at his door. New York Clipper, March 16, 1889, p. 4.

    Wanted, to join James T. Johnson & Co.'s Circus, going South by rail. Riders, leapers, tumblers, horizontal bars, trapeze, lady wire walkers, outsided an in; troupe of performing dogs, monkeys and goats, concert people, brass band, advance agent, boss canvasman, freaks, etc. Show will leave Arkansas City, Kas., about Oct. 1. Address James T. Johnson & Co. New York Clipper, September 21, 1889, p. 472.

• Information on the James T. Johnson shows, 1867-68, 1870-71, 1873 is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 5, pp. 23-25, 27, 28-29.
• An article on the 1866, 1870, 1883-86, 1888-89, 1890 James T. Johnson shows is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 5, pp. 14-20.
• Information on the 1870 James T. Johnson show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, p. 51.
• Information on the 1881 James T. Johnson show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 51.
• Information on the 1884 James T. Johnson show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 36-38.
• Information on the 1885 James T. Johnson show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 79-83, 84.
• Information on the 1886 James T. Johnson's Great Western show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 37-43.
• Information on the 1888 James T. Johnson's show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 52-53.
• Information on the 1889 James T. Johnson's show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 4, pp. 45-46.

1890:

    Wanted, with Jas. T. Johnson & Co.'s, circus people in all branches of the circus business . . . good lady specialties such as wire . . . dogs, goats and donkeys wanted; good brass band of eight mouthpieces; song and dance team . . . balloon man who can furnish his own balloon; a good advance man who understands the wagon show business; also boss canvasman. . . . Address Jas. T. Johnson & Co., Arkansas City, Kan. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 830.

    Prof. Harry Strey(?), the aeronaut, and Will Stewart will go with the Jas. T. Johnson & Co.'s Circus this season, under the management of C. G. Eddy, of Quincy. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    C. G. Eddy, of Quincy, Ill. has contracted to furnish an aeronaut for the Jas. Johnson Show, which takes the road May __. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.

    J. T. Johnson's New Circus gave its initial performance at Arkansas City, Kas., May __. The entertainment was one of more than ordinary, and a large crowd is said to have been in attendance. Prof. Frank ___, who [rose] to an altitude of some __ft., and landed from his parachute in the Indian Nation, some twelve miles south, was warmly welcomed by the Cherokees and unavoidable wire fences, the former quite appreciative and pleasant, and the latter tearing some twelve holes in the ___. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.

• Information on the 1890 J. T. Johnson's show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 50-51.
• Brief information on the 1895 J. T. Johnson's show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 2, p. 36.

1897: Col. Jas. T. Johnson's Amphitheatre and Circus, Hot Springs, Arkansas. Col. Jas. T. Johnson, proprietor and manager; D. J. McNamarey, press agent; Geo. Atkinson, stage manager; Prof. Ledgewood, band and orchestra leader; Four Flying Bicketts; Ray Burton; Ben Hamidy Troupe of Arabs; Kline Children; Geo. Garzoni; Dottie Bard. • Bandwagon, September-October, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 5, p. 31.

• Note: See "James T. Johnson and the Great Western Circus," Orin C. King, Bandwagon, Vol. 30, No. 5 (Sep-Oct), 1986, pp. 19-20.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Johnson & Martell - 1884

1884:

    James T. Johnson and Harry Martell's Consolidated Shows are now organizing for 1884 in Neosho Falls, Kas., to travel by wagon. People in all branches of the circus business, such as bicyclists, roller skaters, or any novelty that can be done in the ring for on stage. Wanted, two round top canvasas, with middle pieces, with seats and jacks, lights, etc.; to bands, 4 to 8 mouth pieces, with American leaders; sideshow property with tents, and freaks, door solicitors, etc. Also want to purchas one African male lion and two hyenas, or other rare animals. Wanted, two chandelier men who understand Kidd's lights, advance agent, and 10 billposters. All privileges for sale, outside and inside. Aerial bicycle wanted immediately. Johnson & Martell's Consolidated Shows, Neosho Falls, Kansas. New York Clipper, February 9, 1884, pp. 798, 804.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1884.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Johnson & Perkins - 1894

    Notes from Johnson & Perkins' New Golden Shows. "We are now in winter quarters at Port Byron, N.Y., having engaged the large barns of the Hotel National, where we are painting our wagons and getting in shape for the coming season. The show will be under the sole management for M. B. Johnson. Frank G.(O.?) Perkins has gone to Medina, in view of purchasing Gallagher's Columbian Shows." New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.

    Notes from Johnson & Perkin's New Golden Shows. Still the good work goes on. We have now under construction one of the great band chariots in America. The show will travel by wagons, carrying thirty head of stock. . . . James McNeal(?) will have charge of canvas. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 831.

    Notes from Johnson & Perkins' New Golden Shows and Mitchell's Royal Menagerie. All ready for the road. The monster shows will open May __ at Syracuse and then along the Hudson, and will make a tour of twenty-six weeks. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 87.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Johnson, Simpson & Co. - 1885   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885

1885:

    Johnson, Simpson & Co.’s Circus and Museum will open at Glen Elder, Kas., with an entirely new outfit July 25. T. B. Sadler will be in charge of the advance brigades, assisted by Wash. Blodgett. The new company will be managed by Jas. T. Johnson, with Frank Brown as treasurer and Chas. Simpson as equestrian director. The people will include Mlle. Editha, equestrienne; La Petite Ella, Johnson Sisters, Prof. Coutts and wife, Montague Sisters, Alt. Doran, Madame De Vere, Annie Carroll and Eddie Snow, Charley Lamont, Herr Drayton, and Cavana and Mason. The sideshow will be managed by Prof. De Vere, and the music will be furnished by Prof. Hardee’s Des Moines reed and cornet band. New York Clipper, August 1, 1885.

    Johnson, Simpson & Co.'s Consolidated Show took on Madame De Vere, bearded lady; Lizzie Nelson, trapeze; Sam Bennett, leaper; Chas. Morrison, contortionist, and Jack Nelson, clown, at Salem, Kas., July 29. Burt Sadler, business manager, was presented 23 with a pair of Colorado ponies for his advance phaeton by Mr. Simpson, one of the proprietors. Wash Blodgett, assistant general agent, is picking up material and points for a minstrel party West this winter. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.

• Information on the 1885 new show of Johnson, Simpson & Co.'s Consolidated Circus and Museum is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 83-84.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones Overland Circus - 1892

• This was the first circus owned by J. Augustus Jones. Bandwagon, March-April, 1977, pp. 5-6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. Augustus Jones' One-Ring Show - 1898

• Jones took this show out in 1898 and was still on the road with this show in 1899. Bandwagon, March-April, 1977, p. 7.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones Enormous Shows - 1906

• J. Augustus Jones combined his Indian Bill's Wild West and Cole & Rogers shows under this title in 1906. This show continued for four years, though he changed the title to Cole & Cooper for part of the season in 1908. Bandwagon, March-April, 1977, p. 8.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones Bros. Wild West - 1910 (J. Augustus & Elmer H. Jones)

    Jones Bros.' Wild West showed to big business at Portchester, N. Y., Saturday, July 16. Frank A. Robbins Jr. spent the day with this show 16. H. F. Hall, who was advance with the I. X. L. Show, in South America, last Winter, has the picture machine and downtown show with Jones Bros.' Wild West Show. The show will make some big jumps when it goes West. New York Clipper, July 23, 1910, p. 582.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones Bros. World Toured Shows - 1915 (J. Augustus Jones)

    This show had one train with six flat cars, four horse cars, four sleepers and 32 wagons. Show's tents were: a big top, menagerie, sideshow (2), horse (2), dressing & ring stock, candy stands (2), dining (2), cookhouse. Sideshow had a palmist, snakes, fortunes, games of chance, oriental dancers; and Harry Nugent magic and punch; Ethel Nugent, musical; J. C. Miles Colored Minstrels. Circus Report, Vol. 1, No. 30, 1972, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

An article on the J. Augustus Jones owned circuses (various titles), 1892-1917, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1977.

Buck Jones Wild West - 1929   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1929

Article on the 1929 Buck Jones show is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1965 (scroll down or use find).

Also see articles on the Buck Jones show in Bandwagon, March-April, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 20-23,   and Bandwagon, July-August, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 11-16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Sam Jones Circus

• This small show went out on the road for the first time in 1936. Bandwagon, July-August, 1988, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones & Adams' New Century

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1906

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones & Bilz - 1898

    Jones & Bilz's Great Family Show opened its season July 4, at Connellsville, Pennsylvania. They carry a 100ft. top with seating capacity of 1,000. Roster: Charles R. Jones, manager of Connellsville Opera House, and George Bilz, magician, proprietors; Joe Marshall, business representative; George Filz, amusement director; Prof. Harry Lorzine and his band of ten musicians; Carrie Wood, equestrienne; Nina Wood, Arthur Kelly, Herbert Ritz, Clarence Borpee, Robert Balliger, Walter Trump, Chas. Trump, Lew Stillwagon, C. King, Jas. Carey, Chas. Connors, Geo. West, Jack Newton, Geo. Perkins, Lew Martin, Andrew George, Chas. Austin and Wm. Owens. They are touring Pennsylvania, West Virginia and Ohio. New York Clipper, July 23, 1898, p. 337.

    Jones & Bilz's Family Show notes. We are still in existence. We close at Connellville, Pennsylvania, on or about October 1. We will open next season with a larger show, carrying fifty head of stock for transportation. New York Clipper, September 24, 1898, p. 510.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones, Kitch & Co.'s - 1868

    Jones & Co.'s Northwestern Circus exhibited here on Friday and Saturday of last week and gave much better satisfaction than the thieving, swindling concern of Orton Brothers, which passed through this place about two week ago. There are no side gambling tables connected with this circus; what they do perform is presented in a genteel manner, and several of their ring feats are good and well worth the price of admission. Eau Claire Daily Free Press (WI), July 30, 1868, n.p.n.

• 1868: online at: Clipper, August 15,   Clipper, August 22 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jones Bros. & Wilson

• J. Augustus and Elmer Jones, Harry G. Wilson, owners.

• The Jones Bros. & Wilson's Three Ring Wild Animal Circus was only out one season, 1914. Bandwagon, May-June, 1972, p. 2.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1914.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jordan Family Circus - 1996

1996: Headed by Patsy Jordan and her son Jody, the show played Shrine dates from late February to at least late September, mainly in the West. Bandwagon, March-April, 1997, p. 16.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1996-97, Patsy Jordan, owner.

Jordan World Circus - 1998-99

1998: The circus had two units in 1998. The Western unit was headed by Jody Jordan, and the Eastern unit by his mother Patsy and sister Melanie. The Western unit opened in Phoenix, Arizona and exhibited in British Columbia and Texas. The Eastern unit opened in Flint, Michigan and played Shrine dates, exhibited in the Dakotas and closed in Las Vegas. Bandwagon, March-April, 1999, p. 9.

1999: The show played Saginaw, Michigan Shrine, January 27-31 and Cincinnati Shrine March 11-14. Jordan operated multiple units in 1999. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 19.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1998, 2000, Jody Jordan, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jordan International Circus - 1990-91

1990: Headed by Johnny Jordan, the show had Shrine dates mostly in the West and Southwest. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 15.

1991: The Jordan International opened in Salt Lake City February 1 and toured west of the Mississippi through July. Dates in the Northwest states, far West and Canada followed before closing at Palm Springs, California, November 10. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 12.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1991-95.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Joyce's Old Time Circus - 1906-07   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905

1906:

    Joyce's Old Time Country Circus. Wanted, acts of all kinds, suitable for small circus. Old time singing and talking clown. Performers doing several acts perferred. Musicians that double. Boss canvas man. Season opens about May 15. Actors and musicians stop at hotels. James E. Joyce, Greenwich, N.Y. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 24, 1906, p. 16.

    Joyce's Old Time Country Circus is billed to appear in Cambridge today. Joyce the manager and principal owner is a native of Greenwich, where the initial performances were given last week. Associated with him is his brother Maurice Joyce. The Joyce's are professional performers and have gathered together an excellent troupe of gymnast and bar and trapeze performers. Come and see the trained dogs and ponies, trick donkeys, fully clowns and other attractions. Admission 10 and 20 cents. Washington County Post (Glens Falls, NY), June 8, 1906, n.p.n.

    Joyce's old time one ring circus will exhibit in Glens Falls tomorrow and Saturday. There will be a street parade each day at noon. Morning Star (Glens Falls, NY), June 14, 1906, p. 8.

    Good audiences saw Joyce's circus yesterday afternoon and last evening. Mr. Joyce, manager and owner, is well known in Glens Falls. Earl Phillips, of Schylerville, merits notice in his hoop rolling feat. Lamp Brothers, comedians, William Vannison, of the New York hippodrome, master of the bar and Harry Lavine, flying trapeze, were excellent. Prof. Wiseman's trained dog act is good. The circus shows here today and at Saratoga Monday. Morning Star (Glens Falls, NY), June 16, 1906, p. 4.

    Notes from Joyce's Old Time Country Circus. We closed our season Sept. 18, at Warrensburgh, N.Y. The last four weeks of the season were played at fairs in Northern New York, to splendid business. The show is now in winter quarters. Some changes will be made in the style of the show for next season by adding a trained animal exhibition. Most of the performers are re-engaged for next season. The show will open in Greenwich, N.Y., and cover the same route as last year. New York Clipper, September 29, 1906, p. 851.

1907: Notes from Joyce's Old Time Country Circus. This show will take the road in May, enlarged to double its former size. Mr. Joyce recently spent two weeks in New York. While there he bought several draught horses and some Shetlands. About twenty-five horses will be used to carry the show. Most of last season's performers and musicians will be with the show again. New York Clipper, February 23, 1907, p. A2.

1908: Al F. Wheeler has purchased the entire outfit of the James E. Joyce One-ring Circus at Greenwich, N.Y. Billboard, March 28, 1908, p. 24.

1912: Greenwich. James E. Joyce died at his home in this village Wednesday. The deceased conducted a travelling circus for several years, known as "Joyce's Circus." Previous to this he was on the mounted police force of Washington, and during this service he was thrown from his horse and never fully recovered from the injuries. The deceased was forty-three years of age and is survived by his wife and two children, also two brothers, Morris Joyce of Washington, a deputy United States marshal, and Michael of Troy, and three sisters, Misses Minnie and Alice of Greenwich, and Mrs. Daniel P. Dixon of Victory Mills. Washington County Post (Salem, NY), July 12, 1912, n.p.n.

• 1939: Maurice Joyce, a native of Greenwich, died at his home in Washington, D.C., Monday, after a few weeks' illness. His sisters, the Misses Minnie and Alice Joyce, left for Washington Tuesday morning. Mr. Joyce was born in this village, a son of John and Bridget Sullivan Joyce. Maurice and an older brother, James, ran away from home when they were young lads and joined a traveling circus. They achieved a notable place as bar performers, and later were connected with the circus as a business. Some thirty years or more ago Maurice Joyce gave up that line of work and settled in Washington. He served as crier in the United States court for many years, or until he was appointed federal agent in the narcotics department. He was also head physical director at Georgetown university over a considerable period. Besides his wife and sisters, Mr. Joyce is survived by two daughters and a son, Mrs. Marie LePrux, Mrs. Clara Leo, and Albert Joyce, of Washington. Salem Press (Salem, NY), June 29, 1939, p. 3.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jules & Beck Circus - 1982-84, 1986

1982: In 1982 the Jules & Beck Combined Circus toured Kentucky, West Virginia, Virginia, Tennessee and Georgia. It was a one ring show, managed by Pat Guthrie. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 27.

1983: The one-ring show opened in Grayson, Georgia, May 21, 1983. The show was headed by Pat Guthrie, and the title came from the names of his two daughters, Julie and Becky. The show had a poor season and closed on September 13. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 8.

1984: The show opened at Conyers, Georgia, April 2, and closed in Manchester, Kentucky on July 6. Mel Silverlake took some of the equipment and toured Col. Mel's Wild West for spot dates in Virginia and North Carolina from July to December. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 9.

• Jules & Beck Circus did not go out in 1985. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 9.

1986: Pat Guthrie revived his Jules & Beck circus as an attraction at four Kentucky fairs in September and October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 12.

• Jules & Beck Circus is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1982-1988, Paul Guthrie, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

June, Nathans & Co. - 1875

    June, Nathans & Co.'s Big Bonanza Circus exhibited at Bridgeport, Ct., June 10, to a light attendance. Our correspondent says: "The circus portion of the entertainment was superior to the generality of shows, but the menagerie was quite weak. This show has been taking in all the small towns and cities through Connecticut, and business has been shockingly poor. It was under consideration to jump immediately South." New York Clipper, June 26, 1875, p. 103.

    June, Nathans & Co.'s Big Bonanza Circus closed the season suddenly at Port Richmond, S.I. [Staten Island], after the evening peformances of June 10. The company and others engaged received their first intimation of the termination of the season at the afternoon performance on that day. The cages, horses, etc., passed up Broadway to this city on Sunday afternoon. New York Clipper, July 17, 1875, p. 127.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

June, Titus, Angevine & Co. - 1841-42

1841

    [Advertisement] Circus and Caravan! Splendid and combined attraction of equestrian and gymnastic performances, with a beautiful collection of living wild animals, comprising the stupendous giraffe, the elephant, and every variety of wild beasts, birds and reptiles. June, Titus, Angevine & Co., proprietors of the Bowery Amphitheatre, N. Y. R. Sands, equestrian manager.
    The proprietors of the above named establishment have the honor to announce to the citizens of Marshall and vicinity that their unequaled troupe of equestrians, and splendid caravan of wild animals, will exhibit at Marshall, on Thursday, July 29, 1841 (for one day only). The public are respectfully informed that the equestrian troupe, under the management of Mr. R. Sands, is composed of the most extensive and talented artists, comprising several of the most celebrated and skillful performers both of this country and of Europe. Attached to this company, is the famed Rivers Family,of Astley's Amphitheatre, London, whose incredible performances have caused so much excitement wherever they have appeared, besides others in every department of the Olympic Exercises.
    The manager pledges himself that this exhibition shall be of a strictly moral character, and free from the many objections frequently made to entertainments of this description. An extensive and splendid band of musicians is engaged, who will accompany the performances with a choice selection of popular airs, marches, overtures and waltzes. Price of admission to both - Boxes, 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. The Menagerie of animals is attened by intelligent and obliging keepers, who will take great pains in responding to the wishes of the audience. Will also be exhibited at Concord on Tuesday, July 27; at Homer July 28; and at Battle Creek on July 30,1841. Western Statesman (Marshall, MI), July 15, 1841, n.p.n.

1842

    [Advertisement] Circus & Caravan. Splendid and combined attraction of equestrian and gymnastic performances, with a beautiful collection of living wild animals, comprising the stupendous giraffe, the elephant, and every curosity of wild beasts and reptiles. The only living giraffe or camelopard in America, it being 17 feet in height, and weighs 1780 pounds. June, Titus, Angevine & Co., proprietors of the Bowery Amphitheatre, New York. J. R. Shay, equestrian manager. The proprietors of the above named establishment have the honor to announce to the citizens of Marshall and vicinity, that their unequalled troupe of equestrians, and splendid caravan of wild animals, will exhibit at Marshall, on Tuesday, August 9th, 1842, one day only.
    The public are also respectfully informed that the equestrian troupe, under the management of Mr. Shay, consists of many old favorites, in addition to which are many candidates for public favor, comprising several of the most skillful performers both in this country and Europe. Attached to this company are the four Hungarian Cousins, whose incredible performances have caused so much excitement wherever they have appeared. The vaulting phenomenon, Mr. Lipman, who has actually thrown 71 somersettes at one trial, the greatest feat on record. Paolo Conovo, the India rubber man, who will exhibit every limb out of joint, twisting his body with the ease of India rubber. Physicians and anatomists declare that unless the man is formed without bones, his postures are not to be accounted for; besides others in every department of the Olympic Exercises.
    The manager pledges himself that the exhibition shall be of a strictly moral character and free from many objections frequently made to entertainments of this description. The menagerie of animals is attended by intelligent and obliging keepers, who will take great pains in responding to the wishs of the audience. A splendid and extensive band of musicians is engaged, who will accompany the performances with a choice selection of the most popular airs, marches, overtures and waltzes. Admittance - Boxes 50 cents, children half price. Pit 25 cents; no half price to the Pit. Democratic Expounder and Calhoun County Patriot (Marshall, MI), July 27, 1842, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

June & Turner - 1845-47

1845:

    [Advertisement] June and Turner's Circus, from the Bowery Amphitheatre N. York. The proprietors would most respectfully announce to the citizens of Milwaukee and vicinity, that their celebrated equestrian troop will visit this place, and open for exhibition on Wednesday and Thursday, July 9 and 10, for two days only. The scenes in the circle will be introduced with the utmost order and regularlity, and will combine a great variety of equestrian performances, many of which are entirel new.
    Among those comprising the company will be found the following that are truly celebrated - Mr. N. B. Turner, the splendid six horse rider; J. W. Myrers [sic?], M. Truman, W. H. Stout, O. Bell Hoe, Master Nevelle, K Van Bonhurst, and T. V. Turner in his unapproachable principal act on a sing horse - he will throw backward somersetts over canvass 10 feet wide, the horse at full speed. Mr. Turner accomplishes this daring performance with as much ease and certainty as others to the same from the ground. For particulars see bills. Doors open at 7 1/2 o'clock, performance commencing at 8 p.m. Admission - Box 30 cents, children 20 cts. Pit 20 cents. Afternoon performance, Thursday, the 10th, at 2 o'clock. Messrs. June & Turner intend visiting the principal towns in the Territory, before going East. Due notice will be given at the several places. [Note: Rowe & Mabie's Olympia Arena (or New York Circus) advertised on the same page that they would be in Milwaukee on June 25-27.] Milwaukee Daily Sentinel (WI), June 26, 1845, n.p.n.

1846:

    [Advertisement] New York Circus. June & Turner, proprietors. The best company in the United States. Eighty men and horses! Will be exhibited at Milwaukee, near the Cremont House, July 2d, 3d and 4th. Admission - Box 40 cents; Pit 20 cents, children under ten, to Box, 20 cents. No half price to Pit. Doors open at 7 1/2 o'clock. Performance commences at 8 o'clock p.m.
    Below may be found a list of performers' names attached to this splendid establishment: Mr. T. V. Turner, N. B. Turner, J. W. Myers, A. McFarland, N. Burgess, H. Hough, J. Turner, L. Freeman, O. Bell, A. Rockwell, S. Johnson, C. Flether, Master T. Turner, Master Lipman. Keenan and his band of Ethiopian Serenaders. A most splendid brass band led by Mr. Volger, accompanies the exhibit, accompanies the exhibit in a magnificent car drawn by six golden horses. Equestrian director, T. V. Turner; riding master, N. B. Turner; ring master, A. McFarland; clown, A. Rockwell. Open on Saturday, July 4th, at 9 1/2 o'clock and 2 o'clock p.m. Milwaukee Daily Courier (WI), June 26, 1846, n.p.n.

1847:

    [Advertisement] June & Turner's Managarie & Circus. Combined, enlarged and improved for 1847. Manager, Jas. M. June, agent, Wm. June, equestrian director, T. V. Turner, clown, H. W. Nichols, riding master, J. W. Myers, leader of band, S. B. W. Post. Will be exhibited at Platteville, on Thursday, Sept. 2d, 1847. Doors open from 1 to 4 o'clock. Performance commences at 2 o'clock. Admission to menagerie & circus 40 cents. Children under 10 years 20 cts. The grand pavillion used by this magnificent concern is entirely new, and when spread covers an area of 150 by 75 feet; it is constructed of weather proof material and will comfortably accommodate on a sing exhibition 3600 persons!
    The carriages, caparisons, housings, dresses, &c., are all of the most gorgeous and costly description. The harness is from the manufactury of the celebrated Francis, of New York City, and are all richly mounted in pattern work of the most appropriate style. The splendid chariot, drawn by eight cream colored horses, will contain Mr. Post's New York Miliarty Brass Band, which will, on entering each town or village, at the head of the caravan of 20 carriages, entertain the citizens with the choicest selections of music from the latest operas, marches, &c. For particulars see bills at the hotels. Wm. June, agent. Independent American and General Advertiser (Platteville, WI), August 27, 1847, n.p.n.

    June and Turner's company refused to perform at Logansport. It appears that the agent, who preceded the company a few days, agreed to pay the city $5 for a license; but between that time and the arrival of the company, the City Council had raised the price of license to $20. This the company refused to pay, and consequently did not perform. The Telegraph says there was much dissatisfaction on the part of the crowd - but June and Turner were the greatest sufferers, taking some two or three hundred dollars out of their pockets, rather than submit to what they considered an imposition. Fort Wayne Times and Peoples Press (IN), October 28, 1847, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

June & Co. - 1852

1852:

    [Advertisement] The Great French Circus! of James M. June & Co. The most extensive and brilliant troupe in the world will exhibit at Kenosha on Saturday, July 24th. Two performances, afternoon and evening. Doors open at 2 and 7. Admission 25 cts.
    Six lady equestrians, from all the principal hippodromes of Paris, Vienna and St. Petersburgh. The celebrated Mad. Tourniaire, in her world renowned school of the manege delineat the fashionable modes of lady equestrianism in the saddle, applicable to the road or the chase, presenting the lady amateurs in thie exhilarating and truly elegant amusement a perfect model of imitation! with the correct costumes, manner of setting the horse, &c. Mad. T. will also introduce all her favorite trained horses, Hercules, Washington, Cheming, Superb, Marengo, Brilliant, Alma, and Achille. M'lle Josephine, in her elegant tours de grace, on a single horse. Mll'e Louise, in her brilliant coup d'etat, without saddle or bridle! The Corps de Battlet consisting of M'lle Irene, M'lle Franck, Le Petite Cirito, and M'lle Auguste, will also appear in a beautiful pastoral ballet. The German hercules, Herr Kist, will exhibit his wonderful prowess. Also equestrian performances by Messrs. B. Stevens, J. Sweet, W. Armstrong, A. F. Liming, D. Stryker, T. Tucker and J. W. Murray.
    Equestrian manager, Prof. N. Johnson; director of the French troupe, Mons. Tourniare; leader of the bugle band, Mr. R. Willis; principal clown, Mr. W. Worrell; Seconna Pero, Mons. Mallet.
    The procession comprising a must superb cortege exhibiting some of the first stock in the world, will enter the town proceeded by a magnificent Car of Neptune! In which will be seated the Bugle Band of R. Willis. The harness used in this splendid vehicle was manufactured by Lacy & Phillips, Philadelphia, and is the same firm that took the premium at the world's Fair, London, having cost in getting it up over $3000. Kenosha Democrat (WI), July 12, 1852, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jungle Wonders Circus - 1978-79

1978:

In 1978 this title was used by John "Gopher" Davenport. The show opened in Phoenix, Arizona in January. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 16.

Jungle Wonders Circus, a small show, toured a long Alaskan and Canadian tour in 1978. Gopher Davenport did a chimp act in the performance. Circus Report, October 2, 1978, p. 9.

1979: Mel Silverlake, with equipment from Gopher Davenport, opened the Jungle Wonders Circus January 9 in Blessing Texas. It was said to be the second unit of Jungle Wonders Circus. Later it appeared using the Fisher Bros. title. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 14.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1978-1980.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

K

Kadell-Kritchfield

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1913-16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kamala Circus - 1982, 1985

1982: Billy Gunga had his Kamala Circus around Pittsburgh and Cleveland in March and April. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 32.

1985: Billy Gunga toured his show in October and November. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 14.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1977.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kansas City Circus - 1887

    Wanted for Kansas City Big Ten-cent Circus, to open in Kansas City, Sept. 1, 1887, for long season South. Circus performers in all branches except riders, aerial artists, knockabout clowns, bar performers, contortionists, lady trapeze, roller skaters, tumblers, leapers, trained dogs, monks, etc. Also specialty people for concert. Three day and week stands. Address F. J. (Jack) McCarthy, Delmonico Hotel, Kansas City, Mo. New York Clipper, August 20, 1887, p. 364.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank Kaufman's - 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918

    Wanted at once, eighty or ninety foot round top, with forty or fifty foot middle. Also domestic animal trainer, side show freaks. Kaufman's Trained Wild Animal Show, F. S. Kaufman, general manager; Leon Wing, secretary & treasurer. Offices, suite 350 Spreckels Bldg., San Diego, Cal. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 30.

    San Francisco, March 10. James Coffroth, well known in racing and boxing circles, has arrived here from San Diego and makes the statement that he is the owner of Frank Kaufman's Trained Animal Circus, which will soon start from San Diego for a tour of California on automobile trucks. F. S. Kaufman is manager of the show and is building paraphernalia and supervising the breaking of animal acts at San Diego. Leon Wing is secretary-treasurer. The performance will be staged in an eighty or ninety foot round top, with a forty or fifty foot middle piece. There will also be an annex or sideshow. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 62.

    San Diego, Cal., March 23. Kaufman's Trained Wild Animal Show. At the head of this new concern is Frank G. Kaufman, for many years in the show business, seven years with the California Carnival Company and more recently in charge of the Zoo at the San Diego Exposition. Associated with him are Jim Coffroth and Jack Atkisn. The show will be transported by a train of fifteen auto trucks and cage wagons. It is planned to make the smaller towns off the beaten track of the larger shows. It will carry about forty people, and the big top will seat about 2,000. There will be two rings, besides the wild animal arena, and the company will carry one or more side shows. Charles B. Sanders, known as "Sandy," is in charge of the training at the show's temporary quarters at Sixth and L streets here. Permanent winter quarters and training quarters have been leased at Flynn Springs, a resort a few miles back in the mountains from San Diego, where Mr. Kaufman has established a number of cottages, swimming pond and other accomodations for the public. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 28.

    Mr. Snow, who built Wonderland at San Diego, Cal., has purchased Kauffmann's Trained Wild Animal Show, and will soon start out with fifteen motor trucks. Frank G. Kauffman suffered a severe attack of paralysis. Billboard, May 4, 1918, p. 29.

    San Diego, May 4. Charles B. Sanders (Sandy) is trainer for Kaufman's Trained Wild Animal Shows, which have been getting ready in this city for a tour by auto truck. Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 44.

    San Diego, Cal., May 10. The departure of the Kaufman Trained Wild Animal Show, on its tour by auto trucks, has been delayed by the illness of Mr. Kaufman in Los Angeles. H. C. Snow, formerly head of Snow's Greater Shows, but for the past fifteen years in the park amusement business, is looking after the preparations until Mr. Kaufman is again able to take command. The report that Mr. Snow had purchased the show is not true. There will be forty autos and trailers to carry the animals, tents and other equipment, fourteen of these being wild animal cage trucks. George Little is training the domestic animals, and Charles B. Sanders (Sandy) is working the big cats and bears. Captain Murphy, formerly with the Ferari Shows, is to have general charge of the training and the eight animal acts. "Chuck" Gammon will conduct the sideshow. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 28.

    San Diego, Cal., May 29. Frank G. Kaufman, who was organizing an auto truck wild animal show here to take the road, is still confined to a Los Angeles hospital, but under the direction of Herbert C. Snow, preparations have gone on, and the aggregation will start out soon under the name of the Orr Bros.' Wild Animal Shows. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 26.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kay Bros. - 1932-38, 1983-84

• Brief article on William Ketrow's Kay Bros. Circus, 1932-1938, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1966 (scroll down or use find).

1983: Chuck Kay's Kay Bros. Circus played fairs in 1983. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 13.

1984: Kay Bros., Chuck Kay, owner, toured the plains states and the midwest in 1984. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 11.

1986: Chuck Koenekamp's Kay Bros. Circus opened at Bokoshe, Oklahoma on May 2. In June the show re-opened as Kay & Kelly at Porum, Oklahoma and closed in Vinta, Oklahoma in early November. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 9.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918-1941, 1951, 1988-89.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

William Kay's Circus

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1960s - 1989.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kaye Continental Circus

• Show was out in 1975-76. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976; January-February, 1977.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1978 - circa 1989.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Keller Bros.' - 1909-10   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1910

1909: Keller Bros.' Colossal Show: Ezra, J. J. and R. E. Keller, proprietors: K. E. Iseminger and Ezra Keller, managers; R. E. Keller, general agent; J. J. Keller, local contractor; Frank Oskin, supt. privileges; Joe Hulsizer, equestrian director; H. Pilkington, manager side show. Roster advance car No. 1: Geo. Mintmyer, billposter; W. M. Fisher, lithographer; S. Alex Skinner, cook; D. Wolf, stock; B. Hyre, canvas; Bill Finnin, properties; A. L. Iseminger, treasurer. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1910:

    Keller Brothers' United Show. Keller Bros., proprietors, managers and treasurer; J. E. Isenringer, general agent; Joe Isenringer, local contractor; C. E. Christie, manager sideshow; Tom Nelson, equestrian director; Harry Pilkington, supt. privileges; Ed Knode, musical director; Mrs. G. W. Christie, supt. reserved seat tickets; Bob Russell, supt. canvas; B. L. Kidd, boss hostler; Jas. Ambrose, supt. commissary dept.; Jim Pace, supt. lights; Sanders Rankin, supt. properties; Harry Loving, supt. ring stock; Chas. Black, supt. stock; Ben Tolbert, blacksmith; show opens at Funkstown, Md., April 16. Billboard, March 19, 1910, p. 92.

    Keller Bros. Wagon Show has closed and gone into winter quarters at Guthriesville, S.C. This show will again go on the road the third week in February. Billboard, December 3, 1910, p. 51.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kelley & McFarland - 1892

    Kelley & McFarland's Ten Cent Show opens its season May 7 in New England. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.
    On the road, circuses: Kelly & McFarland's, Woodstock VT June 22, 23, Royalton 24, 25, Randolph 27, 2?. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 248.
    On the road, circuses: Kelly & McFarland's, Fair Haven VT July 2, Granville NY 4, 5; Lee's, Belfast ME June 29, Searsport 30, Bucksport July 1, Ellsworth 2, Cherryfield 4, Columbia Falls 5 . . . Pembroke 7, Eastport 8. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.

    W. H. McFarland has disposed of his interest in the Kelley & McFarland Ten Cent Show to his partner, Thos. P. Kelley. The latter will continue touring the company, while Mr. McFarland has joined Prof. W. W. Dayton's Show. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kelly Bros. - 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914-15, 1922

    Everything will be new with Kelly Bros.' new one-ring circus when this organization opens in May. They have been playing in vaudeville most of the Winter. Billboard, April 11, 1914, p. 25.

    Kelly Bros.' Greater Show will open the season at Petersburg, Illinois, May 2. . . . Roster: P. B. Kelly, owner and manager; Paul Kelly, secretary-treasurer; ___ Ripple, general contractor; R. E. Kelly, advance agent; Waren Ramsay, 24-hour man; Ray Kelly, sideshow manager; G. W. Kelly, supt. ring stock; Mrs. P. B. Kelly, supt. tickets; P. B. Kelly, equestrian director; Joe Feagan, supt. music; Bernice Kelly, supt. privileges; Albert Echoff, press agent; Carl Jones, props; F. G. Kelly, trainmaster; Skimmer Bell, stock . . . Billboard, May 2, 1914, p. 30.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kelly Bros. - 1976, 1978

1976: Gordon Walsh launched his Kelly Bros. show in 1976. Bandwagon, January-February, 1977, p. 23.

1978: Kelly Bros. closed for the season at Bristow, Oklahoma, October 20 and went into winter quarters at Tulsa, Oklahoma. Circus Report, October 30, 1978, p. 6.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1977-78.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kelly Bros. - 1980

• B. H. Black ("Whitey') purchased Kelly Bros. from Gordon Walsh and opened the show at Orange, Texas, March 29. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Al G. Kelly & Miller Bros. - 1943-44, 1951, 1954, 1956, 1959, 1962   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1937-1968, 1984-86

1943: brief article on the 1943 Al G. Kelly-Miller Bros. show in White Tops, April-May, 1943, Vol 16, Nos. 5-6, p. 10; and in Bandwagon, August, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 5, p. 9.

1944:

Al G. Kelly and Miller Bros. Circus was at Wichita, Kansas, June 14th. The big top was a 70 ft. with three 30's. Show had 12 trucks, and eight house cars. They had 3 elephants, 6 monkeys, 1 llama, 1 lion, a slaying baboon, 1 gnu, 10 ponies, 20 head of horses, 2 camels, lion, bear, Barbary goat and a puma. The show used a white color scheme with red lettering. Bandwagon, August 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 6.

Al G. Kelly & Miller Bros. Circus is transported on 14 trucks. The show has had long jumps and moutains in Wyoming, with George Sweet and crew doing a wonderful job of keeping the rolling stock in shape. The show has played Oklahoma, Nebraska, South Dakota, Colorado, Wyoming, Missouri and Iowa. Bandwagon, October 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 5, p. 8.

1951: An article on the 1951 show is online in Bandwagon, January 1952 (scroll down).

1954: Terrel Jacobs announced that he would be with the Kelly-Miller show in 1954, presenting his cat act and other acts. Bandwagon, Christmas, 1953, p. 14.

1956: An article on the 1956 Kelly-Miller Circus is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1956.

1959: Information on the 1959 Kelly-Miller show is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1960   and Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1959 (scroll down).

1962: Article on the 1962 Kelly-Miller show is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1962 (scroll down or use find).

• An article on the Kelly-Miller boat show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 5, pp. 12-19.

• Information on the Kelly-Miller show, 1937-1967 is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).

• In 1970, the show's title was changed to Carson & Barnes. The Al G. Kelly & Miller Bros. title was not used again until 1984. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 2.

• Obert Miller, senior Miller of the Al G. Kelly & Miller Bros., died October 29, 1969, at age 83, with nearly 50 years in the white tops. He began with a dog & pony act in the early 1920s and in 1969 was on the front door of the Carson & Barnes Circus. He was buried at Showmen's Rest in Hugo, Oklahoma. Bandwagon, January-February, Vol. 14, No. 1, 1970, p. 23.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Emmett Kelly Jr. Circus   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1975-1988, Leonard Green, owner.

• Show was out in 1974. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kelly-Morris Circus - 1948   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1946-1955

• In 1948 the show was owned and operated by William Morris and his father-in-law, Pat Kelly. It wintered at Havana, Illinois. The show had 9 people, 5 ponies, several dogs and a monkey, traveling on three trucks and a couple of trailers. More information on the 1948 show is in White Tops, September-October, 1948, Vol. 21, Nos. 9-10, p. 13.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kelroy Circus - 1984

Ron Kelroy's circus played Shrine dates in 1984. He also had his Festival Circus at Milwaukee's Summerfest and fair dates in 1984. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 13.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1982-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank Kenebel's Circus - 1885-86

1885:

    Wanted for Frank Kenebel's Parisien (sic) Circus for Winter season of 1885 and '86, lady rider with horse; tumblers and leapers, lady gymnasts, wire-walkers and any first-class act that can be done in the ring. All must do more than one act. Address Frank Kenebel, Chariton street, New York City. New York Clipper, September 12, 1885, p. 415.

    Kenebel's Parisian Circus left this city [New York] Oct. 10 for Panama. In the troupe are Charles Onofri, F. Onofri, Louis Siegrist, Thomas Siegrist, Willie Siegrist, Alice Leferve, Frank Kenebel, Robert H. Whitaker, Benj W. Sedam, J. Lomis and Eugene Kenebel. New York Clipper, October 17, 1885, p. 491.

    Kenebel's Circus, at last accounts, was doing well at Panama, and was making for Guatemala. The Onofri Bros. are with this party. New York Clipper, December 19, 1885, p. 628.

    A correspondent at Guatemala, S. C., writes as follows, under date of Nov. 28: The Parisian Circus opened 24 to immense business. Frank Kenebel is their manager. The company includes Kenebel Bros., Three Siegrists Bros., Onofri Bros., R. Whitaker and Mlle. Lafevre. Eight more lady artists are expected in about a month to still further strengthen a good show. R. Whitaker, Thomas Siegrists and the Kenebels are already favoriets. New York Clipper, December 26, 1885, p. 644.

1886:

    The Kenebel Show was to have sailed for Costa Rica, S.A., from Panama Jan. 21. They will stay there a month and then return to the States. Robert Whittaker, hurdle rider, informs us that business has been good. New York Clipper, February 6, 1886, p. 743.

    The Kenebel Show made Panama City, Guatemala, and San Jose de Costa Rica. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 830.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kenjockety's Wild West - 1912, 1914, 1917-19   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-1915

1912:

    The F. L. Kenjockety Wild West Show was held over for one more week at the Light Horse Point, New Haven, Connecticut. The show includes Mexican Joe Gonzalls, kicking a lasso over six running horses, also bronco buster and fancy rider; Walter Robbins, trick and bucking horse rider; Mr. and Mrs. O. T. Sweigeart, rifle and pistol shot, also trick and fancy riding, roping and bucking horse rider;; Virginia Thurston, Mable Kenjockety and Kate Sweigeart, lady riders; Chief Silver Heels and his band of Indians. Music is furnished by James Edson, baritone; Ed Woomer, bass; Howard Shongo, clarinet; F. L. Kenjockety, cornet; Joe Silver Heels, drummer. J. V. Gleason is general announcer. Billboard, July 20, 1912, p. 23.

1914:

    Salamanca, New York, October 1. F. L. Kenjockety's Frontier Wild West and Indian Village Combined closed a successful season of fairs, playing Western New York on a guarantee basis. The company consisted of twenty-eight people: L. E. Kenjockety, owner and director; Mrs. L. E. Kenjockety, secretary-treasurer; Dock Walker, general announcer and adjuster with Thos. Cunningham, assistant; Jack Harding, roper and bucking horse rider; Tiny Harding, rifle shot; Mabel Kenjockety, menage horse and Wild West rider; Wm. Palmer, bucking horse and pony express; Mexican Pete, rope spinner and bucking horse rider; Jack LaBlanch, trick and fancy rider; J. Cunningham, rider; Jack Stanley, rider; Chief Mohawk and his ten-piece Indian Band; Chas. Shoule, boss canvasman with five assistants. Fourteen head of stock was carried. Billboard, October 10, 1914, p. 63.

    Winter quarters. Kenjockety's Frontier Wild West, F. L. Kenjockety, proprietor, 175 Front Ave., Salamanca, New York. Billboard, October 24, 1914, p. 56.

1917:

    The Kenjockety Hippodrome and Wild West Company closed the season with La Tena's Three Ring Circus at Havre de Grace, Maryland, and shipped ten head of stock, two high school horses, one liberty horse, six Wild West horses and one bucking horse, Cherry Blossom, to winter quarters at Salamanca, New York. The following were with manager Kenjockety: Mable Kenjockety, menage and Wild West rider; Effie Bozzaro, rope spinner; Mexican Pete, rifle shot and bucking horse rider; Mexican Joe, horse roper and rope spinner; Rube Schuback, roper, spinning chains as well as ropes; Kansas City, whip cracker and bucking horse rider; Indian Joe, trick rider and roper; Joe Bozzaro, pony express and bucking horse rider. . . . Billboard, December 8, 1917, p. 29.

1918:

    Winter quarters. Kenjockety's Hippodrome & Wild West Co., F. L. Kenjockety, manager, 435 Front ave., Salamanca, N.Y. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

1919:

    The coming season will find F. L. Kenjockety leading the ban with the Sautelle & Demarest Circus and Wild West Shows. He will have a 16 piece Indian organization. Mr. Kenjockety has acted as band director with many of the circuses and dramatic companies. Billboard, March 22, 1919, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

D. A. Kennedy's - 1896

    Dave Kennedy's circus opened the season yesterday to make a week's stand in this city, then take the road. The street parade at noon and evening, was creditable. There was not much of it, but what was lacking in lenght was made up in quality. The band was first class for the number of musicians. The clown, Joe Tinkham, brought up the rear. There was one cage of animals, all dogs. The circus is a Dubuque enterprise. Admission to show, 10 cents. Dubuque Herald (Dubuque, IA), May 12, 1896, p. 5.

    Roster and notes from D. A. Kennedy's Great Hippolympiad Shows. We open May 11. Performers: the Miaco Family, four in number, gymnasts, acrobats, etc.; Gus Henderson, aerialist, leaper, tumbler . . . Geo. Holland Jr., equestrian; Prof. Robert Emmons, educated dogs, ponies and mules; Joseph Tinkham, trainer and equestrian director. W. Christman is director of the band. D. A. Kennedy is manager. New York Clipper, April 18, 1896, p. 102.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kennedy's X. I. L. Wild West - 1909

    The 1909 season closed on Saturday, October 23 at Dresden, Tennessee, and the show went into winter quarters in that town. Mr. W. H. Kennedy secured the fair grounds as a range for his stock, and the canvas, properties, wagons, etc., were stored away till next Spring. He and his wife (Mrs. Bessie Kennedy) leave for Perry, Oklahoma, next week, where Mr. Kennedy has business interests to attend. Afterwards they will go out to their ranch near Sunnyside, New Mexico. Most of the boys have scattered away on the closing day, making for their homes out West. Pete McPoulette went to Oklahoma, the other to New Mexico. Bob Bickel joined out with the W. I. Swain Show to ride bronks as a free attraction. Madison Hines and Mrs. Vernon left, presumably for Boyle, Oklahoma. Tom Mack headed for Cambridge, Massachusetts. Will Tonley and Ike Ister went West. Walter Cook goes to Oklahoma next week, the then out to the ranch in New Mexico. Jim Kennedy makes for Bloomington, Illinois. Miss Vern (Mrs. J. Kennedy) accompanies her husband to Bloomington. Mr. Tom Hawkins, the announcer, leaves next week for Chicago, and proposes returning to Sunnyside, New Mexico, later on. The fair circuit this year was a financial success, leaving Mr. Kennedy in good shape for the framing up next year. He proposes putting out a ten wagon show early in the Spring, and then treading over a fair circuit at towns where he has previously made his successes. This years the fairs played were at Princeton, Illinois, Uniontown and Fairfield, Princeton, Indiana; Albini(?), Carmi, Marion, Illinois; Lebee, Kentucky, Dyersburg, Tennessee; Jackson and Dresden. Billboard, November 6, 1909, p. 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kennedy & White - 1887

    Wanted for Kennedy & White's Mastodon 10c Railroad Show, performers in all branches of the business, performing dogs, horses and mules, musicians. Show will travel by rail and everybody stops at hotels. Want a set of band coats, red preferred. Address Kennedy & White, St. Clairsville, Ohio. New York Clipper, March 26, 1887, p. 29.

    Roster of Kennedy & White's Ten-cent Railroad Show: D. A. Kennedy, business manager; Tony White, director of amusement; Wm. White, treasurer; Dave Foy(?), principal clown; Geo. Jennier, equilibrist; Harry Helms, juggler and knockabout clown; Two Shelveys, contortionists; Laxley and Wren, double trapeze; Ed Porter, advance agent with three assistants; J. W. Mitchel, leader of band and ten men; Philo Nathan's educated canines and goats; the Foys (Dave and Lizzie), the Great Leons. Show opens April 2. New York Clipper, April 23, 1887, p. 87.

    Kittanning, Pennsylvania. Kennedy & White's Circus are billed for May 30, 31, June 1. New York Clipper, June 4, 1887, p. 182.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kennedy Bros.' - 1900, 1912   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900-10, 1912

1900: Opened at Bloomington, Illinois, April 25, 26, 27, then, in Illinois, to El Paso, April 28; Minonk, April 30. Illinois: Rutland, May 1; Toluca, May 2; Streator, May 3, 5, 5. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.

1912: Kennedy Bros.' R. R. Show closed a fair season at Trinity, Texas. December 9, and shipped the car, tops, etc., to winterquarters at Normanna, Texas. Only two accidents during the season, namely, the backing of the M. K. and T freight into the show's car, knocking Mrs. C. C. Kennedy to the floor and injuring her, and the shooting of Ellis, the wire walker, in the leg at New Wlilard, Texas, by an outsider. The show closed with the following people: W. T. Kennedy and wife. John Kennedy, C. C. Kennedy and wife, Ed Edwards, Jack Cavanaugh, Will Coonts, Vick Shock, Emma Corrigan, Ellis family, Dan Hollman, Richard Tarrbar and Mexican band of six pieces. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

Researcher notes (excerpts from "Billboard"):
    Kennedy Bros. Circus and Vaudeville Shows opened at Bloomington, Ill., April 25, 26 and 27, and followed to El Paso, Ill., April 28, Minonk, Ill., April 30. - May 1, 1900
    W. H. Kennedy will take out a Wild West Show from Bloomington, Ill., next spring, but is undecided as yet whether it will be by rail or wagon. - December 15, 1900
    Ed Kennedy, the boss canvasman, can be addressed at Portage City, Wis. He will entertain offers for next season. - December 22, 1900
    Circus Winter Quarters. Kennedy Bros., Bloomington, Ill. 1900
    Ed. Kennedy has left the Main Show. Charlie Williams, formerly boss canvasman with the Gollmar Shows, is with the Main Shows.
    The Kennedy Bros. Wild West Company is still touring South Carolina and Georgia, and will reach Florida in about two weeks. They will close their Southern tour the latter part of February, and ship to Bloomington, Ill., where the show will be enlarged and get ready for the season of 1901 the latter part of April. The Kennedy Bros. have had a long siege of it. They opened at Electric Park, Baltimore, May 14, and played prominent resorts throughout the country fairs in Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin. - January 12, 1901
    During the performance of Kennedy Bros. Wild West at Clarten, Ga., last week, James Kennedy shot one of his fingers nearly off. It had been raining, and the guns were all wet. During the third act of capturing a horse thief, the gun accidently went off. It is thought that Mr. Kennedy's finger will be saved. - January 19, 1901
    Charles Kennedy sold his circus last season to Gus Sun, of Toledo, O., after four weeks on the road. William H. and J. V. Kennedy, brothers of Charles, run a Wild West show. Charles will work State fairs with features that he expects will prove to be successful. - February 23, 1901
    It is rumored that Kennedy Bros. will sell an interest in their Wild West to Capt. A. G. Shaw, the Indian interpreter, formerly with Pawnee Bill, who has recently returned from Europe. They will put out a wagon show with a hundred head of horses. - May 2, 1901
Slang terms used around shows:
Musicians - "Windjammers"
Trainmen - "Razor backs"
Canvasmen - "Rag rollers"
Dining Tent - "Waiters' flunkies"
Performers - "Kinkers"
Stakes are termed - "stobs"
Cars - "Kattlers"
Cages - "Varmit boxes"
Animals - "Varmits"
Elephants - "Bulls"
    The Kennedy Bros. Wild West will open their season about May 10, at Bloomington, Ill. They will travel through Illinois, Michigan, Indiana and Iowa, and make one and two day stands. - August, 10, 1901
    The Famous Welch Bros. Shows. The greater portion of the executive staff of last season will be retained, including George Welsh, treasurer; Herbert H. Whittier, bandmaster; V. Ovide Woodward, manager car No. 1; Charles O'Brien, superintendent of lot; W. Howard Martin, manager of cook house, and Clinton Newton, director of amusement and general press agent (fifteenth season). Edward (Mascot) Kennedy will continue as secretary. The "big show" top is a 120 foot round top with three 50 foot middle pieces. Ten cars will be carried with the show and two cars in advance. In the menagerie tent fifteen cages of rare wild animals besides hay animals. Col. M. H. Welsh will be director general with the show and John Welsh the general advance manager. - December 28, 1901
    Kennedy Bros. Wagon Shows are playing Louisiana. - February 8, 1902
    Ed Kennedy has been engaged as boss canvasman for the Sells-Downs Show. Sells-Downs have also engaged Prince Mungo. - February 15, 1902
    "Mustang Jack" Wait, the rough rider and lasso thrower, died recently in Bloomington, Ill., of heart disease and paralysis. "Jack's" real name was Harry J., and he was born in New York thirty-three years ago, but went to Texas at an early age, where he lived until six years since, when he joined Buffalo Bill's Wild West. He was later identified with Bill Kenedy's Wild West and the Wyoming Wild West. - October 18, 1902. (Kenedy is probably a misprint as Bloomington was their headquarters.)
    The deal between Ed. Kennedy and the Sells-Gray Show is off. It was reported that he had been engaged as boss canvasman. - February 22, 1902
    Ed. Kennedy is boss canvasman of the Sig. Sautelle Shows. - May 3, 1902
    Big Ed. Kennedy recently joined the Great Wallace Shows. He went from Cincinnati to Grand Rapids with W. E. Franklin. Arriving on the lot he "touched" everybody that he knew for two dollars each on the pretext that he wanted to get his grip out of the express office, so it is alleged, and decamped the same day with the money and a borrowed watch. - August 15, 1902
    Kennedy Brothers Wild West Show will winter in Perry, O. T. - November 15, 1902
    Notes from Kennedy Bros. Wild West Indian Congress and Hippodrome. "We closed the season at Carruthersville, Mo., and shipped from there to Perry, O. T., where W. H. Kennedy, owner of the show, has purchased a large farm, and will make the winter quarters at that place. We will put in the winter in getting together three tribes of Indians for our 'Indian Congress,' also breaking in a few more horses, and expect to play all the leading parks, summer resorts and fairs next season." - December 20, 1902
    Thomas Kennedy, aged 33, died in Philadelphia on January 28th, after an illness of three months. He caught a cold last summer which developed into galloping consumption. He had been confined to the house only a few weeks. Just before he was taken down, arrangements had been made to send him to Colorado, but he became so weak that it was an impossibility to do so. He has been connected with Philadelphia theaters for a number of years as lithographer and bill poster and had also been with many tent shows. He was with the Pawnee Bill Show for a number of years and last summer was with the Otto Floto Shows. The funeral was held on Feb. 2nd. . . . - February 7, 1903 ?????
    Ben Holms, of the Kennedy Bros. Wild West, a cowboy and expert roper, and Miss May Thomas, of Atlanta, Ga., a fancy roper, were married in Savannah, Ga., Nov. 4. - December 12, 1903
    Notes from the Hobson Shows. The Hobson Show spent Thanksgiving day at Cale, I. T., and our manager C. C. Kennedy made a spread at the City Hotel. The dinner was presided over by Captain Hobson, with Arthur Hobson doing honors at the head of the table. The roster of the show: Capt. C. D. Hobson, proprietor; C. C. Kennedy, manager; L. R. Dickinson, principal announcer; H. P. Hobson, equestrian director; W. C. Kennedy, principal clown; Pearl Kennedy, knockabout and singing clown; Arthur Burson, slack wire and perch; Kennedy & Burson, double traps; Duke, the bareback riding dog, and Willie Sholes, the riding monkey. The band consists of ten pieces under the leadership of Prof. McNally. The side show is managed by L. R. Dickinson, who has his freak here and with Madam Estello and her den of snakes, the mystic cabinet. Moano, the magician; Elino, Punch, etc. The show will go into winter quarters on Dec. 15, and will open the season of 1904 larger and better with many new features added. Also December 12, 1903. Don't know if any connection, but lots of Kennedy names.
    Kennedy and Burson, the aerialists, have signed contracts for 1904 with the Hobson Show to do four double aerial turns - Burson slack wire and Kennedy trick kicking and principal clown.

    These are all excerpts from Billboard. If you have any other information. Please send. I am trying to gather it all for the family. - From JoAnne

Researcher note: Kennedy Brothers Wild West Show, from the Daviess County Public Library Online Obituary Index. - from Eric B. Borgman
    "Isadore Wecker OI: 9/9/1900 p.1; reported to have been thrown from a horse on Friday while riding in the Kennedy Bros. wild west show at Carmi, IL and died the next day; son of Frank Wecker of Owensboro; see also 9/11 p.4 (he has returned home, he was not badly hurt)"

    "Billboard" from September 15, 1900 basically mentions the same event on page on page 5. Although it spells his name wrong Theodore instead of Isadore. "Theodore Wecker, of Kennedy Brothers' Wild West Show, was thrown from a horse at the fair grounds at Carmi, Ill., Sept. 7, and killed. He was from Owensboro, Ky."
    The Wecker family from Owensboro gravitated to carnivals and circuses all of their lives. Will Wecker a brother of Isadore spend most of his life working at circuses and carvnivals he married the high diver Beatrice Kyle. See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/William_Booth_Wecker; and http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Beatrice_Kyle
    - from Eric B. Borgman

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kennedy Bros. Wild West - 1898-99

1898:

    Notes from the Kennedy Bros.' Hippodrome, Circus and Wild West Shows. We are in our fifth week at the fairs. We carry, in connection with our hippodrome and Wild West, a side show 40ft. round top. Roster: Kennedy Bros., proprietors; W. H. Kennedy, manager; C. L. Kennedy, treasurer; J. V. Kennedy, door keeper; Coleman and Mexis, rifle and pistol shots; Joe Casey, bucking horse, bucking steer, all around rough rider; C. L. and J. V. Kennedy, Roman standing riders; W. H. Kennedy (Lucky Bill), trick rider, knife thrower and clown; Charles Crouch, song and dance, comedian, tumbler; John Sauer, contortion, wire walker and fire eater; Horace Malone, boss hostler with three assistants. We carry twelve horses and one steer, and travel in our own palace car. New York Clipper, September 10, 1898, p. 469.

    Notes from Kennedy Bros.' Hippodrome, Circus and Wild West. We closed a successful season October 9., at Cedar Rapids, Iowa, and are now in winter quarters at Bloomington, Illinois. The show has been out twenty-two weeks, and for the past ten weeks has been playing the fairs. New York Clipper, October 29, 1898, p. 594.

1899: At the Jefferson County Fair, Madison [Indiana], the Kennedy Bros.' Hippodrome Circus, Wild West Congress of Fancy and Rough Riders. Fourteen people and twenty head of stock One of the features will be Miss Curtis, broncho riding. Attractions: Roman chariot race; six-horse bareback standing race; lady jockey race between Miss Bessie Kennedy and two jockeys; the guidless wonder, trained riderless horse running against Miss Curtiss' thoroughbred; Postillion race, ridden by the Kennedy Brothers, each riding two horses, sitting astride of both; fancy and trick riding, by W. H. Kennedy, champion fancy rider; Kennedy's Rough Riders riding a wild Texas steer; clown act by Prof. Chas. Crouch . . . Brooksburg Sun (Brooksburg, IN), August 3, 1899, n.p.n.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, W. H. Kennedy, proprietor, circa 1893.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kennedy Bros. & Shields - 1913

    Kennedy Bros. & Shields Show - Kennedy Bros. & Shields, proprietors; Chas. C. Kennedy, business manager; Mrs. C. Kennedy, secretary and treasurer; Jess Fielding, ticket seller; John Kennedy, superintendent privileges; Ed. Kornbaum, musical director; W. T. Kennedy, advance agent. Show opened at Elkhart, Texas, Feb. 22. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

    Kennedy Bros. & Shields Combined Shows are meeting with success through Texas. The roster: C. C. Kennedy, manager; Mrs. C. C. Kennedy, secretary and treasurer; T. J. Phelan, ticket seller; Edward Kornbaum, musical director; C. V. Shuck, boss canvasman; W. T. Stomehouse, manager and owner of sideshow; Broncho Shorty, supt. stock; John Kennedy, supt. privileges; Will Kennedy, advance agent. The performers are Walter and Mable Dryden, Joe Cardo, LeRoy and Robertas, Brown and Shober and Kennedy and Kennedy. John Henry is riding the pitching horse, "Rocky Lou," and Bobby, the high diver is the feature free act in the concert. Billboard, May 24, 1913, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kennedy's Wild West & Gray Bros. - 1913

    Kennedy's Wild West & Gray Bros.' Cowboy Circus - W. H. Kennedy, general manager; V. L. Gray, assistant manager and treasurer; Be Ho Gray, arena director in general; V. L. Gray, front door man; Weaver Gray, assistant area director; Wm. Lynn, in charge of cookhouse; Jim Harris, superintendent stock. Show opened at Winniwood, Okla., March 1. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ketrow Show; Ketrow & Trover - 1912-13

1912:

    Ketrow Show - Wm. Ketrow, prop. and mgr.; Mrs. Wm. Ketrow, treas.; Will Peters, general agent; Howard Alton, equestrian director; Frank Eugene, supt. privileges; George Southard, supt. canvas; Wesley Clark, boss hostler. Show opens at Anderson, Ind., May 10. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Ketrow Show. Wm. Ketrow, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Wm. Ketrow, treasurer; Will Peters, general agent; Howard Alton, equestrian director; Frank Eugene, supt. privileges; George Southard, supt. canvas; Wesley Clark, boss hostler. Show opens at Anderson, Ind., May 10. Billboard, March 23, 1912, p. 97.

1913: Ketrow and Trover Show, Ketrow and Trover, proprietors; Wm. Ketrow, manager; S. E. Trover, general agent; Frank Peters, supt. privileges; Fred Roberts, musical director; Mrs. Wm. Ketrow, supt. reserved seat tickets; John Graham, supt. canvas; Geo. Southard, boss hostler; Wm. Netklin, announcer. Billboard, March 22, 1913, p. 75.

• Information on Wm. Ketrow's Kay Bros. Circus, 1932-38, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1966 (scroll down or use find).

• 1951: Miami, April 14. William R. Peters Sr., 77, known professionally as William Ketrow, died here April 8, a lifelong showman and former owner of Kay Bros. Circus. A native of Anderson, Indiana, Peters moved here in 1933. In 1906 he had Ketrow's Vaudeville Shows under canvas. 1907, Ketrow's Okay Show, combination circus and movie outfit, also a partner in Ketrow & Walter's United Shows. Was co-owner of Ketrow & Trover Show, 1913-14. He started Kay Bros. Circus in 1918 and continued as owner until 1938. He also had Ketrow Bros. Shows. Retired from the road in 1948 and recently maintained a part in show business through selling tents. One son, Frank E. Peters, is owner of Ketrow's Animal Oddities, now on the road. Another son, William R. Peters Jr., is a performer. His brother, Frank, died last October. Billboard, April 21, 1951, p. 57.

• 1950: Frank Peters, age 66, trick bicycle rider with Ketrow Bros. Circus 20 years ago, died recently in Miami. Billboard, November 4, 1950, p. 55.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Keystone see Sam Dock's Keystone.

Keystone Amusement Co. - 1914

    Keystone Amusement Co. - M. E. and V. Hulton, proprietors; Mike Higgins, manager; T. Flecker, assistant manager; V. Hulton, treasurer and secretary; T. Flocker, auditor; M. Higgins and B. Miller, general agents; Tom Brady and Paul Ryenheart, special agents; V. E. Hulton, contracting press agent; Col. F. Snider, sideshow manager; Lew Snider, equestrian director; Col. F. Snider, general superintendent; Tom Flocker, superintendent privileges; Toney Forgeino, musical director; Tom Williams, trainmaster; Paul Rienheart, 24-hour agent; Lew Snider, announcer. Show opens at Allegheny, Pa. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Keystone State Circus - 1873

    Maffett & Jeffery, trapeze performers, will travel next season with the Keystone State Circus. New York Clipper, February 15, 1873, p. 367.

    Keystone State Circus organized at Ringstown, Pa., and gave their first show there on April 12. . . . A feature consists of a free exhibition given outside previous to the opening during which Bernardo performs on the flying trapeze and ceiling walking at a distance of thirty feet from the ground. Riders: Mme. Davis, H. Day, Mons. Alex the one legged hurdle rider, W. W. Nichols and infant son. Clowns: _. Day, H. Armstrong, and Lee Powell. Gymnasts, Maffit and Jeffry, the Burton Bros. and Amy de Brent. Tumblers and leapers: Dick Loup, H. Rexford, W. Shedman, A. Royce(?) and others. Officers: manager, O. P. Hart . . . treasurer, Thos. Stewart; master of canvas, John Miller; master of horse, J. Musgrave; equestrian director, _. T. Day. New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

    Stewart W. Davis, ringmaster, and Mlle. Annie Davis (formerly Annie Worland), principal equestrienne and tight rope artist, are traveling with the Keystone Circus. New York Clipper, September 13, 1873, pp. 191, 192.

1874: Circus property for sale. The entire stock and fixtures of the Keystone State Circus. Bill wagon, passengers ambulances (splendid affair), trunk, canvas, baggage, pole, property and jack wagons, a complete set of jacks, uprights and seats, forty sets of harness, four ring horses, two of them first class, and will run under any objects (are now under training). Address J. Miller Raub, Ringtown, Schuykill Co., Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 21, 1874, p. 371.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kidder & Co. - 1893

    Notes from the Kidder & Co.'s Show. We have spent nine weeks under the canopy, playing to fine business for six consecutive weeks. At Shelburne Falls, Mass., we turned people away at both performances. Our afternoon show is our big drawing card for the night house. The "Cyclone" band of eight people are spoken very highly of, and their reditions are the latest published. The roster: C. W. Kidder & Co., proprietors; O. S. Cary(?), general advance manager; John Whitney, manager; C. R. Culbertson, treasurer; Oscar Jones, musical director; Harry Black, equestrian director; Billy Gibons, manager of concert; Marietta(Marletta?) Bros., Leyon Bros., John Thorne, John Foster and wife, Edward S. Johnson, Frank Leopold, Chas J. Newtown, Gibson and Melburne, Mlle Annie . . . Punch Rose and wife, Oscar Jones, director of band; Wm. Maxwell, John Sheehan . . . Geo. W. Jones, John D. Clymer and Curt S. Wright. The ghost perambulates regularly and the weeks go merrily along. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.

    Kidder & Co.'s New Railroad Shows have not been free from accidents. They had their day at Milton, Pa., July 8. About 4 o'clock in the morning, when within four miles of Milton, the trucks on one of the flat cars became heated, and before the engineer could stop the train the trucks gave away and the car was derailed. Three cages turned over and several hyenas escaped, producing a panic among the workingmen. The show arrived in the town at 10 o'clock, and through a good deal of hustling the top was up in shape ready for the afternoon performance. The tent was well packed, as usual, and at 3 o'clock, a very heavy storm came up and made more trouble. Quarter poles dance, the tents flapped and people took fright and ran. Mlle. Anie(Annie?), the slack wire performer, jumped from the wire. The band suddenly vacated their seats to get outside, just in time to play "Whirlwind" gallop, when centre poles, canvas and properties went whirling through the air. The band then began to play "When Shall We Meet Again?" Manager John Winter by hard work got the canvas together again, ready for the evening performance, and was greatly surprised to see people turned away by the hundreds half an hour before the performance began. A new canvas was ordered at once and will arrive at Frackville(?) July 12. John Foster, talking clown, received the news on the same day by telegraph of the death of his sister in New York. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    Edward Johnson, contortionist with C. W. Kidder & Co.'s Circus, while doing his clown act with Tom and Jerry, two trained donkeys, at Tu??hanock, Pa., one of them bit him on the big toe, nearly severing it from his foot. He is recovering and will rejoin the show in a few days. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    H. Millard, who was ahead of the C. W. Kidder Show, but had to retire on account of illness, is all right again and ready for the road. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 366.

    Wanted, performers in all branches of the circus business, concert people, sideshow people. Long season South. C. W. Kidder & Co.'s New R. R. Shows, Sept. 9, Lynchburg, Va., after that Richmond, Va. New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 441.

    On the road, circuses: Kidder's, Richmond, VA Sep 14(?). New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 444.

    Campbell and Franklin have joined Kidder & Co.'s Circus for a southern tour. Jerry Campbell will clown and the team will appear in the concert. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kilgore & Barber - 1899

    Thomas and William Barber and John Kilgour [sic] returned from Cincinnati Saturday. The young men are organizing a circus company which will take the road May 1st. Learning of the sale of Hummell's circus property at Cincinnati, they went down Saturday. The Portsmouth buyers picked up some nice bargains, consisting of uniforms and other paraphrenalia necessary to the business of a circus, and today they were busy opening the goods at their headquarters at Fourteenth and Gay streets, in the building formerly occupied by the Brushart Lumber company. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Tuesday, January 24, 1899, p. 3.

    The Kilgore Circus. Jos. Dupere leader of the Kilgore-Barber show band has engaged the following players: Brazil Haley, Robert Washburn, Jas. Kewser, L. S. Redfield, George Smith, Harry Turner, Everett McElbany, Dan Dodge and Will Crain. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 4, 1899, p. 2.

    Assessor Chas. Windel, of the Fourth ward has been haunting the footsteps of the proprietors of the Kilgore & Barber Bros. show for several days. He wants them to list their show for taxation but they do not think they should be compelled to do so now. Their outfit is incomplete. The matter has been referred to an attorney, but the show boys will probably have to list their show. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 14, 1899, p. 1.

    Arrangements have been made by which the J. W. Kilgore and Barber Bros.' circus will show on Mrs. J. B. Maddock's lot, on Gallia street, opposite the engine house. The entrance to the show will be right at the fence. Wm. Barber said this morning that they expected to give a show that would be a credit to anybody. They have engaged a lot of first-class talent, and that their show will be worth the money goes without saying. The dates of the show are April 17th, 18th and 29th. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 14, 1899, p. 5.

    The Kilgore & Barber Bros. circus, a local company with an entire new outfit and owning their own cars, will open the season here April 27, and will continue on the 28 and 29, with a street parade at 10 a.m. The company is officered as follows: J. W. Kilgore, general manager; Wm. Barber, superintendent, and Thos. Barber, train master. J. W. Williams has been selected as general agent, and has appointed the following assistants to compose the advertising crew: Chas. Ferguson, lithographer; Jas. Cook, programmer; Mark Wiggens, Chas. Brown, Nat Young and Louis Myers, bill posters. The music will be in charge of Prof. Jas. Dupre, who has secured a band of twelve performers and the music will be of a high class and order there can be no question. Prof. Dupere is a leader and a musician of great ability. A force of fifty men has been engaged to look after the management of the show, while a clever company of twenty-nine artists, will amuse the patrons of this, the greatest and best 10 and 20 cent show now on the road. They are as follows: Wm. Fitzgerald, clown; Young Bros., acrobats, Damond and Wilson, trapeze; Fred Locke, troupe of trained dogs and ponies; Fred La Rose, contortionist; Billy Jones, king of the wire; Geokline, knockabout clown; LaMayne family, acrobats; Billy Price, slack wire; Billy LaMont, bare back rider; Frank Price, hurdle rider. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 17, 1899, p. 7.

    The J. W. Kilgore and Barber Bros. circus has pitched its tent on Gallia street south of the Engine house. It has a big tent and will give a great show for the money. The price is only 10 and 20 cents. It will show April 27, 28 and 29. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 21, 1899, p. 8.

    The Home Circus Will Show in This City. J. W. Kilgore and Barber Bros. Getting Their Affairs in Shape for Their Grand Opening April 27th. Things have already taken on a show like appearance with the J. W. Kilgore & Barber Bros.' show at their lot on Gallia street opposite the Eat End Engine house. They have exceeded their expectations in getting together their large body of canvass, wagons etc., which are all ready and in first class shape. Their main tent, under which they give their big show is large and roomy, being 100 x 160 feet with a seating capacity of 3,500 people. The boys went at the securing of the outfit with an energy that has undoubtedly rewarded them with success, as they have everything in first class shape. They have under contract for the season some of the best performers money could obtain, a number of which have already arrived and others are coming in daily and by their opening day they will all have arrived and be in fine condition for their season's work. The boys are deserving of the patronage of all as they have brought to us one of the finest exhibitions ever given in our city and have placed the admission within the reach of all, 10 and 20 cents, no more. Remember the dates, April 27, 28 and 29. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 22, 1899, p. 4.

    The Kilgore and Barber Bros.' circus opens tomorrow for three days exhibition. A parade will take place at 10 a. m. Doors will open at 1 and 7 p. m., performance beginning one hour later. Admission will be 10 and 20 cents. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 26, 1899, p. 4.

    The parade of J. W. Kilgore and Barber Bros. Circus was the best ever seen in this city by low priced shows, and the free show on the ground immediately after would indicate that they have possibly the best 20 cent show on the road. In the parade the home talent were strictly in it, as show people. Will Fitzgerald, as leader, will soon be a marked attraction while "Dude" Rickey and the mule will soon establish a reputation as clown and kicker. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 27, 1899, p. 5.

    The Kilgore and Barber Bros.' circus will exhibit at Waverly on Monday next. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Friday, April 28, 1899, p. 1.

    Was the First Performance of This Home Circus. And It Was Greeted by an Audience of Thousands That Was Proud of It as a Local Institution. The J. W. Kilgore & Barber Bro's. circus gave its first entertainment Wednesday evening, to an audience of three thousand people, and every one left giving words ot praise. While this may be termed a home show, it is cerainly the strongest combination on the road for the price. The music under the direction of Prof. Joe Dupre is equal to the high priced aggregations. Prof. Locke with his well-trained horses opened the ring, and for two hours the attention of the large audince was held, while the many perormers were presenting some of the most startling, thrilling and amusing feats known to the show world, such as Mr. and Mrs. Weaver on the ladder, and our own Fitzgerald in the rag time songs. The living statuary work of the Weavers, was worth the price of admission. Dundam and Wilson on the horizontal bars were up to date. Roscoe, the human wheel, almost takes the breath from his audience. Our own " Dude" Rickey at once assumes the professional as a ring clown. The wonderful Baughman, who walks the ceiling with the ease of a fly, the newest and only feature of the kind known to the show, world. The Locke's trick horse was a pleasng feature for the children. Billy Jones on the slack wire proved himself equal to many professionals. The Wilson brothers on the trapeze do good work. The clowns, Klein and Fitzgerald, kept the audience in a good humor. Their hat throwing was an especially new and interesting feature. Prof. Locke with his troupe of trained dogs, the Weavers in their wonderful feats of club juggling, Mrs. DeIves on the swinging pole, and many other features too numerous to mention, make the show the equal of many of the higher priced shows. Mrs. DeIves, one of the leading female performers, was taken sick during the performance and was unable to appear in some of her casts. Everything worked as smooth as if the show had been running for a season, instead of their initial entertainment. The management expect to increase their already strong force. They are deserving of the patronage of the people. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 28, 1899, p. 7.

    Kilgore & Barber Bros.' was encouraged last evening by having to turn people away. At least thirty-five hundred people were inside. The seating capacity was increased yesterday in anticipation of an outpouring of the people. The seating capacity was soon exhausted and standing room at a premium. The show improves as the rought edges are worn off. The large audience was well pleased, and the general verdict was that the boys have a good show. Mr. Weaver, who takes part in the exhibit of living statuary, was taken suddenly ill immediately after his appearance in the ring, and Dr. Foster was called. While might have been a serious accident occurred during the performance of the Wilson brothers on the trapeze. In one of their daring feats in mid-air one of them fell to the ground, a distance of twenty feet, but fortunately he was uninjured. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 29, 1899, p. 4.

    The report was circulated that John Robinson had bought up the cars which had been leased by Kilgore & Barber Bros., in order to shut them out. The Robinson people deny this absolutely. They have owned their own cars for years. . . . Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), May 01, 1899, p. 1.

    The Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus arrived in this city today, and at noon gave the neatest and best street parade that has ever been seen in this city with a small circus, and the few acts which the reporter had time to witness this afternoon before press time were equal to any seen in a three ring outfit. The management has certainly spared no pains to put a first class combination together, and as great oaks from little acorns grow, it will not be surprising if this circus some day develops into a mammoth aggregation. It is certainly worth the price of admission, ten and twenty cents. Chillicothe Daily News. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), May 3, 1899, p. 3.

    Word from McArthur today is to the effect that the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus have secured the necessary cars and after the close of their performance at McArthur tonight will leave there by rail for Greenfield, where they will exhibt on Monday. The papers speak in the highest praise of the circus and all the boys connected with it. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Saturday, May 6, 1899, p. 8.

    The Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus were at Greenfield, Highland county, Monday. They are showing to large crowds every evening. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Tuesday, May 9, 1899, p. 1.

    The Greenfield Daily News speaking of the Kilgore and Barber Bros. circus says, "the parade at noon was one of the best seen with a ten and twenty cent circus, and the show itself promises to be fully as good. Chillicothians who passed through here yesterday on the Cincinnati excursion train said the show was without a doubt the best little show that ever was in that city, and that the performers were fully as clever as the ones seen with three ring affairs." Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Wednesday, May 10, 1899, p. 8.

    J. M. Williams, who went out in advance of the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus, has severed his connection with that organization and is succeeded by Basil McHenry. Dr. Waddle, who is on the Findlay Courier, says the show will probably exhibit in that town shortly, and speaks in the highest praise of the show and its people, saying they are meeting with success all along the line. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), May 12, 1899, p. 3.

    Financially Is the Kilgore & Barber Bros. Circus. Had Some Tough Luck. But Billy Barber Says That if the Weather Favors They Will. Pull Out All Right - Tent Was Leveled at Washington C. H. by the Storm and Their Best Trick Horse Killed. Bill Barber, of the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus, was in the city last evening. When held up by a Times reporter he gave the following information concerning the show. They are at South Charleston today, London Wednesday, then at Springfield for three days, at Dayton three days next week. Since leaving here the circus has been showing to crowded houses when the weather was good. They have had considerable tough luck, but are ahead financially anyhow. They now have cars, the failure to get them having caused considerable extra expense. At Wellston they had two horses killed by the cars. They were knocked out at several place on account of rain. The severe storm of last Friday evening caught them at Washington, C. H., leveling their tents to the ground. Fortunately the people had not assembled. They were unable to show that evening, and besides much other damage, they lost the best horse they had, the large sorrel that attracted so much attention while here. He had a leg broken and had to be killed. The boys from here are all well and enjoying the work. Fitzgerald and Dude Rickey are making great hits. Fitz is the life of the show, catches fifteen to twenty sailing hats without a muff, walks the slack wire and is the favorite at every point. Dude Rickey and wife have combined with the Weavers and are showing double statuary work. This seems to be the catching feature of the show. They have added several new people and a trick mule. Dude Rickey rides the mule in the parades. A bunch of grass is suspended in front of the mule just out of reach. The animal continues to reach for it, but it is a case of so near and yet so far, but the animal never loses sight of it. At Greenfield while the parade was moving down one of the principal streets, a venturesome boy ran in front, grabbed the grass and ran up an alley. The mule followed the boy and the grass up the alley, carrying Dude with it. It required a return of the grass to get the pair back into the parade. Mr. Barber is here to purchase several horses. He expects to join the circus about Friday at Springfield. He says all they want is good weather and their venture will prove a success. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Tuesday, May 16, 1899, p. 3.

    Geo. W. Banks is traveling with the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus, as cook. The show is at South Charleston, today, they having changed their route, and did not go to Springfield, inasmuch as Buffalo Bill showed there yesterday, and McCormick Bros. today. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Thursday, May 18, 1899, p. 8.

    James Cowans, general utility man with Kilgore and Barber Bros. circus is home, having left the show at South Charleston, where the show was yesterday. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Saturday, May 20, 1899, p. 1.

    Grant Wiseman left this morning to join the J. W. Kilgore and Barber Bros.' circus at Marysville, Union county. Mr. Wiseman will act in the capacity of press agent and assistant manager. The circus is playing to large audiences every evening. They will be at Bellefontaine, Decoration day. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), May 26, 1899, p. 3.

    Word comes from Bellefoutaine, where the Kilgore & Barber Bro's. circus has been the past three days that business with them is improving and it has done unusnally well notwithstanding much opposition. On Wednesday and Thursday the show will be at Kenton and Findlay, Friday and Saturday I. G. Baughman the aerial artist made a distinct hit in his clever acts in the air. He has associated with him Wm. J. Fitzgerald, of this city, who in addition to his clever clown work does some daring and startling acts with such unison as would indicate they had long been a team. "Fitz" popularity increases at each performance. All the Portsmouth boys including Proessor Dupere and his brass band are in good health and are enjoying "show life," also the Times that is sent them from this office and is a welcome visitor to them at every point. Mrs. John Kilgore, who has been with the show since it started out came home Saturday. She will remain several weeks. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Monday, May 29, 1899, p. 3.

    The Kilgore & Barber Brothers circus company did a handsome thing today when they tendered the services of their fine brass band to the G. A. R. for use in the Decoration Day parade tomorrow morning. The company also agreed to call their afternoon performance off owing to the patriotic services to be held by the old soldiers. . . . The gentlemen in charge of the company are pleasant business men and they have a first class show. It will be packed tonight and out of appreciation of the kindness shown the old soldiers their tent will be taxed to accommodate the crowd on Tuesday night. Bellefontain Index. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Thursday, June 01, 1899, p. 7.

    A report was current today that the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus had encountered financial difficulties at Wapakoneta. Friends of the owners hope that it is not true and that, in any event, the boys will pull out all right. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Friday, June 09, 1899, p. 4.

    Dispatch Gives the Details of Kilgore & Barber Bros.' Troubles. Show Was Literally Plastered Over With Attachments Friday. And the Circus Brought to a Sudden Stand Still—Attorney Finney Goes Up to Straighten Out Matters. A dispatch from Wapakoneta bears out the statement made in The Times Friday that the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus has stranded. The dispatch says: "Wapakoneta, O., June 9. — (Special) — The show of J. W. Kilgore & Barber Bros., which was booked to show here three days this week, is stranded in this city and can get no farther. Several of the employes and performers have sued the proprietors for their wages, aggregating over $500, and the constable attached the whole circus. They have been given permission to continue the show, provided they turn over the receipts." Attorney Frank B. Finney left this morning for Wapakoneta to try and adjust the troubles. He was employed by parties here who have an interest in the show and who want to protect themselves. It is said the show was literally plastered with attachments. The band, which has not had a pay day,started the fun. Then the performers took it up and soon there were enough documents flying around to make a big tent. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Saturday, June 10, 1899, p. 1.

    J. W. Kilgore and Barber Bros., who started out with a circus eight weeks ago, arrived home Sunday from Wapakoneta. At that point, as told in The Times, the show was tied up by attachments. The Portsmouth men had enough of the show business and so they sold out to De Ivery and Bowman, two of the performers, and came home. The new proprietors made some arrangement with the people who got out the attachments and expect to go ahead with the circus. "Dude" Rickey and wife, who were with the show, are also home. "Durte" says he drew $5 salary during the eight weeks he was out. He grew tired of this and at Wapakoneta he got out an attachment on the band wagon. This started the fun and soon all the property was levied upon. Other Portsmouth people with the circus are expected home tonight. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Monday, June 12, 1899, p. 4.

    Gradually the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' Circus company are reaching home. Thomas Barber, who was a one-third owner in the show, took a team and wagon and is driving home from Wapakoneta, where the show stranded. He is expected here tonight. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Tueday, June 13, 1899, p. 1.

    A message floated over the wires from Wapakoneta Monday from Colonel George Washington Banks, of East Eleventh street. It conveyed the news that the Colonel, who was the cook for the Kilgore & Barber Bros. show, was stranded and stood in need of ten dollars to get home. The Colonel had not had a pay day since the show started. His wife sent him the money and Col. G. Washington will sonn be with us again. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), June 13, 1899, p. 8.

    In the Hole. J. W. Kilgore Is Out Over Twelve Hundred Dollars. By His Short Experience in the Circus Business—Intends to Pay Up All His Men in the Near Future. J. W. Kilgore, of the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus, arrived home Wednesday afternoon. In an interview with a Times reporter Mr. Kilgore said he had enough of the show business, as he lost about twelve hundred dollars in the few weeks they were out. The weather and transportation facilites were against them from the start. "The receipts," said Mr. Kilgore,"were just about enough to pay the running expenses, such as board and transportation. This caused us to get behind with salaries. I feel sure that if our people would have held off a few weeks longer we would have run into better territory and pulled out all right. But when one filed an attachment, several others followed, and the trouble began. I said to several of them, especially to the home people, 'Keep out of this attachment business and I will see that you get your money; if not on the road, when we get home, even if we have to abandon the show.' Several of them did so. These will get all the money due them in a short time. The report that we broke full-handed is a mistake. We turned over everything, having barely money enough to bring us home. Those who filed the attachments causing the sale of the property outside of a proper market have been unable to realize anything. The property cost us nearly three thousand dollars and sold for about three hundred dollars. It took this amount to pay costs and attorneys' fees, leaving the attaches where they started." Mr. Kilgore, although his losses are heavy, says he is not entirely a financial bankrupt, and his personal promises made to his people will be made good. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), June 15, 1899, p. 3.

    Thomas Barber and Wm. Jones and James Cook are the last delegation of circus men to reach home, they having arrived Friday night. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Saturday, June 17, 1899, p. 1.

    I. G. Baughman and Wm. Fitzgerald, who, as aerial artists, were connected with the ill-fated Kilgore and Barber shows, have joined the John Robinson shows. A letter from them dated Somerset says they are doing all right. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), June 19, 1899, p. 7.

    J. W. Williams, who stranded here when "The Pulse of Greater New York" quit beating, and later went out in advance of the Kilgore & Barber Bros.' circus, has finally landed at Maysville, where he has taken charge of Electric park as manger. Among well known people who are with the Harris Nickel-Plated shows, billed to appear here on July 11th, are Fred Dewey and wife and Geo. Kline, who were associated with the Barber & Kilgore combination. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), July 6, 1899, p. 7.

    Baughman, the aerial artist, remembered here as being a member of the Kilgore and Barber Bros. circus, was at Lucasville today en route to the Mt. Joy fair. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), August 30, 1899, p. 6.

    "A Wapakoneta paper says: 'Joseph Dupere, formerly leader of Kilgore & Barber's circus band, which stranded in this city a week or so ago, has been induced to locate in Wapakoneta, and will be the leader and instructor of the Wapaokneta City band. Mr. Dupere is a fine musician, and as a performer on wind instruments is said to have no superior in the country. It is fortunate for our musical organizations that they have been able to secure so able an instructor.' " Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), July 5, 1899, p. 5.

    1901: John W. Kilgore, grocer, died this morning with typhoid fever. He was born near Powellsville this county, December 6, 1869, the only son of George W. and Rebecca Skelton Kilgore. About three years ago he was married to Miss Kate Mantel, who with one child, survives him. He conducted a grocery for some years. He furnished the capital to start the Kilgore & Barber circus, but it was not a success. Portsmouth Times (Portsmouth, OH), March 30, 1901, n.p.n.

    1901: M. Barber, of Portsmouth, O., writes to say that Barber Bros.' Circus was sold at auction in June, 1899, at Wapakoneta, O., and was never taken back to Portsmouth. Billboard, May 11, 1901, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rose Killian - 1918-19   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1907-1930

1918:

    The Balancing Knights have left the Rose Killian Show to join the Colorado Bill Great Overland Show. Sid Cridilla and "Trombone Buttons," of the M. L. Clark & Sons Show, joined the Rose Killian Show some time ago. Sid and his dog are getting along fine, and "Buttons" with his patched-up trombone augmented the band. Billboard, July 27, 1918, p. 79.

    Wanted for the Rose Kilian Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, acrobats, jugglers, contortionists, clowns, aerial acts, musicians, concert and sideshow people. Boss hostler, boss canvasman, working men. Out all winter. Address Rose Kilian Shows, ___, Alabama. [Advertisement] Billboard, October 26, 1918, p. 27.

    The Rose Killian Show is still touring Alabama. Arthur Whittier, iron jaw, wire and trapeze artist, is a late addition. Billboard, December 7, 1918, p. 53.

1919:

    Rose Killian Shows. Belmont's dancing horses, ponies and comedy mules have joined to strengthen the big show, which with Prof. Morris' trained monkeys and dogs, make a strong line of animal acts. Other acts are Sid Cridello with comedy wire and educated dog acts. Miss Ruth Sawyer, trapeze and swinging ladder; the ___ Morris Duo, iron jaw act; Miss Mabel Smiley, swinging perch, who also presents the dancing horse, Prince Imo. Belmont's comedy mules close the big show program. The annex is under the direction of Frank Belmont, with Little Nemo, educated pony; Capt. Bill Williams, untamable lion act; laughing hyena, the Morris impalement act, the Belmonts, mind reading and magic, and six cages of animals. Billboard, January 11, 1919, p. 28.

    The Rose Killian Circus, all year round show, despite rainy weather, business continues satisfactory. The La Bird Family has closed a three-year engagement and has been replaced by the Holloway Troupe, seven in number. Other new arrivals include Captain Bill Williams, untamable lion act, with two lions, and Col. Al Belmont with his performing canines and ponies. Col. Belmont has the sideshow. The Morrises, iron jaw and impalement act, continue to please. Sid Kridello, bounding wire and clown, late of the M. L. Clark & Son's show, is still making them laugh. The Killian Sisters are doing an aerial casting act, new this season and out of their usual line of work. Otto Killian is still in France with the 87th Division. The auto trucks have been meeting with troubles in the Alabama mud. - H. D. Carney. Billboard, February 1, 1919, p. 62.

    On its arrival at Gordon, Ala., from Florida, the Rose Kilian Circus was greeted by a drenching rain. For about a week the circus laid off on the Kilian Plantation at Ozark, Ark., for finish the painting and repairs. Mrs. Kilian made herself busy getting the farm in shape for another good season, while Col. Jack Brown and superintendent Smiley were busy with the painting. The performers visted the KeDell-Kritchfield Show. On March 7, the circus hit the orad again on its northern tour for the summer. Billy Reid is producing clown and his partner is Hughie George. Clark and Kenton, the Holloways and the Kilian Sisters divide the honors in the air and on the wire. Capt. Bill Williams has his "cats" on the show. Charley Dallas, hurdle mule and Pete Jenkins act; Mabel Kilian and her dancing horse, Prince Imo; the Belmonts, principal riding acts. The clowns are Williams, Smiley, Clark and Young. Frank Belmont is equestrian director and has his pony and canine actors. The Curzon Sisters, strong jaw and tight wire. Le Sorrom, Punch, knee figures and comedy juggler, joined last week. The circus added three new cages of animals to Captain Milliam's Jungle Pets. the show has two new wagons and a new truck. No parade is given, but Professor Larenson and his Hussar Band do the honors twice daily, provided the mud is not too bad for superintendent Smiley and his Missouri hay burners to get the show to town in time. Otto Kilian is still in France. Billboard, March 2, 1919, p. 182.

    Roster of the Wonderland Annex and Wild Animal Arena with the Rose Kilian Shows: Frank Belmont, manager; Mickey O'Brien and Dell Button, ticket selelrs; Great Ingram, disclocationist; Fayette, escape artist; Little Nemo, mathematical equine; Mlle. Tina, boneless wonder; the Belmonts, mind reading, magic and vertriloquism; Capt. Bill Williams and untamable lion, Spitfire; Fijo, the educated laughing hyena and six cages of animals. Billboard, June 7, 1919, p. 82.

More on Rose Killian show, 1919, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kimball's - 1859

Kimball's Circus is listed for 1859 in Slout's Clowns and Cannons, p. xi.

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists Milo Kimbal, owner, 1859. He also lists Hinkley & Kimball show, J. L. Hinkley & Milo Kimbal, owners, 1858.

    Kimball's Olympic Circus performs tonight in the spacious pavilion on the corner of First and Star streets. The troupe consists of the best artists California affords, with Dave Long, well known as having entered to the mirth loving propensities of the people of this valley two years ago as clown. They perform here again on Wednesday and Saturday evenings next, in the meantime visiting Vancouver and Oregon City.
    [Advertisement] Olympic Circus! M. Kimball, proprietor. Will perform on Stark's Common, on Saturday May 12st. Miss Celina Long, daring equestrienne. Senor Verd, the greatest contortionist in the world. Mr. William Franklin, the daring somersault rider. Mr. Jas. H. Carroll, gymnast and acrobat. Mr. N. M. Hinkely, equestrian and slack rope performer. Master Walter Le Roy, rider. J. L. Hinkley, la perch performer, juggler, &c. Dave Long, clown. Will also perform at Vancouver, Monday and Tuesday, May 23d and 24th. Portland, Wednesday, May 25th. Oregon City, Thursday and Friday May 26th and 27th. Portland, Saturday, May 28th. Admission $1.00. The splendid band chariot, imported expressly for this company. J. Alexander, agent. Weekly Oregonian (Portland, OR), May 21, 1859, n.p.n.

• 1859: online at Clipper, September 3 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

William Kincaid's - 1896

    Notes from the Kincaid Show. Our winter quarters are a busy sight. New wagons are being built and gold leaf is flying. This show will travel overland, with sleepers, built expressly for ring people. Mr. Kincaid has engaged the following people: Walter Burke, clown; Sidney Roberts, comedian; E. Finn, Circassian girl . . . The show will open about May 1, at Perrysville, Ohio, and will travel East. New York Clipper, January 25, 1896, p. 745.

    Notes from the William Kincaid Greatest Overland Show. We have bought one large elephant, a cage of monkeys, forty draft horses and nine wagons, a total of nineteen wagons and sixty-eight horses. Gaylord M. Lawman, minstrel, and Robert ___, musical act, have signed with the show. Walter Murks has secured for the kid show Nemo, a dog that has been around the world, and Mountain Rose, the leopard Indian maiden. The advance will be under the supervision of A. A. Childs, and will consist of three wagons and a two horse carriage, carrying ten men. The advance will begin about April 15, and the show opens in May, at Perryville, Ohio. Walter L. Burke will be with the show until August, then he joins his brother's Wild West show, of which he is equal owner. New York Clipper, February 15, 1896, p. 793.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King Circus - 1980, 1982

• Out in 1980 was a small tent show titled King Circus, put together and operated by William Bleisner, of Brick, New Jersey. The show opened at Medford Lakes, New Jersey on June 2, and closed July 6. The show reopened September 2 for about two weeks. For several weeks the show had a high wire act by Ricky Wallenda. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 11.

• In 1982, Bill Bleisner's King Circus opened on Memorial Day in New Jersey. The show played dates in New Jersey and Massachusetts, traveling on two trucks. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 27.

• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists a King Circus, 1981.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Tom King's - 1858-59, 1861-62, 1864

• 1858: online at Clipper, November 27,   Clipper, December 11,   Clipper, December 25 (scroll down)

• 1859: online at Clipper, January 15,   Clipper, February 19 (scroll down)

• 1861: online at Clipper, November 16 (scroll down)

• 1862: online at:
Clipper, January 18,   Clipper, February 8,   Clipper, March 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 5,   Clipper, April 19,   Clipper, December 20 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, February 6,   Clipper, March 5,   Clipper, March 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, April 23,   Clipper, May 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 4,   Clipper, June 18,   Clipper, July 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 30,   Clipper, August 13 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King Arthur Circus - 1993

Arthur Duchek's King Arthur Circus played the Meadowlands Fair in New Jersey, June 17 to July 5. Duchek framed a smaller show at the Meadowlands called the Building Trades Circus. Bandwagon, January-February, 1994, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1993-96, Arthur Duchek, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King Bros. - 1937

• The King title was first used in 1937 on a show owned by the Snake King of Brownsville, Texas. Bandwagon, November-December, 1963.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King Bros. - 1942   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1942

    On May 1st, 1942, King Bros. Circus, America's newest show, owned by Allen King, famous wild animal trainer, opened in Plymouth, Mich., to a full house. Big top is of white canvas with narrow horizontal stripe of blue, with marquee of similar design. To has two center poles and one large ring, and there are also a menagerie, (or horse tent) and side show. Trucks and trailers are in red, white and blue horizontal stripes, and yellow letters edged in black. All wardrobe is new and flashy. During the first evening show, the temporary light plant balked, and left the audience in semi-darkness, with program drawing to a close. Requests for lights brought immediate action from visiting CHS members and this writer and one other drove our cars into the tent, throwing headlights across the ring. With the aid of my flashlight, Miss Mickey King, star aerialist, ascended to the tent top and went through her act to end the show, doing her full 100 arm planges, with great applause.
    Next day the show moved to Dearborn and CHS members Head, Meyers and Don Smith were on the lot early to greet them. Walt had to leave, but the rest of us worked most of the day, helping to erect the tents in a high wind. Miss Mickey King also helped in every part of setting up for the performance, and few men worked harder than she, to lace the top, brace the quarter poles, and put up the side walls. Members of the Zavatta Riding Troupe also assisted in all ways, as did Ernie Stewart, contortionist, and Bobby Gordon, wire act. Allen King, owner and manager, was all over the place, not swinging a cane or bellowing at the men, as is so common; but helping with ropes, poles, canvas, seats, etc., and working on the light plant, and tending to the office all at once. This was due to the extreme shortage of labor, on account of the war. Oh yes, the clowns those two first nights wer Mickey MacDonald, of S-F, H-W, Cole, etc., Jean LeRoy, Cole Bros., and Herbie Head and Don Smith of CHS. Wagon Show Spirit Still Exits!, by Don Smith, Bandwagon, May, 1942, Vol. 1, No. 7, p. 3.

Article on the 1942 King Bros. show, with information on owner Allen King's career and 1942 route, is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1963 (scroll down or use find).

King Bros. - 1946-47   Floyd King, Harold Rumbaugh, owners

King Bros. - 1948-1950   Floyd King, owner

King Bros. - 1952   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1952 (Floyd King, Lucio Cristiani, proprietors)

Brief article on the 1952 King Bros. is online at Bandwagon, August 1952 (scroll down).

King Bros. - 1956   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1954-56

Article on the 1956 King Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1962 (scroll down or use find).

King Bros. - 1959-60   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1959-60

Bradbury's articles on the 1959-60 shows, Cristiani family, owners, is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1959 (scroll down)   Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1960

King Bros. - 1961-62   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1961-1973

Article on the 1961 King Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1961 (scroll down or use find).

Article on the 1962 King Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1962 (scroll down or use find).

King Bros. - 1976   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1975-76

    The 1976 show opened at Apopka, Florida, April 4, then after making Florida dates, headed West to Alabama, Mississippi and Louisana. Harry Hammond, who was in the office wagon with Sells & Gray several seasons, was office manager on King Bros. in 1976. Whitey Black was manager and Bob Labby, ringmaster. With the show were Carl Conley and Elizabeth Campa, juggling; JoAnn Jennier and Olga Navarro, single trapeze; Carl Conley, liberty horses, spinning saucers; Beth Boatman and Patti Ironberg, aerial ladders; Campa Family (Regalito & Co.), musical comedy; Jo Ann Jennier, seals; Kathy, Rex and Liza Campa, slack wire; E. Jay Isaccs (Clownin' Ike) and Henry Richard Whitman (Rollo), clowns; Navarro Duo, sword balancing; Miss Patti and Miss Kathy, traine dogs. The Campa Family also did a unicycle turn, with Carlos Campa, his wife and their family, Elizabeth, Sonya, Deborah and Juan Carlos. Jim Conley did a mixed animal act and the Kriels a dog and cat act. Kathy Rex presented the King Bros. elephants. Southern Sawdust, No. 87, May, 1976, pp. 7, 31.

King Bros. - 1980

• The 1980 King Bros. Circus was owned by Calto, Inc., principal stockholders, Ned Toth and Curtis Lentz. The show was framed in Sarasota, Florida, opened September 10 at Ozark, Alabama and toured until late November. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King, Burke & Co.'s - 1883-86   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883-86

1883:

    Franklin & King, of circus fame, are organizing a unique railroad show, to take the road in April. New York Clipper, January 27, 1883, p. 727.

    King, Burk & Co.'s New Railroad Show, now organizing in Janesville, Wis., is to take the road in April. Manager, A. N. King; advance manager, W. Franklin; T. K. Burk, treasurer; agents, Charles McCarty and Wm. Landy. Company: McAlma Family (four in number), Primrose and Picketts, three Albion Brothers, Neil Smith and dog circus . . . Harry Black, Fred Black, J. Tournour, clown; Marsh Adams, Campbell and Ryan. There will be four performing stallions and four donkeys, equestrian goats and monkeys, and a menagerie of trained animals. The show will most likely haunt remote Western civilization. New York Clipper, March 3, 1883, p. 814.

1884:

    King, Burk & Co.'s Great American Allied Shows, Museum and Trained Animal Exposition. Officers: T. K. Burk, general director; John Fagan, contracting agent; J. T. Caudel, general advertising agent, first brigade in charge of Wm. Welsh; second brigade, Wm. Hennessey; third brigade, Chas. Mason; James Davis, master of canvas; Tom Moshier, master of horses; Chas. Kelly, master of transportation; Gus Smith, properties; Fred Felix, chandelier man. Clowns: Frank Clifton, Ed Sylvester. Company: Three Albion Bros., gymnasts; Mlle. Lavely, iron jaw lady; Ahenette, snake charmer; Mlle. Ida Showers, invisible slack wire; Glenn Twin Sisters, trapeze; Patterson Bros., horizontal bars; Andy Showers' performing dogs and monkeys; Chas. Carroll's troupe of performing horses and ponies. Leapers and tumblers: Albion Bros., Frank Clifton, Ed Romelli, Patterson Bros., Ed Sylvester and Black and Ryan. Show travels by railroad. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, p. 105.

    King, Burk & Co.'s Circus closed season in Muscatah, Ill., Oct. 18. New York Clipper, November 1, 1884, p. 517.

1885:

    James G. West, knockabout clown, late of Pullman, Mack & Co.'s Show, goes with King, Burk & Co. next season. New York Clipper, February 28, 1885, p. 789.

    Joe Reider will go to Bellville, Ill., about the first of April, to accept the position of Musical Director with King, Burke & Co.'s circus. Connersville Times (Connersville, IN), March 11, 1885, p. 1.

    King, Burk & Co.'s Show open at Belleville, Ill., April 25. New York Clipper, April 4, 1885, p. 36.

    Alex McDonald joins King, Burk & Co.'s Circus April 4. New York Clipper, April 18, 1885, p. 71.

    Fort Scott, Kansas. King, Burk & Co.'s Circus came 4 to fair business. Their street parade was a disappointment, and was the cause of their not having larger audiences; but the performance was a big surprise to all. The programme was good. New York Clipper, June 13, 1885, p. 201.

    King, Burk & Co. close season Nov. 21 at Duckhill, Mo., and winter at Belleville, Ill. New York Clipper, November 21, 1885, p. 564.

• Information on the 1885 King, Burke & Co.'s show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 5, p. 47.

1886:

    King, Burk & Co. open at Belleville, Ill., April 17. New York Clipper, April 3, 1886, p. 37.

    King, Burk & Co.'s Show, on account of the railroad strikes, have postponed their opening from April 17 to 24, at Belleville, Ill. Andy Showers and Mlle. Ida Showers, with their performing horses, dogs and monkeys, are in St. Louis, being engaged with King, Burk & Co., their third season with that show. New York Clipper, April 17, 1886, p. 68.

    King, Burk & Co.'s circus did not attract a very large crowd from the country, but their tent was well filled at both entertainments. There is no menagerie, and no riding, the whole program being a ring variety olio of good work. The show gave fair satisfaction. Notable features were the trained horse, the trapeze acts, and roller skating on a slack wire. There was no street parade, and quite a number who came to town early to see this part of the show went home without attending the afternoon entertainment. Carroll Sentinel (Carroll, IA), June 4, 1886, n.p.n.

    Alf Dorian joins the King, Burk & Co. Show July 19 at Onconto, Wis., for the rest of the season. New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 296.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King & Franklin's - 1887-89, 1890-91   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887-1891

1887:

    Messrs. King, Burk and Franklin arrived in Cincinnati a week ago, having closed their Southern season and placed their show in Winter quarters at Chattanooga, Tenn. There will be a change in the make-up of this firm hereafter, Mr. Burk retiring therefrom, and will conduct a show of his own. King and Franklin will continue together next season. New York Clipper, January 1, 1887, p. 660.

    King & Franklin Circus and Wild West opened season April 4, at Chattanooga, Tenn. A number of changes have taken place this Winter since the withdrawl of Mr. Burk from the firm, who is to have a show of his own. The show has been in Winter quarters in this city since Dec. 11. . . . The increase in size and the addition of the Wild West has made it necessary to add another car to the train. Andy Showers has been busy all Winter breaking stock, and his four cream stallions now do an act that reflects credit on the trainer. J. P. Fagain is, as usual, in advance. Mr. Franklin is the general advance agent, and Mr. King the general manager. Jesse Worlen is in the ticket wagon, and Jess Brown has the reserved seat tickets. Eugene Stahl attends to the mail, and Prof. Severine Weber had the band of twelve pieces. John F. Stowe is equestrian director. The following are in the ring: Andy Showers, performing stallions, dogs and monkey; La Role Bros., flying trapeze; Harry Harrison, contorionist; Wylie Ferris, equilibrist; Albian Bros., brother act; George Scott, balancing trapeze . . . Hattie Scott, dogs; Harry La Role, tight rope; Mlle. Ida, high wire; Mlle. La Vard, iron jaw; Jess Brown, principal leaper; John Stowe, talking clown; Joe Allen, pantomime clown. In the Wild West are Suspender Jack, Texas Joe, Broncho George, Billy the Kid, other "cow-punchers" of less notoriety, and a band of Pawnee Indians. Also a herd of bronchos, buckers, steers, etc. Jess Brown has charge of the concert, and A. C. Rigby, J. C. Mathews, James Whitney, Allen and Worlen, Mamie Stowe, Lilie King and Pauline Nichols compose the All-Star Specialty Co. . . . John Filbert is master of canvas and has twenty-five assistants headed by Steve Dunn. John Moshier has the stock, Frank Collins is boss props, Albert Jenkins master of transportation, Tom Brown chandelier man, and James Hardy, chef. Week stands will be made until later in the Spring, after which one and two day stand will be done exclusively. New York Clipper, April 16, 1887, p. 68.

    King & Franklin's Colossal Shows and Wild West will exhibit at Eau Claire July 1st. Troupe of performing stallions. 10 female aerial artists. 7 funny clowns. Sixteen Lilliputian ponies. Troupe of gymnasts. Troupe of wire walkers. Troupe performing birds. Life on the Plains contrasting the Wild West of the new world with the old, cowboys, Western Indians and Maxican vaueros. Free street parade. Admission 25 cts. [Advertisement] Eau Claire Daily Free Press (Eau Claire, WI), June 30, 1887, n.p.n.

1888:

    The Three Melvelles, Arthur, William and Ernest, will join the King & Franklin Circus at Chattanooga, Tenn., April 2. New York Clipper, March 17, 1888, p. 5.

    King & Franklin's New Colossal Shows and Wild West opened in Chattanooga, Tenn., April 2. Roster: A. N. King and W. E. Franklin, proprietors and managers; Prof. Andy Showers and wife, and Little Carrie, Mrs. W. E. Franklin, Millie Purcell, Myrtle Phillips, Lillian King, W. Fred Aymar, Jess Worlen, Joe Allen, Jess Brown, Geo. Brown, Jas. Mathews, Jas. Savage, Arthur Melville, Willie Melville, Ernest Melville, Harry La Role, Chris La Role, Grimaldi Fielding, Romeo Jerome and wife, Joe Leon, John Hamilton . . . Sig. Doddretti, Severin Weber, Carl Weber, Willie Tolette, Frank Crowe, Jack Hood, Andy Egemyer, Milt. Spanogle, Bud Wright, Carl Clair. W. Fred Aymar, equestrian director and press agent; Jess Woolens, ticket wagon; Jess Brown, manager of concert; Geo. Brown, candy stand; Carl Clair bothers the postmasters and scratches the hotle blotters. Severin Weber, band master with twelve musicians; John Filbert, boss canvasman, with Dick Richards and fifteen assistants; S. Mosher, master of stock with Dan Kelly and six assistants; Frank Collins, properties, with six assistants; Wm. Jenks, master of transportation with four assistants. J. P. Fagan is ahead of the show. John Irwin has the advance car with a corps of billposters, programmers, lithographers, etc.
    The show has been considerably enlarge since last season. Three new cars have been added, one 60ft. flat, one 60ft. stock and a new advance car. The canvas is new, a 100ft. round top with two 50ft. middle pieces. Seats are new with new patent folding reserves, a new band wagon, several baggage wagons an cages with twelve head of stock. Prof. Showers is handling the ring stock. The trick stallions, ponies, mules, etc. are working finely, but his latest endeavor is the new six horse act. The cowboys and Indians are making a hit in the Wild West. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 104.

1889:

    W. Fred. Aymar goes with the King & Franklin Circus this season (his second) as equestrian director and principal clown. New York Clipper, April 13, 1889, p. 81.

    King & Franklin have engaged for the coming season: Whiting Bros., Harry Harrison, Fred Aymar, Three Rixford Bros., Wm. Francis, John Ruth, Billy Black, Albert Millette, Herbert Freed, Jesse Brown, Harry Hodge, Sid. Euson(?), Capt. Harry Horn, Mexican Bill, Wild Bart and Mountain Joe, Carlotta Laverne, May Waldron, Marie Debar, Mabel Bell, Watson Sisters, Jesse Worlen, Bud Farnum, Chas. Hall and wife, Punch Ross and wife, John Hamilton, John Kisko and Prof. Carl Clair's band of twelve musicians. New York Clipper, April 20, 1889, p. 97.

    King & Franklin's circus and wild west show will appear in this city May 8th. Introducing cowboys, Western Indians and Mexican vaqueros. Admission 10 and 20 cents. Logansport Chronicle (Logansport, IN), May 4, 1889, n.p.n.

    King & Franklin are credited with running the “cleanest little show” on the road. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889, p. 340.

    Note from King & Franklin's Shows. Jess Wurlen, our treasurer, has been down with fever for the past four weeks. John Hamilton is filling his place in the ticket wagon. Fred Aymar and Albert Milletti have adopted a son, and are practicing a three brother act. They are to be known as the "French Acrobats." We close the season at Brunswick, Ga., Nov. 19, making exactly seven months since we started. The show goes into Winter quarters at Chattanooga, Tenn. Carl Clair is busy compiling the route book. New York Clipper, November 16, 1889, p. 599.

    A. N. King, one of the proprietors of the King & Franklin Circus, sailed Dec. 7 for England. Accompanied by his wife, he will make a winter tour of the British Isles, France, Germany and Italy. New York Clipper, December 14, 1889, p. 663.

1890:

    Andrew N. King. News of the death of this well known circus proprietor and __ performer is cabled from London, Eng., where he passed away suddenly Jan. 7. Mr. King left Chattanooga, Tenn., early in December, for a pleasure trip to Europe, accompanied by his wife, and the last heard from him he was in fine spirits and enjoying good health. The circus, as has been its custom for several years, is wintering at Chattanooga, and Mr. Franklin left a short time ago for Chicago, Ill., to arrange for the printing matter for the coming season, as well as prepare to enlarge the circus. Mr. Franklin, upon learning the sad news, at once communicated with Mr. Bailey, of the Barnum & Bailey Circus, offering assistance in any way deemed adviseable. Mrs. King was seriously ill at the time of her husband's death, and was for some days kept in ignorace of the fact, lest her own condition should become worse. The [death] of Mr. King adds another to the long list of deaths resulting from "La Grippe." He had been in robust health for many years, never missing a performance; but the London fog, added to the influenza, proved too much for him, and he caught a severe cold, developing into pneumonia, it carried him off. Mr. Franklin was in this city Jan. __, and from him the Clipper gleans valuable information as to his late partner's career. Andrew N. King was born at Galveston, Tex., forty six years ago and had followed the white tents since his boyhood, for at the age of ten he was apprenticed to an old time circus manager, who brought him up intelligently and well. He began his public career as a performer, and for years he was regarded as and exceptionally clever and daring acrobat. His first and principal partner was Aubrey(?), and the team of Aubrey(?) and King was at one time the highest paid acrobats in the business, drawing $___ a week for a six week's engagement in on instance. They were the first in this country to do the hand to hand somersault, which has since been used so widely. They traveled with several of the large circuses, and acquired no little reputation. Injuries received from a fall put an end to Mr. King's career as a performer. While playing at Toledo, O., he fractured one shoulder, and three or four ribs, sustained a double fracture of one ankle and killed a man in the audience upon whom he fell. When the circus attaches picked Mr. King up and cut off his tights, he remarked that he had worn tights for the last time. He never put them on again. Perhaps this accident was his good fortune, after all. At any rate, it lead him into a new field in the circus business, and in it he found success and comparative riches. He took the programme privileges with Adam Forepaugh's Circus, and for five or six years he continued to control them, making his first capital in that venture, which was quite profitable, for the program privilege was then much more of a yield and novelty than it is now. Finally, eight years ago, he became a member of the firm of King, Burke & Co., in which W. E. Franklin was the company. They put a compact and attractive circus on the road, and from the first it won favor and money. When Mr. Burke retired Mr. Franklin's name was added to that of Mr. King. The new title, King & Franklin, has since been ___ with success. During one season, a second tent show was sent out by King & Franklin, George W. Fursman(?) being associated with them. At the end of its first tour it was sold to Col. J. H.(?) Wood(?). Mr. King was a rather small sized, compactly built man, with dark complexion, black moustache and a quite, ___ manner. The employees of the circus now at Chattanooga, including members of the band, are affected by the news of Mr. King's untimely death. Mr. Franklin was usually ahead of the show during the tenting season, bur Mr. King was always with the company. He was a large hearted, considerate employer and his friends were legion. Almost ten years ago he married Alida(?) McKee, a sister of J. W. McKee, an old actor, a sheriff of Paterson, N. J., and now retired. They had no children. Mr. King's father and mother are dead, and the . . . the widow, are two sisters, residing at Chattanooga. The remains will be ___ and shipped to this city for interment. Mr. Franklin informs us that the firm name will be retained throughout the coming season at least, as the printing is already under way. After that his plans depend upon the legal disposition of Mr. King's estate. The deceased died in comfortable circumstance. He will be sincerely mourned by many followers of the white tents. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.

    Notes from Stowe Bros.' Shows. . . . The death of A. N. King, far away in London, was heard of through the Clipper with much sorrow by the entire company, especially by Messrs. Stowe Bros., who had both in the past enjoyed close friendship with the deceased. John F. Stowe was for several years intimately associated with Mr. King, and once served as equestrian director of the King & Franklin Show. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 759.

    Andrew N. King's remains arrived from England in this city Feb. 10, the widow, Alida King, accompanying them. Relatives and friends are invited to attend the funeral on Wednesday, Feb. 12, from the residence of his brother in law, James W. McKee(?), 17? Paterson Street, Paterson, N. J., at 2.30 o'clock p.m. A train leaves Chambers Street ferry, Erie Railroad, at 1 p. m., and Twenty-third Street at 12.55. The internment will be at Cedar Lawn. Mr. Franklin, partner in the King & Franklin Circus has remained in town to attend the funeral. He will leave for the South about Feb. 13. The show will be run under the present name this year, the widow of Mr. King retaining his interest. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 813.

    . . . Al. Worlen . . . signed with the King & Franklin Show for the season of 1890. It will be Mr. Worlen's fifth season with the show. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.

    20 musicians for King & Franklin's Circus. Two first class brass bands wanted. . . . Carl Clair . . . New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 834.

    The Blair Bros., musical sketch team and J. Kayser, cornetist, have signed with King & Franklin's Circus. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 5.

    Eddie Martine, aerialist and gymnast, has signed with the King & Franklin Show. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    Riano(?) and Bentley have signed with King & Franklin's Show. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    Wanted for hippodrome, lady jockeys and men for standing races. Also people for sideshow. Season opens April 7. Address King & Franklin, Chattanooga, Tenn. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 47.

    Notes from the King & Franklin Show. . . . The entire train has been newly painted and lettered . . . A carload of fine stock . . . to the show for the hippodrome races . . . thirteen head of fine imported Shetland(?) ponies. The stock is undergoing a rigid course of training, under the direction of Prof. Andy Showers and Edward Franklin (brother of W. E. Franklin). The show will make a fine parade, carrying sixty head of stock and two brass bands. The following is a list of the people: W. E. Franklin and wife, Mrs. A. N. King, Edward Franklin, John Hamilton . . . Prof. Andy Showers and daughter, Prof. Punch Irvin and wife . . . Lillian King, Mrs. St. Elmo, Miss De Alma . . . Eddie Martine, John Gilroy . . . the Three De Almas . . . J. P. Fagan, John Irwin . . . Frank Parcell, Lew Wallace . . . Robert Hodge . . . Chas. Crosby, Harry Nelson, Samuel Albright . . . Frank Crowe . . . Jas. Foster, Tom Carter, Frank Bernardo, Thomas Fey, Henry Richards, Frank Collins . . . Edward Jones, Rob(Bob?) Harold . . . four jockeys and many others. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 59.

    Wanted, people for hippodrome races, who do turn in big show or concert. Address King & Franklin, Muncie, Ind. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 127.

    The following are the advertising people ahead of the King & Franklin show: . . . Lew Wallace, general manager . . . Jame Donohue . . . Harry Phillips . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    At Ann Arbor, Mich., May __. King & Franklin's Circus was attended by a large number of University students. During the performance they kept ___ the performers. When the audience had retired the circus men, armed with sticks, attacked the students, who had remained in a group. Missiles of all sorts were thrown, many blows were exchanged and ___ were fired. Several were badly and some fatally injured. . . . A colored circus man named Cook was shot in the shoulder, and several other employes are in the University Hospital more or less injured. About thirty circus men in all were injured. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 197.

    Wanted, Punch and Judy man and a talker for sideshow, return aerial act for big show, and concert people. Address King & Franklin, 11 West Eighth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 285.

    "Punch" Irving has temporarily closed his engagement with the King & Franklin Circus, owing to the serious illness of his wife, at their home, Haverhill, Mass. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Hugh C. Whiting, Harry Harrison and May Waldon joined the King & Franklin Show . . . New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    The King & Franklin Show, which has had a fairly successful tour so far, will probably know a new name in the near future. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Lillian Irving, wife of Geo.(?) M. Irving, died at Haverhill, Mass., July __, aged twenty-six years and five months. The deceased had, for the past three seasons, traveled with her husband with different circuses, having had to close about six weeks ago with the King & Franklin Show, on account of malarial fever. She was well taken care of to the last by her husband and mother. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 343.

    Wanted, 3 Brother act who leap and tumble, also good talker for sideshow and concert, long season. King & Franklin, Chattanooga, Tenn. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 383.

    King & Franklin Circus notes. Although rather early for the Southern season, business the past three weeks has been far beyond anything expected by the management. At Memphis we gave four performances to "Standing Room Only," and hundreds of people were turned away. The show made an instantaneous hit from first to last, and the hippodrome races were received with deafening cheers. Carl Clair's Military Band received much praise for their overtures. Sameul Albright, saxophonist, was offered a position in Liberati's Military Band, who were playing a week's engagement at Memphis at the time. He joined them at Little Rock, Ark., Aug. 31. However, he has been re-engaged by Carl Clair for next season. Robt. Hodge has also closed to accept a position at San Antonio, Tex. . . . Fred Aymar, Frank Delaney and La Rue Bros. have joined to fill vacancies. . . . The show at present is much the largest and strongest that K. & F. have ever taken through the South, carrying two brass bands, sixty-five head of fine stock and is all about one hundred and twenty people. From the present outlook ahead the usual good "big" is expected, and a long and thorough tour of the Southern states will be made. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.

    Wanted, people for hippodrome, ___ do turn in big show or concert; also sideshow ___, musicians for band No. 2. Hotels, Pullman sleeper. Long season. Salary weekly. King & Franklin, Stanton House, Chattanooga, Tenn. New York Clipper, September 27, 1890, 463.

    W. Fred Aymar has recovered from his recent severe illness, and has joined the King & Franklin Show as general announcer. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

    Tony Ryder joined the King & Franklin Show at Savannah, Ga., last week, to work with his old partner, Hugh Whiting, in their aerial and triple bar acts. Mrs. Rider, meanwhile, is visiting her parents at Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 523.

    Atlanta, Georgia. King & Franklin's Circus comes 11(?). . . . New York Clipper, November 8, 1890, 547.

    The King & Franklin Show closed Nov. 11 at Atlanta, Ga., and will winter at Chattanooga, Tenn. Their season has, from reports received, been, as usual, very successful. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 581.

1891:

    Wanted for the King & Franklin Show, people in all branches of the circus business. 50 ladies for ballet, return aerial act, a good circus band, sideshow people, including good talker, four and six horse drivers. Address W. E. Franklin, Chattanooga, Tenn. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 717.

    W. E. Franklin, manager of the King & Franklin Shows, is at Chattanooga, Tenn., where his show is at the foot of Lookout Mountain. Many new features will be added to the programme this season . . . New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.

    Wanted, 20 musicians for Carl Clair's Military Band with King & Franklin's Shows, for band No. 2. Want to hear from people on all instruments who can play brass and do turn in concert or big show. P. S. Frank Farrell, write. Address, Carl Clair, Kennedy House, Chattanooga, Tenn. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 764.

    People thus far engaged for King & Franklin's Circus: John Hamilton, manager; Prof. Andy Showers, Hughs and Kramer, La Van and Lamar, the Aldens, the LaRue Bros., Al. Millette, Harry Harrison, Herbert Freed, Chas. Orville, Louis De Bonaire [sic], Harry Leon, . . . Emma Maynard, Sadie Norwood, Mollie Kagen(?), Mr. and Mrs. Mack, . . . Clarence Boyd, Charlie Mack, Willie Fox and Carl Clair's band and orchestra. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    Albert Millette, equilibrist, has signed with King & Franklin's Show for next season. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.

    Carl Clair's Military Band of eighteen pieces will be one of the principal features with the King & Franklin Circus the coming season, making their sixth season with this company. The band will include a well known lady cornet soloist, and the following musicians: . . . Frank Krowe . . . Harry Blair . . . Samuel Albright . . . Frank Farrell, Herbert Freed, I.(?) N. Langley, Geo Tipton, Robt. Anderson, E. T. Anderson . . . New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22.

    Dick(?) Alden's Living Statuary will be one of the features of King & Franklin's Circus this season. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22.

    Little Tille Showers, who is said to be the smallest and youngest living female contortionist, will be a special feature of the King & Franklin Circus the coming season. For the past year she has been under the careful instruction of her father, Prof. Andy Showers, and has accomplished a fine act. This will be her first season before the public. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.

    Birmingtham, Alabama. J. McMurry joined the King & Franklin Circus at Chattanooga, Tenn. March 2?. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

    Birmingham, Alabama. King & Franklin's Circus, 20, 21. T. F. Fanning's, 23(?). New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 118.

    On the road, circuses: King & Franklin's, Flint, Mich. May 27. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    Roster of King & Franklin's advance: . . . John Irwin, agent in charge of car No. 2 . . . Frank Purcell, Sheldon McMurry, Frank Johnson, Harry Fisher, Fred Clay, William Warner, Lee C. Maxey . . . Lew Wallace . . . and John Gluck. vJune 20, 1891, p. 249.

    Des Moines, Iowa. Harris' Nickle Plate Circus came June 16(?); King & Franklin's Circus is due 19(?). New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.

    On the road, circuses: King & Franklin's, Lincoln, Neb. July 2. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

    The first advertising car and the first circus billboards ever in the Black Hills were recently introduced by King & Franklin's Show, which will exhibit at all the principal cities in the Hills. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.

    On the road, circuses: King & Franklin's, . . . Oskaloosa, Ia. 17. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.

    Prof. Andy Showers, equestrian director of King & Franklin's Circus, has purchased a fine thoroughbred, pure white Arabian stallion, and is training him for a trick and menage horse. Prof. Showers proudly asserts that he will be one of the most valuable animals that has ever tred the tanbark. Frank Crane(?), musician, closed . . . Fred Bates has signed to fill the vacancy. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.

    Wanted, for the King & Franklin Show, a good chandelier man and four and six horse drivers. Tom Brown, write. Address W. E. Franklin, Davis House, Richmond, Va. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 446.

    Richmond, Virginia. King & Franklin's Circus come 15, 16. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 470.

    Wanted, all day sideshow talker to join at once. King & Franklin, Atlanta, Ga. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 512.

    Atlanta, Georgia. C. C.(?) Wilson and Max Hass, agents for Rentz & Co., were arrested at Marietta, Ga., ?, on a warrant sworn out by J. P.(?) Fagan, agent for King & Franklin's Circus. They are charged with criminal libel in a paper running down K & F's Show. They were commited to jail in default for $__ each. The advertising ___ of Rentz's has been attached by Mr. Fagan, who wants $1,000(?) damages. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 536.

    Double drummer wanted quick for King & Franklin's Circus. Write or wire Carl Clair, Rome, Ga. Oct. 18 and 19. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 549.

    The La Rue Bros. are still with King & Franklin's Circus. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 569.

    For sale at public auction, Louisville, Ky., on Monday, Dec. 14, the King & Franklin Show consisting of sleeping cars, stock cars, flat cars and advertising car, band and baggage wagons, horses, ponies, mules, etc., canvases, seats, lights and all property connected with the above show. Address W. E. Franklin, Galt(Calt?) House, Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 643.

    The King & Franklin Circus closes the season at Jacksonville, Fla., Nov. 30(?). The advance brigade closed __. J. P. Fagan, general agent, goes home to Seymour, Ind., for the winter. John Erwin, in carge of the cars, goes to Cincinnati, O.; Frank Purcell, to Cincinnati . . . S. McMurry, to Birmingham, Ala. . . . J. M. Johnson, to Louisville; G. Slivers, to Cincinnati . . . and Al. Worlan to Columbus, O. New York Clipper, December 5, 1891, p. 649.

    W. E. Franklin, for many years one of the proprietors of King & Franklin's Circus, has been engaged as general railroad contractor and excursion agent with the Barnum & Bailey Greatest Show on Earth for the season of 1891-2. Mr. Franklin's well known abilities and general acquaintance with the leading railroad officials of the country make him a valuable addition to the already large advance force of these(?) shows. New York Clipper, December 5, 1891, p. 649.

1892:

    The famous King & Franklin Circus Band, at liberty for the season of 1892. Carl Clair, bandmaster. Six years with King & Franklin's Circus. Address Carl Clair, care Ocala House, Ocala, Fla. New York Clipper, January 9, 1892, p. 738.

    For sale, entire circus outfit, baggage wagons, canvases, seats, lights, wardrobe complete, poles and stakes, sideshow, trick horses and mules, advertising material, etc. Address W. E. Franklin, Empire Printing Co., Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 47.

1893: W. E. Franklin is rusticating at West Baden Springs, Ind. After two weeks of much needed rest he says he will be able to do battle with the enemy. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 510.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King & Franklin - 1947

The short-lived 1947 King & Franklin show was organized by Ernie White, from Hendersonville, North Carolina, and managed by John Loy. It opened April 25 in Hendersonville and closed in Wytheville, Virginia late in May, after a run of bad weather, poor routing and light business. With the help of Charlie Campbell it planned to reopen in August. However, the equipment went up for sale in June. It was finally purchased by Mickey Dale and the McIntosh brothers late in November, who titled their new show Dales Bros. Bandwagon, May-June, 1992, p. 13.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Charles Campbell, John Loy, and Ernest White, proprietors, 1947.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King & Goldman - 1915-16   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1927

1915: The King & Goldman Shows are having fair business in Western Texas. Miss Babe LaStarr, after a long season with the show, left at Wichita, Tex., November 6. Spot Henderson, broncho rider, joined at Thornsberry, Tex. Savoy LaStarr, of the Dixie Dude Minstrels, is a late arrival on the show. At Stecker, Ok., manager F. Richards, Miss Dollie Mae LaStarr, Jimmie Simmons and others visited the W. C. Richards Dog and Pony Show. Harry South is rehearsing a dog and pony act. Dollie Mae LaStarr is rehearsing a new act in which she will do a Spanish dance. Billboard, November 20, 1915, p. 56.

1916: Wanted for King & Goldman Shows. Any kind of circus acts that will make good with wagon show. Want clown, comedian, blackface comedian, girl to handle reserved seats, girl to sell concert tickets, one chorus girl, one piano player, boss canvasman. Want to buy second-hand air calliope. Show opens April 1, traveling North. F. Richards, manager, Merkel, Texas. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 1, 1916, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King Royal Circus - 1988-89

1988: John Davenport ("Gopher") titled his one-ring 1988 show King Royal Bros. Davenport was ringmaster and Shorty Shearer put on most of the performance. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 9.

1989: John Davenport's King Royal Circus played dates in the South, the Plains states, Southwest and Midwest. Brother Termite apparently had a second unit out in the Summer, using the title Canam Bros., similar to the Can-Am name that was used in the past. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 11.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1990-1997.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King & Tucker - 1910, 1912

1910: King & Tucker's Show. E. H. Jones, proprietor and manager; Joe Dempsey, treasurer; H. J. Williams, general agent and railroad contractor; C. C. Johnson, press agent; Frank A. Goldie, manager sideshow; Bob Peasley, equestrian director; J. C. Fay, supt. privileges; O. L. Patton, musical director; Joe Dempsey, supt. reserved seat tickets; Joe Quinlin, supt. canvas; Jas. Pierce, boss hostler; Bob Cook, supt. commissary dept.; Elmo Austin, supt. lights; Owen Lewis, supt. properties; E. S. Adell, supt. ring stock; Jas. Pierce, supt. stock; F. T. Leroy, supt. elephants and animals; J. B. Black, boss carpenter; Geo. Ragland, blacksmith; E. A. Wilson, manager advertising car; show opened at Mendenhall, Miss., March 1. Billboard, March 19, 1910, p. 92.

1912: J. Augustus Jones, wizard of the two car tent show business, has been recuperating at Hot Springs for the past month. At the present time Mr. Jones has four complete tented exhibitions in the South, the King and Tucker Circus, and the Alabama Minstrels, both two car outfits, the Jones Bros.' Circus, a three-car show, and a 40 horse wagon show. All are said to be tarred with the proverbial J. Augustus luck and one [sic are] making money. They will stay out until after Christmas. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King's Wild West - 1912

    King's Wild West Show is now in the Ostrich Farm, Jacksonville, Fla., making good. Among some of the old-times with the show are Jack Rinehart, rope spinner; Jack King and his three and four-horse catch and four horse Roman ride, Wild Tom and his famous bucking horse, Carrie Nation; and little Florence King, one of the most daring trick and Roman riders in the circus world. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Kingdom - 1975, 1989

1975: Show was out in 1975. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976.

1989: Rev. David Harris had his Circus Kingdon out from June 8 to August 24 in the mid-Atlantic states and the Midwest. The show was an outreach by the Calvary United Methodist Church. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 23.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1970-1993.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Knie (Europe)

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kinneman Shows - 1895

    Angola, the contortionist, has signed with the E. L. Kinneman Shows. The company opens at Maysville, Kentucky, May 20. New York Clipper, May 18, 1895, p. 163.

    Walter Kinneman's Circus was sold by the sheriff at East Liverpool, Ohio, July 18(?), to satisfy a claim of the Ohio River Railroad Company. New York Clipper, July 27, 1895, p. 325.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank Kinnie - 1910-12, 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910-14, 1928

1907: Hernon. Frank Kinney, who has turned his billiard parlor into a theatre, is now in New York to secure the paraphernalia for the production of a first-class nickel entertainment nightly. St. Lawrence Plaindealter (Canton, NY), October 15, 1907, p. 8.

1909:

    St. Lawrence county will once more be the home of a traveling circus. The show will start out from Hermon about May 1, owned and managed by Frank Kinney, a wealthy resident of that village. It will be a wagon show and will be known as Kinney's Circus. The outfit will consist of a dozen wagons. A tour of Northern New York and the New England states will be made. About fifteen years ago the Cole & Lockwood Circus, a wagon show, started out from Potsdam and lasted through one season. Ogdensburg News (Ogdensburg, NY), March 26, 1909, n.p.n.

    St. Lawrence county is soon to launch a circus if the plans of Frank Kinnie of Hermon do not miscarry. Mr. Kinnie has closed a deal for about 40 horses and has interested a New York capitalist in his enterprise. Mr. Kinnie conducted the Kinnie house for years, selling out about four years ago. Since that time he has conducted a moving picture show in Hermon and a vaudeville show under canvas. Last season he toured several towns with a vaudeville show. . . . His hotel was a small sized menagerie, having goats, monkeys, parrot, coons and other small animals about. Now he has seven alligators about his home. He has closed a deal with a New Orleans animal house to furnish him with an elephant and some lions, tigers and other bild beasts. The plan is to launch a full fledged railroad show and menagerie. Watertown Daily Times (Watertown, NY), December 14, 1909, n.p.n.

1910:

    Ogdensburg, June 2. The stranded performers of the Kinnie circus are to be given a benefit entertainment in the Opera House tomorrow night. All of them are penniless, having had two weeks of wet, cole weather, which left the circus owner unable to pay them. Post-Standard (Syracuse, NY), June 3, 1910, n.p.n.

    Frank Kinnie's New Show has passed into history. The following from the Ogdensburg Advance of June 2: "Frank Kinnie's circus was attached by the sheriff yesterday for wages due employees. The circus was organized in Hermon, this county, and started on the road about two weeks ago. While at Massena Andrew Glassford of New York, a partner with Mr. Kinnie, drew out, and as he owned the main top tent he took that, so that the show played the next three towns with only the side walls up. One of the performers then came to the rescue and advanced sufficient money to get back the main top. After reaching here the owners of the horses that are drawing the circus demanded their pay and when it was not forthcoming the circus was levied upon. Mr. Kinnie had a good outfit for a show, but lacks a man of push at its head. Lawrence Plaindealer (Canton, NY), June 7, 1910, p. 1.

    The Frank Kinney circus is being reorganized at Hermon and it is expected that it will soon be on the road again. Adirondack News (St. Regis Falls, NY), July 9, 1910, n.p.n.

1911:

    Frank Kinnie, Hermon's pioneer circus man, is getting ready this spring with "Kinnie's Grand Combined Circus, Menagerie and Hippodrome." He has 20 horses purchased off the New York pavements, and a real live lion. The lion and the horses occupy the barn, and the wagons are being overhauled and painted with a new coat of scarlet. Journal and Republican (Lowville, NY), March 16, 1911, n.p.n.

    Black River, June 13. Kinnies' circus, a one ring wagon show, played to hard luck here yesterday afternoon. The afternoon performance was attended by less than 50 people when a severe gale struck the main tent, blowing it down and making almost a complete wreck of it. Several wagons were overturned. Little Dorothy Kinnie, daughter of the proprietor, suffered a broken arm and Mr. Kinnie received internal injuries. The management of the circus declared they will repair the damage and that the show will fill all its engagements. . . . Last season he went out with a show and ran into the worst circus weather. It rained every day. Hard luck followed him through the winter and his lion and some other animals died. In the show are his wife and two children. . . . Ogdensburg News (Ogdensburg, NY), June 14, 1911, p. 1.

    An Alexandria Bay correspondent last week sent out the following: "The 'villain' of hard luck is still pursuing Frank Kinnie's circus, and his 'jinx' has a strangle hold on him. Today he is stranded here with no horses. Some 20 horses were bought at a sale stable in New York by Kinnie, subject to a mortgage. Kinnie, struck here with his show last week, and a representative of the sales stable appeared Saturday and sold the horses under the mortgage." A Hermon correspondent has the following: "After about four weeks of ill fortune, the small wagon circus of Frank Kinnie succumbed at Redwood during the past week. After leaving Hermon in May the circus started across country through the back towns of Russell, Edwards, Fine, etc. At Edwards the teamsters, who were Hermon farmers' boys and owners of the stock got homesick and pulled out on horseback. More horses were secured and the show dragged on through mud and rain. At Black River the storm blew down the tent and demolished considerable of the show property. Friends came to the rescue and he succeded in moving on to fill scheduled dates. Small attendance and other misfortune still kept at his heels and the end came at Redwood where he found himself stranded, his people leaving him and no money to pay the merest expense. The band went to Canton Saturday night and joined Brown's show which has been reorganizing from a stock company to a vaudeville circus." Lawrence Plaindealer (Canton, NY), July 4, 1911, n.p.n.

1912:

    Frank Kinney of Hermon is to start out with a new show this season. It will open in that village May 30. Ogdensburg News (Ogdensburg, NY), May 26, 1912, n.p.n.

    Kinnie Circus, Frank Kinnie, mgr., Sherburn, N.Y., 3; Norwich 4. Billboard, July 6, 1912, p. 35.

1914: Gouverneur, May 19. Frank Kinnie's circus showed here last night to a good sized crowd. Watertown Daily Times (Watertown, NY), May 20(?), 1914, n.p.n.

• Frank Kinnie was killed in an automobile accident in 1915.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Kirk - 1974   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1969-1978

1974: This was the show's seventh season, headed by Dr. Charles W. Boas. Performers: Mike Straka, illusions, Diane Niedermayer and Stephanie Grant, assistants, and juggling, sideshow director; Edward Streeter, clown; Bob Cline, cradle-perch; Laura and Mary Boas, aerial acts; Tom Sikorsky, juggler, unicycle, Roman ladder, and sideshow; Lennie Ciachio, gymnast, juggler, rolling globe; Bobby Pleis, juggler, unicycle, Roman latter, rolling globe; Darrel Miller, tight wire, inclined cable, perch, performance director; Vicki Dubin, perch pole act. Southern Sawdust, November, 1974, p. 12.

• Circus Kirk, started in 1968, folded in January, 1978. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 15.

• An article on Circus Kirk is in Bandwagon, July-August, 2007, Vol. 51, No. 4, pp. 3-14.

• Carl T. Uehling's "Blood, Sweat and Love," Fortress Press, chronicles the 1969 season.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kirker & Darley - 1892

    Wanted, for Kirker, Horner & Darley's New Empire Shows, the most perfectly equipped wagon show ever organized, an animal act, either dogs, donkeys or ponies. Also concert people and lady for outside ascension. Housaburo(?) Sam, write. Want to buy 10 band uniforms, 10 entry ??? and trappings for horses. Also sideshow paintings. Address Kirker, Horner & Darley, New Castle, Pa. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 12.

    Roster of Kirker & Darley's New Empire Shows. Kirker & Darley, sole proprietors; Wm. J. Kirker, manager; Will W. Darley, treasurer . . . Sam J. Horner, equestrian director; Joseph Loving, boss billposter, with six assistants; Chas. McGreary, lithographer; Harry Jefferys, programmer . . . John Sergeant, boss hostler, with nine assistants . . . Gordan Bros., master of candy stands; Doc Woods, assistant; Prof. Lueck's silver cornet band of ten pieces . . . Sam J. Horner, Hines and Colby, Will Fowler . . . John A. Wright, Clyde Southern . . . Fanny Fowler . . . Lottie Kirker. . . The sideshow consists of Prof. Kirker, magician; two illusions, Slachell(Stachell?), electric wonder; Spotted Family and Darley's revision of old time Punch and Judy. The show opens at New Castle, Pa., May 7. We travel by wagon, using ___-eight head of stock, including eight white stallions, two advance wagons, one band wagon, one ticket wagon, two carryalls and ten baggage wagons. . . . Everything is brand new. The wagons are all being painted vermillion, decorated with gold leaf. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kirkhart's - 1893-95; Kirkhart & Ryan - 1896

1893:

    Roster of W. F. Kirkhart's Railroad Shows: W. F. Kirkhart, sole owner and manager; S. A. Kirkhart, contracting agent; C. W. Ward, boss bill poster with five assistants; A. S. Kirkhart, treasurer; Prof. A. E. Lo?e, bandmaster with fifteen men; Ed. Weath, superintendent of canvas with Bert Mann . . . Charley Griffen, W. Squires, E. Anderson . . . and Frank Taylor, assistants; . . . Myers Family, four in number . . . King Ziemer, wire and flying trapeze . . . Mrs. W. F. Kirhart, with her troupe of dogs and goats; James Myers' Spanish web act; Little Dot, juggling act . . . W. A. Walden, singling and talking clown . . . Col. Griffen, heavy weight lifter . . . G. W. Richardson, as the Dutch farmer; Mme. Lee, snake charmer . . . W. E. Stout, Punch and magic; Prof. E. Myers, strong man. . . . They carry three cars. Business reported good. They opened at Lacoma, Ia. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

    Notes from the only World's Fair Circus. W. F. Kirkhart's Circus, at the Captive Balloon Park, World's Columbian Exposition, is the only tented amusement concession allowed upon the grounds. The show lot occupies fully one acre of valuable space, and here a continuous circus performance is given, with the usual accompaniment of a full brass band and an elegant orchestra. In addition to the ring and midair performances and elevated stage is brought into requisition, while the madcap foolery of many clowns add a merry circus mirth to the scene. Outside attractions pre??ding the circus performance are also pressed into service, and by special permit a mammoth circus billboard glorifies the main entrance. Business here is something immense, and corresponds in its smaller way to the boom the World's Fair itself is enjoying. Another success of Mr. Kirkhart's is the Brazilian Concert Hall, which is a next door neighbor to our dome of canvas, and continually crowded. Mr. Kirkhart opens his regular circus season early next Spring at Lacona, Ia., and the full roster of his present company is as follows: Bell Brothers (Pete and Harry), George Thompson, Frank Oakley, Mlle. Maretta, Harry Wilson, Eddie Dell(?), Little(?) Alda, contortionist . . . Dick Ritchie, S?ackey, equestrian director; Little Antoinette, Theodore F. Barretta, Mlle. Minnetta and O. H. Kurtz. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 561.

    Notice to circus people from W. F. Kirkhart. I desire to rectify an unreasonable statement sent to the Clipper by the Edgerton Sisters in regard to a circus they imagined they were running. I see they make the statement that they have a circus at the Fair. These people opened with my show here and two days after they were closed, and in no way are they connected with my circus here or ever have been. The following are the people who are with my show and were at the time the Edgertons closed: Geo. Thompson, Frank Oakley, Mrs. Marretta, Harry Wilson, Bell Bros. (Pete and Harry), Eddie Dell, Slackey, Little Olda (contortionist), Manulita(?) (Spanish dancer), Little Antoinette, Theo. F. Barretta (clown), Mlle. Minnetta (iron jawed lady), ?. H. Kurtz, Dick Ritchie. W. F. Kirkhart, Prop'r. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 568.

    Circus property wanted, suitable for wagon show circus. Property of all kinds, wagons, harness, trained ponies, dogs, goats and monkeys, band suits and wardrobe. Address W. F. Kirkhart, Lacona, Ia. New York Clipper, December 2, 1893, p. 634.

    1894: There are four circuses wintering in Iowa, vis.: F. J. Taylor's, Bruce L. Baldwin's Railroad Shows, Dick P. Sutton's Railroad Shows and Kirkhart Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.

1894:

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's Great American Circus. Everything is on the ___ at the winter quarters, and a fine show is promised for the coming season. Everything is new. The main top will be 100ft., with two ??ft. middle pieces. Sixty head of horses will pull the show, and the street parade will be a feature. The show takes the road early in May . . . New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 801.

    Wanted, for W. F. Kirkhart's Great American Circus, Museum and Wild West Shows, performers in all branches of the business, a strong female act, leapers, tumblers, acrobats, rope dancers, impaling act, singing and talking clown, cowboys, Indians, rifle shots(?). Also sideshow and concert pepole, boss canvas man, property, seat and chandelier men, 4, 6, and 8 horse drivers, musicians for band and orchestra, agent to take charge of the advance. If you expect an engagement with the only World Fair Circus make your salary to suit the times. Sideshow and candy stants to rent. Address W. F. Kirkhart, Lacona, Ia. P.S. Will buy small troupe of dogs. . . . New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 812.

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's Great American Circus, Museum and Wild West Shows. The show has changed the place for the opening day and will open in Des Moines, Ia., for three days early in May. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 87.

    Wanted, for W. F. Kirkhart's Great American circus, Museum and Wild West Shows, a few more musicians, a leader, E cornet, double first violin; B cornet, tuba and ___ trombone; also talking and singing clown, to double on snare drum. Address W. F. Kirkhart, Lacona, Ia. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 94.

    Call. All people engaged for season of 1894 with W. F. Kirkhart's Great American Circus, Museum and Wild West Shows, report at Lacona, Ia., May 8(?). Would like to hear from a good rifle shot and a few all 'round performers. Address W. F. Kirkhart, Lacona, Ia. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 128.

    Notes from the W. F. Kirkhart Great American Circus. We don't lay any claims to having the largest show on earth, but we do claim to have everything new. . . . We carry fifty head of as fine stock as could be seen with any show, with twenty-___ wagons, besides three advance wagons. J. Andrews is agent and contractor with six assistants, first advance; H.(?) Haravey, who handles the daily programme with four assistants, conduct the second advance; and L. B. Kendall(?), programmer with two assistants, is in charge of the third advance. Roster: W. F. Kirkhart, sole owner and manager; A. S. Kirkhart, treasurer; George Ries(?) equestrian director; J. F. Kirkhart, steward; George Day(?), boss canvasman with sixteen assistants; S. A. Kirkhart, boss hostler with twelve assistants; Joe Bullinger(?), musical director with eleven musicians . . . Tom Fuller, boss property man with three assistants . . . and Charley Calhoun, cook with two assistants. Performers: . . . Charles Whiting, Sam Golden . . . Royers Family, four in number . . . Lottie West, Miller and Fay, Buckskin Bill, Montana George . . . The annex is managed by C.(?) E.(?) Jordan, with ten people. We open our season May 14(?) at Lacona, Iowa. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.

    W. F. Kirkhart's Great American circus is billed for Rock Valley July 21. They are said to be comprised wholly of faikers and other confidence people and it would be as well to give them a wide berth and unchain the faithful house dog. Register (Rock Valley, IA), July 6, 1894.

    The Kirkhart show which gave an exhibition here last Saturday was rather on the bum order. It was at The Register prediced in its last issue. They advertised a wild west show as a free exhibition and other marvelous feats would be performed on horseback. They did not even have a horse ring in the circus. The actors and helpers were an uncouth lot of dagoes and made themselves very obnoxious around the hotel and elsewhere. One of them called at The Register office and desired the editor to apologize for saying they were a snide. He did not receive what he called for. The proprietor also was a caller and was bery gentlemanly in conversation and appearance and insisted on our taking half a dozen complimentary tickets which were declined with thanks. The Register is not to be bought for a few complimentary tickets and will not sell its advertising space for half price. Hereafter all traveling shows will pay the regulation rates are [sic] not receive any notices in this paper. Register (Rock Valley, IA), July 27, 1894.

    Mr. Roy Emms, having filled his summer engagement with the Kirkhart Circus Co., returned to Perry on Thursday of last week. Roy will remain only for a short time before joining out again for the winter season. Bulletin (Perry, IA), August 18, 1894.

    W. F. Kirkhart of Kirkhart's Circus, visited in the city, yesterday, with R. M. Harvey. It is probable that this circus will organize and will open the season of 1895, in this city. Chief (Perry, IA), October 5, 1894.

    The W. F. Kirkhart Great American 25 cent Railroad Shows will be in Perry Thursday and Friday, May 2nd and 3rd. Like all other shows this circus only stops one day in such places as Boone, Marshalltown, etc., but this being its opening and place of organization, it is customary to remain two days. The performance lasts two hours and a half. . . . The fine Military Band of 20 solo artists will give a concert preceeding each performance. Excursion rates have been made by the Rock Island and Milwaukee roads, and the indications are that there will be an immense crowd on those days. Full particulars in next week's Bulletin. Bulletin (Perry, IA), April 17, 1894.

1895:

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's Great American Circus, Museum and Wild West Shows. The show will take to the road about May 4 and will play most of the same territory as last season. Principal features will be the same as last season. M. Clifford, contracting agent, is getting out new designs of special paper, and we will open prepared to meet the hard times. The giant horse will be the feature of the sideshow. Hereafter the winter quarters will be Des Monies, Iowa, where we will have winter quarters built this season. The Lozelles have signed, their second season with the show. They are no win Des Moines, practicing a new double breakaway perch act. Roger Lozelle will be equestrian director. New York Clipper, February 23, 1895, p. 815.

    Kirkhart Show notes. M. Clifford, contracting agent of W. F. Kirkhart's Great Columbia Exposition, Circus and Menagerie, has contracted with the Enterpirse Printing Co., of Cleveland, Ohio, for a large amount of new design of streamers and pictorial stand work. The show will open at Perry, May 4. The advance will have three bill wagons, painted in cream and gold colors, neckled plated harness, with plumes and side banners for the horses, and a steel rim spring buggy, drawn by two Arabian ponies. The show will lhave a 90ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces; menagerie, a 70ft. round top with two thirty middle pieces; a 40ft. round top dressing room tent, a stable tent, a 30x60 dining tent. New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 831.

    Roster of W. F. Kirkhart's Great American Railroad Circus: W. F. Kirkhart and R. M. Harvey, proprietors and managers; A. S. Kirkhart, treasurer; Sam A. Garber, railroad contractor; M. Clifford, general agent; Don M. O'Connell, press agent; Ben Fogle, boss bill poster with six assistants; Hal Burton, second brigade with two assistants; Rodger Lazelle, equestrian director; Herr Drayton, Harry Leonard, Brothers Lozelles (Harry, Sherman and Rodger), Owen and Sunlin, A. M. Bybee, Edger Geyer, Julia Geyer, the Irvings, Josie Dorr and her educated dogs and ponies, C. E. Jordan, Frankie Jordan, military band of twenty pieces; George Day, boss canvasman with ten assistants; George Warner, boss ostler with four assistants; William Day, boss property man with three assistants; Al Roadhouse, head cook with two assistants; J. M. Murphy, master of transportation; William Washington, car porter; Silly Billy, stage dancer; Madam Garrison, long-haired woman; Prof. Hart and Mlle Bessie. We open May 2 at Perry, Iowa. W. F. Kirkhart goes East in a few days to purchase two more cars and other show property. New York Clipper, March 23, 1895, p. 35.

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's Great American R. R. Circus. No privileges are permitted with the show. Correct roster: W. F. Kirkhart and R. M. Harvey, proprietors; W. F. Kirkhart, manager; R. M. Harvey, asst. manager; A. S. Kirkhart, treasurer; William Dorr, equestrian director; Herry Drayton, Carl Cretoe, Wm. Josie and Ernie Dorr, Roger Lozelle, Miles Anderson, Edgar Geyer, Julia Geyer, Lon Bybee, Mons. Levelji(?), Charles E. Jordan, Frankie Jordan, Sherman Kirkhart, Bybee Bros., three Lorelle Bros., Jas. E. Black, concert director, with Bertina Leslie, Mons. Levelji, the Jordans, Anderson Bros., and the leaping horse "Hurricane." Charles E. Jordan, manager sideshow; E. W. Jordan, ticket seller; Chief Debro and wife, J. R. Hill, Silly Billy, King Samosa, William Washington, Little Daisy, Jennette, Mrs. C. E. Jordan. Prof. A. P. Rainsburg, conductor of big show band, with Robert Adkins . . . Herman Schimitt, Albert Schmitt, F. C. Kendall, D. A. Martin, N. B. Martin, M. Long, Lon Lender, Harry McGriff and J. R. Hill. Al Martin, leader of sideshow band, with Nat McCollough, James Brown, Ollie White, Al Wilson, Bert Ferguson, William Murray . . . George Day, in charge of canvas with twelve assistants; William Dell, in charge of stock with eight assistants; Charles White, chandeliers, with two assistants; Bob Smith, ringmaker . . . Al Rhodehouse, head cook with three assistants; Ed Rock, head waiter with three assistants . . . Advance: M. Clifford, general contracting agent; Hal Burton, in charge of advance car No. 1 with ten men. New York Clipper, June 8, 1895, p. 212.

    The W. F. Kirkhart 25 cent railroad circus that is to be exhibited in Waterloo June 25 is an Iowa show, being conducted by representative business men of Des Moines and Perry, and comes well recommended as being strictly moral and first class in every way. Waterloo Daily Courier (Waterloo, IA), June 14, 1895, p. 8.

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's R. R. Circus. Prof. A. P. Rainsburg has taken charge of our band and has increased the band to twenty pieces. Carl Cretoe is making a success of his novel head and hand balancing act. James E. Black is manager of the concert. New York Clipper, June 15, 1895, p. 228.

    Herr Drayton, the cannon ball juggler, is one of the strong features of the Kirkhart circus. Master Ervine Dorr, the 5 year old rider does a wonderful act. The troupe of ponies are the finest in the business. A 50 cent performance for 25 cents, June 25. Waterloo Daily Courier (Waterloo, IA), June 17, 1895, p. 5.

    W. E. [sic] Kirkhart's Circus will pitch their tents in our city on the 26th. Kirkhart's 25 cent circus as showed here last Thursday, was a fine show, and gave universal satisfaction. There was one noticeble feature and that was they were free from "skin" games or fakirs of any kind, and were as pleasant and gentlemanly a set of men as we have ever met. Their performance was first class and their "traps" and accouterments would do credit to any larger show. Master Ernie Dorr the 5 year old rider, is a perfect little wonder. "Cretos" balancing on the high trapeze and Lozelle Bros. on the horizontal bars as the finest ever seen in Boone. Herr Drayton does a most wonderful act with cannon balls. The Gyess in their new sensational act made a great hit, in fact each and every act was worthy of special mention. Boone Iowa, Advocate. Semi-Weekly Gazette (Cedar Rapids, IA), Tuesday, June 18, 1895, n.p.n.

    The W. F. Kirkhart 25c circus carry a band of 20 pieces and give a concert of one-half hour before the show. Kid Kendall, the world's famous baritone soloist, is with this show. Waterloo Daily Courier, June 19, 1895,p. 7.

    The W. F. Kirkhart circus that comes here June 25, does not claim to be the largest show on the road, but it claims to be the neatest, cleanest and best 25 cent show in America. They have no red wagons to put in a parade, but give their show under canvas. Iowa State Reporter (Waterloo, IA), June 20, 1895, n.p.n.

    Notes from Kirkhart's Railroad Circus. Al and Dan Baker joined at McGregor, Iowa, and are a success in the concert. Among the features in the big show are the Jordans, rifle and pistol shots; the Two Geyers, Egyptian jugglers and running globe . . . Josie Door, performing dogs; little Ernie Door, menage; Wm. Door, four horse act; Roger Laselle, principal triple bar performer . . . Our tumbling line is strong, led by Geyer and Bybee, double somersault leapers . . . James E. Black is featured in the concert. New York Clipper, June 22, 1895, p. 245.

    W. F. Kirkhart's circus, which showed in our city last Wednesday, . . . Herr Drayton . . . handled fifty pound cannon balls as easily as a pitcher would a base ball. The acting on the horizontal bars was the finest we have ever seen . . . the slack wire walker, ladder balancing act, trained dogs and other acts too numerous to mention all went to make up a first-class exhibition. Mr. Kirkhart said they would show in this city next season and expected to have several cages of animals. They drew a large crowd both afternoon and evening. John Jeffers has accepted an offer to travel with the Kirkhart circus and left with them last Wednesday night. "Hunk" Thomas was also hired by Mr. Kirkhart to pose in the sideshow as a giant. "Fatty" Beeson and Al. Wescott also joined the organization as canvas men. Semi-Weekly Gazette (Cedar Falls, IA), Friday, June 28, 1895, n.p.n.

    W. F. Kirkhart and R. M. Harvey, the proprietors and managers of the W. F. Kirkhart's 25c Circus, are both business men of Des Moines and Perry, Iowa. W. F. Kirkhart's great American 25c R. R. Circus, that exhibits in Emmetsburg July 19, is the same show that was here last August and gave such a nice, clean show. Emmetsburg Democrat (Emmetsburg, IA), Wednesday, July 17, 1895, n.p.n.

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's R. R. Circus. Harry Streif, singing clown, joined us at Sioux City, Iowa, July 11. Roger Lazelle, principal bar performer, is practicing aerial bars for next season. The Geyers are doing a running globe act. . . . New York Clipper, July 20, 1895, p. 307.

    The Kirkhart circus, which was in Emmetsburg Friday, . . . The band, under the direction of Prof. A. P. Rainsburg . . . Emmetsburg Democrat (Emmetsburg, IA), Wednesday, July 24, 1895, n.p.n.
    Edgar Geyer informs us that the following people have closed with W. F. Kirkhart's Great American Circus to accept other engagements: M. L. Clifford, Sam A. Garber, Edgar Geyer, Julia Geyer, Geo. Irving, Mamie Irving, Myles Anderson, al Baker, Dan Baker, Major Littlefinger and wife, Chief Debro and wife, Frank Long, Chas. Martin and Alf Bailey. New York Clipper, August 3, 1895, p. 341.

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's Show. We are now in Minnesota. Mr. Harvy, business manager, has been in Minneapolis making arrangements for us to show there. Mr. Murdock, with the trained steer, joined at Austin, Minnesota. . . . Jack Beck has added another man to his side show band. Jakie Hebbin, trombone, was called home to Des Moines, Iowa, due to the death of his father. New York Clipper, August 3, 1895, p. 341.

    The following people have also closed with the W. F. Kirkhart Circus: Edgar Geyer, Harry Seers, Frank Coley, Sam Geisinger, Geo. Geisinger, Wm. Dell, Chas. Kendall . . . New York Clipper, August 10, 1895, p. 355.

    Kirkhart Show notes. W. F. Kirkhart wishes to correct the statement by Mr. Geyer. All the people that have left the show have been closed by the manager, as their acts were not strong enough. Twenty other names could be added to that list that have been closed so far this year. Our business in Minneapolis has not been bery good. We have about two weeks yet in Minneaplis, then we will be back in Iowa. Prof. A. P. Rainsburg, bandmaster, closed in Minneapolis to open his own company. Roster of the band: Prof. H. W. Rossman, leader; F. C. Nasal, Herbert McGregor, I. B. Duncan and Al Norton, cornets; Harry Franklin, Jack Guest(?) and A. D. Martin, altos; Carl Cretoe, Mell Long, H. R. Harrman and J. Hebbelu, trombones; Cal Davenport, baritone; S. J. Trew, bass; Charlie Richards, tuba; J. M. Erwin, Robt. Adkins and Herman Schmitt, clarionets; Albert Schmitt, piccolo; Jack Beck, drum and traps, and Harry McGriff, bass drum. New York Clipper, August 17, 1895, p. 371.

    Notes from W. F. Kirkhart's Show. We continue through Minnesota. Wm. Dorr, equestrian director, has been sick for a week, but is around the dressing room again. Mr. Harvey, business manager, has returned from Chicago, Illinois, where he made several railroad contracts. New York Clipper, August 24, 1895, p. 386.

    Mrs. Lizzie Kirkhart requests us to state that she has permanently withdrawn all her interests from the Kirkhart Circus and has opened a millinery store in Bloomington, Illinois. New York Clipper, August 24, 1895, p. 386.

    W. F. Kirkhart's Circus closed at Centreville, Iowa, September 20. New York Clipper, October 5, 1895, p. 489.

    W. F. Kirkhart, proprietor of a circus bearing his name, committed suicide in the Windsor Hotel, King City, Missouri, by taking arsenic. He left a note stating that he was tired of life, as he had experience more domestic troubles and business reverses than he could bear. Mr. Kirkhart's show collapsed Sept. 20, at Centreville, Iowa, and most of the property was destroyed by workingmen about the show. New York Clipper, October 12, 1895, p. 505.

1896:

    The City. Chattel Mortgage. W. F. Kirkhart to L. D. Gamble, for $295.47 on his circus outfit. Daily Iowa Capital (Des Moines, IA), Monday, April 20, 1896, p. 5.

    W. F. Kirkhart, of circus fame, has consolidated his circus with Ryan's Great Eastern Shows, and the two thus combined makes the strongest and best popular priced exhibition on the road. Last year the Kirkhart show gave a first class performance, and their agent, Mr. Benton, informs us that the show is new in all departments for the season of '96 . . . in Perry on May 12. . . . Among the notable stars of Kirkhart & Ryan's Great American 25c Rail Road Circus, are Samuel Burt, the famous Skerbeck family, 6 in number; the great Lazell Bros.; Jim Black, the legless wonder; Manda & Clara, the india rubber girls; the Mogne Bros.; the Alpine trio . . . [There is an ad on this page] Perry Bulletin (Perry, IA), April 30, 1896, n.p.n.

    . . . Des Moines . . . Five new cars have been purchased for the accommodation of the big show while on the road. During all of next week this big amusement place will give performance at the corner of Fourth and Grand avenue and the fact that they carry with them 110 people . . . no gamblers or grafters . . . remarkable balancer, Samuel Burt, . . . was a great attraction for three weeks with the Ringling Bros. show in Chicago. This man does some really wonderful and mysterious work up the ladder . . . the wonderful Skerbeck family, composed of eight of the finest aerialists . . . Kirkhart & Ryan which opens its season with a week's engagement, commencing Monday . . . Admission, 20 cents, children, 10 cents. Des Moines Daily News (Des Moines, IA), Saturday, May 2, 1896, p. 4.

    Kirkhart & Ryan's big shows opened the season . . . in Des Moines . . . A street parade at noon today drew a large crowd to the tent for the afternoon performance. . . . Des Moines Daily News (Des Moines, IA), Monday, May 4, 1896, p. 3.

    Kirkhart and Ryan's big one ring circus . . . The Siebel brothers are unequalled and supreme in their starling gound tumbling acts . . . Cereton(?), greatest living contortionist and Millie Montrose, undisputed queen of the air. . . . Des Moines Daily News (Des Moines, IA), Wednesday, May 6, 1896, p. 1.

    The Kirkhart & Ryan Circus company gave some good entertainments yesterday afternoon and evening in this city. Cedar Rapids Evening Gazette, Saturday, May 16, 1896, p. 2.

    Kirkhart and Ryan's circus was attached at Perry on a $2,000 claim, and it is uncertain whether it will get out of its troubles and continue its curcuit [sic]. The attachment was levied by a Des Moines bank which had advanced it money. The circus has been sold to Conrad Paul of Des Moines, who expects to get it on its feet. Gazette (Cedar Falls, IA), May 19, 1896, n.p.n.

    People expected to see a lively legal tilt when the attachment case of Wallace against Kirkhart & Ryan came up. But they were disappointed. Conrad Paul, who claims to own the outfit, came up Tuesday with his attorney and secured a dissolution of the attachment on the ground that Kirkhart was a resident of Polk county, and therefore the officers of Dallas county were without jurisdiction. Perry Bulletin (Perry, IA), May 21, 1896, p. 1.

    On account of the washout on the Milwaukee Kirkhart & Ryan's circus was forced to lay over in Dubuque, arriving here at an early hour this morning. They have decided to show here this afternoon and evening, as announced elsewhere. Dubuque Herald (Dubuque, IA), Tuesday, May 26, 1896, p. 8.

    Late news from Dubuque. Dubuque, May 27. . . . Passengers from North McGregor state that the bodies . . . of six canvasmen attached to Kirkhart & Ryan's circus. The canvasmen had been at South McGregor, and as everything connected with the circus had been made ready for the going of the company to Winona, six men went up to North McGregor and entered a box car and they were caught there when the storm came. . . . Kirkhart & Ryan are here from McGregor. They have no record giving the names or addresses of thier six canvasmen drowned at North McGregor, and their identity will probably never be known. Fifteen minutes delay in switching a train is all that saved the circus outfit and sixty people with it from destruction. Davenport Leader (Davenport, IA), Wednesday, May 27, 1896, p. 1.

    Kirkhart & Ryan's circus . . . There are seventy-five persons connected with the show and they use a special train. . . . Several gentlemen connected with the circus, among whom are J. E. Black, the press agent, and Mr. Sherman, representing Hamlin's Wizard Oil . . . Dubuque Herald (Dubuque, IA), Wednesday, May 27, 1896, p. 8.

    Among the many unfortunates in the recent storm near McGregor, were seven of the canvasmen connected with the Kirkhart & Ryan Circus. The storm caused considerable damage to the show, but the loss was immediately made good, and the circus has not lost a day, but is showing to good audiences through northern Iowa at the present time. The bodies of the canvasmen were recovered and properly taken care of by the managers of the show. Semi-Weekly Gazette (Cedar Falls, IA), Friday, May 29, 1896, n.p.n.

    People who attended the circus last night . . . given an entertainment that equalled many exhibitions . . . Mr. Frank Kirkhart, the manager, has personal control . . . It is an old-fashioned circus . . . Marshalltown Times. Semi-Weekly Gazette (Cedar Falls, IA), June 5, 1896, p. 1.

    Kirkhart & Ryan's circus is at Cedar Falls, Tuesday, June 16, the same day Ringling Bros. visit Waterloo. Iowa State Reporter (Waterloo, IA), June 12, 1896, n.p.n.

    The bill board war among the circus men will soon be given new life by the arrival of the advance guard of two aggreations in addition to those already announced. The Blackman & Mackey show will be here June 17 and Kirkhart & Ryan on the 25th. This will give Waterloo three shows within ten days. Waterloo Daily Courier (Waterloo, IA), June 12, 1896, p. 5.

    The Kirkhart & Ryan show changed their route and will probably not pitch their canvas in Waterloo. The Blackman & Mackey circus will also give us the go by. Waterloo Daily Courier (Waterloo, IA), June 17, 1896, p. 8.

    Waterloo is at present enjoying the luxury of a real circus war. Boards have been erected and bills posted for Ringling Bros., June 16, Kirkhart & Ryan, June 17, Blackman & Mackey, June 25, and Buffalo Bill's, September 27. Two of the aggregations have been billing heavily, and the competition culminated in the destruction of about 400 feet of Buffalo Bills' boards. Arrests will follow. Hull Index (Hull, IA), June 19, 1896, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Austin, Friday, June 26, wait for the World's greatest 25c Railroad Circus, Museum and Wild West Shows. Kirkhart & Ryan's Great American Circus. Parade led by our famous band at 12:30. Daily Herald (Austin, MN), June 19, 1896, n.p.n.

    Manistique, Mich., Aug. 8. The steamer Stewart, with Kirkhart & Ryan's circus on board, went ashore on Wiggin's reef. The south sea has raised a heavy sea and the big waves are going over the stranded boat. Sunday Advocate (Newark, OH), August 9, 1896, p. 1.

    Cleveland, Aug. 8. A special from Manistique, Mich., says: "The steamer Stewart, with Kirkhart & Ryan's circus on board, went ashore on Wiggin's reef. The south sea has raised a heavy sea and the big waves are going over the steamer." The circus was bound for Escanaba, where it was to open Monday. The steamer is in a dangerous place and will be a bad wreck. Manitoba Morning Free Press (Winnipeg, Manitoba), Monday, August 10, 1896, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kit Carson Buffalo Ranch - 1911-14   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-14

• Articles on the Kit Carson show, Thomas F. Wiedeman, owner, with brief summary of the show 1911-14, are online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1963   and Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1963 (scroll down or use find).

1912:

    Kit Carson Buffalo Ranch Wild West Show - Thos. F. Wiedeman, prop. and mgr.; Al. G. Frazee, treas.; C. H. Parker, auditor; Joe C. Donahue, general agent and railroad contractor; Wirt W. Damson, local contractor; H. C. Buckner, special agent; Mark Ardmore, contracting press agent; Dave Detrick, press agent back with show; James W. Beattie, mgr. side show; George W. Donahue, equestrian director; Leo Collins, general supt.; D. T. Bartlett, supt. privileges; Edward R. Moore, musical director; Chester Monahan, supt. reserved seat tickets; Thos. J. Tucker, supt. canvas; Harry Parrish, trainmaster; Johnny Horgan, boss hostler; Loren Neil, supt. commissary dept.; W. H. Daley, supt. lights; Edward Monroe, supt. properties; Wm. Morris, supt. ring stock; Chester Smith, supt. stock; J. B. Rhodes, twenty-four hour agent; Wm. Hays, supt. elephants; Jack Burke, boss carpenter; Muley Wilson, supt. animals; Martin Johnson, blacksmith; James H. Donahue, mgr. advertising car No. 1; Chas. A. Whalon, mgr. advertising car No. 2; Chas. W. Morehouse, checker-up; W. H. Godfrey, legal adjuster; Kenilworth LaChoisser, announcer; Hugh McCullough, steward. Show opens at Harrisburg, Ill., April 1. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    The Kit Carson Buffalo Ranch Shows closed the season at Oblon, Tenn., December 5, and shipped to winter quarters at Harrisburg, Ill. The weather was good up to the last day. Many additions will be made to the show for next season. More than half of the people have been engaged for next season, practically all of the advance. Joe C. Donahue will be general advertising manager and Parson Miller, special agent.
    J. W. Beatty, manager of the side show with Wideman's Kit Carson Wild West, in company with Wm. Harrington, assistant manager, arrived in Chicago recently from Oblon, Tenn., where the show closed its season December 5. Ed L. Brennan had charge of the advance thruout the Southern trip. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1913: James Shropshire and wife, late of Rice Brothers' Show, joined Kit Carson's Buffalo Ranch Wild West at Covington, Tenn., to put on several acts in the side show. Billboard, October 4, 1913, p. 27.

1914: Kit Carson Buffalo Ranch Wild West Show. Thos. F. Wiedemann, proprietor & manager; D. T. Bartlett, asst. manager; C. H. Parker, treasurer; Wm. J. Lester, local contractor; Geo. Foreman, special agent; J. H. Mackay, contracting press agent; A. W. McKenzie, advance press agent; J. H. Donohue, press agent back with show; Arthur Dewar, excursion agent; W. C. O'Neil, manager sideshow; Colorado Cotton, equestrian director; Henry Baker, general supt.; D. T. Bartlett, supt. privileges; Harry G. Armstrong, musical director; John W. Reynolds, supt. reserved seat tickets; Frank Millard, supt. canvas; Chas. Brady, trainmaster; L. Harris, boss hostler; Hugh McCullough, supt. commissary dept.; W. L. Andrews, supt. lights; W. C. Scott, supt. props; Arthur Beeson, supt. ring stock; Joe Hayes, supt. stock; Henry Elam, supt. working crew;; Jack Hazzard, 24-hour agent; Pete Jensen, boss carpenter; Doc Wilcox, supt. animals; J. W. Marks, blacksmith; J. C. Donohue, manager advance car No. 1; M. C. Ardmore, manager advance car No. 2; C. J. Provine, manager advance car No. 3; Harry Montague, checker-up; J. C. Kelly, legal adjuster; Joe Geary, announcer. Show opens at Beasemer, Alabama, March 23. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

• An article on Kit Carson's Buffalo Ranch show, 1911-1914, is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 4-19.

• Thomas F. Wiedemann. Kempton Komedy Co., dramatic troupe, 1892, 12 years; two car wild west show, 1907; Kit Carson Buffalo Ranch show, 1911-14; Barton & Bailey Show, 1915; general agent, carnival company, 7 years; No. 2 W. I. Swain show, half owner, dramatic co., 1923; Pacific Whaling Co., whale exhibit, 1931-32; classic and flags, consolidated schools, 6 years. Died, age 67, at Jackson, Michigan, May 10, 1939. Survivors were his widow, Opal; two sons, one sister. Bandwagon, November-December, 1963, p. 21.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Knight Bros. - 1925, 1931

1925: Knight Bros. Circus, 12 big circus acts. Trained wild and domestic animals, aerial artists, acrobats, clowns. Lucy, the dancing elephant; African black mane lions; Hollis Family, equestrians; the Mells, aerial classics, exponents of physical culture under Spanish or long flying rings; Thelma Thingwood, aerial Japanese ladder; Ubert Trio, knockabout fun factor folks. Kingston Daily Freeman (Kingston, NY), October 14, 1925, p. 8.

• This show was touring in 1931. Bandwagon, September-October, 1983, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1931-34.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Knisely Bros. - 1924

    Knisely Bros. Big 3 Ring Circus will show for one week May 26-31. Although the Knisely Brothers Circus is new in name they are old in the show and circus game. The show will come here Sunday from Richmond, Ind. The show has 115 people and presents 34 circus acts every performance. The Duttons, equestrians, the Riding Rooneys, Madam Nadschue with her European elephant act, and the Five Fearless Flyers, casting act. Piqua Daily Call (Piqua, OH), May 23, 1924, 14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Dell Knowlton's Pavilion Show - 1887

    Advertised for bar performers, outside ascension, cornetist, etc. New York Clipper, June 11, 1887, pp. 199, 206.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kool Aid Circus - 1978

• The show was produced by Eddie Zacchini in 1978. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kretz Bros. - 1922

    Wanted for Kretz Bros.' Overland Circus, performer doing two or more acts, lady preferred. Also boss canvasman, cook and canvasman. Write Frank Kretz, 120 North Tenth St., Reading, Pennsylvania. Billboard, July 1, 1922, p. 60.

    Kretz Bros.' Shows, owned by Frank Kretz, opened April 27, playing through Pennsylvania and New Jersey, and closed at Stevens, Pennsylvania, October 12. Fourteen head of horses and ponies were carried. The show will be enlarged next season. Kretz is putting on a pony show in a Reading (Pa.) department store until Christmas. He will play a few indoor circuses in January. Billboard, December 9, 1922, p. 73.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kristy Bros. Circus - 1991

Jim Nordmark's Kristy Bros. appeared at least at Syracuse, New York in June and dates in Ohio in July. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Krone Circus (Europe)

• Brief information on the show is in Hobby-Swapper, June, 1947, p. 7.

• An article on the 1969 show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1971, pp. 27-32.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Kuhn Circus - 1936   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936-37

    Owner Eddie Kuhn's truck show opened at Argentine, Kansas and folded on July 7, in South Dakota. Dud Lawrence, agent; Slim Brown, Bobby Brown, billing; Bill Snyder, equestrian director; Dutch LaBlair, concessions; Jerry Kerns, bannerman, legal adjuster. Performers were Jack Moore, Clara Moore (Moore Duo), tight wire; Freda La Velda, contortion, trapeze; Ted La Velda, contortion, balancing; Tommy Hayden, clown; Jack Rogers, clown. Doc Ford, sideshow performer; Borghild Ford, aerial, sideshow performer; Russell Hall, animal acts. Tiger Bill's family had the concert with trick roping, whips. Circus Report, December 11, 1972, pp. 5, 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

L

Lafayette Circus - 1838-39   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1837-39

Oscar Stone, noted circus rider, formed a partnership with John Benchley, to launch the Lafayette Circus in December 1837, opening in Commerce, Missouri on December 5. In 1838 the show played Missouri, Illinois, Tennessee and Mississippi. There were at least nine performers, including Peter Coty and Benchley's three-year old son. In 1839 the show toured Florida, Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana. Stone left the show that year and Benchley took the show into Mexico. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 1, pp. 39-40.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

La Grand's - 1889, 1892-93, 1900

1889:

    La Grand's Big Novelty Shows closed season and is now at Winter quarters, Biddeford, Me. I have already started to make preparations for next season. I will start April 30, 1890. Will run menagerie and circus. Am in want of round top, small ponies, mules and donkeys. Address Prof. Nap La Grand, Biddeford, Me. New York Clipper, November 2, 1889, p. 577.

1892:

    Wanted, for La Grand's Big Novelty Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the business, bosses in all departments, and a band of 8 to 10 men. Last season closed Oct. 20(?). Will give preference to people that can work in my big minstrels next winter. Ladies especially wanted for circus season. Address Prof. La Grand, Elm Street, Biddeford, Me. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 175.

1893:

    Le Grand's Circus will take the road early in the season. Ernest Martin has been re-engaged, and will again assume the management of the sideshow, besides doing a double trapeze act with Belle Le Grand. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 718.

1900:

    For sale on account of going to the Paris Exposition with my novelty "Art Work," I will sell my entire circus outfit, consisting of small cages and chariots, band wagon, tent, pony and cart, troupe of dogs. Address Prof. La Grand, Elm St., Biddeford, Me. New York Clipper, March 31, 1900 , p. 114.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lake's - 1863-68, 1871   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1863-1871

1863:

    [Advertisement] Wait for the Big Shows. Lake & Co.'s Great Western Circus! The star troupe of 1863 and composed of all the known talent, respectability and excellence in the equestrian profession. The following well-known stars have been engaged at an immense advance of salary, from the elite of other circus companies, and will appear in the grand exhibition. Among the most prominent features of this unexcelled troupe are: Little Alice, the beautiful and fascinating equestrienne, the best and only female rider in the world who has accomplished backward riding. Madame Agnes, who will introduce her celebrated and highly trained, thorough-bred horse, Johnster, in an act entitled La Menage, or a lesson for ladies.
    La Belle Jeannette, the beautiful sylph of the circle. La Petite Emma, in her patriotic songs & speeches. Madame Agnes, in her beautiful and graceful act on the slack wire, excelled by none. Mr. E. W. Perry, the celebrated two and four horse rider. Mr. H. Marks, the Byronic clown & scenic rider. Mast. Thomas Perry, the daring bare-back and hurdle rider. Mr. William Lake, the greatest wit, satirist & clown of the age. Lazelle Brothers, in their thrilling and beautiful acts of groupings, La trapeze, L'Escheel Perilleuse, etc.
    W. Lester, the best contortionist extant, whose feats have astonished even the oldest artists. C. Cloney, the great modern gymnast. The African flying trick mule introduced by Mr. Lake. The performing horse, "Don Juan," introduced and performed by Miss Lake. The "Great Wester" Silver Cornet and String Band will execute at each exhibition. L. J. North, maanger. Will exhibit at Fort Wayne, Saturday, Sept. 12, 1863. Tickets 50 cts. Children 25 cts. Also at Huntington Friday, Sept. 11. Bluffton, Monday, 14; Warren, Tuesday, 15; Marion, Wednesday, 16. Dawson's Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), September 4, 1863, n.p.n.

• 1863: is online at:
Clipper, May 30,   Clipper, June 6,   Clipper, June 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 20,   Clipper, October 3,   Clipper, October 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 17,   Clipper, October 24,   Clipper, November 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 5,   Clipper, December 12,   Clipper, December 19 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, February 13,   Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, April 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 28,   Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, July 16 (scroll down)

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, March 25,   Clipper, April 22,   Clipper, May 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 27,   Clipper, June 24,   Clipper, July 1 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 15,   August 5,   Clipper, September 9,   Clipper, October 13 (scroll down)

1866:

    [Advertisement] Lake's Hippoolympian and Mammoth Circus. The great modern organization of ancient magnificence and oriental splendor, organized for 1866-7. Grand moving panorama of costly specimens of American manufactured chariots, cars, vans, carriages of Grecian and Athenian models, constructed by American workmen. The mammoth show will be announced by the grand procession and operatic music of the Buffalo Silver Cornet Band, led by Prof. Emil Wahle, drawn in the triumphal Dolphin Car, emblazoned with gold and bronze, representing Neptune's Imperial Personage, attended by earthly mortals mounted on thorough-bred horses, arranged as Persian cavalry and knights of two hundred years ago, escorted by the entire oriental retinue of brilliant equipages.
    The department of entertainment constitutes the most brilliant stars, introducing gymnastic, equestrian and tournament exercises, of the ancient and modern school of amusements. Five star riders, three popular clowns. The most beautiful female equestrienne living, M'lle Alice, prima of equestrienns, Mad. Agnes, queen of the menage, M'lle Emma, fairy of terpsichere, Mast. Willie, bare back equestrian, Frank Lee, champion vaulter, John Wilson, intrepid four horse rider, Harry Bernard, California hurdle rider, Monste Brothers, excelsior haulon compere, Wm. Costello, maitre de cheval, John Lowlow, popular conversationalist, Mons. Monste, French trick clown, Clark Gibbs, American local jester.
    This stupendous enterprise is under the special management of the veteran humorist, William Lake, who, at each entertainment, will introduce the Spanish spotted mule, Don Carlos, the thorough-bred dancing horses, White Cloud and Spot Beauty, the imported German trick horse, Zadd, from Rener's Royal Circus, Berlin, Prussia, and the highly trained ponies, Romeo and Juliet.
    Two grand performances at 1 and 7 o'clock. Will exhibit in all the principal cities and towns in the State during the season. Admission, 50 cents. Children under ten years, 25 cents. Centralia, Saturday, August 11th; Ashley, Friday, 10th; Tamaroa, Thursday, 9th. Remember day and date, and see the grand parade, one mile in length. This feature of oriental splendor is beyond all former features of splendor and magnificence. The procession will form at 10 o'clock. Centralia Sentinel (IL), August 2, 1866, n.p.n.

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, March 31,   Clipper, May 26,   Clipper, June 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 7,   Clipper, August 4,   Clipper, August 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 13,   Clipper, November 3 (scroll down)

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, April, no date,   Clipper, May 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 25,   Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, June 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 22,   Clipper, June 29,   Clipper, July 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 26,   Clipper, November 16,   Clipper, December 21 (scroll down)

• 1867: Lake's Hippo-Olympiad and Mammoth Circus played Kansas in September 1867. Their "department of entertainment" had gymnastic, equestrian and tournament exercises, featuring riders, clowns and a beautiful equestrienne, Madam Agnes Lake.
    Mrs. Agnes Lake, manager; Dan Rhodes, asst. manager; B. M. Stevens, advertising; John Burt, agent; James Bailey, asst. agent; William Lake, Alice Lake, Emma Lake, Master Willie, Cordelia Lake, Wm. Sparks, King family (8 women, 2 men), Wm. Smith, Wm. Nichols, Hiram Marks, Sheller Bros.; Emil Wahle, bandleader. Bandwagon, July-August, 2009, p. 11.

1868:

    [Advertisement] Lake's Hippo-Olympiad and Mammoth Circus. The largest and best company traveling, comprising over 200 men and horses. All bare-back riders. New feats and new features. Equestrian, acrobatic and dramatic performances, all combined in one great show. Will exhibit on Tremont Block, positively for four days only, commencing Wednesday evening, January 8th. On and after Thursday, two performances each day at 2 and 7 o'clock.
    This stupendous enterprise is under the special management of the veteran humorist, William Lake, better known as the creole clown, who at each entertainment will introduce the Spanish spotted mule "Don Carlos." The thorough-bred dancing horses, White Cloud, Spot Beauty & Apollo. The imported trick horse "Zadd," from Beners Royal Circus, Berlin, Prussia, and the highly trained ponies "Romeo and Juliet." Admission $1.00. Children under ten years, 50. Remember, this establishment will not split or divide, but the entire company will be on hand on the days and date advertised, and will visit all the principal towns in Texas. R. S. Dingess. [Note: Haight & Chamber's Circus advertisement was on the same page, to show on January 9-11.] Galveston Daily News (TX), January 7, 1868, n.p.n.

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, January 24,   Clipper, February 1,   Clipper, February 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, April 11,   Clipper, April 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 16,   Clipper, July 18,   Clipper, August 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 24,   Clipper, November 21 (scroll down)

1871:

    [Advertisement] Madame Lake's Hippo-Olympiad and Mammoth Circus, under the management of the celebrated equestrienne, Mad. Agnes Lake. Fort Wayne, one day only, Wednesday, April 19th, '70. Mlle. Emma Lake, premier equestrienne. Levi J. North, the finest rider the world has produced. John Saunders, athlete. Geo. W. Richards, Mankin and Williams. The dancing horse, "Lone Star." The performing pony, "Young Emir," introduced and performed by Miss Emma Lake. Richardo Bros., Spanish gymnasts and acrobats. Master Orin, boy rider. Miss Miller, flying sunbeam of the arena. Madame Agnes, introducing her Andalusian thorobred. Johnny Davenport, clown. Ned Aynsley, trick clown. Miller & Trainor, double somersaultists and leapers. The equestrian dog "Curley" on the back of a horse while coursing at full speed around the arena, leaping over banners, through balloons, somersaulting, piroquetting, &c.
    A grand balloon ascension, under the supervision of Prof. Miles, will take place daily from the circus lot, an immense air ship, when inflated ninety feet in height, in which Prof. Miles will ascend each day at one o'clock p.m. Each evening will be presented a dramatization of Lord Byron's poem of Mazeppa, or the Wild Horse of Tartary. Mme. Agnes in her original role of Mazeppa, supported by the equestrian acror, R. E. Miles, and a full dramatic company. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. Fort Wayne Daily Gazette (IN), April 10, 1871, n.p.n.

    Circus and Menagerie Sale. From the Cincinnati Enquirer, Nov. 16. The stud of horses belonging to Madame Lake's circus, together with Col. Ames' menagerie, was sold at public auction on the 15th of November. The old rink building on Freeman street, opposite Lincoln park, at nine o'clock the showmen began to arrive, and by ten the crowd was large enough to proceed with the sale. Prominent among the crowd were seen Mr. J. M. French, of the Great American circus, which bears his name; the veteran John Ames, father of the "Colonel," whose animals were on the bills; Mr. J. E. Warner, of Warner & Co.'s menagerie and circus; Mr. J. T. Johnson, whose Hyppo-something-or-other is now in Covington; Mr. J. E. Cooper, of Hemmings & Cooper's show; Mr. Lewis Sells, who is just commencing business at Columbus, Ohio, and our own great and only John Robinson.
    The sale commenced with the horses and ponies - Madame Lake's property. The first two or three animals were both good and fast, but not "show" horses. They were bought by persons who withdraw them to the humdrum labors of private life. The first one sold to enter another establishment was a pie-bald mare named "Mollie," which has been used for entrees by Madame Lake during the season just closed. She was started at fifty dollars, and finally reached one hundred and two dollars and a half. J. T. Johnson was the purchaser. Next came a pretty little bay pony, deficient in show training, but a nice little plaything. He was knocked off at fifty-seven dollars. Next came a pony, "Mollie Bawn," a little spotted creature. She was absolutely slaughtered at forty-seven dollars, the last named gentleman becoming her owner. Another pony, a coal-black one, "Dollie," was sold to a Mr. Chapman for forty dolalrs. Still another, a scrawny-looking one of dun complexion, broken for a two horse act in the ring, brought ninety dollars, Mr. E. S. Clark being the purchaser. Last among the ponies was a trick animal, who appeared in a two-pony act, brought forty-seven dollar, knocked off to Mr. J. T. Johnson.
    Pony stock appeared to be under a cloud as far as prices were concerned, and when they came to the trained horses - "padded" stock - there was not much improvement. "Charlie," the gray gelding that Mrs. Armstrong used to ride with so much spirit - an animal worth $560 - was sold for $147.50, while "White Cloud," his mate, a finer animal, brought but $130. Another trick mare was knocked off at $190, Mr. J. T. Johnson being the purchaser of all three. The Morgan stallion, "Sultan," partly trained and a magnificent animal, was sold to Mr. Upholl for $200. The spotted stallion, "Wm. Lake," on which the "Mazeppa" is usually produced, was withdrawn on account of his precarious health.
    The roadsters whose appearance in the cavalcade was the only evidence of their connection with the show, were for the most part bought by private individuals, and brought better prices, ranging from $50, the price paid for a young filly by Mr. James W. Fitzgerald, to $1,000, at which an Abdallah colt was sold to a Mr. Barnes. This closed the sale of horses.
    In the afternoon the auctioneer announced that the first thing to be sold were two camels, a dam and her baby. Bidding was lively, and they were soon knocked off at 430 for the pair, to Mr. Cooper, of Hemmings & Cooper. Then another camel - a larger one - was sold to Mr Sells of Columbus for $410. The last and biggest became the property of John Robinson, he disbursing a $500 note therefor. Next the elephant named Bismark. He was started at $1,000, but soon reached $2,700, knocked off to Mr. Ames. A grizzly bear together with a cage in which he was kept was next put up. He was finally sold to Mr. Sells for $325. A cage of brilliant-plumaged tropical birs, together with the wagon, was sold to Mr. Cooper for $300.
    The "Happy Family," a quintet of four monkeys and a smooth 'coon, realized the sum of $135, to John Robinson. Four lions cubs were next sold to Mr. Sells for $860, an average of $125 per cub. Next came three Mexican lions, which brought $1,100, Mr. French becoming the owner. A lioness and her two ten weeks' old cubs were knocked off to Mr. Ames at $385. The same gentleman became the purchaser of lions, a mother and four cubs, at $320. Then the masculine lions. John Robinson was the first purchaser, and got his animal for $660. Another similar animal was sold at the same price to Mr. J. A. Warner, late of the Pacific circus, now of Warner Brothers. The last lot sold was the royal Bengal tiger and a royal leopard, both in one cage. Bidding was spirited until it reached $3,900, when they were knocked off to Mr. Ames. This closed the sale. Dubuque Daily Herald (NY), November 22, 1871, p. 1.

• More information on the show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, p. 13.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lake & Lexington's - 1888

    Call, people engaged for Lake & Lexington's Consolidated Shows report with stock at Cumminsville, Ohio, April 30(?). Wanted, an organ player who can do specialty. Also want to buy light ticket wagon and four Shetland ponies. Address Cumminsville, Ohio. New York Clipper, April 7, 1888, p. 64.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lake, Raymond & Co. - 1890

    Wanted, for Lake, Raymond & Co.'s Circus, Menagerie, Museum & Balloon Show, performers in all branches of the circus business, riders with or without their own stock; also band and orchestra. Sideshow and candy stand for sale. Geo. W. Richards, manager, ___ Third Street, Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 320.

    Owensboro, Kentucky. Lake, Raymond & Co.'s Circus came 15, 16, on one day's advance advertising and gave good performance to fair crowds. The show is traveling South by boat. New York Clipper, September 27, 1890.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lambrigger's - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909

    Lambrigger's Wild Animal Show: Gus Lambrigger, proprietor and manager; Doc Waddell, general agent, R. R. contractor and press agent; Ted Galbraith, local contractor, special and excursion agent; R. E. Minturn, manager side show; Julia Lambrigger, treasurer; Moy Kee, maanger commissary dept.; Lew Williams, supt. transportation and canvas; Clyde Lindville, supt. of animals; Willard Meredith, supt. of elephants; Roy McElhaney, supt. of privileges; John Laughlin, supt. of props.; Parson Andres, supt. of stock. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

• 1897: Gus Lambrigger's Museum of Living Curiosities, Collection of Reptiles and Concert Co. We are now in our nineteenth month without closing, shifting from a canvas show to a hall show without losing a performance. Business all winter was very satisfactory, considering the distressed times. Our banner business was in the free silver country, which shows of all kinds avoided. At Omaha we were joined by Mr. and Mrs. W. F. Wallace and the big African python. . . . Next week at Council Bluffs the show again makes an entire change - new advertising material, new paper, new paintings and brand new canvas. Roster: Gus Lambrigger, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Gus Lambrigger, treasurer; Major Chas. Gantz, miniature man; Harry Jones, living skeleton; Mrs. Wallace, impalement act and juggling; W. F. Wallace, openings and lecturer; Prof. Sill A. Paris, comedian and musical moke; Ava Fleur, charge of calliope. New York Clipper, June 19, 1897.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lampe Bros. - 1911-14, 1916   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-1914

1911: Lampe Bros., proprietors; Fred Lampe, manager; Chas. Lampe, treasurer; F. Brewster Smith, general agent; Geo. Bennett, supt. reserved seats; Bill Adams, boss hostler; Pete Williams, supt. canvas; Pete Williams, blacksmith; Billboard, March 18, 1911, pp. 78, 82, 85, n.p.n.

1912:

    Lampe Bros., proprietors; Fred Lampe, manager; Otto W. Lampe, treasurer; Chas. Lampe, equestrian director; John Lampe, press agent back with show; Bert Lampe, supt. privileges; Howard Lutz, boss hostler; Hen Little, supt. lights; Don Lobdell, announcer; Oswald Nesbitt, musical director. Billboard, March 23, 1912, p. 108.

    Lampe Bros.' Shows - Lampe Bros., props.; Fred Lampe, mgr.; Otto W. Lampe, treas.; F. Brewster Smith, general agent; John Lampe, press agent back with show; Chas. Lampe, equestrian director; John Lampe, general supt.; Bert Lampe, supt. privileges; Oswald Nesbitt, musical director; Harry Parker, supt. reserved seat tickets; Blacky Cooper, supt. canvas; Howard Lutz, boss hostler; Lewis Bradley, supt. commissary dept.; Hen Little, supt. lights; John Gilmore, supt. properties; Don Lobdell, announcer. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Lampe Bros.' Newest Shows are now in winter quarters at Absecon, N.J., where their blacksmith shop has been enlarged and another building is in the course of construction. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1913: Lampe Bros. Newest Shows, Lampe Bros., proprietors; Fred Lampe, manager; Otto Lampe, asst. manager; Chas. Lampe, treasurer; F. Brewster Smith, general agent; Geo. Bennett, local contractor; F. Brewster Smith, advance press agent; John Lampe, press agent back with show; Chas. Lampe, equestrian director; Otto Lampe, general supt.; Bert Lampe, supt. privileges; Orvill Nesbit, musical director; Frank Evens, supt. reserved seat tickets; Pete (Bull) Murphy, supt. canvas; Louis ___, supt. commissary dept.; Blackie Lane, supt. lights; Joe Stevens, supt. props; Lew Mulholland, supt. stock; Don Lobdell, announcer. Billboard, March 22, 1913, p. 75.

1914:

    Lampe Bros.' Newest Shows - Lampe Bros., proprietors; Fred Lampe, manager; Otto W. Lampe, assistant manager, treasurer, secretary; F. Brewster Smith, general agent; Geo. Bennett, local contractor; F. Brewster Smith, advance press agent; John Lampe, press agent back with show; Chas. Lampe, equestrian director; John Lampe, general superintendent; Bert Lampe, superintendent privileges; Orville Nesbit, musical director; Fran Evens, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Pete (Bull) Murphy, superintendent canvas; Harry Parker, superintendent commissary department; Blackie Lane, superintendent lights; Sam Spencer, superintendent props; Lew Mullholland [Mullbolland?], superintendent stock; Don Lobdell, announcer. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

    Lampe Bros. Shows. Stirling, New Jersey. In Little Falls we suffered on account of the lot being in a muddy swamp. In Caldwell we had the banner lot of the season, right in the heart of town. We did nicely in Chatham. In New Providence, while doing a teeth hang from the flying trapeze, Harry Smith fell. He received a few scratches. E. H. Little left the advance without warning, and writes that he is in the hospital. We closed the season September 5, in order to prepare for our minstrel show. We will winter at Metschen, New Jersey. - John Lampe New York Clipper, September 12, 1914, p. 11.

1916: Winter quarters, Lampe Bros. Shows, Absecon, New Jersey. New York Clipper, December 20, 1916, p. 35.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

La Mont Bros. - 1901, 1909, 1912-14, 1916-19, 1920, 1922

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-1928

1901:

    LaMont Bros. circus has come and gone. LaMont says Ringling wasn't any bigger when they started out. But if LaMont is going to follow Ringling he will have to get a different business management. The parade was a band, two truck wagons, a clown and a mule. The "grand free exhibition" was postponed to evenng and then omitted entirely. The "reserved seats, only ten cents," were common seat sections with an old tent canvas thrown over them. The clown was neither witty, active nor musical. The slack wire artist was good. The hand balancing was unusually good. The trapeze artist gave a single exhibition of strength but of real trapeze work, nothing at all. All the performers played in the band and when they did it was good, but during the performance the music was furnished by a bass drum, a cornet and a clarinet. As managed it is a dinky outfit. Managed as it might be they could have a nice little show. But when proprietors and actors are canvasmen and teamsters as well it is no wonder they have no time to attend to their legitimate duties. Sioux Valley News (Correctionville, IA), June 6, 1901, n.p.n.

    Des Moines, July 2. In Cambridge the wind took the tent of Lamont Brothers' circus and tore it to pieces. Reno Evening Gazette (Reno, NV), July 2, 1901, p. 1.

1909: Lamont Bros.' Show: C. R. Lamont, proprietor and manager; C. W. Compton, general agent; Jess Rainey, local contractor; G. W. Fergerson, checker-up; C. M. McDowell, manager side show; G. W. Campbell, F. C. Wayne Wright, Lewis Johnson and Sam Owens, billposters. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1912: LaMont Bros.' Show - C. R. LaMont, prop. and mgr.; C. D. Randolph, treas.; H. C. LaMont, auditor; Thos. Alton, general agent; W. S. Randolph, railroad contractor; C. L. Fare, local contractor; D. J. Irwin, contracting press agent; E. Parkerfield, mgr. side show; Harry Randolph, equestrian director; Floyd Feagans, musical director; Grover Huff, supt. canvas; L. Vangreilder, trainmaster; W. H. Smith, boss hostler; L. R. Barber, supt. commissary dept.; Andy Noland, supt. lights; Slim Taylor, supt. properties; Whitey Smith, supt. ring stock; Omer Eddins, supt. elephants; F. Oneal, boss carpenter; Omer Eddins, supt. animals; F. L. James, mgr. advertising car No. 1; Carl Evans, announcer. Show opens at Salem, Ill., May 4. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

1913: La Mont Bros.' Show - C. R. LaMont, proprietor and manager; W. S. LaMont, assistant manager; C. D. Randolph, treasurer; Fred Hayworth, secretary; Harry Gray, auditor; Robt. Taylor, general agent; R. Evans, local contractor; G. R. Reeves, contracting press agent; E. Porterfield, sideshow manager; M. F. Rose, equestrian director; Charley Traylor [sic?], superintendent privileges; V. O. Thompson, musical director; Wm. Randolph, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Happy Warner, superintendent canvas; Lawrence Vanguilder, boss hostler; L. Gray, superintendent commissary department; Andy Nolan, superintendent lights; Slim Reese, superintendent props; Black Vanguilder, superintendent ring stock; Omer Edins, superintendent elephants and superintendent animals; W. White, blacksmith; Henry Wooley, legal adjuster; Charley Randolph, announcer. Show opens at Salem, Ill., May 3. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Lamont Bros.' Show. C. R. LaMont, proprietor & manager; W. S. LaMont, treasurer; Robt. Taylor, general agent; Jas. O'Brien, local contractor; Elmer Porterfield, manager sideshow; Chas. M. Baker, equestrian director; Chas. Taylor, supt. privileges; Otto Chaffin, musical director; Red Jones, supt. reserved seat tickets; Blacky Long, supt. canvas; California Prairie Joe, boss hostler; Whitey Smith, supt. lights; Ed. Gray, supt. props; Joe DuBoise, supt. ring stock; Andy Nold, supt. elephants; Shorty Schmuck, supt. animals; C. D. Randolph, legal adjuster; Abe Earnhart, announcer. Show opens at Salem, Illinois, May 2. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

1916: LaMont Bros.' Show. C. R. LaMont, proprietor and manager; C. D. LaMont, asst. manager; Chas. Randolph, treasurer; H. H. Davenport, secretary; Henry Stevenson, auditor; Clint Vidor, general agent; E. D. Evans, local contractor; Henry Davis, advance press agent; Elmer Porterfield, manager sideshow; L. R. Henderson, equestrian director; Myron Orton, supt. privileges; Ed Vincent, musical director; Orie Traver, supt. canvas; Curley Duffy, boss hostler; Dave Rader, supt. commissary dept.; Andy Nolds, supt. lights; Roscoe Carroll, supt. props; R. E. Smith, twenty-four hour agent; Omer Eddings, supt. elephants and animals; Tom Jefferies, blacksmith. Show opens at Salem, Illinois, April 29. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

1917: LaMont Bros.’ Show - C. R. LaMont, prop. and mgr.; H. H. Davenport, asst. mgr.; C. D. Randolph, treas.; Wm. Randolph, secy.; R. O. Evans, auditor; Robt. Taylor, gen. agt.; Chas. Seymour, local contractor; F. C. Jones, contracting press agt.; Elmer Porterfield, mgr. side-show; Wm. Reno, equestrian dir.; C. D. Randolph, gen. supt.; C. E. Graylor, supt. privileges; E. M. Palmiter, musical dir.; Jes Rainey, supt. reserved seat tickets; Orie Traver, supt. canvas; Curley Robins, trainmaster and boss hostler; H. H. Davenport, supt. commissary dept.; Andy Nolds, supt. lights; R. H. Jacobs, supt. props.; Ray Fields, 24-hour agent; Omer Edins, supt. elephants; Geo. Arnold, boss carpenter; Omer Edins, supt. animals; Harry Rogers, blacksmith; Fred Sims, legal adjuster; Doc Sawyer, announcer; twenty-four wagons. Show opens at Salem, Ill., April 28. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.

1918: Wanted by LaMont Bros.' Shows. Man and wife who do two or more circus acts of any kind. Can also place single man who does two or more circus acts and can fill in clown. Address C. R. LaMont, 521 S. Walnut Ave., Salem, Illinois. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 30.

1919: 1919 La Mont Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

1920: LaMont Bros.' Trained Animal Show: C. R. LaMont, proprietor and manager; Bill LaMont, assistant manager; C. D. Randolph, treasurer; Chas. M. Baker, secretary; Robt. Taylor, general agent and railroad contractor; Robt. Taylor, general agent and railroad contractor; Harry Evans, local contractor; Elmer Porterfield, manager side show; Fred Garner, equestrian director; Charles Alderfer, supt. privileges; Glen Geneva, musical director; Curley Dodson, supt. canvas; Blacky Vangelder, boss hostler; James Johnson, supt. commissary dept.; Andy Nold, supt. lights; Jumbo Green, supt. props.; Omer Eddings, supt. elephants and animals; two cars. Opens at Salem, Ill., May 1. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

1922: LaMont Bros.' Show. C. R. LaMont, proprietor, manager; C. D. Randolph, treasurer; Wm. Thompson, secretary; W. S. ___, general agent' W. P. Evans, local contractor; Elmer Porterfield, manager sideshow; Andy Nold, equestrian director; W. R. Atterbury, supt. privileges; A. J. White, musical director; Frank Latta, supt. canvas; Pat Orr, boss hostler; Raymond Branson, supt. lights; Henry Friend, supt. props; Ernest Haines, supt. elephants; Phillip Sisson, supt. animals; Jim Porterfield, legal adjuster; Henry Davidson, announcer. Opens at Salem, Illinois, May 6. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 247.

• An article on the history of the LaMont Bros. shows, owners Charles R. Randolph and Harry Randolph who used LaMont as their professional name, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 2005, Vol. 49, No. 3, pp. 9-14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Langstaff's - 1892

    On the road, circuses: Langstaff's, Clayton IN Sep 21, Plainfield 22, West Newton 23, Greenwood 24, Acton 26, Fountaintown 27, Charlotsville 28, Willow Branch 29, Kennard 30. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.

    On the road, circuses: Langstaffs, Charlotteville IN Sep 28, Willow Branch 29 . . . New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 473.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

La Pearl's - 1891-94, 1896-97, 1899, 1901   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891-1900

1891:

    Wanted, circus people in all branches to do two or more good turns, or double in brass. Good leader and musicians that double. Want trick mule and pony acts. Stand privilege for rent. . . . Permanent address J. H. La Pearl, Vandalia, Ill. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 124.

    Wanted, circus people. A few more good ___ that do two or more strong turns. State if you can double on drums. Address Manager of Big American Circus, Vandalia, Ill. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 162.

    Wanted, for La Pearl's Big American Show and Congress of Novelties, a few more people in all branches of circus and concert business. Address as per route or permanent address, Vandalia, Ill. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 224.

    Wanted, for La Pearl's Big American 10 and 20 Cent Circus. A good contortionist, talking and singing clown, a song and dance team and other people who do two or more good turns; also want clarionettist and other good musicians. Write per route of wire quick, Olena, ill. June 19(?) and 20(?), Newton 22 and __. Permanent address, Vandalia, Ill. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 261.

    Roster of La Pearl's Twenty-Five Cent Shows. J. H. La Pearl, sole proprietor; W. ?. Jones, equestrian director . . . Ryan and Melville, the Hoddy Bros., the La Pearl Family, Mrs. A. C. Hoddy . . . Signor Parento . . . Burt Fisher, Mrs. Harry La Pearl . . . Prof. W. R. Jones and his wife, R. H. Clair, H. Vandercook, Claude Ross(Rosa?), George Parker . . . Fred Johnson, George Ferguson, F.(?) E. Branson, Charles Poorman, M. Kelly . . . The show is touring Illinois. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.

    The 1891 LaPearl's roster had J. H. LaPearl, owner and manager; William Slaybauh, ticket seller in red wagon; Myron McQuigg, boss hostler; Bill Nave, boss canvasman, and candy man; and George Shilling; properties. The show had 35 people, a 70 foot big top with a 40 foot middle, used star gasoline lights and traveled with seven wagons. W. R. Jones had the privileges. This first season the show traveled 939 miles, showing only in Illinois and Indiana. The show wintered in Crawfordsville, Indiana in 1891-92. White Tops, January-February, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 1-2, p. 8.

1892:

    H. A. Vandercook(?), leader of LaPearl's Circus band, has located at Pana, Ill., for the winter. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 715.

    Wanted, circus people and musicians for La Pearl's 10 and 20c Circus. Must be first class and sober; also good dressers in ring and on street. I want people that spend a portion of their salary for clothes. Want good advance man. On the road five months last season and not one person left the show without every cent of salary. We travel by rail and stop at hotels. I have for sale band wagon and eight band coats and caps, horse tent and troughs for twenty four horses, cook tent with cooking utensils, 30ft. dressing top, cheap. Permanent address J. H. La Pearl, Vandalia, Ill. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 770.

    People who are signed up to date with La Pearl's Ten and Twenty Cent Railroad Show: . . . C. W. Compton, advance; B. R. Craycroft, assistant; Prof. Hale Vandercook, leader of band, with the follwoing men: Fred Jackson, ?. O. Warrell, John Brouse, Carl Brouse . . . J. E. Goslin, Geo. T. Parker, Chas. Hacker, C.(?) K. Leslie, J. E. Smith, Floyd Trover . . . Eddie McDonald, Geo. Parento, Howard Beall . . . Louis St. Clair, wife and daughter, Rosy(?) Carman, Smith Bros. . . . and the La Pearl children. They open at Vandalia, Ill. May 7(?), travel in their own car and use an 80(?)ft. round top, with two 30(?)ft. middle pieces. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 859.

    Trover, Vannerson and McDonald, gymnasts, have signed with J. H. La Pearl's Show. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    . . . La Pearl's Big Railroad Shows. The season opens May 7(?), at Vandalia, Ill., with about fifty people in all, carrying their own cars. They will have a one hundred foot round top, with two thirty foot middle pieces. The organization will, it is said, be very complete. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    Everything is in shape around the La Pearl Show winter quarters. Improvements are being made in every part of the properties, and elegant new special printing is received daily. Frank Apple, rope dancer, signed recently. They open May _, with the show twice its former size. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    W. H. Quinnett has signed with the La Pearl Show as clown and assistant business manager. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Vandalia IL May _, Mulberry Grove 9, Greenville 10, Highland 11, St. Jacobs 12, Troy 13, Collinsville 14. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.

    Want circus people for La Pearl's R. R. Show, carrying perch, brother act and dancing rope. Must do two or more turns. Show opens at Vandalia, Ill. May 5, 6 and 7. Managers take notice - C. W. Compton, Frank Appel and Geo. T. Parker disappointed without giving notice. Am glad to find this out in time. Want a few canvas men. Address J. H. La Pearl's Big American Show, Vandalia, Ill. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 143.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's Highland IL May 11, St. Jacobs 12, Troy 13, Collinsville 14, O'Fallen 16, Lebanon 17 . . . Nashville 21, Mt. Vernon 21. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.

    C. W. Compton writes that he was compelled to cancel his engagement as agent of the La Pearl Show, on account of sickness. He adds that he gave the customary notice. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    The La Pearl Show opened its season at Vandalia, Ill., May _, to excellent business. The show runs as smooth as a top. We carry a 90(?)ft. round top, with two __ft. middle pieces, travel by rail, and carry about forty-five people. Our band, under the leadership of Prof. Hale Vandercook, is a strong feature of the show and numbers fifteen pieces. The roster includes J. H. La Pearl, manager and proprietor . . . W. H. Quinette, equestrian director; Prof. H. A. Vandercook, leader of band with fifteen musicians; S. Smith, boss canvasman with ten assistants; B.(?) Curry, boss property man, with three assistants . . . W. P. Mathews . . . Ed McDonald, Frank Ross, Prof. La Pearl, Rosy(?) Carmen, Little Harry La Pearl, Little Roy, Mrs. J. H. La Pearl, Fred Jones, W. P.(?) Mathews, Fred Jackson, W. H. Quinette, Fred Jones, Lee Michaels, M. W. McQuigg and H. Windrop. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Trenton IL May 18, Mascontah 19, Nashville 20, Mt. Vernon 21, Centralia 23 . . . Edgewood 26, Flora 27, Salem 28. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    B. R. Craycroft writes, denying that C. W. Crompton and Frank Apple failed, through illness, to join the La Pearl Show, and also that they gave the management the customary two weeks' notice. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Noble IL June 1, Olney 2, Sumner 3, Vincennes IN 4, Washington 6. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    Notes from La Pearl's Show. Our show is in its fourth week of prosperity since its opening at Vandalia, Ill. Everybody is happy, and the "man in white," comes as regular as Thursday does. A game of ball was played at Mt. Vernon, Ill., between the musicians and the members of the company, and was witnessed by several hundred people. The performers were badly beaten, and will have to "supper" the musicians as a forfeit. At Salem, Ill., W. H. Quinette, our equestrian director, was presented with an elegant pair of gold eye glasses, and appropriate speeches were made on both sides. The band has been lately strengthened by Grant Cutler, clarionettist, and other people Nat Comstock and wife are the latest additions to the ring people. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Princeton IN June 8, Mt. Carmel IL 9, Albion 10, Fairfield 12, Flora 13, Altamount 14, Cowden 15, Ramsey 16, Coffee? 17, Sorento 18. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

    . . . Nat Comstock, wire walker, left the show on June 10. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    Trover, Vannerson(?) and McDonald are with the La Pearl Show. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Morrisonville IL June 29, Taylorville 30, July 1, Pana 2-4, Nokomis 5, Towey Hills 6, Shelbyville 7, 8. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.

    La Pearl's Circus, want a few acts to strengthen show. Applicants must do two or more acts, be good dressers in ring and on street. We stop at hotels, travel by rail and the man in white never fails to make his appearance Thursday of each week. Also want concert team who can play drum by note. J. H. La Pearl, proprietor . . . New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 271.

    Roster of La Pearl's Railroad Circus. J. H. La Pearl, owner and manager; W. H. Quinnette, assistant manager; Walter Slaybaugh, treasurer; Dick Craycroft, advance, with three assistants . . . Kid Smith, chandeliers; P. N.(?) W. McQuigg, programmer; Prof. Vandercook's Military Band of twelve pieces as follow: Prof. Hale Vandercook, Jno. Lacombe, Chas Hacker . . . F. C. Fuller, Harry Hallon, Harry Dalton . . . Fred Jackson. Performers: La Pearl Family, five in number; W. H. Quinnette, Trover, Wannerson and McDonald, Tony F.(P.?) Loos . . . Frank, Chas. and Harry, William Mathews, Fred O. Jones and wife . . . This is their tenth week out. The first accident occurred June __, at Raymond, when a wind storm blew the top down, breaking the centre poles and demoralizing the middle pieces. There were a number of the company under the top when it fell, but, luckily, they escaped injury. The blow down occurred at ___ p.m., and willing hands went to work and had the top up for a night show, and opened the doors at the usual time to a crowded house. Floyd Trover was presented on his birthday, 1?, by manager La Pearl with a fine K. of P. charm. Trover, Vannerson and McDonald are making a hit with their triple bar act . . . The man in white makes his usual appearance, and the prospects are good for a long and profitable season. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, . . . Shelbyville, IL 7, 8, Windsor 9, Mattoon 11, Charleston 12, Neoga 13, Effingham 14, 15, Stewardson 16. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    La Pearl's Ten and Twenty Cent Railroad Show are playing through Illinois. Everybody is in good health. The season so far has been very good, and it is a settled fact that the show will go South this Fall. W. H. Quinnette, the clown, paid a flying visit to St. Louis July _. Wm. Mathews is practicing a new act. Our company number over fifty people, and blue paper is quite numerous. The Old Reliable reaches us every week and is a welcome visitor. Our mail man, Walter Shaybaugh, supplies the company. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Neoga IL July 13, Effingham 14, 15, Stewardson 16. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.

    The La Pearl Circus is still doing well in Illinois. This is their eleventh week out. . . . At Effingham, Ill., we meet Kickapoo Co. No. 1 with Dr. Campbell in charge. We are now on our last two day stand, and have nothing but one day dates for the balance of the season. We will work South, and close around the holidays. Will Mathews paid a flying visit home last week. The man in white makes his appearance regularly. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    Wanted, people for La Pearl's Circus to strengthen show. Must do two or more acts, male concert people to double on drums, and also trap drummer that reads music at sight. We eat and sleep at hotels, travel by railroad. Long season. Per route. No fares advanced. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 318.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Westfield IL July 27, Casey 28, Martinsville 29, Greenup 30, Toledo Aug 1, Newton 2 . . . Riverdale 5, Sullivan Ind. 6. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.

    Prof. Van's band is an attractive feature of the La Pearl Circus, and has received many complimentary notices of its efficiency. Musical director H. A. Vandercook states that he has no "fill ins," and that every man is a musician. In the band are C. Hacker, John Lacombe . . . ?. Brouse, J. Brouse, C. Leslie, E. Long, H. Dalton, F. Tuller, H. Hatton, J. E. Gosling, J. Corcoran and H. A. Vandercook. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 340.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Oblong IL Aug 3, Robinson 4, Sullivan IN 5, Switz City 6, Worthington 8, Clay City 9, Brazil 10, 11, Rosedale 12. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 341.

    Charles Albion asks us to state that he is the original of that name, and that he is not with the team of Albions now with the La Pearl Show. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 356.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Brazil IL Aug 10, 11, Rosedale 12, Rockville 13 . . . Crawforsville 16, Veedersburg 17, Oxford 18, Boswell 19. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 360.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Veedersburg IL Aug 17, Oxford 18, Boswell 19, Hoopeston 20 . . . Gibson City 23 . . . New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, . . . Ashland, IL Sep 1, Virginia 2, Jacksonville 3 . . . New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 409.

    The Jennier Family joined La Pearl's Circus at Clinton, Ill., and report the show doing well and everybody happy. The band leader, Prof. Vandercook, has been confined to his bed for some time with brain fever, but is up and about again. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    Notes from the La Pearl Show. Business with the La Pearl Show continues big. We are just back into Illinois from our Indiana dates, and are adding a new list of towns to our established route which prove to be winners. Geo. Jennier and family of four acrobats and aerial performers joined at Clinton, Ill. 25(?). Their acts are a feature of the show. Millie Marretta closed _ and went to St. Louis. Will F.(P.?) Conklin, cornortionist, joined Aug. 29. The show is being strengthened throughout for balance of season. At Virginia, 3, an elegant ring from the band, an handsome engraved solid silver cup and salver, and a solid gold watch chain from the performers were presented to our leader, Hale A. Vandercook, as birthday souvenirs. Appropriate speeches were made. The Albions, Frank, Chas. and Harry, are doing one of the strongest three high brother acts, and make the people howl in appreciation of their fine work. Our band of musicians, fifteen in number, continue to catch the public with classic and descriptive music. The man in white never fails to make his appearance on Thursdays with the show, and consequently all have plenty of the "long green," and are happy. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 438.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Litchfield IL Sep 14, Hillsboro 15, Fillmore 16, Vandalia 17. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 443.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Macon IL Sep 21 . . . Oakland 27, Paris 28, Terre Haute IN 29, 30 . . . New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.

    The La Pearl Show will close their season at Marshall, ___, Oct. 1, and go into winter quarters at Crawfordsville, Ind. New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 472.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Paris IL Sep 28, Terre Haute IN 29-31, Marshall IL(?) Oct 1, Crawfordsville IN 2, 3. New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 473.

    [Ad] La Pearl's Shows closed a most successful season of 22 weeks, at Marshall, Ill., to a packed tent. As usual, I never missed a salary day all season, and I defy anyone to prove that I owe a cent salary. Next season, will travel in our own cars, use a 90 with two 40ft. M. P., all brand new. I have located at Crawfordsville, Ind., where I have a ring barn and a fine gymnasium, with 30ft. ceiling. Circus people wishing to practice there can do so, free of charge. Would be pleased to hear from first class acts for '93. Address Crawfordsville, Ind. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 532.

    The Asbeys have signed with the La Pearl Show for next season. They are practicing a new sword, knife and spear specialty. New York Clipper, November 19, 1892, p. 586.

    Prof. H. A. Vandercook, band leader, has been engaged for next season with J. H. La Pearl's Show, making his third season with that organization. Mr. Vandercook is wintering at Crawfordsville, Ind. New York Clipper, December 17, 1892, p. 654.

    The La Pearl Show is undergoing repairs at its winter quarters, Crawfordsville, Ind. Some fine trained horses and ring stock have been purchased for next season. Among other people De Boe, the wire walker and head balancer, and the Cameos, aerialists, will spend the remainder of the winter season, after the holidays, in taking advantage of the elegantly equipped ring barn for practice. New York Clipper, December 17, 1892, p. 654.

    La Pearl Show wants musicians, performers and trained animals. Also bar performers who do other turns. Also advance man, bill posters, property men. We stop at hotels. Want to lease or buy cars, if cheap. Musicians address Prof. H. A. Vandercook. All others to La Pearl, Crawfordsville, Indiana. A gymnasium free to circus people. New York Clipper, December 17, 1892, p. 668.

1893:

    The Adairs have signed for the coming season with La Pearl's Circus. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 702.

    The following people so far have signed with La Pearl's One Ring Railroad Show. Prof. Hale Vandercook, musical director, with fifteen men in the band, who will be featured, this making the third season for Prof. Vandercook with this show. Performers: Prof. Asbey and wife, the Adairs, Wm. De Roe, Flora De Boe, Millie Cerito, Ross(?) Carman . . . John F. Beers, James Whiting, Frank Aymar . . . George Parento, Prof. Ed. C. Long and his dog circus, the La Pearl Children, Little Harry and Roy. The show is wintering at Crawfordsville, Ind., and will open there about April 2?, using a new __ft. round top, with two 50(?)ft. middle pieces, and a new 40ft. round top dressing room. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.

    W. R. Todd has signed as general agent with the J. H. La Pearl's Show. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 784.

    James Whiting, horizontal bar performer, goes with the La Pearl Show next season. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.

    Prof. Clarence Ashby and his wife, Eva Asbey, who have been wintering at Kalamazoo, Mich., have gone to the winter quarters of the La Pearl Show at Crawfordsville, Ind., where they are practising some new acts. Prof. Asbey has been engaged as equestrian director of the show. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 821.

    The musicians so far engaged to compose the band with the La Pearl Show are: H. A. Vandercook, director . . . Charles Tinkham, R. ?. Brown, Bob Adair . . . Harry Loomis, Ed Long, I. C. King, Ed. Butler, Harry Blair and W. F. Conkling. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 821.

    Wanted, for La Pearl Show, two more clarionets, B flat and _ flat. Address: H. A. Vandercook, Crawfordsville, Ind. Have for sale, a mermaid illusion and some small animals for side show. Want to buy small ponies and mules. Have candy stand to let. J. H. La Pearl, Crawfordsville, Ind. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 829.

    Work is progressing rapidly at the winter quarters of the La Pearl Show preparatory to its opening April __. Ed. Long has the stock of ponies, monkeys and dogs under training, and they are doing fine work. The show will use special lithograph paper from one of the leading show printing houses. Everything around the show will be new for this season, and the roster is composed of some of the bright lights of the sawdust arena. New York Clipper, April 1, 1893, p. 50.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Chapin IL May 31, New Berlin June 1, Illiopolis 2 . . . Monticello 5 . . . Tuscola 8. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    The La Pearl Show report continued success through Illinois. Two new cars were added the past week, one stock and one sleeper. Everyone is well, happy and busily engaged in making money ??? in which to "tote" the "long green." The band in their daily concerts is meeting with success and fully sustaining their former reputation. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl, . . . Mt. Olive IL 26, Collinsville 27, Troy 28. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    La Pearl's Big Railroad Shows. Wanted, a few performers (especially ladies) to strengthen show for the enormous business we are doing. Never missed a salary day. Doc Parkhurst is boss canvas man, and can use men, for which here are fine sleeping and eating accommodations. Address as per route, J. H. La Pearl. I want musicians to strengthen band with above show, H. A.Vandercook. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 260.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, . . . Mulberry Grove IL July 1, Vandalia 3, 4 . . . New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 265.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Altamont IL July 5, Effingham 6, Martinsville 7, Marshall 8, Greenup 10, Newton 11, Olney 12, Sumner 13, Lawrenceville 14 . . . New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Olney IL July 12, Sumner 13, Lawrenceville 14, Robinson 15. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    La Pearl's R. R. Show, still doing a wonderful business. Never missed a salary day. Want a few acts, also musicians. Musicians address H. A. Vandercook, bandmaster. All others, J. H. La Pearl . . . Vincennes IN 18, Washington 19 . . . New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 310.

    Business continues satisfactory with the La Pearl Show through Illinois. . . . Chas. Tinkham has left the show and returned to his home at Lafayette, Ind. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Washington IN July 19, 20, Petersburg 21, Oakland City 22, Princeton 24, Mt. Carmel IL 25, Albion 26, Fairfield 27, Mt. Vernon 28, Nashville 29 . New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 313.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl, Albion IL July 26, Fairfield 27, Mt. Vernon 28, Nashville 29 . . . Belleville Aug. 2, O'Fallon 3, Lebanon 4, Trenton 5. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl, Belleville IL Aug 2, Edwardsville 3, New Douglass 4 . . . Ramsey 7, Cowden 8 . . . Farina 10 . . . Neoga 12. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 347.

    Wanted, for La Pearl R. R. Shows, bar performers that can do other specialty, or brother act that can fill in on bars. We have our own triple steel(?) core bars. Also double drumer and clarionet player. J. H. La Pearl, . . . Veedersburg IN 15, Crawfordsville 16 and 17. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 375.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl, Crawfordsville IN Aug 16, 17, Waynetown 18 . . . Danville IL 21 . . . Brazil IN 24. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.

    Roster of La Pearl's Railroad show, now in its nineteenth week: J. H. La Pearl, sole proprietor and manager; Jess Worlen, business manager; Chas. Bernard, general agent; H. A. Vandercook, band master with seventeen musicians; Ed. C. Long, equestrian director; Dock Parkhurst, boss canvas man with eighteen assistants; ___ Noel, boss property man with five assistants . . . John Fox, chandelier man . . . Mrs. La Pearl, Roy, Harry and Ruby La Pearl, Prof. Vandercook and wife, Mr. and Mrs. Adair, James Hennesey and wife, Rosa Carmen, Mrs. Chas. Bernard, Jess Worlen, Bud Farnum, Wm. Vannerson, Frank Aymar, John Beers, Sam Bliss, Wm. Mathews, Tom Nichols, Geo. Woods . . . Don Weaver, Harry Loomis, Will Roth, Lou King . . . John Bell, Wm. Meyer, Will West, Ed. Rhinehart, Jim Hennesey and Geo. Mills. Mr. and Mrs. La Pearl went to Chicago from Danville, Ill., on business and to visit the World's Fair. Marion and Pearl closed recently. The show will run until late in the season. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 412.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl, . . . Bloomington IN Aug. 31, Bedford Sep 1 . . . Seymour 7. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 413.

    La Pearl's Show. Still doing a big business. Turned away five hundred people at Danville, Ill., Aug. 21. Never missed a salary day. Want a few ring and concert acts, also musicians, _ flat cornet, double drummer, _ flat clarionet. Season closes about Oct. 2? at Danville, Ill. Then will open a grand winter circus there. Would be pleased to hear from performers in all branches. Those with stock can winter there and get engagement all winter. . . . New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 422.

    La Pearl Show notes. The La Pearl R. R. Circus will close its season about Oct. 14(?), and go into new and commodious winter quarters at Danville, Ill. Mr. La Pearl has leased the Transfer Co. barn, one half block from the public square, and will transform it into a permanent home for his show. The building is a two story brick, 80(?)ft. front, and 200ft. deep, with 18ft. stories. The second floor front will be used as a gymnasium, and the rear as a canvas and painter's room. The first floor has two large offices on either side, in front of a large double door entrance, then a ring and stage with scenery, seats, and fully equipped with everything necessary to give indoor performances. In the rear is a stable room for 200(?) horses. The building has water works, gas and electric lights. The building will be know as La Pearl's Winter Circus and Gymnasium. A number of this season's people with the circus will remain during the winter and work in the Winter Circus. Three shows per week will be given, and the balance of the time will be devoted to the gymnasium, which will have a large membership. This has been the most successful season the La Pearl Show has ever had, and next year's plans are already maturing for the enlargement of the most popular and successful cheap price show ever placed before the American people. Chas. Bernard, general agent of the show, and his wife, will locate in Danville for the winter. Prof. Ed. Long will be in winter quarters training dogs and ponies for next season. Tommy Nichols takes a partner for a brother act, and will work in the Winter Circus. Prof. Vandercook will furnish music. New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 428.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl, Aurora IN Sep 13, Lawrenceburg 14 . . . Greensburg 16. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 444.

    Items from La Pearl's Winter Circus at Danville, Ill. Ed. C. Long is busy breaking mules and ponies for the ring. Frank Aymar, Tony Nichols . . . Jessie Golden, Miss Bernard and Harry and Roy La Pearl are all practicing in the gymnasium which is attached to the ring barn. The gymnasium opened Oct. 2 with one hundred and forty members. The circus opens 17(?) and will continue all winter. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 510.

    The opening of La Pearl's Winter Circus at Danville, Ill., was a success. The following people are there: Mayo and Son, with their ring stock; Prof. E. C. Long, Tony Nichols, Chas. Edwards, the Wolfs, Max Malett, Henry La Sage, Frank Amar, Wm. Vannerson, W. H. Zeralda, Miss Reno, Roy and Harry La Pearl, Jessie Golden and Alfred Dorian. New York Clipper, November 11, 1893, p. 577.

    H. A. Vandercook, for past three seasons with La Pearl show, wintering at his home, Grand Rapids, Mich. New York Clipper, November 25, 1893, p. 606.

    With La Pearl's Winter Circus at Danville, Ill., the new faces are Lottie Wolf, Joe Howard, Tony Hamilton and wife, riders. Business continues to pick up. New York Clipper, December 2, 1893, p. 623.

    La Pearl's Big R. R. Shows Museum and Trained Animal Exhibitions. Not an experiment but a tried success. Only one losing week season of 1893. The show will be twice its formers size, everything on wheels, a "Real Circus." The street parade will be led by a band of twenty first class musicians. Wanted, for season of 1894, people in every branch of the circus profession. Novelties for the ring, musicians that play "music" at sight. Concert people that double in ring, band or sideshow. Also boss canvas man, chandelier man, property men, advance people, cooks, flunkies, canvas men and razor backs. Candy stand and programme privilege for sale. Want to buy or lease a sleeper and __ foot flat cars, also canvas, seat wagons or any other show property that is cheap. Have for sale a __ foot stock car, air brake and Jenier(?) couple, four hundred dollars. Eight entry suits $__, ticket wagon $__, . . . a mermaid illusion $__. A good place for circus people to practice. Board and room free. On account of enlarging the show will take in a partner. Address J. H. La Pearl, Winter Circus, Danville, Ill. New York Clipper, December 30, 1893, p. 696.

1894:

    W. H. Quinnett has signed with La Pearl's Big Railroad Show as railroad contractor and general agent. He will make his headquarters at Danville after Jan. 25. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 735.

    Notes from La Pearl's winter quarters at Danville, Ill. Wm. Mayo, the noted horse trainer, has taken Ed. Long's place, and is doing some fine training on stallions, ponies, dogs and goats. He is also teaching Little Harry and Roy some new riding acts. Business was very big the last two weeks. There is a large number of circus performers practicing here, and there is room for more. The show will be much larger than last year, and go over the same route. Will open April 23. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 735.

    Notes from La Pearl's Winter Circus. Business is big, house packed at every performance. . . . Little Harry Pearl is doing a fine pony hurdle act. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.

    Partner wanted to buy and interest in a well established railroad circus. On account of enlarging show, must have from one to three thousand dollars. Als have for sale, eight entry suits, small mule, small burro, mermaid illusion, and gymnastic outfit. J. H. La Pearl, Danville, Ill. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 761.

    Notes from J. H. La Pearl's Circus, Danville, Ill. "Business in the Winter Circus is very big. For season of 1894 the show will be much larger than last season and all the appointments will be brand new." New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.

    Circus tent for sale . . . used one season, Jet Star Kidd lights, one dressing room light. The first person with $__ takes the outfit, as I have an entire new outfit much larger. Have gymnasium outfit . . . and mermaid illusion, for sale cheap. Want boss canvas man. Still room for good performers to practice. Expenses paid. Address La Pearl's Big R. R. Shows, Danville, Ill. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 825.

    At La Pearl's winter quarters, Danville, Ill. Prof. Harry Clair is rehearsing the band in the latest overtures. The band will be one of the features, having twenty members. The working men are ???ging paint of all colors, and have just finished up the large new wagons, also a new ticket wagon. The show will carry seventy people all told and will open April 23(?) at Danville. The Winter Circus is doing a big business, with new faces each week. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    Call for La Pearl's Marine Band. All that report by March __ get expenses until opening, others that come later pay their own expenses from April ___. For sale, dirt cheap, two Jet Star Kidd lights, ready to fill and light, and one dressing room light, $__ takes the three . . . two(?) small mules, three years old $__ each. $__ worth of gymnasium apparatus for $__. J. H. La Pearl, Danville, Ill. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 31.

    Notes from La Pearl's Winter Circus. The show continues to do business to crowded houses nightly, notwithstanding the cry of hard times, and blacksmiths, woodworkers and painters are busy building ten new wagons for the coming season. The show will open at Danville, Ill., on or about April 20(?), when everything will be new and sparkling and much larger than ever befroe. We have just received a round top with two middle pieces, one 50ft. dressing room, one 40ft. horse tent, one 40ft. cook tent. All our lithograph paper will be special. Up to date the roster of show is: J. H. La Pearl, sole owner and manager; W. H. Quinette, general contractor and advance representative; J. M. McNeil, boss bill poster in charge of paper, with four assistants; Prof. Rob. H. Clair, musical conductor, with the following musicians: G. H. Guilinger, H. Loomis, R. W. Poland, J. J. Poland, Al. Kadel, Walter Kadel, S. F. Warde, C. J. Summers, C. G. Gibler, J. S. Gibler, Elmer Migrant, Jos. Mahaney, W. J. Howe, W. E. Conkling, H. E?khardt, F. O'Hara, J. W. Lind, H. J. Freeman, Frank Brockwar and Harry Starr. The band will be strongly featured, as Prof. Clair is capable of doing some fine work with that number of men. Performers: Roy and Will Lamont, Bert and Ollie Lamont, H. LaSage, . . . Alf. Darian(?), Billy Pearl, Miss Cannon, Al. Newton, Will Conkling, Larine and Zaro, Morgan Bros., Harry Roy and ??? La Pearl. Col. John Fox, boss chandelier man; Kid Smith boss seat man, with four assistants; Chas. Coope, master of transportation, with five assistants; Elephant Shorty, master of properties, with four assistants; Side Pole Bill, in charge of ponies; Bill Ganley, boss hostler; Jas. ?eddings, chief steward, with two assistants. We travel in our own cars, elegantly equipped. Most of the people are at Winter quarters, all well and practicing some new acts. Little Harry and Roy La Pearl's aerial act will be one of the strongest features of the show. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 85.

    On the road, circuses: La Pearl's, Delevan IL May 16, Lincoln 17, Mt. Pulaski 18, Decatur 19 . . . New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.

    Al. Newton, club juggler, joined La Pearl's Railroad Shows, April 20. Frank Aymar, triple bar performer, is with the show, making his second season. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.

    La Pearl Show notes. This show has been out three weeks, not missed a date, and have been playing to good business. The La Pearl children are favorites in their aerial return acts. Master Harry is doing a forward cutaway and backward blindfold somersaults. Little Ruby is making a hit as a child contortionist. . . . Harry Freeman is doing a pedestal ___ with a double somersault to the ground for a finish. . . . La Pearl's Superb Marine Band is a drawing card. Prof. Harry Clair has proven himself an efficient director and a pleasant gentleman. . . . Albert Newton officiates as the equestrian director. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.

1895: C. S. Primrose, general agent of La Pearl's Circus, has signed for next season, making his second season with that show. New York Clipper, November 2, 1895, p. 549.

1896:

    C. S. Primrose, general agent of La Pearl's Big R. R. Show last season, who is re-engaged for the 1896 season, was married to Myrtle B. Webb, non-professional, at Akron, Ohio, December 27. New York Clipper, January 4, 1896, p. 701.

    Notes from La Pearl's Winter Circus. Late arrivals are the Martine Family, LaRoy and Morris, triple bar; Neola, Ab Johnson, Hocum . . . and the Swifts. We have added fifteen cages of animals and birds for the side show. We will put out a mounted parade with thirty-five head of stock, besides ponies, goats and trained dogs. We will have seven cars and a new top. . . . This will make the sixth tenting season for the La Pearl Show. New York Clipper, February 15, 1896, p. 793.

    Notes from the La Pearl's Great R. R. Show. The show opens its sixth annual tour at Danville, Illinois, in April, with thirty-five head more stock than last season, which are under the training of Chas. Odell, trainer and rider. We have added a sideshow containing twenty cages of wild animals and birds, snakes, etc. . . . This season the show will make a street parade, headed by the Marine Band of twenty-five musicians, under director H. A. Vandercook. General contracting agent C. S. Primrose starts out April 1, followed by the advertising car under the management of W. H. Quinnett, April 8, with twelve billposters. Our new top is 110ft. round top, with two 40ft. and one 50ft. middle piece. The show will have seven cars, two of which are new. Roster of people who have signed: W. H. Quinnette, C. S. Primrose, H. A. Vandercook, Chas. Odell, Wm. F. Melrose, E. V. Hocum, Mme. Cordelia, the Martines, Neola, Max Millet, Zaro, Morgan Bros., Ab. Johnson, the Swifts, Wm. La Roth, Fred Miller, Scofield Thornton, Frank Ordway, John Bernard . . . Dock Parkhurst will be the captain again this year, as boss canvasman; John Fox, boss chandelier man, and L. E. Granger, boss hostler. New York Clipper, April 4, 1896, p. 73.

    Notes from La Pearl's advance car No. 1. The car is under the management of W. H. Quinnett, accompanied by Mrs. Quinnett, who is acting as steward. John Fanning is boss billposter. . . . Paper used by the show is all special, and we are using from twelve to fifteen hundred sheets a day. New York Clipper, July 11, 1896, p. 293.

1897: Route for the 1897 show is online at Bandwagon, April-May 1952 (scroll down).

• Information on the 1897 La Pearl's Big Railroad Shows is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 6, pp. 70-71.

• Information on the 1898 J. H. La Pearl's Great Allied Shows is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 1, pp. 45-47.

1899:

    J. H. LaPearl has brought together the greatest gathering of riders, namely: Wm. F. Melrose, Albert Johnson, Master Harry La Pearl, Harry Higgins, Blanch Hillard, Dollie Julian, Lizzie Guice. The show exhibts at Steubenville, May 6. Herald Star (Steubenville, OH), April 26, 1899, p. 5.

    J. H. LaPearl's Great Allied Shows, Two Ring Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Roman Hippodrome, will exhibit at Mt. Carmel, May 18, 1899. Queen, the lioness and her family of young cubs, The hippopotamus, weighing 6,000 lbs, a blood-sweatng behemoth of Holy Writ. Charlie, the largest elephant in America. Ding-Dog, the smallest elephant. LaPearl's Marine Band. Grand free street pageant, on the street at 10 o'clock a.m., with open dens of wild animals, horses, golden chariots, herds of elephants, camels, etc. Capt. James Riley, diver, will make a headlong plunge from a tower 100 feet through midair. Semi-Weekly Item (Mount Carmel, OH), May 10, 1899, n.p.n.

    Geneva, Sept. 3. J. H. LaPearl's Circus was seized at Naples last night by Sheriff Stubbs of this city, in a replevin action brought by Donaldson [lithographing company]. Deputy Stubbs turned the show over to Donaldson, who proceeded with it to Peru, Ind., where the show will be re-organized. There were 240 men and women on the pay roll, and fully half of them left the train when it reached here. Some have received no salary in weeks. LaPearl has been in the show business nine years. He purchased early in the season a show from Donaldson. This show LaPearl combined with his own. He gave Donaldson a note of $10,000 on which it is said he paid no interest. A lithographing company also brought action to recover several thousand. The circus leaves many creditors in this locality, including all the papers here which advertised the show. Post-Standard (Syracuse, NY), September 4, 1899, p. 1.

    La Pearl's circus, which was to have exhibited at Brockport to-day, was seized at Naples Saturday on a claim by the Donaldson Lithographing Co. of Cincinnati, and taken to Geneva, from which place it was shipped west. Over 200 employes were left in Geneva, most of them without money, as they had not been paid in several weeks. Holley Standard (Holley, NY), September 7, 1899, p. 1.

1901:

    Peru, Ind., Jan. 17. J. H. La Pearl, until a few years ago a circus proprietor, now manager of a company entitled "They Want Me," said: "I expect to be in the circus business again and will start J. H. La Pearl's Great Allied Shows on the road in 1902. The aggregation will be transported on twenty-two cars. We will get together at Danville, Ill., my old home, next winter. Logansport Daily Journal (Logansport, IN), January 18, 1901, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

La Place - 1895-99 (various titles)

1895: La Place & Anzola's(?) Big Comedy and Pantomime Co. closed their season at Coalton(?), O., Feb. ?, after a season of twelve weeks, on account of the dissoving of partnership between Mr. La Place and Anzola(?). Mr. La Place will put a ten cent circus on the road next season. He has a number of well known performers booked and he will play the big cities, opening in Toledo, O., May ?. . . . New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 831.

1896:

    Notes and roster of Jeavons & La Place's Electric Belt Co. We are still touring Pennsylvania and are doing a good business. This is our third week in this state, and since we opened we have failed to give one performance that we didn't display the S R O sign. We expect to stay in this state until the 1st of April, then we run into Wheeling, W. Va., to get ready for our tenting season, which we will open about May 1. We will carry two large tops. Our big top is 100(?) ft. round top, with one 50ft. middle piece. We have secured a new 60(?) x 60(?) ft. top, which will be used for dressing rooms, sleeping rooms and cook house. Mons. La Place took a flying trip to Pittsburg, and secured a fine wardrobe for the company. Roster: Jervons & La Place, proprietors and managers; Lottie Jeavons, ticket seller; Mons. La Place, flying trapeze and barrel jumping; Mrs. La Place, Spanish webs and giant swing by the feet; Chas. Amazon, high wire and slide for life; Tom Jeavons, comedian and dancer; Mrs. Tom Jeavons, soubrette and skirt(?) dancer; Mlle. La Rose, contortionist and serpentine dancer; Little Rena, child actor, and Clarance Spitzky, boy acrobat. Ed Henderson, triple bar performer joined Jan. 28. Mrs. La Place is making a hit with her new giant swing by the feet. Things are moving along smoothly. New York Clipper, February 8, 1896, p. 773.

    Notes from Mons. La Place Mammoth Pavilion Shows. We are still in Eastern Ohio. If we conclude to stay North we will put into Cambridge, Ohio, to our winter quarters. We have three wagons and our own stock. Roster: Mons. La Place, sole owner and manager; Mrs. La Place, treasurer; Geo. La Marr, gymnast and acrobat; John Leslie, singing and dancing comedian; Harry Gamble, slack wire and horizontal bar . . . Ed Schaffer, silly kid; Mons. La Place, flying traps and novelty barrel jumping; Mamie La Place, singing and talking clown; Clarence Spitzky, boy acrobat. . . . New York Clipper, September 26, 1896, p. 476.

    Notes from Mons. La Place's Pavilion Shows. We ran into winter quarters at Cambridge, O., Oct. 11. We had an extraordinary good season, although we had a lot of rain and high winds. Our last stand was at Cadiz, O., on the fair grounds during the fair. We gave four performances on the big day and packed the tent at each performance. We intended to go to New Comertown as a special attraction for the fair, but the weather got so bad we ran into headquarters. We have purchased a piece of ground on the fair ground addition, and are now building a residence, and we have a new ring barn most completed. We are also having tableaux wagons built for the coming season. Harry Gearey(?), band leader left 14(?) for his home at Barty's Mills, O. He has been re-engaged for next season. . . . Oscar Jones, Ed. Schafer, still remain at headquarters and are engaged for the winter season. We open our winter season at Hammond Opera House, Cambridge, O. We will tour Ohio, Pennsylvania and West Virginia for about three months, and then will return home to prepare for the next tenting season. Roster of company for the winter's season: Mons. La Place, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Mons. La Place, treasurer; Harry N. Sutton, black face comedian; Oscar Jones, contortionist and juggler; Mons. La Place, trick tumbler and novelty barrel jumping; Clarance Spritzky, boy acrobat; Mrs. Treasie(?) Sutton, singing and dancing soubrette; Mrs. Mons. La Place, lady clown. New York Clipper, October 24, 1896, p. 543.

1897:

    Notes from Mons. La Place's Mammoth Pavilion Shows. Winter quarters are at Salem, Ohio. We have completed a new band wagon, which is made a combination wagon, built so it can be used for a ticket wagon. On the top we have erected a large ball representing the globe, and while on parade a lady will sit up on top with a crown on her head and dressed in a white gown, the the American flag in her hand. . . . A few of the people engaged are Mons. Fagle, Chas. Maloney, Oscar Jones, Clarence Spitzky, Ambrose Keenan, Miller and McVey, and Prof. Harvey Ginney's Pickaninny Band. New York Clipper, February 20, 1897, p. 819.

    Sparks from Mons. La Place's Mammoth Pavilion Shows. We open our season at Lower Salem, O., April 26(?). The wagons are all painted white, trimmed with red and yellow. . . . Our new band wagon will be a feature on the streets. Roster of the people thus far engaged: Mons La Place, sole owner and manager; Mrs. Mons. La Place, treasurer; Church and Booth; Charles Main?ey. Musicians: Harry Gi?ney, Wm. Frank. W. B. Fowler. New York Clipper, April 10, 1897, p. 93.

    Notes from Mons. La Place's Mammoth Pavilion Shows. We opened our season at Lower Salem, O., May ?, in a terrific snow storm. The tent was packed full of people when suddenly the ___ ropes gave way and the tent came down with a crash. Snow was fully three inches thick on the tent, but no one was hurt. We have been doing a fine business since we opened. At Kife(?), O., the ground was so soft that the seats all fell. Only one person, a lady, was hurt. She had her leg broken just above the ankle. At Macksburg, O., Chas. Mahoney broke his leg while doing a double somersault over six horses. He is recovering fast, and will be able to resume work in a few weeks. Roster: Mons. La Place, sole owner and manager; Mrs. Mons. La Place, treasurer; Ed. Spencer, assistant manager; James Arnold, advance agent, with two assistants; John Shaw, boss canvas man, and three assistants; Bill Hugboy(?) and Joe Brown, property men; Joe Hartsborn, boss hostler; Mons. La Place, Mrs. Mons. La Place . . . Loren Quillin, Charles Maloney, Oscar Jones, Master Pete Maloney, Geo. Weaver . . . performers. . . . Joe Mathews, William Fowler, Clyde Wolf, Bill Schaffer and ___, musicians. Everybody is well and having a good time. The ghost comes regular every Sunday at 9 a. m. New York Clipper, May 22, 1897, p. 187.

    Wanted at once, musicians for circus band, wagon show; three days' stand; also a few all 'round performers. Mons. La Place, care of Amazon Bros.' Shows, Washington, Pa., care of Woodland Park. New York Clipper, August 7, 1897, p. 373.

    Notes from Mons. La Place's Mammoth Pavilion Shows. We will close our season at Cadiz, Ohio, October 8, and ship to winter quarters at Lower Salem, Ohio, and prepare for our Winter season. We will open on our about November 1. Fred Hunn, Oscar Jones and H. L. Sparry have been re-engaged for the Winter season. New York Clipper, October 9, 1897, p. 532.

    For sale cheap, small circus outfit complete. Address Mons. La Place, Lower Salem, O. New York Clipper, October 23, 1897, p. 564.

    Notes from Amazon Bros.' Big Sensation. We opened our season at Lower Salem, O., Nov. 17, and then took the road. We will tour Ohio, West Virginia and Pennsylvania in our own special car. Our company consists of fifteen in number, fourteen performing people and a piano player. Geo. McDonald is in advance with a four horse bill wagon. We have all special paper and will bill like a circus. Roster: Mons La Place and Joe Miller, proprietors and managers; Geo. McDonald, in advance; Chas Vance, treasurer; Mrs. Joe Miller, serio comic; Mrs. Mons La Place, lady singing and talking clown; Mrs. ___ North, soubrette; Jennie Bayne, balladist; Mons La Place, gymnast and acrobat; Joe Miller, comedian; Fred Bond(?), hand balancer; Ed Cannon, Irish comedian and dancer; Oscar Jones, contortionist; Harry Franklin, acrobatic song and dance; Miller and McVay, sketch; Cannon and Bayne, black face sketch team; Prof. Tom North, musical director. New York Clipper, November 27, 1897, p. 649.

1898:

    Notes from Amazon Bros.' Big Sensation. We are still touring Eastern Ohio and are doing a good business. Everybody is well and happy, and the ghost makes his appearance every Sunday. Roster: Mons. La Place, sole proprietor and manager; Mrs. La Place, treasurer; Wm. Davis, advance agent; Claud Miller, black face comedian; H. L. Sperry(?), tramp comedian; Fred Han(?), slack wire and and chair pyramid; Mosn. La Place, gymnast and acrobat; Minne Jackson, singing and dancing sobrette; May La Palce, ballad singer; L. C. Boyd, pianist. We will cross the line into West Virginia in two weeks, then move twoard home (Lower Salem, O), where we will commence to get everything in readiness for opening of the summer season with our circus, the date of which has been set for May 15 at Marietta, O. Everything will be new, being and sparkling form stake to bale ring. Our new band chariot will be a feature in the street parade. It is finished off in solid aluminum and will sparkle like a solid piece of silver. The show will be moved over the roads by horses and will tour Ohio, West Virginia and Pennsylvania. We will have twelve wagons and three cages. New York Clipper, February 5, 1898, p. 809.

    Sparks from Rush & Shott's All Featured Ten and Twenty Cent Railroad Shows. Everything is hustle around headquarters getting ready for the opening, which will take place at Bluefield, W. Va., May 10. The show will go out with the finest equipment. Our cars are finely decorated with large gilt letters and the body painted an imitation of gold. We will carry about twenty five people all told. One big top is 80ft. round top with 42ft. middle piece. 30x60 ft. dressing tent, 40x70 ft. side show. We are looking for a prosperous season through the West Virginia, Ohio and Pennsylvania coal and oil fields, and Schott & Rush, with Mons. La Place's assistance, are sparing neither time or money to make this one of the strongest attractions on the road. From our last ad. in the Clipper we received two hundred and sixty letters from some of the best people in the circus business. New York Clipper, May 7, 1898, p. 160.

    Wanted, musicians and performers for Shott & La Place's Railroad Shows. Male and female acts. Those that double concert preferred. Also want strong outside attraction. Want man with trained dogs. Side show privileges to let. . . . Address Mons. La Place, Bluefield, W. Va. New York Clipper, May 14, 1898, p. 183.

    Wanted quick, for Shott & La Place's New All Featured R. R. Shows. Strong band of ? mouth pieces. Would like to hear from good Indian band. Address Mons. La Place, Bluefield, W. Va. New York Clipper, May 21, 1898, p. 201.

    Roster of Shott & La Place's New All Featured Railroad Show. Everything is ready for our opening at Rinegold(?), W. Va., May ??. The performers are as follow: Mr. and Mrs. Mons. La Place . . . Martello Bros. and Blewett, clown juggler. The band is under the direction of Prof. James D. Flannery and Wm. B. Fowler. R. M. Smith and J. D. Shott are in advance. New York Clipper, May 28, 1898, p. 213.

    Wanted, at once, for Shott & La Place's R. R. Shows, a few more all 'round performers that can double in concert. Also want good hustling and close contracting agent. Can use 1 or 2 white musicians, and 2 or 3 colored musicians for band no. 2. Would like to hear from man with troupe of trained dogs. Would like to hear from female performers who can double in concert. Mlle. Cereto, please write. Address Mons. La Place, Ceredo, W. Va., care of show. New York Clipper, June 11, 1898, p. 252.

    [Two ads.]Wanted, colored performers and musicians. Those doubling in brass preferred. Steady season year 'round. Never close. Address Mons. La Place, Chillicothe, O., care of Amazon Bros. Show. Wanted quick, for Shott & La Place's Railroad Shows, all 'round circus and concert people. . . . Harvey Sutton write. Address Mons. La Place, Chillicothe, Ohio, care of show. New York Clipper, June 25, 1898, p. 284.

    Notes from Schott & La Place's R. R. Shows. We are in our fourteenth week. We carry a 100ft. top, 40ft. middle piece, dressing room 30x60, horse tent 30x60, cook tent 20x12. We have twelve people in the dressing room: Mons. La Place and wife, trapeze, rings, barrel jumping and vaulting; Schott Bros., bar and return act; Mortello Bros., contortion and brother act; Fowler and Hart, hand balancing, bars and wire; Russell and Miller, clowns and outside ascension and revolving ladder. The concert is given by Frank Hart, Russel and Miller, Laura Jordan and Silver Star Quartette (boys from our Black Hussar Band). Changes since the show opened: Blewett, clown juggler; Carl Kolb, gun spinner and baton twirler; and Alf Norman, contortion, having closed. Hawey and Tresa Sutton join us August 5. New York Clipper, August 13, 1898, p. 385.

• [Year unknown] Notes and roster of the Amazon Bros.' Electric ___ Co. . . . We wish to state that we are no longer connect with Tom Jeavons, as was reported. . . . Roster: Amazon Bros., proprietors; Mons La Place, lecturer and manager; Mrs. Mamie Amazon, treasurer; Chas Amazon, comedian; James Amazon, juggler and trick tumbler; Mons La Place, novelty barrel jumper; Mrs. La Place, Spanish ring expert, giant swing by the feet, and lady clown; Walter F. Sheets, musical comedian . . . New York Clipper, February 29, p. 825.

1899: Amazon Bros. 10 cents circus will exhibit for three days, comencing tonight in East Newark and from past reference as to it being a first class exhibition it is certainly and up-to-date show. The Zanesville papers all speak very highly of it and when a person can see 20 different acts and as many performers for 10 cents is a treat seldom offered. Tonight ladies will be admitted free. Their band wagon will parade the streets every day at noon. There will be a grand free exhibition tonight at 7 o'clock. Now one should miss seeing it. Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), July 6, 1899.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

LaRoy's Motorized - 1922, 1924   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1922-25

    Fostoria. O., March 9. H. LaRoy is busy building the LaRoy Two-Ring Auto Circus, which will be transported by fifteen autos. New canvas has been received from Driver Bros. — a three pole top for the big show, with two rings and elevated stage; a forty by sixty side-show top and a twenty-five round top for the dressing room. La Roy will have his own electric light outfit — a new Cushman. The following have been engaged by LaRoy: Merton Craig, assistant manager, and wife; Jack Watson, in charge of ten-piece band; Arnold's Dogs, Ponies and Mule; Bert Guyer, hand balancer, and troupe of dogs and monkeys; Aerial Kolbs, Higgins and Higgins, aerial artists; Harry Allen and wife, clown, menage horse act and statuary act; Joe Sawyer, principal clown, also featuring high kicking act (Sawyer will also have charge of all uptown "stuff"); Dave Zarell, aerialist; Jack Winters will have charge of the canvas; Waid Zeis and wife, the concessions; Bobby Walters, the advance, with two billposters. The show will open here May 13 and then go into Pennysylvania and later into New York. H. LaRoy Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 85.

    Wanted for LaRoy's Motorized Two Ring Circus with elevated stage. Traveling on fourteen special built Ford cars. Performers doing two or more acts. Clowns, musicians, side show people, with or without banners; three or four small animal acts, working men, truck drivers, mechanic that can take care of Cushman Electric Light Plant. Open May 13. Can use agent and 2 billposters. All privileges for sale. H. LaRoy, winter quarters, Fostoria, Ohio. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 214.

    Hundreds attended the performances of the LaRoy Motorized circus on Friday. . . . Children enjoyed the antics of the clowns. The trick riding of the pony gave the little folks a fine ride, but bucked when imposed on by the older boys and threw them to the ground. Davenport with his educated horse gave a fine exhibition as to what a trained horse could do. He was able to distinguish colors, add and subtract and indicate his age. H. LaRoy also gave an exhibition with the trained pony. The feature of the show was the trick bicycle riding of Renard. Orrville Courier-Crescent (Orrville, OH), August 18, 1922, p. 5.

    Wooster. Three members of the Laroy Motorized Circus troupe were killed and a fourth was badly injured Saturday when a Pennsylvania passenger train struck one of the circus trucks at Orriville. The dead: Mrs. William Franks, Chicago, trapeze performer; William Franks, her husband, a musician; Charles Fast, 50, Pataskala, Ohio, a musician; Fred Mathews, Cincinnati, injured, musician. Lima News (Lima, OH), June 15, 1924, p. 1.

    LaRoy Stock Co., H. LaRoy, manager; Fostoria, O., indefinite. Billboard, June 19, 1915, p. 34.

    The LaRoy Dog, Pony and Monkey Circus is still in Chicago, doing nice business. Mr. LaRoy is featuring his untabable lion, Spitfire, handled by Capt. A. P. Costello, well known lion tamer. In addition there are four ponies, four dogs and one monkey. H. LaRoy, who is managing the circus, is also manager of the Marie Hayes Players. Billboard, October 21, 1916, p. 27.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Larsson Bros. Circus - 1987-88

1987: This show played under canvas and had at least some dates in the Fall. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 16.

1988: In September, Karl Larsson took the show to the Cayman Islands. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Cleve LaRue's - 1918

    Winter quarters. Cleve LaRue's All Star Wild West, Cleve LaRue, proprietor, Fern Hills' Farm, Powell's Station, Tenn. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

    Cleve La Rue's All-Star Wild West Show. Cleve La Rue, proprietor, manager, equestrian director; Guy Perry, treasurer, secretary, manager sideshow; Chas. M. Shepherd, general agent; Jim Kelly, supt. canvas, supt. working crew; Doc Campbell, boss hostler; George McQuary, supt. lights. Show opens at Sweetwater, Tenn. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.

    A letter from Cleve La Rue, proprietor of La Rue's Wild West, announces that the greater part of the show was destroyed by fire at Powell Station, Tenn., July 5. The loss included nearly all the paraphernalia, a large quantity of feed and seven head of horses. The La Rue Show did not go out for the spring season and the stock was being used on the farm at Powell Station. It was scheduled to take the road about the first week in August for a string of Southern fairs with the Kaplan Greater Shows. Part of the equipment stored in the barn that burned was saved, also three head of horses, including the high school horse, Mack. No insurance was carried. No definite plans for the future have been decided. Billboard, July 20, 1918, p. 25.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jules Larvett's - 1917

    Jules Larvett, of New York, is organizing an indoor circus to open at the O'Hara Opera House, Shenandoah, Pennsylvania, February 15. He will have about nine acts, including Tex McLeod and wife and Robert Stickney Sr. and wife. McLeod will do his roping and monologue act, while his wife will work a principal act, as well as appear in the double hurdle riding (Indian) act with Mr. and Mrs. Stickney. The engagement of the McLeods and Stickneys call for eight weeks. . . . Billboard, February 17, 1917, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Laschaller & Wertz Bros. - 1888

    Wanted, for Laschaller, Wertz Bros. & Co.'s New Shows, a few more good people, a No. 1 agent, singing clown, boss canvasman, lady and gentlemen performers who can do two or more acts in the ring and concert, a band of six mouthpieces, and a troupe of performing dogs. We will buy a set of Gale or Kidd lights. Address, Laschaller, Wertz Bros. & Co.'s New Shows, O street, Lincoln, Nebraska. New York Clipper, February 11, 1888, p. 779.

    Laschaller, Wertz Bros. & Co.'s Circus opens its season in Lincon, Nebraska, April 23. The following people have been engaged: the Macart Family, Gordon and Paridise, Fenny and Bliss, Putnam Bros., F. Hassell and wife, E. Latour, L. De Castora, W. Conklin, Willie Olga, Jennie Kay, Nellie Queen, Millie Cora, Mme. Josephine and Dog Circus, Prof. H. Blorker's(?) Brass Band. Laschaller and Wertz Bros., proprietors and managers; E. L. Brannan, agent . . . C. H. Christie, boss canvasman and ten assistants; Dell Alexander, property man. They will use a 100ft. round top. New York Clipper, April 7, 1888, p. 56.

    Lincoln, Nebraska. The circus season opens here 22, when Laschaller, Wertz Bros. & Co.'s Show opens. New York Clipper, April 14, 1888, p. 75.

    Lincoln, Nebraska. Wertz Brothers, Laschaller and Co.'s Circus, in spite of good business which was reported as doing throughout the Northwest, came to grief in Denver, and was left high and dry there. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 21, 1888, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

LaTena's - 1914, 1916-17, 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914-17

1914:

    LaTena's Wild Animal Circus. Andrew Downie, proprietor & manager; Bert Rutherford, general agent; C. P. Farrington, local contractor; W. J. Whitton, special agent; Wm. Griner, manager sideshow; Herman Griggs, equestrian director; Geo. (Pop) Coy, general supt.; Woody Van, musical director; E. E. Payton, trainmaster; N. H. Walker, boss hostler; Robt. Kline, supt. commissary dept.; Geo. (Pop) Coy, supt. lights; Bill Jones, 24-hour agent; Walter Allen, supt. elephants; Sam Dawson, manager advance car; Jas. Rice, checker-up; M. E. Bacon, legal adjuster; Geo. Phillips, announcer. Show opens at Timonium, Maryland, April 18. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

    Show had one train with two horse cars, five flat cars, two sleepers, 27 wagons. Had two elephants, one camel and seven cages with five black bears, four lionesses, five seals, one lion, one hyena, one kid and another lion. Had 27 horses, 13 ponies, one pony colt, one donkey and a goat. Had a parade with riders, a carriage, cages, wagon and calliope and a free exhibition (slide for life). Wagons: cookhouse, water tank, property (tab), two carriages, reserved seats, canvas, stake and chain, poles, light plant, sideshow and menagerie, horse tent and blacksmith, tickets, calliope, dressing and canvas, seats, a cart, privileges, and the cages. Tents: big top, sideshow and menagerie, two candy stands, colored dodger, small sideshow, horse tent, cookhouse, dressing tent, dining tent, dancing girls and a knife rack. Sideshow and menagerie: sword swallower, cockatoos and monkeys, snake charmer, colored band, oriental dancers, two elephants, one camel, ponies and five cages. Circus Report, Vol. 1, No. 36, 1972, p. 5.

Article on the 1914 La Tena's show is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1962 (scroll down or use find).

1916:

    LaTena's Wild Animal Circus. Andrew Downie, proprietor; L. D. Proctor, asst. manager; Arthur Morris, treasurer; J. Green, auditor; F. J. Frink, general agent and railroad contractor; W. H. Selvage and A. H. Bennett, local contractors; R. H. Johnston and G. B. Sherman, special agents; Victor Stout, press agent; Chas. Levesque, excursion agent; G. K. Burkhart, manager sideshow; Geo. (Pop) Coy, general supt.; Mrs. A. Downie, supt. privileges; Henry Kern, musical dir.; Steve Connor, supt. reserved seat tickets; Geo. Coy, supt. canvas; Puss Irving, trainmaster; Harry Smith, supt. commissary dept.; J. E. Harrison, supt. lights; George Davis, supt. ring stock; Wm. Burns, twenty-four hour agent; Archie Dunlap, supt. elephants; Paul Johanning, supt. animals; Bill Whitney, blacksmith; Victor Stout, manager advance car No. 1; Wm. A. Carpenter, checker-up; L. D. Proctor, legal adjuster; Wm. Jones, announcer; fifteen cars. Show opens at Havre de Grace, Maryland, April 22. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

• An article on the 1917 La Tena show, Andrew Downie, owner, is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1977, Vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 4-11.

1918:

    The La Tena Show is losing several of its men by enlistment, the latest to go being "Dutch" John Hoffman, who has joined the French army, and Frank (Shorty) Kean, who is now a member of the British Engineer Corps. Sam Freed, who had the advertising banners with the La Tena Show is located for the winter at his home in Schenectady, N.Y. Harmon Stirling, staff waiter with the La Tena Show, is another who has joined the colors, and is located at Camp Meade, Md. Chief Debro and wife, Madame Thelma, of the La Tena sideshow, are spending the winter at their Indiana home. Jess Bullock, treasurer of the La Tena Show, is at his home at Canton, Pa. Muldoon Hartman, Baldy Carmichael and Billy Jones, all of the La Tena Circus, have a camp at Ryan, Cal. Billboard, January 12, 1918, pp. 28, 31.

    Winter quarters. La Tena Circus, Andrew Downie, proprietor, Havre de Grace, Md. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

    "Doc" Williams has started work at the winter quarters of the La Tena Show. Duke Carey, who clowned with the La Tena Show last season, is in Florida before opening his second season with the Brown & Bowers Minstrels. Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 30.

    J. S. Robertson will have the management of the sideshow with LaTena's Three-Ring Circus. Billboard, February 9, 1918, p. 31.

    Havre de Grace, Md., Feb. 11. A deal has been completed between Andrew Downie and Walter L. Main, of Geneva, O., whereby Mr. Downie has secured the title of the Walter L. Main Fashion Plate Shows and will substitute it for the La Tena Three-Ring Wild Animal Shows the coming season. The La Tena Circus, under its new name, will be larger and improvements will be made. The show will be transported in eighteen cars, and will begin its tour April 20 at Havre de Grace, Md., Mr. Downie's winter quarters. Mr. Downie will be sole owner and manager, and all contracts for the La Tena Show will hold good with the Main show oufit. Billboard, February 16, 1918, p. 71.

• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lathrop, Peoples & Franklin Metropolitan Circus - 1860

    Metropolitan Circus. Lathrop, Peoples and Franklin, proprietors. A. J. Reed, treasurer. New and splendid circus company, organized in San Francisco, have made arrangements for the traveling season, and engaged some of the best performers in the world! Who have just arrived from Spaulding & Roger's Amphitheater, and bring with them all the new acts and improvements in the profession. This Company will open in Sacramento, on March 27th, for a few days only. The following Ladles and Gentlemen are attached to this Company: Herr Essen, Senor Cordello, J. T. Reese, from Spaulding & Rogers', New Orleans; Miss Selena Long, George Peoples, Wm. Franklin, J. H. Kies, James Peoples, and the old favorite clown, Sam Lathrop, assisted by the Motley Brothers, their tlrst appearance. J. Alexander, agent. Sacramento Daily Union, March 30, 1860, p. 1.

    Metropolitan Circus. Lathrop, Peoples & Franklin, proprietors. T. Maguire, treasurer and manager. This Great Star Company, now under the sole management of Mr. Maguire, will perform during the State Fair, commencing September 19th. All the great feats as practiced at Nibio's, New York, and Astley's, London, will be produced. A grand change of performance every evening. No expense or pains will he spared to make this the great center of attraction during the State Fair. Cushioned seats for ladies and their attendants. Clown, Sam Lathrop! Good seats for fifty Cents; boxes, one dollar. Last night of the Metropolitan Circus. A firemen's grand tournament will take place at the Metropolitan Circus on Thursday evening September 27th, which will be the last appearance of the Circus on this occasion. Sacramento Daily Union, 26 September 26, 1860, p. 1.

• 1860: More information is online at Clipper, May 12   Clipper, June 2,   Clipper, September 1,   Clipper, September 22,   Clipper, October 13,   Clipper, October 21,   Clipper, November 3 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Laury Bros. - 1899

    Laury Bros. circus visited our town yesterday and attendance was large. We have had larger circus, but they give more than double the value of admission which was only 10 cts. Semi-Weekly Item (Mount Carmel, PA), May 3, 1899, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

LaVant Family Show - 1888

    Wanted, for LaVant Family's All Star Novelty Co., B flat cornet to double on first violin, B flat and tuba in band and orchestra, advance man, Dutch comedian, troupe of dogs, juggler, contortionist, bar teams, etc. Address LaVant Family, Battle Creek, Mich. New York Clipper, June 16, 1888, p. 224.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lavely's Allied Shows - 1878

    Wanted, for Lavely's Allied Shows. One advance agent, one brass band that can play string, cannon-ball performer and juggler, and a pair of ceiling-walking shoes. Address Tony Lavely, sole proprietor, Owensboro, Ky. Sideshow and candy privileges for sale. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 11, 1878, p. 51.

    Ed L. Brannan and Billy Watson inform us that they have the candy privileges with Tony Lavely's Great Allied Shows, which start out from Owensboro, Ky., June 1. Leon the rope walker will be of the company. New York Clipper, May 25, 1878, p. 71.

    1908: Tony Lavely virtually controls the amusement business in Dawson, Ga. He is an old circus man, and has been in the business for forty-two years. At present he is manager of the Fargason Opera House and Dawson Billposting Co. Billboard, September 5, 1908, p. 17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lawler's - 1887, 1890

1887:

    Lawler's Circus, under the management of Frank De Beque, will take the road April 23(?) and travel by rail. Joe Tinkham, horse trainer, is putting the stock in trim. New York Clipper, April 23, 1887, p. 84.

    Roster of Lawler's Moral Exhibition and Trained Animal Show: M. Lawler, proprietor; Frank De Begue, manager; Geo. Markwood, treasurer; A. J. McNiece, Tom Dixon, Frank De Begne, Ashly Basco . . . Ed Bowers, Mitchell and Dryden song-and-dance; Kate Myers, Fannie Griffin, the riding dog "Trixie," riding goat "Nancy Lee;" W. J. Fleming, boss canvasman with six assistants, and Prof. Wm. Larrison, leder. The show is traveling through Texas and report good business. New York Clipper, July 16, 1887, p. 275.

1890:

    Wanted for Lawler's Moral Exhibition and Trained Animal Shows, bar team that do brothers or double traps, lady performers for big show and concert band of six pieces that double. Show opens in Dallas, Texas, April 17(?). Address Frank De Beque, Dallas, Tex. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 14.

    Roster of Lawler's Moral Show and Trained Animal Exhibition: Frank De Beque, manager . . . H.(?) E. Bowers, general agent; Denis(?) Fox, equestrian director . . . Bob Perkins, boss hostler with twelve assistants; band - Harry Br??an, leader: Jink Lee, Henry Kruger, Geo. Marshall, H. Taylor, Oscar Kemmelling, S. Wright, M. Riley [prob. Mel Riley] and J. W. Scory; candy butchers, W. Stanton, Albert Krause and Chas. Doty; privileges, Frank Beatty(?); chief de cuisine, Dave Johnson with four assistants; performers - Marietta Brothers, Louis Fox, Sam C. Wright, Joe Boggs, Gus Bennett, Mel Rielly(?), Joe Page, Tom Hardy, Harry De Graw, Maggie Lawlor, Polly Revell, Jerry Scanlan and M. Riley. Jerry Scanlan introduces a troupe of performing Brazilian goats; the iron jawed horse, Sport, trick horse, Colonel, introduce by his trainer, Frank de Beque; riding dog, Trix; rope walking and riding goat, Nellie, and manege horse Duke. This show uses an eighty foot top, with a forty foot middle piece, and dressing room, cook and horse tents. This show travels by rail, using four cars and sleeping cars. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 261.

    Lawler's Moral Exhibition and Trained Animal Shows wants people for circus and concert. Long season South. Frank De Beque, Junction City, Kansas. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 412.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lawrence & Call's - 1887

    Wanted, for Lawrence & Call's United Shows. One lady and one man rider, trained horses, ponies and dogs, lady for outside ascention and a few more general performers. Also band leader and musicians. Sideshow, candy stand and street privileges to let. Address J. F. Lawrence, Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, June 4, 1887, p. 191.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lawrence & Burnett's - 1887

    Wanted for Lawrence & Burnett's Gigantic Dime Shows and Oriental Canine Circus, trained animals of all kinds, troupe of dogs, ponies, donkeys, goats, horses, etc. Also a few more performers in nearly every branch of the circus business. Also lady specialties for concert. Privileges to let. We start early in March. Week stands. Stop at hotels, no cook tent. Address J. F. Lawrence, Nashville, Tenn. N.B. Would also like to hear from band of eight pieces, or leader and musicians. New York Clipper, February 12, 1887, p. 764.

    Wanted for Lawrence & Burnett's Gigantic Dime Circus, trained animals, horses, ponied, donkeys and a troupe of dogs; also performers in all branches of the circus business, including tumblers, acrobats, leapers and aerial acts; also ladies' specialties for concert. Address for two weeks to J. F. Lawrence, Nashville, Tenn. New York Clipper, February 19, 1887, pp. 780, 782.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leandor Bros. - 1898

    Salem, Oregon. Leandor Brothers' Circus, 3, 4 to fair business; performance fair. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 21, 1898, p. 7.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

LeClair Dog, Pony and Monkey Circus; LeClair, Webber & Huse - 1912-14

1912: The LeClair Dog, Pony and Monkey Circus will again take the road next sesson with one of the most complete outfits of its kind. The company will carry a complete new outfit, consisting of a 60 foot round top, with two 40 foot middle pieces and 12x18 main entrance, 30x60 horse tent, 20x30 cook bouse and 30x60 dressing room. The show has recently purchased ten new baggage wagons and three new ponies, making a total of 12 ponies, three mules, 20 baggage horses, 30 dogs and ten monkeys. The show's winter quarters at Crompton, R.I., consists of three separate buildings. The ring barn and stables are under the same roof, and the blacksmith and paint shops adjoin the storage and canvas lofts for wagons and canvas storage. The baggage stock is turned out on the show's 40 acre farm, which supplies the show wilth grain and hay for the winter. The show will open early in the spring, and will play the small towns. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1913: LeClair's Dog & Pony Show - B. S. LeClair and Johnny Jones, proprietors; Geo. A. Manchester, manager; Mrs. Geo. A. Manchester, treasurer; Chas. Gordon, general agent; E. E. Tracey, contracting press agent; Jim Robinson, press agent back with the show; Wm. Manchester, equestrian director; Clyde Stevens, musical director; Chas. Phenix, superintendent canvas; Wallace Lupin, boss hostler; Bill Hicks, superintendent lights; Whitey Monihan, superintendent ring stock; Geo. Powers, superintendent working crew; Pete Marquex, superintendent animals; John Garvey, manager advertising car No. 1; Earl Potter, announcer. Show opens at Riverpoint, R. I., early in May. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: LeClair, Webber & Huse Show - LeClair, Webber & Huse, proprietors; B. S. LeClair, manager; Gus Huse, assistant manager; Ike Jutras, secretary and auditor; Harry C. Webber, general agent and railroad contractor; Chas. Gordon, press agent back with show; "Honey" Hall, sideshow manager; Gus Huse, equestrian director; "Blacky" King, general superintendent; Mrs. B. S. LeClair, superintendent privileges; Jas. McCann, musical director; Mrs. B. S. LeClair, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Chas. Phoenix, superintendent canvas; Pete Marquiex, trainmaster; Wallace Lupien, boss hostler; Ed. Gardner, superintendent commissary department; Jas. Hart, superintendent lights and props; Wallace Lupien, superintendent ring stock and stock; Chas. Phoenix, superintendent working crew; Harry Vincent, 24-hour agent; Wallace Lupien, superintendent animals; Chas. Briggs, blacksmith; James Robinson, manager adv. car; "Honey" Hall, legal adjuster. Show opens at E. Greenwich, R. I., May 20. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

LeClair, Webber & Huse - 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914

    LeClair, Webber & Huse Show - LeClair, Webber & Huse, proprietors; B. S. LeClair, manager; Gus Huse, assistant manager; Ike Jutras, secretary and auditor; Harry C. Webber, general agent and railroad contractor; Chas. Gordon, press agent back with show; "Honey" Hall, sideshow manager; Gus Huse, equestrian director; "Blacky" King, general superintendent; Mrs. B. S. LeClair, superintendent privileges; Jas. McCann, musical director; Mrs. B. S. LeClair, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Chas. Phoenix, superintendent canvas; Pete Marquiex, trainmaster; Wallace Lupien, boss hostler; Ed. Gardner, superintendent commissary department; Jas. Hart, superintendent lights and props; Wallace Lupien, superintendent ring stock and stock; Chas. Phoenix, superintendent working crew; Harry Vincent, 24-hour agent; Wallace Lupien, superintendent animals; Chas. Briggs, blacksmith; James Robinson, manager adv. car; "Honey" Hall, legal adjuster. Show opens at E. Greenwich, R. I., May 20. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

    B. S. LeClair, general manager of tbe Great Eastern Shows, has things moving along lively at the winter quarters at Crompton, R I. All the cages and wagons bave beea newly painted and decorated with gold and silver scrolls and a landscape in oil on each of tbe cages, the work being done under the supervision of that artist, Charles Sherman. Several new cages are being constructed as an addition to tbe menagerie. Thomas Mclntire is in charge of the stock, and has it all in first-class shape. S. W. (Blackey) King, boss canvssman, has everything In his department well under way. In fact, tbe work ia so far advanced tbat the show could move on two days' notice. All the props have been recovered with plush and studded with brass nails, the work being superintended by French Plough, the boss property man. Tbe boys all have fine quarters in a separate cottage belonging to Mr. LeClair. Although the winter quarters are located two miles from tbe village the barns are lighted by electricity as a precaution against fire. Clint A. Graham, master of transportation, late of the Frank A. Robbins Shows, is at the quarters on a visit, and will remain here over the holidays as a guest of Mr. LeClair: also Charles Smith, late of the Barnum & Bailey Show. Charles Gordon is in charge of the office, and is preparing the press work, as well as looking after Mr. LeClair'a future plans, announcement of which will be made in The Billboard after the first of the year. Billboard, December 26, 1914, p. 56.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lee, Worrell & Sebastian's - 1863

    [Advertisement] Lee, Worrell & Sebastian's Great Circus ! John Wilson, proprietor. Will exhibit in Placerville on Saturday, June 27th, 1863. In the afternoon and evening. Mr. H. C. Lee, so long connected with the circus, in California, returns after a absence of three years, with his entire company, including all the Lee Family. And a number of performers new in this country. Senor Sebastian, lady and son, George Ryland, Wm. Worrell, the great American clown, are all attached to this great establishment, together with the most complete stud of trained horses, ponies and mules that ever appeared in this State. Admission one dollar, children half-price. J. Alexander, agent. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), June 27, 1863, n.p.n.

• 1863: online at Clipper, July 25,   Clipper, August 1,   Clipper, August 15 (scroll down)

• See John Wilson's.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. C. Lee's; Lee & Marshall; Lee & Bennett; Lee & Ryland - 1854-55, 1857-59, 1864-69, 1877

• According to Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 Henry Charles Lee and John R. Marshall were owners of Lee & Marshall's.

1854:

    [Advertisement] Lee & Marshall's Circus and Hippodrome! Will exhibit in Placerville on Saturday and Sunday, March 25th and 26th. The company has been much increased and strengthened and now boasts the possession of all the star talent obtainable on the shores of the Pacific; among them may be named: Miss Virginia Leone, Mr. Geo. Peoples, Mr. H. C. Lee, La Petite Marcells (only 3 years old), Mr. Thos. Neville, Mr. Chas. Devere, Mons. Rochette, Master Eugene Lee, Master Francis Lee, Mr. J. L. Hinkley, Master Armstrong, Mr. M. Hinkley, Mr. J. R. Marsaall, and others. Prices of admission - Boxes, $2; Pit, $1. Doors open at 7 - performance to commence at 7 1/2 o'clock. This company will perform at Mud Spring, March 23d; Diamong Spring, 24th, and Cold Spring, the 27th. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), March 18, 1854, n.p.n.

    National Circus. This talented and popular company performed in this city on Thursday and Friday nights last, to crowded and delighted houses. Among the performances were many new feats, which were performed with astonishing ease and inimitable grace, by different members of the troupe. The riding of Mr. Peoples, Master Armstrong as the "Young Fox Hunter," and indeed all the performances were excellent and evinced the highest order of equestrian talent. But Mons. Rochette - Mons. Rochette, what shall we say of him? - To say that as "The Strong Man," his feats were astonishing and unparallelled, would be but repeating what every body says. We were of the impression that one Mons. Sampson, who is said to have lived some centuries ago, and whose exploits we remember to have read of (in our youthful days), was a very strong man, in fact, in our simplicity, we doubted whether he did really perform the feats of strength attributed to him, but now, that we have seen Mons. Rochette on the Grecian column, we believe it all - we are prepared to believe anything! As a clown, Mons. Rochette is overpowering - his drolleries are innumerable andinimitagble. A lean friend of our who attended the circus on Thursday night, has suddenly grown fat and sleek. He attributes the change in his condition entirely to the humors of "Mr. Merryman." He's been laughing ever since. An excellent band, led by Mr. Edmonds, an accomplished musician, is connected with the circus, which is by no means its least attraction. Last night the performance was for the benefit of our Fire Department. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), October 7, 1854, n.p.n. [Lee & Marshalls]

1855:

    In a few days, Lee & Marshall's Circus will be in our city, and as the head of the Fire Department, and on behalf of the firemen, I respectfully and earnestly request you patronize it liberally. The proprietors generously gave the Department, when it was in an almost bankrupt condition, two benefits, from which it realized upwards of twelve hundred dollars - more than sufficient to pay off its indebtedness. For this generosity, they deserve something more substantial than the mere thanks of our citizens. An opportunity now presents itself to return the compliment; and I hop all will embrace it. C. B. M. Russell, chief eng. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), April 14, 1855, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Lee & Marshall's National Circus and Hippodrome! Messrs. Lee & Marshall, duly appreciating the flattering reception heretofore extended them by the citizens of this city, desire to announce that their arrangements for the present season far outstrip in novely, splendor and variety, anything ever before presented to a California audience.
    They are happy to announce an engagement with the renowned French Troupe! Late of Franconi's Hippodrome, Paris, who make their debut before a California audience, in an entirely new grand entree, by twelve ladies and gentlemen, led by Madame Austin and H. C. Lee. Tight rope dancing, by Mad. Austin, La Perche, by the Italian Brothers, gymnastic feats, double trapeze, globe running, tumbling, vaulting, etc. Three clowns, Mons. Austin, Mons. Codona and the old favorite, J. B. Rochette, will enliven the entertainments.
    This company will perform in this city two nights, Tuesday and Wednesday next. April 17th and 18th. Admission - boxes, $2; Pit, $1. Doors open at 7 o'clock, performance to commence at 7 1/2. R. J. Tiffany, agent. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), April 14, 1855, n.p.n.

1857:

    We are informed that Messrs. Lee & Bennett are now organizing, and will start out in the spring with the largest and most talented circus company that has ever before traveled in this country. An agent has been in New York and other Atlantic cities for the past four or five months, making the necessary arrangements for the approaching season; and we know that the amusement-loving people will be gratified to learn that an engagement has been effected with the celebrated artist Hernandez, whose daring feats of equestrianism are so well known and appreciated throughout the Atlantic States and Europe. Mr. Ryland, who in Europe, as a general performer, stood high in his profession, together with Worrell, the celebrated clown, have also been engaged, all of whom are expected to arrive in a few weeks. We understand that a superb music chariot, together with other costly paraphernalia, have been purchased and are now on the way out.
    During the time these extensive arrangements have been going on at the East, the management has not been idle here. Mr. Bennett, who has recently become one of the managers of this popular establishment, is now in Sacramento with a number of old favorites of the company, who are playing a highly successful engagement at the National in connection with the joint stock company of that theatre; while Mr. Lee, who is so well known as a successful circus manager, is on his ranch near Stockton, training horses and making other extensive preparations for the season now so near at hand.
    Messrs. Lee & Bennett are gentlemen of high standing and moral worth, and we have no doubt but that they will be amply remunerated by an appreciative public for the energy they have evinced and the great expense they have incurred in this matter. We wish them success. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), January 24, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1857: information is online at Clipper, July 4,   Clipper, August 22 (scroll down)

1858:

    Mr. Lee, the generous and courteous proprietor of the National Circus is deservedly popular in Placerville, particularly with the firemen, to whom, in former times, he has been exceedingly liberal. He opened his circus in this place on Monday evening and must have been highly delighted with the genuine warmth of his reception. Our whole town turned out to greet hime, and the Neptune boys escorted him through town. They sold a large number of tickets for him, and induced their friends to give him a helping hand (Mr. L. has been unfortunate of late). The large canvas, long before the performance commenced, was perfectly jammed with people, and seats brought a premium. The performance was excellent and gave general satisfaction. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), May 15, 1858, n.p.n.

• 1858: online at Clipper, March 20,   Clipper, May 22 (scroll down)

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, June 18,   Clipper, August 20,   Clipper, November 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 26,   Clipper, December 10 (scroll down)

• 1864: Lee & Ryland, online at Clipper, September 24,   Clipper, October 1 (scroll down)

1865:

    Wait for the Wagons. A rich fund of amusement is in store for the denizens of this city and vicinity in the advent of Mons. J. B. Rochette (familarly known, in former years, as "Frenchy"), who, after an absence of nearly eight years, will make his debut under the management of Messrs. Lee & Ryland, the pioneer circus men, at the commencement of their spring and summer campaign. During the past eight years, "Frenchy" has played, with unbounded success, in the principal cities of South, Central and North America, Great Britain and France; and returns to us, his first love, to exhibit his proficencey in that line in which, even years ago, he held an enviable position. The Paris press accorded him the title of Rex Jocundi, and justly, or our memories are greatly at fault. Messrs. Lee & Ryland, we learn, are making extraordinary arrangements for a brilliant season this year. Novelties from the East, in talent, trapping and paraphernalia, will be introduced; nothing will be omitted, we are assured, that can tend to maintain for them, what they have always deserved, the reputation for superiority in their profession. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), March 18, 1865, n.p.n.

    Lee & Ryland's grand combination circus and dramatic company, will perform in this city on Monday next, the 17th instant. Everybody knows "old man Lee," and everybody feels like encouraging him, for he deserves encouragement, at least by the citizens of Placerville, for his liberality in other days. Aside from other attractions, the performance of the "Lee family" and the rich humor, telling and pointed witticisms, graceful dancing, and high old singing and tumbling of "Frenchy," another Placerville favorite, are well worth the price of admission. Of course the circus will be crowded. Lee understands his business and never stoops to humbuggery to draw a crowd.
    [Advertisement] The Big Show is Coming! The grand combination circus and dramatic company! Also, the celebrated dog and monkey show. Forming altogether the most attractive exhibition ever presented to the world. Will perform in Placerville on Monday, April 17, 1865. The performers have been selected from the best in their respective professions, and among them will be found California's favorite clown, Mons. J. B. Rochette, better known as "Frenchy." Notwithstanding the immense combination, the prices will remain as usual: Dress circle, $1; Pitt, 50 cts. Lee & Ryland, proprietors. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), April 15, 1865, n.p.n.

• 1865: Lee & Ryland, online at Clipper, May 6,   Clipper, June 17,   Clipper, August 19 (scroll down)

1866:

    [Advertisement] Cosmopolitan Circus! Lee & Ryland, managers. John H. Marshall, treasurer. This mammoth establishment will give a grand performance in Portland on Thursday, Friday and Saturday eves, Sept. 13th, 14th and 15th. Grand Matinee Saturday afternoon, performance to commence at 2 o'clock, for the benefit of ladies and families.
    Messrs. Lee & Ryland have much pleasure in announcing that they have secured (by permission of T. Maguire, Esq.) the services of Harry Jackson, the celebrated clown and mimic, who will appear as Shaksperian clown and jester, and give his wonderful imitations, also impersonations of the dwarf French lady, trumpet solos, etc. The press has pronounced him a fellow of infinite jest and excellency. A hit, a palpalda hit. "Harry Jackson makes an excellent clown, being witty without vulgarity, and clever in the general acceptance of the term." - Sac. Bee. "A new feature in the entertainments, was the appearance of Harry Jackson, the comedian, as clown. We award Jackson the credit of being an unusually fresh jester, with a good stock of stories, witticisms, apt quotations, and practical jokes. His imitations of Baudman, Kean and Forrest were close and amusing, acknowledged by the public to be the most successful son of Monmus since the days of the far-famed Wallett." - Sac. Union.
    The pavilion is entirely newly fitted up with all the modern improvements of a first-class circus. Admission, $1. Children, half-price. Doors open at 7 o'clock. Performance commences at 8. Geo. W. Soule, agent. Daily Oregonian (Portland, OR), September 8, 1866, n.p.n.

• 1866: Lee & Ryland, online at:
Clipper, May 19,   Clipper, May 26,   Clipper, June 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 10,   Clipper, December 8,   Clipper, December 15 (scroll down)

1867:

    [Advertisement] Great New York Circus and Animal Show. Lee & Ryland, proprietors. The gigantic establishment with its arenic and equestrian talent, will appear in Portland two days only, Tuesday & Wednesday eves, September 3d and 4th. Look out for the wonderful trained buffalo and his Indian rider. The celebrated New York clown, Wm. Kennedy. The star rider of the world, premiere equestrienne, in her elegant and tasteful acts. The astonishing Japanese performances. The wonderful troupe of performing children. Admission one dollar. Children half price. J. Alexander, agent. Morning Oregonian (Portland, OR), August 31, 1867, n.p.n.

• 1867: Lee & Ryland, online at:
Clipper, June 22,   Clipper, August 3 (scroll down)

• 1868: Lee & Ryland, online at:
Clipper, January 11 (scroll down)

1869:

    [Advertisement] Great Eastern and Royal European Circus. Under the direction of H. C. Lee, the old pioneer of this coast. Troupe of daring riders, accomplished gymnasts, agile acrobats, witty clowns, boneless contortionists. Cor. Fourth and Pine Sts. On Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Monday, July 1st, 2d, 3d and 5th. Mr. Horatio Nelson, best clown and general performer of the day. Royal Military Brass and String Band, conducted by Mr. Signor Rary. The Lee Family during an absence of two years will introduce new and astonishing feats. La Petite Rosa, first female tumbler in the United States. Little trick mare, the Good-for-nothing; comic trick pony, Lady Lily Beauty. Comic pantomime fairy pieces, and numerous performers retained to give each evening an entire change of performance. Wait for the Great Eastern and Royal European Circus. Doors open at 7 o'clock. Performance to commence at 8. Admission one dollar. Children half price. Wm. Griffith, business agent. Morning Oregonian (Portland, OR), July 1, 1869, n.p.n.

• 1869: online at:
Clipper, February 6 (scroll down)

1877:

    The Great Eastern Circus is to make a Southern tour this Winter. H. C. Lee, proprietor; G. W. DeHaven, manager; T. F. Walters, treasurer; H. D. Davella, contracting agent; Dan Rhoades, railroad contracting agent and advertiser; Miles Orton and family, Mlle. Evaline, the Lee Family - Mr. and Mrs. H. O., Miss Levartie(?), Harry, Master Robert F. and Little Fussy(?) - Blumenshine(?) and Swartz, Rosa Lee, Mlle. Levarter, Romanenoff; and P. H. Seamon and Billy Johnson, clowns. They are to show in Cairo, Ill., Oct. 6(?). New York Clipper, October 6, 1877, p. 223.

    H. C. Lee & Co.'s Great Eastern Circus and Congress of Novelties is reported doing good business in Mississippi. New York Clipper, November 17, 1877, p. 271.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lee Bros. - 1925   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1925-26, 1933-34

    The Lee Bros. Circus in 1925 was a 15 car show, with parade, owned by G. W. Christie of Beaumont, Texas, who was also owner of Christy Bros. Circus, a 25 car show. The Lee show was the old Golden Bros. circus, re-christened. Christy bought the Golden show in 1924, operated it for 8 weeks under the Golden title, then changed to Lee Bros. According to Ray Choisser, calliope player, Christy wired the Donaldson Litho Co. for a line of paper for the show, and when Arch Donaldson asked what title he wanted on the paper, Christy wired back and asked Donaldson the name of his porter, who had once shined Christy's shoes, and the answer was that it was Homer Lee. Christy wired the company to title the paper "Lee Bros. Circus" for luck. Choisser wrote: "we got nothing but money in Western U. S. and Canada that year." Louis Chase, formerly assistant manager of Sells-Floto and also Hagenbeck-Wallace when the American Circus Corportion owned them, was manager of the Lee circus that year. Bandwagon, April 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 2, p. 9.

• Articles on the Lee Bros. Big Four Ring Wild Animal Show, George W. Christy, owner, his No. 2 circus, 1925-26, are in Bandwagon, May-June, 1973, pp. 3-13 and July-August, 1996, pp. 31-33. The 1973 article states that Christy did put out a motorized circus in 1933-34 using the Lee Bros. title; and the Lee Bros. title was later used by Bob Atterbury in 1944-45 and in the late 1940s Harvey Brison used the title.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lee Bros. - 1949

    The 1949 Lee Bros Circus, owners Ray Brison and his sons Raymond and Lee, was a one-ring show with about 20 units, including a ticket wagon, several trailers, trucks and two miniature parade wagons. They carried a sideshow featuring freaks and a fire eater. Sam Dock, then age 84, was with the show, still performing and training animals. Most of the performers were the Brison family. The concert featured the wild west stars, the Wyoming Duos.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Chas. Lee's London - 1886-89, 1890-94, 1896

1886:

    The following are engaged for the London Show: Chas. Lee, manager; Corrella and Courtney, Lavigne Bros., Louis and Libby, Mons. Leopold, Billy Lee, James Joyce, Billy Ellis, Mlle. Elnora, Bertha Lee . . . Show May 3, Bellair Lot, Baltimore, four weeks; Washington, D.C., four weeks; Wilmington, Del., two weeks, Philadelphia, four weeks, Jersey City two weeks. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 83.

    Charles Lee writes us from Baltimore: "The trouble between Lee and Scribner has been settled, and the show will open at Westminster, Md., May 17. Charles Lee will travel by rail, and will be known as the London Shows." This title might cause new trouble. New York Clipper, May 8, 1886, p. 120.

    Lee's London Show and Congress of Living Wonders opened the season at Westminster, Md., May 15. J. H. Gray is doing the contracting for the show. This is his third season. The show travels by rail, with its own cars. New York Clipper, May 22, 1886, p. 155.

    Charles Lee's Show did well at Wilkesbarre, Pa., last week, and remain there up to June 30. "Happy Hank" Johnson is looking after the railroad business. Bill Williams, of the Forepaugh show, has bought the candy privileges. Master Willie Howard and Chas. Lovell joined 25. The show opens July 1 at Towanda, Pa., for three days. New York Clipper, July 3, 1886, p. 250.

    Lee's Consolidated Circus will pitch its tent on the ball ground next Friday for a three day's stay here. This will be the first ten cent show to strike Titusville. Titusville Morning Herald (Titusville, PA), August 2, 1886, p. 1.

    Chas. Lee's London Dime Circus will re-organize at Baltimore, Md., before starting South. Charles Lee's hotel car has reached him, and he will board and lodge all the people of his London Show hereafter. New York Clipper, October 16, 1886, pp. 491, 500.

1887:

    Wanted, for Chas. Lee's London Show, people of all kinds (except riders), musicians, gymnasts, concert people. This show has not closed its doors in four years. People must be capable of doing more than one turn. Address Chas. Lee, Birmingham, Ala., week of Feb. 21. New York Clipper, February 19, 1887, p. 781.

    Chas. Lee’s London Show exhibited in Knoxville, Tenn., March 17, in a snowstorm - the first time in Mr. Lee’s twenty-two years’ experience that he ever showed under similar circumstances. New York Clipper, March 26, 1887.

    Roster of Charles Lee's London Show: Chas. Lee, manager; Henry Johnson, assistant manager; __ Reynolds, treasurer; Lewis Grawer, boss canvasman; Fred Brehen, boss property man; Dr. Powers, chandeliers; Harry Martell, master of transportation; O'Brien Bros., Leopold Miller, Mlle. Elnora, Ella Rogers and troupe of performing ponies, Chas. Lovell, Amia Scott [Alma?], John Chick and Herbert Long, band of eight pieces, Prof. Chas. Coon, leader, with Henry Hargrave, Walter Henecarle, J. R. Russell, John Winn, Fred William, John Cary and Prof. Schotte. Seaford Bros., Chas. Lee's troupe of eight performing dogs, King Satofo (juggler), Sig. Lamont, the riding dog Brigham, Mons. Schuively (iron jaw). The sideshow is run by Henry Johnson, who controls all the privileges. Attractions: Minnie Wallace, Zeo Zejeka, Sig. Delmont, Rotair, Prof. Well's Punch-and-Judy, snakes and monkeys. Dr. Powers still holds the chandeliers, a position he has had four years. The show will visit the East. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 100.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's Show. Walter Gibson, clown, joined at Philadelphia, July 8, as did the Parker Sisters. John Chick, John Ownheart and Jessie Clifton closed at the same place. The show will run the season out at ten cents, and proposes to open next season as a wagon show at twenty-five cent. It will have forty head of horses. Ten new wagons have already been contracted for; will also have eight cages of animals and one elephant. The main top will be 90 feet, with a 40 foot middle piece; menagerie top 60 feet with two 30 foot middle pieces. The leading feature will be Hank Johnson's trained oxen, eight in number. New York Clipper, July 23, 1887, p. 290.

    Charles Lee's London Show will close their season Oct. 1 at Hornellsville, N.Y., after which they will go into Winter quarters, having been on the road twenty months. Manager Lee has secured a number of spotted ponies, which he will train during the Winter. New York Clipper, September 24, 1887, p. 441.

    Chas. Lee's London Show is in its Winter quarters at Horseheads, N.Y. Chas. Lee will manage the Leo Cardo Troupe this Winter, and Dr. Powers will attend to the training of the ponies, donkeys and goats. New York Clipper, October 15, 1887, p. 498.

    Chas. Lee's Great London 25c Circus for season of 1888. I will take a partner for next season. I will put dollar for dollar with him. Address Chas. Lee, sole owner Lee's Great London Show, Maiden lane, New York. New York Clipper, December 17, 1887, p. 642.

1888:

    Engaged for Chas. Lee's London Show, opening at Elmira, N.Y., about May 1: John Thorn, Egyptian juggler; Phil Miller, acrobat . . . Frank Devere, clown; the Cliftons; the Harmons, trapeze; L. West, clown; Chas. Lovell, contortionist; seven trick ponies, donkeys, goats and performing monkeys. Hank Johnson has the sideshow privilege, and J. H. Blanchard the candy stand. James Farley, boss canvasman; Doc Powers, boss hostler and J. R. Tucker, general agent. Charles Lee, manager of the La Cardo Novelty Troupe, purchased a pair of Irish greyhounds Jan. 21. They have been transferred to the Winter quarters at Horseheads, N.Y., and will be trained as leapers. New York Clipper, January 28, 1888, pp. 734, 737.

    James Joyce has signed with Charles Lee's London Show. The show will open at Elmira, N.Y., about Ma 1, and travel by rail, playing one day stands. K. H. James will lead the orchestra, and J. R. Tucker will have charge of the advance car. New York Clipper, March 3, 1888, p. 816.

    Wanted, a treasurer who can invest $2,000 in circus business. Security given, and a half interest in the profits. Address Chas. Lee, Great London Circus, Horseheads, N.Y. New York Clipper, March 31, 1888, p. 48.

    Chas. Lee's London Shows will this season travel by rail. Roster includes: Chas. Lee, sole proprietor; J. R. Tucker, advance; Arthur Westfall, contracting agent, and Wm. J. Hines, press agent. Performers: Jno. Thorne, Wylie Ferris, Jas. Joyce . . . Phil Miller, Lou West, Frank Devere, Mrs. Chas. Lee and troupe of trained dogs, Mabel French, Mlle. Elnora and her troupe of trained ponies and donkeys., Mlle. Leonora, C. A. Kimmerman and Herbert Long. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 89.

    The Chas. Lee Show has added a new 50ft. flat, a two and four horse dray and a new ticket wagon. New York Clipper, June 30, 1888, p. 251.

    Chas. Lee’s Great London Show, Congress of Educated Animals, Consolidated with the great French De Alma Family. Uniform Band, Superb Orchestra. The great and only “McCormick” and his Corps of Lady Drillists, and a Grand Street Parade of Educated Donkeys, Goats, Hogs, Dogs, drawing beautiful golden Chariots. Lock Haven, Pa., Dec. 20 and 21, Altoona, Pa., Dec. 22. Lee & De Alma, care of Mountain City Opera House, Altoona, Pa. New York Clipper, December 15, 1888. Ad.

1889:

    The Cliftons - Billie, Jessie and Little Toots - spent Christmas with Mr. and Mrs. Chas. Lee, at their residence at ___ Pa., where a good time was had. There was a tree laden with pretty things for little Toots, and Santa Claus was liberal with all. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.

    Henry Willard, Miller and O'Brien, Chas. Lovell, Loretta Bros., Mlle. Ada, Mlle. Elnora, James Farley (boss canvasman) and Harry L. Rogers (boss hostler) have signed with Chas. Lee's London Circus for next season. The show will travel by wagon with forty head of stock. Prof. E. K. Yonce will lead the band of ten pieces. New York Clipper, February 2, 1889, p. 755.

    The following have signed with Chas. Lee's London Show: Manalzo, juggler; Charles Lovell, contortinist; Parton Hay and Bert Saleman, concert people. John Blanchard will control the sideshow and has engaged Punch Irving, Mme. Zerano, snake charmer; Prof. Wallace, magician and fire eater; Mlle. Elnovo, electric lady; Zoe Zeleka, Circassian; Frank Woods, tattooed man, and Mont Kelly, lecturer. Show opens about May 1, at Canton, Pa. It will travel by wagon with James Parley as boss canvasman and Chas. Lee, manager. New York Clipper, March 23, 1889, p. 23.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Circus. We pitched our new tent July 22 at Holliston, Mass. J. Randolph Tucker, late agent of the Clements' Show, joined at Ashland, 23, and took charge of the privileges. Prof. Geo. Golt runs the mail. We now have sixty head of horses with the show. New York Clipper, August 10, 1889, p. 354.

    The following people join Charles Lee’s London Circus for the winter: the Human Snake, Louis Berious, high wire; Lavelita and wife, aerialists; Prof. Shaw, Prof Dooney, Willie the boy fire king; Bob Clark, clown; Mlle. Anneta, flying rings and Mlle. Mirinda, female juggler. New York Clipper, September 21, 1889, p. 460.

    Charles Lee's London Circus closes its season at Washington, Pa., Oct. 14. New York Clipper, October 12, 1889, p. 513.

1890:

    Chas. Lee London Circus, winter quarters, Canton, Pa., for immediate reply include stamp. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 734.

    Comstock and Eggleston have signed with Charles Lee's Circus for the coming season. They have secured the concert and reserved seat privileges. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.

    Chas. Lee has already engaged __ billposters for his show the coming season, and has had build a splendid bill wagon, to be used exclusively by them. The circus will be enlarged, and will run sixty head of stock. There will also be new and original printing, and plenty of it. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.

    The following people have signed with Lee's London Show for next season: Chas. Lovell, Elnor, Howard and Stentions, Queen Eve, Mille Laura, Philip Miller, Prof James Dolan and . . . New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 759.

    Howard and Stinson(?), Mexican ladder trapezists; Alice Howard, slack wire performer, and Queen Eva have signed with Chas. Lee's London Shows for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 765.

    Circus property for sale. One small horse tent; lot chandelier lights, bill trunks, __ trunks, one aerial(?) suspension(?) for concert attraction, __ft. tent, all in good condition. Address Harry L. Rogers, assistant manager Lee's London Circus, Canton, Pa. P. S. I have still a few coach ___ left. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 865.

    The following is the complete roster of Chas. Lee's London Shows: Four Howards, Lee Roberts, Queen Eve and Howel(?), Chas. J. Gregory . . . Philip Miller, Chas. Lovell, Comstack and Eggleston . . . Mrs. Chas. Lee, Hattie Lee, Harry L. Rogers . . . Chas. Stabler, Chas. ?. Owens . . . Chris Wilson . . . Dennis McLaughlin, Thomas Craven, Hank Johnson, Joe Hewitt, Sig. La Carlo, Jerry Wilson, Pete Jenning, Wilson Maning, Bert Salsman, Lou West, Willie Ferris, John Thorn, Frank Devere . . . Lorretta Bros. . . . twenty Indians, ten cowboys . . . Sandy Rockwell and P.(?) W. Schroeder, in charge of advance brigade. The show opens May 3, at Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 75.

    Call. All people engaged with Charles Lee's London Show report at Canton on Friday, May 2(?). Dress rehearsal on Saturday. "Bring only light luggage." Charles Lee, Canton, Pa. N. Y. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 79.

    P. W. Snider(?), the well known circus agent, is dangerously ill of typhoid fever at his father's residence at ___, Ind. This engagement with Charles Lee's London Show has been cancelled for the present, in consequence. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

    Wanted. General agent, for Chas. Lee's London Show. Must report on Monday, April 21. Salary twenty dollars per week and expenses. Chas. Lee, Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 94.

    Lall Eggleston, of Comstock and Eggleston, has doubled with Billy Wilson. They have taken charge of the concert with Chas. Lee's Circus. The ___ will be known as Eggleston and Wilson. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.

    During the performance of Chas. Lee's Circus at Kingston(?), N. Y., May 17(?), a section of the reserved seat gallery fell, carrying down several hundred . . . Many persons were cut and bruised, but the only severe injury was to a man whose leg was broken. The management settled for the damages immediately. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Shows. Business has been tip top ever since our opening, and the prospects are unusually good. Everybody is enjoying good health, except Lee Howard, who has been suffering with cramps, but is now slowly recovering. We have been putting our band wagon only in parade since losing all our trappings in the river at Troy, Pa. A new lot is almost completed, and we expect to resume full parade this week. The list will consist of band wagon, twelve mouth pieces, under the leadership of Prof. E. K. Force; fifty horses, mounted and trapped; trained dogs, riding dogs, donkeys, clowns, Zulua Circassian, cowboys, etc., with everything bright and new. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 198.

    On the Road, Circuses: Chas. Lee's, Ayers, Mass. June 12. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.

    Good business is still the reported rule with Chas. Lee's London Shows through New England. . . . Several head of stock have been added, and everybody is well contented. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.

    Wanted, a good reliable agent, for small circus, to take John H. Gray's place on or about July 15. Cooper, of Gregory & De Alma Show, or Dwight Clapp, write. . . . Address, Chas. Lee, Great London Shows, Great Falls, N. H. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 272.

    On July 1, Chas. Lee was presented by Prof. Geo. Golt and wife with a beautiful gold badge, Mr. Lee being a member of Baltimore Lodge, No. 7. Mr.Golt is a member of the same lodge, and is manager of the annex of Chas. Lee's London Shows. Harry Rogers, assistant manager, and who has charge of the door, was presented by Mrs. Chas. Lee with a handsome gold charm, ___ of his lodge of Odd Fellows, July 1. It was the birthday of both. Mr. Lee bought four bay horses last week, paying ___ for them, and will add two cages at Concord, N. H. They are being built there by the Concord Coach Manufactory. Prof. Geo. Golt also received another lot of snakes this week. He aims to have the largest den in America by Fall. Everybody is well, and the boys all have money to lend. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.

    Prof. Geo. T. Golt, manager of the annex of Chas. Lee's Show, was presented July ? with a handsome gold ring by manager Lee. Mrs. Chas. Lee now wears a fine diamond ring, recently given to her by Mr. Lee. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.

    Notes from the Charles Lee Show. Everything is lovely, and good circus weather is with us. Business continues big. One of our property men fell off a wagon at Pittsfield July 9, and was run over and had his leg broken. A subscription was immediately taken up by Prof. Geo. T. Golt, the people responding to it liberally and giving him every attention. He was left at London, Ct., comfortable, with $73.75(?) to defray his expenses. Philip Miller is out again, umbrella and all. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Chas. Lee's Great London Shows, the old, reliable, honest one ring circus. The largest and best 25c wagon show on earth. Chas. Lee, sole proprietor. H. L. Rogers, assistant manager. J. H. Hewitt, treasurer. J. H. Gray, gen. agent. . . . our New England tour. Enlaraged twice since our opening May 5. . . . Eilnor(Elnor?), aerial perch and balancing trapeze. Chas. J. Gregory, equilibrist, enters the ring and dances his barrel, ___ and table. Louis Beauvais, one armed gymnast, back bending, all kinds of posturing, trick tumbling, head and hand balancing, also first class wire act. Comstock and Eggleston, exponents of African comedy, eccentric comedians, talking and singing acts. Mrs. Charles Lee, only lady horse trainer in America, troupe of performing ponies. R. V. Stinson, aerial wonder, daring feats on flying trapeze, with London show. Mlle. Elnora, French invisible silver wire artist. Mrs. Chas. Lee, and her $5,000 troupe of performing dogs. Parson Hoy, comedian and vocalist. Prof. Geo. Golt, lecturer, magician, fire king, sword swallower, with Lee's London Show. Hazel, queen of the floating wire. J. H. Hewitt, treasurer and lightning ticket seller. Queen Eva, child wonder, refined song and dance artist. Harry Rogers, assistant manager. Lee Howard, Bob Howard, Howard Bros., Mexican ladder act. Mrs. Geo. Golt with her den of African snakes. Mlle. Leonetta, Indian clubs and lady gymnast. M. F. Owens, clarionet and trombone. Albert Yoder, tuba soloist. Edward Schlein, 1st or ?d violin, alto in brass. Chas. S. Stahler, solo B flat cornettist. Elmer Sutliff, trombone and baritone. Lee's Great London Shows, Canton, Pa. home address. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 304.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Shows. Everything is moving as smoothly as ever, and business continues good, in our night stands especially. A new and large museum top was added at Hampton, Mass. . . . also a new main entrace to the show. The spread of canvas is good, and looks neat, as everything else does about the show. . . . A new passenger wagon was added at Georgetown. The show now has eighty head of stock, not including ring stock, and all are in fine condition. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Comstock and Eggleston, who are now gaining wide favor with Chas. Lee's London Shows, will open at the Bijou Theatre, Boston . . . New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.

    Charles Lee's London Circus spread its canvas at Attleboro, Mass., 8. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.

    Chas. Lee's Show reports everything running smoothly, business good and the weather favorable. Their stock are as fat as ___, and are much admired in all towns they visit. The Rexford Bros. joined the show at Pawtucket, R. I. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.

    Geo. T. Golt, formed his Enchanted Temple of ___ Wonders and Novelty Co., to travel by wagon, with six head of horses. Prof. Golt closed with a successful season of twenty-four weeks with Chas. Lee's London Circus. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 523.

    The season of Lee's Great London Shows came to an end Oct. __ at Canton, Pa., where the show will quarter for the winter. The management is perfectly satisfied with the results of this years' tour, which has been one of the longest and most profitable that show ever had. Next season the company will be considerably enlarged. Treasurer J. H. Hewitt(?) will rest at Toronto, Can. for awhile. Chas. J. Gregory was presented by the company on the closing day with a fine meerschaum pipe, as a token of their esteem. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 523.

    Comstock and Eggleston had to cancel their dates at Boston, as Mr. Comstock has been confined to a dark room ever since he left Lee's Circus. . . . Mr. Eggleston will rest at ___, N. Y., for two or three weeks in hopes that his partner will get well, so the team may go to work again. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 539.

    The following have signed with Chas. Lee's London Show: Willie(?) Howard, bare back rider and bounding jockey act . . . Prince Hokoto, Japanese juggler. The show will add a menagerie of five cages and a new band wagon. One of the principal features will be the street parade preceding the ring performance under the canvas. The wagons are being newly painted. New York Clipper, December 20, 1890, p. 651.
    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Shows. Chas. Comstock and Lall Eggleston have signed for the season of 1891, making their second season with manager Lee. Mr. Eggleston will have charge of the concert, and Mr. Comstock will run the reserve seat privileges. Mr. Eggleston will also act as talking and singing clown. . . . Harry ?. Rogers will also hold his old position as general ___ of stock, ticket taker and manager of side show. Everybody is busy gettng the different departments in shape. The show will be greatly enlarged, and the season will open with everything shining bright and new. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 667.

• Show was a seventy horse wagon show, Charles Lee, owner; Harry Mann, general agent; Bouis Bauvals, one-arm acrobat. Other performers were Bill Clifton, Tiny Clifton, Tullis Wright, and Harry Rogers. Bandwagon, December, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 7, p. 1.

1891:

    H. A. Mann has signed as general agent in advance of Charles Lee's Great London Show for the coming season, which opens May 1 at Canton, Pa. Mr. Lee is managing La Cardo & Clifton's Big City Hall Show, which closes in March. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.

    Prof. Del Monto and his wife, Alma Thorn(?), have signed with Chas. Lee's London Shows. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.

    The following people have signed with Chas. Lee's London Circus for the season of 1891: Lewellyn Kern, Albert Sylvester, Philip Miller . . . R.(E.?) A. Searls, Prof. Johnson and Harry L. Rogers. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    Wanted, Chas. Lee's London Shows, a few more good, useful performers that can do two turns or more in the ring. Boss canvasman and canvasmen, drivers and chandelier man. Steady work and good wagons, and be governed by the rules of show. Chas. Lee, Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 15.

    Wanted, Prairie Dogs, Australian or vampire bats, Birds and animals of all kinds; Also freaks and curiosities for sideshow. Punch and Judy man. J. H. Hewitt, assistant manager, Lee's London Shows, Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 51.

    The following is the complete make up of Charles Lee's Great London Shows for this season: Charles Lee, proprietor and manager; J. H. Hewitt, assistant manager and treasurer; H. L. Rogers, master of transportation and sideshow manager; H. A. Mann, general agent; Thomas Be??enger, boss billposter, with fourteen assistants; Wm. S. Cooper, boss canvasman; Jas. Ellsworth, assistant boss canvasman, with twenty assistants; Walter Rockwell, boss hostler, with twenty-five grooms and drivers; Cal. Hines, master of ring stock; Doc. Powers, chandelierman, with two assistants; James Downing, head cook, with three assistants; W. Watts, boss props, with three assistants; J. Collins, ringmaster; Thomas Craven seatman; Sam Black, dog boy; W. H. Clifton, candy privileges . . . Ed. Cary, . . . Mlle. Kalanka, Major White and wife, Prof. R. M. Johnson's band of ten pieces; Comstock and Eggleston, Billy and Jessie Clifton, Lulu Miller . . . Lizzie Booth, Mrs. Charles Lee's troupe of trained dogs and ponies, Master Willie Howard . . . John Thorn, the Booths, Sylvester and Kern, Lall Eggleston, Charles Comstock, Mlle. Elnora, the Millers, Philip and Lulu, Japanese perch performers and others. The show opens its season May ? in Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Call, Chas. Lee's Circus, Museum and Menagerie. People engaged report at Canton, Pa., Friday, May 18. Special - only light trunks will be carried, __ inch the standard. Chas. Lee. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 85.

    The call for Charles Lee's Circus is for May 1, instead of May 18. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

    First Circus in Forty Years. Circus managers lay great stress upon the importance of securing "new country" for their exhibitions. The medal for superiority in this matter should be given to Lee's Great London Circus. On July 7, 1890, it came to Loudon Village, in the state of New Hampshire. It was the first circus that had visited the town in forty years. It is a pretty rural village, away from the railroad, and without telegraphic, telephonic or any other communication with the outside world, except a lumbering stage coach that brings the mail once a day, and occasionally a passenger. The billing of the town created no little sensation; but when, on the morning of the exhibition, the "Great London Circus" halted upon the outskirts of the village and made ready for the "grand stret parade," and when a little later the "grand and gorgeous procession" came marching through the town, the English language is utterly inadequate to describe the intense excitement it created. The tents were erected on the village green, and no sooner were they up, and the sideshow paintings displayed, than the exclaminations of wonder and admiration filled the air. Many of the onlookers had never seen a circus. The elders and deacons of the church held an informal meeting and discussed the propriety of visiting the circus, or countenancing members of the church in doing so. Meanwhile all the young people in town resolved to go to the circus, regardless of church discipline. Half an hour before the show commenced Elder Durgin(?) and Deacon Shannon, with solemn faces and in???ed step, might be seen marching toward the show ground. Just as they reached the spot, the band struck up a lively air, and the elder and deacon looked at each other, and then at the crowd. Finally the deacon was heard to remark: "Elder, suppose we just look inside and observed the tendency of the ungodly exhibition." "By all means, deacon, let us do so.," replied the elder, and forthwith the circus treasury was richer by fifty cents than it was previously. The entrance of these two worthies settled the moral status of the show. Sisters Hook and Nixon, who "would not be seen inside a circus tent for the world," bought tickets and reserved seats, and all Loudon followed their example, and the good deacons were observed in the circus to applaud several of the acts, and the elder remarked to a neighbor that "he hadn't felt so young for fifty years as he did this afternoon." It may be forty years before Loudon Village is visited by another circus, but the remembrance of the coming of this one will be cherished alike by old and young for many years. - Fred Lawrence. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

    Notes from the Lee Show. Chas. Lee's Great London Circus, Museum and Menagerie opened their season at Canton, Pa., May 2, to reported good business. We have a strong sideshow, making a feature of it. . . . Our ring performance is running as smooth as glass, with a programme that receives plenty of applause. Mrs. Chas. Lee laid off three days last week, with a severe case of the grip, but is sufficiently recovered to perform her dogs and ponies. At Orangeville, Pa., a magnificent leopard died. On 6(?) we put up our canvas on a field, with fully one inch of snow on it, not expecting snow, but to our surprise and pleasure, we had a nice house. Lall Eggleston is doing the singing and talking clown. Billy and Jessie Clifton are closing the concert in a funny sketch . . . We are all proud of our show, and are under the impression that it is the best wagon show on the road. Mr. Lee purchased a splendid grey horse May ?, which he is breaking for Willie Howard's bounding jockey act. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Lee's, Stroudsburg, Pa. May 21, Belvidere, N. J. 22, Washington 23, White Horse 25 . . . New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Lee's, . . . Perth Amboy NJ May 28, Rahway 29, Westfield 30. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's London, Morristown, N.J. July 29, Madison 30, Orange 31, Elizabeth Aug 1, South Amboy 3, Keyport 4, Red Banks 5, Freehold 6, Lakewood 7, Atlantic City 8. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Lee's Utica NY Sep 17 . . . Pen Yan 23. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.

    The following bandmen have engaged for the season of 1892 with Chas. Lee's London Circus: A. F. Hagar, leader; Geo. Lester, Fred Knapp, Oscar Jones, Michael Owena, Geo. Jones, Chas. Seamon, Ed. Burk, Lall Eggleston, Parson Hoy, Howard Wilson, Joe Hewitt and Albert Yoder. Among the performers signed are: The Howard Family, Lee, Allace(?) and Queen Eve; Burell and Burchin; Louis Beavions . . . Michal Yode; Polly Wilson; Jessie Clifton; and Balanche Cammeron. New York Clipper, December 19, 1891, p. 683.

    Charles Lee, proprietor and manager of Lee's Great London Shows, was a pleasant Clipper caller June 8(?). He reported splendid business with his show, the past week being the banner one of the season thus far. At Perth Amboy, N. J., the attendance more than ___ the seating capacity of the big tent. Hyatt Frost and Mr. Gale visited the show at Passaic, and at Tarrytown, N. Y., Mr. Kunkely and son were visitors. The show is running in better shape every day, and everybody seems eager to make it a thorough success. The parade is a great attraction, and helps no little to make the show a winner. Another painting for the sideshow has been added, with a new band wagon and other accessories. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.

    Wanted, a barrel kicker, also sideshow freaks. Address as per route. Chas. Lee's Great London Shows. P.S. Ed. McGrath, wire me if at liberty. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 240.

    At liberty, greatest little aerial artists, Lizzie and Arthur Booth (the Booths), double trapeze act. En route with Chas. Lee Circus. Address ___ Paul Street, Rochester, N.Y. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 241.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Lee's, Rockville, Ct. June 24(?), Windsor Locks 25, Suffield 26, Thompsonville 27, Indian Orchard, Mass. __, Chicopee 30, Westfield July 1, Huntington 2, Chester 3 . . . New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    Wanted, for Chas. Lee's Wagon Show. Performers of all kinds, aerial aratists, band men, leader that can play violin and strong cornet. Address . . . Westfield MA July 1, Huntington July 2, Chester July 3 . . . Ike Howard, write. Chas. Lee. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 277.

    Wanted, a sober, reliable boss canvasman to join at once. Salary forty dollars per month. Route: Chester, Mass., July 3 . . . Chas. Lee, London Circus. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 293.

    Suit has been brought against Charles Lee for damages for injuries sustained by Gustave Duncan in 1890. Mr. Duncan was hurt by the fall of some seats in the circus tent. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's London Show, Goshen, N.Y. July 23. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.

    Chas. Lee's Shows will be strengthened by the Howard Family (four in number) - Lee Alice, Hazel and John - also a new top, one hundred foot, with a fifty foot middle piece, a new horse tent and new dressing room tops. The show has not played a losing stand since the opening. Mr. Lee also bought six fine wagons of Hyatt Frost, and has had a new band wagon built. He will add two camels shortly to the menagerie. We pride ourselves on our fine horse flesh. We have sixty-five head now with the show, and Mr. Lee has gone West to buy twenty-five more. Last week was the banner week of the season. At Hosendale(?), N.Y., we turned people away at both performances. Mr. Hewitt, our treasurer, is banking the boys' money for them in his safe in the ticket wagon. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    During the performance of Charles Lee's Circus at Kingston, N.Y., about a year ago, the seats at the evening entertainment fell and several persons were injured. . . . Upon the appearance of Lee's Circus at Kingston on July 1?, Mr. Lee was served with papers for damages to the amount of $2,000 for injuries sustained by one Augustus Duncan, who claimes to have been injured at the time of the accident. Mr. Lee thought it strange that Mr. Duncan should wait a year before putting in his claim, and states that had Mr. Duncan informed him of his injuries at the time he would have settled with him as he did with Mr. Freer. Mr. Lee has secured counsel, but it is though a settlement will be made before the case goes into court. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    From Lee's London Ciricus. Since writing you last our business has been phenomenal. Our afternoon attendance especially has tested the capacity of our new top on several occasions. Our ring performance is put together in good shape, and does not fail to please, especially the clowning of Eggleston, Clifton(?) and Howard, which keeps the audience in good humor. Parson Roy(?), comedian, and Chas. Cameron, female impersonator, joined last week for the concert. Mr. Lee returned to Canton, Pa. last week from the West, and shipped on to the show some bery fine gray horses and a splendid pony, present to Mrs. Lee. Our stock is in splendid condition. Everything is as bright as a dollar around the show, and everybody is happy. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

    Lee Howard, late of the Howard Bros., and Frank Acton, late of Emerson and Acton, have joined hands, and will hereafter be known as the Howard Bros. They are now with Chas. Lee's Great London Show . . . New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

    During the evening performance of Chas. Lee's London Show, at Roxbury, N.Y., Aug. 18(?), Elnor(?), aerialist, had a very narrow escape from serious injury while doing his perch act. The bail [sic?] ring broke, and he fell from the top, but, with the exception of a few bruises, he was unhurt. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 433.

    Ithaca, New York. Chas. Lee's Circus played to packed tents 17. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 488.

    Chas. Lee's Great London Circus, Museum and Menagerie will close one of the most successful seasons it has ever had at Canton, Pa., Oct. 3, and will go into its new winter quarters. The show will be ___ and repainted. Several new cages wil be added, and a new parade wardrobe will be made during the winter. No money will be spared to make it one of the finest wagon shows in America. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.

    Chas. Lee has purchased a farm about one mile out from the borough of Canton, Pa., and will commence immediately to build new winter quarters. He will put up one new building, 30x80(?)ft., in which to store his cages and wagons, a new show 24x34, a blacksmith shop 20x30 and a ring barn for the breaking and training of horses and animals. He received a fine young cinnamon bear from Colorado, and will add several new animals duirng the winter to his menagerie. Mr. Lee is still confined to the house with erysipeias [sp?] in his legs, but is slowing recovering. He has already booked several features for next season, and will have one of the strongest wagon shows on the road. New York Clipper, October 24, 1891, p. 552.

    Am now prepared to do business for the season of 1892. Circus talent in all lines of circus biz. Performers, bandmen, sideshow freaks, curiosities, concert people, etc. Also boss canvasman, boss hostler, drivers and canvasmen. The is the Old Reliable Wagon Show, __ years on the road and don't owe a dollar. Address Chas. Lee, manager, London Circus, winter quarters, Canton, Pa. P.S. Billposters and lithographers address H. A.(?) Mann, general agent, Imlay City, Mich. for season of 1892. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 578.

    The following people have signed with Chas. Lee's Circus for the season of 1892: H. A. Mann, general agent; J. H. Hewitt, assistant manager and treasurer; Harry Rogers, Thomas Bailey, Comstock and Eggleston, the Cliftons and the Howards. The new winter quarters are expected to be ready for occupancy about Nov. 10. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 593.

    The following have signed with Lee's London Circus: Seamon and Burk . . . Geo. Irvin will have charge of the sideshow, making Mr. Irvin's second season. They have also added two new cages and a new bill wagon. A pair of wolves have arrived from Idaho. Mr. Lee is still confined to the house with a lame leg, but is slowly recovering. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.

    H. A. Mann has been re-engaged as general agent of Chas. Lee's London Shows for next season. Mr. Mann is at present editing the local page of The Optic, published at Imlay City, Mich. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.

    The Howards, Alice, Lee and Bea(?), have signed with Charles Lee's London shows for next season, their third consecutive engagement. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.

1892:

    Prof. Griffin's Glassblowers. No. 1 Show, with Lall Eggleston, business manager . . . No. 2 party, under management of Capt. Mack Evans . . . Fred I. Griffin, a brother of the professor, is becoming quite proficient as a Punch and Judy manipulator. Next season, Mr. Eggleston, with his old partner, Chas. Comstock, will be with Lee's Great London Shows. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 715.

    Everything around Chas. Lee's winter quarters is ___. Two new bill wagons came out of the shop last week. The new tableau wagon will be done next week. Everything will be overhauled. There will be thirty-four wagons and eighty head of stock. . . . The show will open April 30(?) at Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 760.

    Bert Saulsman has been reengaged for Chas. Lee's London Shows. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 776.

    Roster of Chas. Lee's London Shows: Chas. Lee, manager; J. H. Hewitt, assistant manager and treasurer; H. H. Mann, general agent; Si(?) Behenger, head bill poster, with four assistants; Scanlan Bros., lithographers; H. L. Rogers, master of transportation; Thos. Bailey, boss canvasman, with twenty men; Doc Powers, chandelier man; Harry Moreland, animal man; Dick Rogers, boss hostler, with sixteen teamsters; Fred Napier, cook(?), with two assistants; Chas. Comstock, equestrian director; Billy Clifton, candy privileges . . . Milt.(?) Bruce, A. F. Hagar . . . A. Taylor, Will Parker . . . Fred Napp, Geo. Lester, Billy Lee, Harry Johnson, Thos. Williams . . . Howard Family . . . Seamon and Burk . . . Phil Miller and wife, Hart and Leonard, Lall Eggleston, Running Elk and Wanna's(?) Wild West. Mrs. Chas. Lee and troupe of ponies and dogs. Mlle. Elnora . . . Billy and Josie Clifton . . . Geo. H. (Punch) Irving . . . Zela and Prof. Robt. Powers and Continental Band. The show will open April 30(?) at Canton, Pa., and will be fully equipped with new canvas, wagons, etc. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    Prof. Chas. E. Griffin's Bohemain Glass Blowers closed their season at New Castle, Pa., March 26. Business manager Eggleston will rest at his home, ___, N.Y., until April 30, when he joins Chas. Lee's London Show at Canton, Pa. . . . New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Montello, contortionist, and Schroder and Frank Rexford, acrobats, are the latest additions to the long list of performers engaged for Chas. Lee's Circus. The show is ready to take the road at any time, and is in excellent shape, in fact, brand new from the advance wagon to the door stakes. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    The advance brigade of Lee's Great London Shows have started out for the season, headed by A. Mann of Imlay City, Mich. as general agent . . . Mr. Lee has ___ to put on a No. 2 bill wagon, which will add five posters to the brigade. . . . New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.

    Performers wanted. Ground or aerial acts, male or female riding act, with horse. Chas. Lee's Great London Circus, Address North Adams, Mass. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 175.

    Chas. Lee's Great London Circus is doing well through Northern New York. The show is using a 100ft. round top tent with a __ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Lee's, North Adams MA May 25, Clarement 26, Shelburne Falls 27, Turner's Falls 2?, Athol 31, Gardner June 1, Leominster 2. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

    Chas. Lee's London Shows report fine business in the East, in spite of bad weather. The new eight horse star entree, under the direction of equestrian director Lee Howard, is meeting with success. Six new iron grey horses were added to the already fine stud, making thirty-two iron greys in the parade. A new sideshow top was put up for the first time May 27. . . . Assistant manager Joe Hewitt is kept busy, but happens to get time enough to trade horses. He surprises the boys. He comes in town with a new horse every day. The band, under the leadership of Prof. A. F. Hager, is playing fine music. He has fifteen men under him. John W. Mack, the old time candy butcher, joined at North Adams, Mass., 2?, just arriving from the Harris Nickel Plate Circus. Chas. Comstock, who used to work with Lall Eggleston, is not with the show. He disappointed and was canceled. Mr. Eggleston is working alone. Frank Acton, the equilibrist, joined 21. Parson Hoy(?), the old time concert performer, has charge of the reserved seats, and is always on hand. Billy Clifton, the knockabout clown, has charge of the candy stands, with four assistants, who are kept busy. The little green grocery is always well stocked. Master of transportation Rogers' bicycle comes very handy in running back and forth. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.

    Chas. Lee's London Show is doing splendidly in New England, according to all accounts. Seamon(?) and Burke have produced their new Japanese act. It is said to be an excellent card. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Shows. Business continues good. Mrs. Chas. Lee purchased a fine two seat surry last week which she drives over the road. George Irving and Mme. La Belle, his wife, visited Mr. Irving's home at Haverhill, Mass., over Sunday. Mack Evans, contracting agent, for Leon Washburn's Shows, was a recent visitor. We had a blow down between shows at Biddeford, Me., June 14 . . . No one hurt. Mr. Lee has made a flying trip on to the advance. He reports everything looks good ahead. . . . Billy Lee is kept busy handling the green paste boards on the front door. Lall Eggleston sprained his ankle 13. His place was filled by Billy Lee, singing clown. The stock is looking finely despite the hot weather and sandy roads. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Show. Joseph LaLaFleur met with an accident June 21(?), while doing his equlibrist act. The pyramid of chairs was not solid, the ring being very soft, and in doing his backward drop from six chairs they leaned, and he got a very hard fall spraining his leg and bruising himself otherwise. He will be on the retired list for a week or so. Lee Howard, equestrian director, is considering an offer for next winter season as a equal partner in a boat show. M. F. Owens was on the sick list this week. Prof. Geo. Schrader is discoursing some very fine music with his No. 2 band. Prof. R. R. Mulcare had a sick spell last week. We are playing to fine business, and everyone is laying up the "blue papers." Assistant manager Hewitt is busy nowadays, and can always be seen with pencil or tickets in his hands. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, . . . Pembroke Me. July 7, Eastport 8. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    Chas. Lee's London Shows. Every day down East is circus day. The show is playing to the biggest business in its history. The sideshow is playing from six to eight openings a day. . . . Billy Clifton, with his horse candy stand wagon, took an unexpected bath in the Kennebec River while ferrying last week. Joe La Fleur is working again after a week lay off from his injuries. At Bucksport the boys visited Fort Knox. We turned out six more iron grays at Rockland last week, which fill out the parade with forty four grays. We are down in Maine, from forty to fifty miles from a railroad . . . New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Lee's, Top Field ME July 13, Springfield 14, Lincoln 15. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, Livermore Falls, Me. July 28, Canton 29, Bucksport(?) 30, Meehanic Falls Aug 1, Norway 2, Bethel 3. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, Bridgton, Me. Aug 3, Raymond 4, Bar Mills 5 . . . North Berwick 8 . . . York Beach Me. 10, Hampton NH 11. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 341.

    Chas. Lee's London Shows. We are on our thirteenth week, and it is one of our best, despite hot weather and the old superstition of the dreaded 13. We are meeting with some opposition, but they fail to hurt our business. This is one of the best seasons that the London every played in, and it seems by all reports to be an off season for shows of our size. Mr. Lee was ahead last week, and reports everything fine. Joe Hewitt, our treasurer, will take out a burlesque company, opening in October, at New Market, Can. . . . Prof. Hager's Red Hussar Band is discoursing some of the finest music ever played with this show. Clifton and Eggleston's Band, No. 2, is the hit of the parade. Frank Acton(?) is forming a partnership with a triple bar performance. Mr. Lee has added to his already fine manegerie a fine specimen of Nova Scotia ibex. Reports from winter quarters say that everything is dressed in a new coat of paint. The new ring barn is one of the finest made. Mrs. Lee has purchased four new ponies, which she will break for next winter. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 356.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, Portsmouth NH Aug 10, Erster 11, Amesbury MA 12, Haverhill 13 . . . Andover 16 . . . New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 361.

    Wanted, a partner for triple horizontal bars. One that can do double from swing. Address Frank Acton, care of Lee's London Shows, Haverhill, Mass. Aug 13, after that care of Clipper. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 369.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, . . . Concord MA Aug 18, Maynard 19, Hudson 20, Westboro 22, Worcester 23, Spencer 24. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.

    [Ad] Frank W. Seamon and Jas. F. Burke, Japanese athletes, breakaway ladder perch, at present Chas. Lee's Great London Circus. At liberty after Oct. 8, 1892. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 383.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's London, New Haven CT Aug 31 . . . New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 409.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, Northville NY Sep 14, Mayfield 15, Johnstown 16, Fonda 17, Fort Plain 19. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 443.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Shows. We are in our twentieth week, and business continues good. Everyone is in perfect health. The stock is in fine shape. Two weeks more and we will be in winter quarters, and the season of 1892 will be booked as one of the best in the history of this show. Mr. Lee has the plans of his new house, which will be finished by Nov. 1. It is to be furnished will all the modern improvements. Mrs. Lee has returned to the show after an absence of two weeks. She is much improved, but is not yet able to work in the ring. Joe Hewitt has his company nearly completed. Lee Howard will work this winter with Bob Stinson(?), his old partner, under the name of Howard Bros. Seaman and Burk join Allen's New York Circus after the close of our show. Joe La Flower joines Dick Farnham, and they will be known as the Farnham Bros. Billy Clifton, knockabout clown, is booking his comedy company. Sam Scribner, of the Scribner & Smith Show, was a caller Sept. 6. H. A. Mann and advance corps were back and spent 10 with us. Lall Eggleston will work with Sam Harner(?) this season. They will be with one of the leading minstrel companies. Frank Acton will work with A. C. Manning the following season. Geo. H. Irving ("Punch") takes his old position as manager of the Wonderland Museum, Wilkesbarre, Pa., at the close of the show. Louis Beavais(?), one armed trick tumbler, is meeting with success. Mons. Wright, the "Young Sampson," met with an accident 10, pulling against a team of horses in the concert. One of the whittletrees broke, and shot back, hitting him in the side and knocking him down; but he is able to walk at present. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 456.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Lee's, Richfield Springs NY Sep 21 . . . New Berlin 23 . . . New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.

    From Lee's London Shows. . . . a twenty-three weeks' season, without an accident of any account. We go into winter quarters at Canton, Pa. Our shops, ring barn and all buildings are new. Mr. Lee will go to work at once painting and building for next season. Joe Hewitt, treasurer, will not open his burlesque company until after election. Geo. Irving and Mme. La Bell go to Wilkesbarre, Pa. Mr. Irving will fill his old position as manager of the Wonderland. . . . Lee Howard goes to Hot Springs for six weeks . . . Mr. Chryst intends to spend a week or so with him before opening at Chicago. Louis Beavins goes to Pawtucket, R.I., for a short rest. Joe La Fleur will go to Providence, R.I., and later on will open as one of the Farnum Bros. at Boston. Frank Acton leaves for New York City to join is new partner, W. A. Manning. Billy Clifton opens at Canton with his comedy company Nov. 12. . . . Lall Eggleston will be at Casenovia, N.Y., until after the election; then he will join Sm Harner. The band will go as follows: Prof. A. F. Hager, to Elmira . . . M. F. Owens, Woonsocket, R.I., Ed. Taylor, Towanda, Pa.; Geo. Schroder, Cleveland, O.; Al. Yoder, Williamstown, Pa.; Will Parker, Syracuse, N.Y. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 488.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, Laceyville PA Oct 5, Wyalusing 6, New Albany 7 . . . New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 489.

    [Ad] At liberty, clarionettist, M. R. Owens, with Chas. Lee's London Shows will be at liberty after Oct. 8. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 497.

    [Ad] Billy and Jessie Clifton as old rubber necks. Lee's Circus, winter quarters, Oct. 10. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 500.

    H. A. Mann has closed with Chas. Lee's London Shows as general agent, and has joined the advance of Sparks & Allen's Great Eastern Circus. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 505.

    Albert Sylvester, contortionist, closed with Chas. Lee's Great London Circus Oct. 8, and will play dates this winter. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 507.

    W. G. Botsford closed with Chas. Lee's London Shows Oct. 8, at Monroeton, Pa. He goes to Jamestown, N.Y., for the winter. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 507.

    H. A. Mann has signed with Chas. Lee's London Show for the season of 1893. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.

    The following musicians have signed with Chas. Lee's London Shows: Eugene Mack, Will Packer, M. F. Owens, Lall Eggleston and John Horner. New York Clipper, December 17, 1892, p. 654.

    At the winter quarters of Chas. Lee's London Show everything is beginning to look like a new show. The wagons will be ready to go to the paintshop by Jan. 1. Four new cages will be added and a new tableau wagon for next season; also ten black horses on the new tableau wagon. The wardrobe for the parade will be new, and it is well under way. New designs for the paper are being drawn, and the band, under the dirction of Prof. Mack, will include fourteen pieces. New York Clipper, December 31, 1892, p. 686.

1893:

    Circus business. The business office of Chas. Lee's London Shows is open for the season 1893. Wanted, boss canvas man, boss hostler, chandelier man, boss cook, 2, 4, 6 and 8 horse drivers, canvas men, etc. Address Chas. Lee, Box 176, Canton, Penn. P.S. Wanted 20 billposters. Address H. A. Mann, general agent, Imlay City, Michigan. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 713.

    Among the people engaged for Lee's London Circus for next season: . . . Joe Tritch, Flo Tritch . . . Horner and Eggleston, Villon and Valletta, Louis Beauvais . . . Billy and Jennie Clifton . . . Will Parker, P. M. Rice . . . New York Clipper, January 28, 1893, p. 755.

    The following people have signed with Chas. Lee's London Circus: Charley Taylor . . . Geo. Stephens and Willie Howard. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.

    J. H. Hewitt, business manager of Chas. Lee's London Shows, has just returned from Toronto, Can., and has completed his arrangements for a tour of the country. The show will open at Canton, Pa., April 29(?). A car load of horses arrived at winter quarters from the West last week. Mr. Shumate will have charge of the stock this season. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    Wanted, a cook, for Chas. Lee's London Shows, head cook who can run a cook tent. This is a wagon show, and 40(?) men eat at cook tent. Address Chas. Lee, Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 14.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Shows. Business continues highly satisfactory. The riding of W. H. Howard and Mme. ___ is met with ringing applause everywhere, as is the triple bar performance of McPhee and ___. A feature is our leaps, in which we have four double somersault leapers. . . . Jas. Burke, of Burke and Seamon, has been on the sick list for two weeks, laying off at Friendship. He will join us in a day or so. . . . New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

    Nellie Leonard, of Lee's Circus, was thrown from her horse and seriously injured . . . No bones were broken, but she sustained internal injuries, the extent of which has not been verified. the doctors think she will recover. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    Chas. Lee's London Show notes. Mrs. Nellie Leonard was thrown from her horse at Dunkirk, N.Y., while in parade. The animal was scared by a bicycle. Mrs. Leonard was badly shaken up, but no bones were broken. Jas. Burke, of Seamon(?) and Burke, is again at work after three weeks . . . Mr. Lee is on the advance to surprise them with a brand new No. 3(?) four horse bill wagon, which makes __ horses on the advance. We are using all the paper that it is possible to carry. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    Wanted, circus musicians, B flat cornet player, solo alto player. Season lasts until October. Stop at first class hotels, and money sure. Address per route. Eugene Wack, band leader, Lee's Circus, Newark, N.J., July 4. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 276.

    Wanted, circus performers, can use a talking, singing clown that can do a turn in concert. Chas. Lee London Circus, Sodus N.Y. July _, Walcott, N.Y. July 6, Cato N.Y. July 7, Baldwinsville July 8. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 293.

    Charles Lee's Great London Show notes. Our business continues, as it has been all season, good. Nellie and Flora Leonard closed at Fairport, N.Y. Fusner(?), talking and singing clown, has joined, and is making a hit in parade as the farmer, being arrested and released twice at Marion, N.Y., for stopping the parade and making too many inquiries. Every performer goes into the ring wearing silk. . . . Fred Jones' clowning and the donkeys make a hit. We turn out a sixty horse parade, brass band, drum corps and jubilee singers, four of them. The Brunswick Japs are a great hit. They were called back at Spencerport and repeated their act. J. H. Hewitt, as usual, is kept busy in the wagon, settling arguments, paying bills, and trading horses. Billy Botsford and J. Zimmerman joined at Webster, N.Y. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    Chas. Lee's London Show notes. F. Durell joined at Baldwinsville. Nellie and Flora Leonard are not longer with the troupe. We had the heaviest rain of the season at Baldwinsville, Me. in the afternoon the show town was black with people. The tents were filled at night despite the mud. A dressing top blew down in the afternoon while all performers were under it. No one was injured. Mrs. Lee is busy breaking two fine greyhounds for hurdle races. The hit of our concert is the wrestling bear. A new cook tent and another new horse tent were put up last week. We have now all told forty-eight people at hotels and sixty on the lot. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, Pulaski NY July 12, Sandy Creek 13, Adams 14 . . . Constableville 17 . . . New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    Notes of Lee's London Shows. Our afternoon business fell off some last week on account of farmers haying, but the night business was big in every town. Our advance were all back to bill the show at Mexico, N.Y., where, but the way, the Gallagher Show went to pieces. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

    Wanted, sideshow people, man and wife that can do Punch and second sight and make opening. Also B cornet, solo cornet and piccolo for band. Address Chas. Lee, manager London Circus, Richfield Springs, N.Y. July 24, Cooperstown 25. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 324.

    Chas. T. Orville has joined Lee's Circus. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    Notes from Lee's London Shows. . . . James Davis, double drummer, was called to his home, Scranton, Pa., to attend the funeral of his brother, who was accidently killed. . . . New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, . . . Davenport NY July 27 . . . Middleburg 29 . . . Quaker Street Aug 1, Altamont 2, Greenbush 3. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    Notes from the Lee Show. W. B.(?) Clifton, knockabout clown, dislocated his shoulder recently and will be laid off for some time. His place is being filled by Fanny(?) Durrell. Wm. Howard, our rider, fell from his horse while doing a somersault, and sprained his ankle. Our afternoon houses continue fair only, while at night we can hardly find capacity for the people. Lall Eggleston is also on the "laid off" list through being bitten in the nose by one of the monkeys. Blood poisoning is feared. Our stock is in fine condition and everything is running smoothly. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.

    [Ad] The Cliftons, at liberty, Oct. 1, for circus or hall show. Business knockabout clown, stilt act, leaps, tumbling, Dutch and Irish character sketch artists, serio comic, character and fancing ???. Work on salary, privileges, or percentage. Address Wm. H. and Jessie Clifton, care Lee's London Circus, Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 474.

    On the road, circuses: Lee's, Mansfield PA Sep 28 . . . Canton 30. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 479.

    Mamie Clayton, mind reader, assisted by Prof. Chamberlain, are with Chas. Lee's London Circus. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 483.

    Notes from Lee's London Shows. We go into winter quarters Sept. 30, after a season's business away ahead of all expectations. The show played every stand a winner, which is something great, considering the expense of carrying one hundred people and eighty head of stock through the country. Every wagon, cage and carriage will be refitted and repainted this winter. New wardrobe will be made, and the show will be as bright as a new dollar in the Spring of 1894. Our roster: Chas. Lee, manager; J. H. Hewett, business manager; R. ?. Rogers, manager of side show; H. A. Mann, general agent; Ben Tuthill, contracting agent; Mrs. Chas. Lee, Scamon and Burke, Louis Beauvais, Wm. H. Howard, Harry Hill, Chas. McPhee and wife . . . F. Durell, Billy Clifton, Jessie Clifton, Sam Horner, L. Eggleston . . . C. E. Chamberlin and wife, Mamie Clayton, F. Daney, Jas. Wood, H. Moreland, Eugene Marck, musical director . . . W. Parker, Geo. Stephens, P. M. Rice, Chas. Bratton . . . Jud. Rogers . . . and P. Orr and wife. A large family gathering that will scatter to the four winds Sept. 30. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 483.

    Notes from Chas. Lees' winter quarters. The great London will be greatly enlarged for 1894. A beautiful cage is being built for Mme. Clayton's performing serpents, ten in number; also a new tableau wagon for the street parade. Wardrobe will be entirely new, of the richest material. Two cages of wild beasts will be added to menagerie. Philip Miller, with his sensational act, has been engaged, and Walter Gibson has signed for the rube clown. Prof. Wack and band will be featured and special paper got out for them. All new and original paper will be used next season, and it is our intention to make it one of the largest and strongest wagon shows in America. J. H. Hewitt, the assistant business manager, has just returned from the World's Fair. Lall Eggleston will hole his old position next season, having charge of the privileges, fifth season. The winter quarters have all been painted new in red and yellow. Our canvas will all be new, from the main entrance to the cook tent. Mr. Hewitt has just finished up his books for the season of '93, and finds the balance on the right side of the ledge. New York Clipper, November 11, 1893, p. 577.

    Notes from Lee's London Shows. Our new paint shop will be finished about Dec. 2?, when we will commence repainting all cages, baggage wagons and conveyances. . . . Mr. Lee has just closed a big contract for all new descriptive and pictorial paper for next season, which will be up to date. Wild Elk and ___, with her five unbreakable mustangs, have signed. J. H. Hewitt is busy preparing exaggerations for the advance brigade for the coming season. New York Clipper, December 16, 1893, p. 659.

1894:

    Notes from Chas. Lee's winter quarters. . . . Our new ticket wagon will go to the paint shop next week, and three cages are almost completed. Joe Patterson will have charge of our canvas next season. New York Clipper, January 6, 1894, p. 703.

    Chas. Lee's London Shows. Recent additions for 1894 are . . . C. ?. Chamberlain, Mamie(?) Chamberlain . . . and Wiley Ferris and wife. Chas. Lee is laid up with la grippe. Painters and cage builders have arrived. Will commence re-building about Jan. 1. New York Clipper, January 6, 1894, p. 704.

    Chas. Lee's Great London Shows. Wanted, for season of 1894, circus acts for big show, troupe of Arabs or Japs, talking and singing clown, side show and concert people, bill posters, lithographers, head cook, boss hostler, 1 trap drummer, musicians who are sight readers and play grade 4 and 5. As everything will be brand new for 1894 . . . Bill posters address H. A. Mann, Imlay City, Mich. Others address Chas. Lee, Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, January 6, 1894, p. 713.

    These people have signed with Chas. Lee's London Shows: Seaman and Burke, the Brunswick Japs, Oscar Jones, musical director; Al. W. Herrick, J. T. Kyle, Walter James . . . W. F. Wallace, Mlle. Florentine . . . and Ed. M. Reed, and John Whalen, boss hostler. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.

    James ?. McMorris, musician, has changed his mind and will not go with the Chas. Lee's Show, but will be with the Sells Bros. Shows for season of 1894. New York Clipper, February 10, 1894, p. 787.

    Thos. ?. Finn, ventriloquist and magician, has signed with Chas. Lee's London Shows for next season. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 801.

    A sacrifice. Parade and entree wardrobe. Lady side saddles, new; 4 nickel helments, brass dragoon ornaments, vizor, etc.; 4 red cloth helments, brass trimmings; _ white leather helmets, nickel mounting; _ Mardi Gras heads with dresses, new; _ Roman knight coats, spangled, black velvet; _ horse trappings, spangled, black velvet . . . 1 monkey dress, 3 red cloth property coats. $__ takes the lot. Have also good tents and lights for sale cheap. J. Hewitt, Canton, Bradford County, Pa. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 808.

    Roster of Chas. Lee's Great London Shows. Chas. Lee, manager; Joe Hewitt, treasurer and business manager; H. A. Mann, general agent; H. L. Rogers, general superintendent; Mrs. Chas. Lee, charge of reserved seats; L. Eggleston, concert tickets; W. H. Clifton, candy stands; Frank Seaman(?), equestrian director; Lee Howard, wardrobe and parage; Oscar Jones, musical director; Harry ?ubb, lithographer and bugle brigade; J. R. Raymond, handles the paper with twelve billposters; Ben Wallack, charge of elephants, camels, zebras and a pair of dromedaries; Harry Moreland, general animal man; Joe Peterson, master of big top; John McGraw, side show top . . . Fred Jones, ring stock; John Whalen, boss hostler . . . B. F. Goodnough, charge of camp Lee; L. Eggleston, charge hotel people . . . W. H. Howard, outside ticket man with the big show and charge of banners; C. E. Chamberlain, side show lecturer; Thos. Finn and W. F.(?) Wallace, outside talkers for side show; Mrs. Chas. Lee's dogs and ponies; Seaman and Burke, gymnasts and equlibrists; Brunswick Japs, breakaway ladder, hat spinning, tumblers and leapers; Willie Howard, bounding jockey and Indian act; Durell, swinging perch and balancing ladder . . . Lee Howard, iron jaw and Mexican knife dive; Wiley Ferris, equilibrist and leaper; Lillie(?) Trevanion, high wire and Spanish dance; Sylvester, human vampire . . . Ed. M. Reed, talking and singing clown and concert; Running Elk and ___ Wild West; Billy Clifton, knockabout clown and stilt act; Jessie Clifton, character change soubrette and dancer; L. Eggleston, principal clown; Florentine, juggler; Robt. Howland, principal bareback; Marie Marvelle(?), principal and tandem manege . . . Mamie Clayton, snake charmer and albino . . . W. F. Wallace, glass stands; C. E. Chamberlain and wife, second sight and trained birds . . . Tullus(?) Wright, feats of strength; Buckskin Jack and wrestling bear. Band: Oscar Jones, leader; Walter James, M. F. Owens, Ed. Fisher, S. S. Rice, Chas. Bratton, Al. Herrick, Thos. Riley, L. Howard . . . John ?. Moyer, Frank Seaman, J. Burke and L. Eggleston. We have built ___ new cages and one new four horse coach. Everything from the advance wagons to the clown carts is being painted, and will be as bright as colors can make them. Our new paper is completed, and the coming season will see in the Lee's Shows a circus equipped up to date in every department, with attractions that will no doubt delight our amusement loving patrons. It takes one hundred head of stock to transport the shows. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.

    Seamon and Burke, gymnasts, closed a prosperous season of over ten months and will rest a few weeks at their home, New Brunswick, N.J., before resuming their tour with Chas. Lee's London Shows. They closed at Acola, Fla., March 10. Their act is said to have met with success in the South. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's Shows. H. A. Mann, our general agent, has sent in his first three weeks' contract. He states that prospects look favorable, and that the country is not as near bankruptcy as some people imagine. The paste brigade leave 14(?). Everything about the winter quarters is completed and we never were so well equipped not __ strong as this season. The latest acquisitions are: A. W. Cole, baritone; Alf. Allen, clarionet soloist; Ryan and Norwood, acrobats . . . All musicians and performers stop at hotels. The show opens April 28 at Canton, Pa. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 87.

    On the road, circuses: Charles Lee's, Canton PA Apr 28, Troy 30, Gillett(?) May 1, Elmira NY 2, Horseheads 3. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 114.

    Reading, Pennsylvania. George W. Arlington will leave 24(?) to join Lee's Circus at Canton, O. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.

    On the road, circuses: Charles Lee's, Elmira NY May 2, Horsehead 3. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 130.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's London Circus. Chas. Lee's London Cricus opened their season April 28, at Canton, Pa., to large business, in the rain. The show is the most complete twenty five cent show on the road, carrying forty-two hotel people and sixty-five on the lot. The performance went off the same as though we had been running two months. The band in in fine shape and is one of the best this company has had. It is under the direction of Prof. ?. Jones. . . . We open with eight horse entree, and our programm consists of swinging perch, pyramid act, trick ponies, double traps, riding dogs, triple bars, juggling, bounding jockey, ring(?) contortionists, barrel kicking, break away ladder, 3 brother act, troupe of dogs and performing donkeys, and closing with leaps. Mr. Seaman is doing a fine double somersault this season. The concert is under the management of Lall Eggleston and is one of the best this show has carried. The side show has a 100ft. round top with 40(?)ft. middle piece, five cages of animals, two camels and one of the largest elephants on exhibition. Performers: strong man, Albinos(?), mind reader, Zulus, Punch and Judy, magician, snake charmer, performing birds and glass blowers. Treasurer Joe Hewitt's smiling face is in the ticket wagon the same as ever. He says there are no hard times, and he is kept busy handling paste boards. Seamon(?) and Burke have lost only two weeks out of a year. They jumped from Florida from the "Sparks" show to open here with their breakaway ladder. Manager Lee is well pleased with the show and the business we are doing. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.

1896:

    Notes from Chas. Lee's Great London Circus. The following have signed to next season: the Cliftons, Billy and Jessie; Ed Parker and wife; Thos. Finn . . . Oscar Jones, leader of band; Michael Owens, Will Parker, Ed Draw; Fred Jones, rider; Harry L. Rogers, Fred Durrell and Louis Beauvis. Mr. Lee has been on the sick list since last Fall, but is on the improve. Mrs. Jessie Clifton, December 12, presented her husband with a boy, the first child ever born at Chas. Lee's winter quarters, named William Charles Clifton. Our ring stock are worked every day by Fred Jones, who is getting to be an expert rider. The five Shetland ponies give a remarkable performance. New York Clipper, January 18, 1896, p. 725.

    Baggs and Andrews, hand balancers, have signed with Chas. Lee's Great London Shows. New York Clipper, February 8, 1896, p. 777.

    Notes from Chas. Lee's winter quarters. A one ring circus with an outside free exhibiton, will open early in May. C. F. Miller, for the past four years with the advertising department of the Ringling Bros., has signed for the coming season as geneal and contracting agent. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 53.

    Notes from the Lee London Show. Part roster of people engaged: C. F. Miller, general agent; Wm. Adams, boss billposter; Dave Moriarty, Geo. Walters, Jos. Silver . . . and Jas. Ford, billposters; Al Cook, equestrian director; Oscar Jones, bandmaster; A. J. Anderson and Ira ___, sideshow orators; Wm. Newton, canvas boss; John Wood, stock boss; Jerry O'Donahue and Geo. Murphy, cooks; Ed Ryan, props, and Wm. Clifton, proprietor refreshment stands. The free exhibition will be a 100 foot dive, into a net, twice daily, by Capt. Pierre ___. Performers: Mrs. Charles Lee, performing dogs; Chas. Lee Jr., principal somersault bareback and performing four ponies; Mons. F. Gangnon, Indian hurdle act and hurricane Mexican four horse act; Ed Parker, singing and talking clown; Nichols and Fitch, Japanese perch and double trapeze . . . Chas. Connors, principal Zany; Whiting and Geyer, horizontal bars and revolving ladder; the Cliftons, English knockabout clowns. Sideshow: A. Anderson, lecturer; the Viltons, second sight, etc.; Chas. Cameron, Mlle Teka, snake enchantress, monkeys, birds, etc. Concert, under direction of Wm. Clifton: Ed Parker, Master Johnnie Walters. New York Clipper, April 4, 1896, p. 73.

    Notes from the Chas. Lee Shows. Tullus Wright, young American Hercules, has signed, his fourth season with the show; also Phil Miller and wife, the eighth season for Mr. Miller. A. W. Cole and Jas. Gordon will be our inside soloists. Show opens May 4, at Canton, Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, April 25, 1896, p. 117.

    Frank Armour, horizontal bars, goes with the Lee Show, which opens its season May 9. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.

    Advance brigade of Chas. Lee's London Circus. Harry Bubb, general agent; Geo. Clarke, lithographer; Chas. Miller, boss billposter; Frank Allen, programmer. Our advance wagons consist of the agent's buggy, with two gray horses attached; advance wagon No. 1, drawn by four blacks, and wagon No. 2, drawn by two grays. . . . New York Clipper, July 25, 1896, p. 325.

    Chas. Lee's Great London Show was sold by the sheriff at Phoenix, New York, December 12. New York Clipper, December 26, 1896, p. 689.

Lee's London - 1901   Honeywell & Price, proprietors

    Lee's London Railroad Circus. The winter quarters of Charles Lee's Circus is at Canton, Pa., near the home of the late Frank Mayo and Fanny Davenport, two eminent theatrical people. Mr. Lee has wintered his London circus there for fifteen years, and he resides there on his farm in retirement, having been an invalid for the past five years. Fred N. Price and Colonel C. M. Honeywell have bought the rights and titles of Lee's shows. Both are men of large means, and will enlarge the show. They expect to spend about $50,000 putting all their material in shape. The opening will be about May 1. Price and Honeywell will travel with the show. Geo. H. Irving will have charge of the side show, and there will be a special attraction in a female brass band and orchestra. The advertising will all be special paper. L. E. Granger will control the privileges. Billboard, December 29, 1900.

    The winter quarters of Charles Lee's Circus is at Canton, Pa. Mr. Lee has wintered his London circus there for fifteen years, and he resides there on his farm in retirement, having been an invalid for the past five years. Fred N. Price and Colonel C. M. Honeywell have bought the rights and titles of Lee's shows. Both are men of means, and will enlarge the show. They expect to spend about $50,000 putting all their material in shape. The opening will be about May 1. Price and Honeywell will travel with the show. Geo. H. Irving will have charge of the side show, and there will be a special attraction in a female brass band and orchestra. L. E. Granger will control the privileges. Billboard, January 5, 1901, p. 5.

    The following people have arrived at the headquarters of Lee's Great London Circus at Wilkesbarre, Pa.: L. E. Granger, assistant general manager, his wife and daughter; D. J. Robson, assistant treasurer and press agent; Charles A. Hamilton, manager of privileges on lot. National Police Gazette, April 13, 1901, p. 2.

    Lee's circus stranded in Binghamton last week and failed to appear in Owego Saturday as advertised. Tioga County Record (Owego, NY), May 16, 1901, n.p.n.

    For one day Armour & Co. of Chicago were proprietors of and conducted a circus at Binghamton, N.Y. Honeywell & Lee's Great London circus was advertised to appear there, but when it arrive from Pennsylvania its goods were attached by Armour & Co. for meat furnished, and it was found impossible to give a performance unless under the name of Armour & Co. This was arranged and the circus appeared under that management and ownership. The novelty proved an attraction so that the owners were able to liquidate their debt. Moberly Evening Democrat (Moberly, MO), May 17, 1901, p. 1.

    Chas. Lee's London Shows, under the management of Honeywell & Price, lasted one week. The first Sunday out found them back in winter quarters, with a bunch of disgusted people. It was a case of bad management, a disagreement of partners and bad weather. Rumor alleges that it is a case of "freeze-out." They closed in Binghamton, N.Y. after fighting attachment suits in every stand, including the opening town. Billboard, May 25, 1901, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Charles V. Lee's

    Wanted, at all times, for Lee's Pavilion Shows. Performers that can change their acts complete, for one week. Address Chas. V. Lee, Pearl River, New York, weeks of June 6 and 13. New York Clipper, June 11, 1898, p. 252.

• Charles V. Lee's Ten Cent Pavilion Shows was out in 1899. Also titled Chas. V. Lee's Great London Dime Show. Bandwagon, January-February, 1978, p. 28.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lee & Scribner - 1884-86

1884:

    Wanted, for Scribner & Lee's Great New York Pavilion Show. Performers in all branches of the circus business, except riders; also musician that can double in brass and string; also team of song-and-dance men who can also do a clog; and a slack wire lady who can do serio-comic songs. Also canvasmen. Show starts June 1 and travels by wagon. Candy stand privilege for rent. Address Scribner & lee, N. Y. Show, Maiden lane, New York. New York Clipper, April 5, 1884, p. 44.

    The following people are engaged for Lee & Scribner's New York Pavilion Show: Billy Leffingwell, leader of orchestra; Billy Ellis, song-and-dance; Charley Lee, clown; Hal Reynolds, assistant agent. New York Clipper, April 12, 1884, p. 55.

    Lee & Scribner’s New York Pavilion Show. Officers - Proprietors, Sam A. Scribner and Chas. Lee; treasurer, Harry Robinson; agent, Billy Munson, with four assistants; manager of sideshow, Hal Reynolds; leader of orchestra, Wm. Leffingwell; leader of band, A. C. Wallace. Clowns - Charley Lee and Billy Burton. Company - Corvella and Courtney, trapeze and brother act; Leopold and Benson, horizontal bar; Watson Bros., contortionists and posturing; Walter Tarrell, iron jaw; Bobby Munroe and Billy Ellis, son-and-dance; Maggie Nichols, slack wire and character dancer; Nora Stone, balancing trapeze; Louise Garnet, song-and-dance. Sideshow performers are Zuleika Lutti, Circassian lady; Mattie Lee, fat woman; Lolo, aerial sleeper; Prof. Zela, sleight-of-hand, Punch-and-Judy, birds, snakes, monkeys, etc. Size of canvas 80 ft. round top; sideshow tent 40 x 60 ft.; ten canvasmen and 20 head of horses. Show travels by wagon. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, p. 105.

    J. H. Gray is the contracting agent of the Lee & Scribner New York Circus for this season. New York Clipper, May 17, 1884, p. 134.

    Geo. Irvin, comedian and late manager of the Lyceum Theatre, Portland, Me., is managing the sideshow with Lee & Scribner's New York Circus through Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, May 31, 1884, p. 166.

    Advices from Lee & Scribner's N. Y. Circus, now in Pennsylvania, they have lately fixed out with a new 30x50 sideshow canvas, a new horse tent and a thirty foot dressing room top. New York Clipper, June 28, 1884, p. 230.

    Lee & Scribner's Circus was raided by roughs at Plymouth, Pa., Sept. 26. Band instruments were stolen, drum heads bursted, the dressing paraphernalia was stolen or destroyed, and the whole show was well nigh wrecked. The raid was brought about in a peculiar manner. It seems that while the trapeze act was on it was discovered that the centre pole guy ropes had been cut. By reason of the danger thus entailed, the performer was ordered down, and the order was promptly complied with. By this time it was discovered that the side ropes had also been cut, and the audience was directed to withdraw, as the tent would soon fall. The gang at the bottom of the entire trouble demanded a continuance of the performance, but the management replied that it would be dangerous to go further with the entertains men, and scarecely were the words uttered before the canvas fell. This was also the signal for the charge and the gang made a rush for the effects of the show people, with the results as above. Lee & Scribner went to Wilkesbarre 27 to enter suit against the borough of Plymouth for damages. The show was unable to fill their date 27 at Nanticote. Lee & Scribner inform the Clipper that they will "fix up" and finishe their season as originally comtemplated, closing at Wyoming, Pa., Oct. 30. New York Clipper, October 4, 1884, p. 455.

    Lee & Scribner write that they will run into Wilkesbarre, Pa., for a week's stand, and will close the season Oct. 20. They have sued the town of Plymouth, Pa., Sept. 29. New York Clipper, October 11, 1884, p. 469.

    The circus partnership heretofore existing between Sam Scribner and Sig. La Cardo under the title of Lee & Scribner has been dissolved by mutual consent. Scribner sailed from Philadelphi for Havana, Cuba, Oct. 26, to join a Spanish circus. New York Clipper, November 15, 1884, p. 557.

1885:

    The advance brigade of Lee & Scribner's Consolidated Shows for season of 1885 will be O. S. Cary, general agent; J. R. Tucker, assistant agent; Jos. Hawk(?), press agent; H. J. Duff, programmer; M. Black, master of paper; and J. Henneigh, boss billposter with six assistants. New York Clipper, February 14, 1885, p. 765.

    The following are engaged for Lee & Scribner's Consolidated Shows: Billy Ellis, female impersonator; Mons. Leopold, iron jaw . . . Carvella and Courtney, trapeze artists; Walter Gibson, comedia; Billy Burton, clown; Prof. May, school of trained dogs; Madam Lotozo, snake charmer. Three cages have been added. The show will open May 10 at Minersville, Pa. George Irving will have charge of the sideshow. New York Clipper, March 14, 1885, p. 821.

    Prof. Lowanda has bought Lee & Scribner's sideshow privileges and will take the road May 9 with these people: Prof. Lowanda, magician; Mme. Lowanda, mind reader . . . Mme. Sawtelle, electric lady; Mme. Livingston, snake charmers; four cages of birds, monkeys, etc.; O. L. Snyder, boss canvasman with four assistants. New York Clipper, May 2, 1885, p. 110.

    Mansfield, May 23. Lee & Scribner's circus will exhibit at this place, Monday, June 1st. Wellsboro Agitator (Wellsboro, PA), May 26, 1885, n.p.n.

    Lee & Scribner's Circus was enlarged at Fredonia, N.Y., July 1. A new 100ft. round top was added, and two billposters joined the advance brigade. Mrs. Angie M. Gray, wife of J. H. Gray, contracting agent, will join her husband 27, and ride on the red wagon for two weeks. New York Clipper, July 18, 1885, p. 280.

    Lee & Scribner's Show closes season Nov. 2 at Annapolis, Md. New York Clipper, October 24, 1885, p. 500.

1886:

    The following have signed contracts with Lee & Scribner's Circus: Corvella and Courtney, Harry C. Todd, Billy Lee (clown), Billy Ellis, Maggie Nichols, C. W. Anderson, Billy Gray . . . New York Clipper, January 30, 1886, p. 724.

    Notice. All correspondence for me should be addressed Chas. Lee, and not Lee & Scribner, as no firm of that name now exists. It has been dissolved. - Chas. Lee. New York Clipper, March 27, 1886, p. 28.

    Charles Lee has been charged with an attempt to dispose of the property of the Lee & Scribner show, and W. L. Seabrook has been appointed receiver. New York Clipper, April 3, 1886, p. 39.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leftwich & Perry - 1895

    Notes from Leftwich & Perry's New Big 25 Cent Shows. We are wintering in Nebraska. Things at winter quarters commenced to move on receipt of a carload of paint and paraphernalia. We will have forty horses and forty people. New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 831.

    Roster of Leftwich & Perry's Big Shows: Leftwich & Perry, sole owners and managers; D. S. Ward, general agent with six billposters; Jack O'Donnell, supt. of canvas with ten assistants; John Bell, supt. stock with ten assistants; George Johnson, supt. of dogs, twenty in number; Avery and King, Kittello, Harry Ward, Prof. Fostello, wife and son, J. Fay, Rob. Freeman and wife, and a band of eight pieces, with a new band wagon and uniforms. Show opens at Norfolk, Nebraska, May 4. New York Clipper, March 30, 1895, p. 55.

    Leftwich & Perry write: "A. O. Perry arrived with ten horses, making forty in all. Mr. Ward, agent, cancelled, owing to illness." New York Clipper, April 20, 1895, p. 99.

    Leftwich & Perry Show. Business in Iowa is fair, but we will soon be in Nebraska. Harry Streif joined at Hamburg, Iowa, to do singing and talking clown and lecturer. John Du Sha is well received. Avery and King in their aerial act and Herbert and Lowe with their bars and brothers act are making a hit. Roster of sideshow: Harry Streif, lecturer; Prof. Fostello, cowboy magician; H. Hallett, Punch and Juby; Mlle Zulika, Circassian queen; Prof. Fay, fire king, and Master Fred, boy wonder. New York Clipper, June 22, 1895, p. 245.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lehman's Show - 1885

    Harry Moulton, gymnast, and Minnie Geary, late of the Geary Sisters, left Grand Rapids, Mich., to join Leopold Lehman's Show at Joliet, Ill. New York Clipper, August 1, 1885, p. 312.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lehmen Bros. - 1888

    Mr. M. Burgower is in the city preparing for the appearance of Lehmen Bros. & Co.'s New York and New Orleans circus, a cheap admission circus, which will pitch its tent Thursday to stay as long as patronage will justify. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), October 10, 1888, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lemen Bros.; Lemon Bros. - 1887-88, 1890-94, 1896, 1899, 1900

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887-1901, 1905

Photo, right: labeled 1917, Joe Hepp or Frank V. Lemen - owner of Lemen Bros. Circus. From the Conover collection, Album #19, Set #724, photo file #M-20.

1887:

    Wanted for the Great New York & New Orleans Combined Shows, performers in all branches of the business, circus, sideshow and concert band of eight mouth pieces that double in string, song-and-dance team that play drums, trained horses and dogs. Also wish to purchase small band wagon, band uniforms, a set of entry suits, and one more 50 or 60 foot flat car. Show opens June 27. Address Lemon Brothers & Co., Clinton, Ill. New York Clipper, June 18, 1887, p. 223.

    Indianapolis, Indiana. The New York and New Orleans Circus pitched their tents here 14. Lemen Bros. are proprietors. The Marrietta Sisters made a hit in their trapeze performance. The Kenard Bros. (clowns), Harry L. and May Moran (gymnasts), Harry Brandon (contortionist), H. L. Bush, Hugh George, D. M. Snyder, H. J. Miller, all late of Shields' Circus are with this show. The trick tumbling of Moran is wonderful. The Three Powers Bros. in a bicycle act and the Parinto Bros. [sic Parento?] in a brother act and double bars are fine. The leaping of Moran and Parinto created a sensation. New York Clipper, July 23, 1887, p. 293.

    The vacancy in Lemen Bros. & Co.'s New York and New Orleans Circus was filled by William C. Howard, the agent at Terre Haute, Ind., July 18. Charles Hale formerly held the position. New York Clipper, August 6, 1887, p. 326.

1888:

    Frank Lemmon has organized a ten cent show for Texas, and will begin his tour at Dennison. New York Clipper, September 8, 1888, p. 411.

    Wanted for New York and New Orleans Show, people in all branches of the circus business. Ticket sellers wanted. Would like to buy one of two more sixty foot flat cars. Sideshow and candy stand privileges for sale. Address Lemen & Powers, managers, Denison, Texas. New York Clipper, September 8, 1888, p. 418.

• Information on the 1889 Lemen Bros. show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 40-41.

1890:

    Wanted for Lemen Bros.' Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. A No. 1 band of seven mouthpieces, that double string for concert, and other musicians. Reliable advance ____. Boss canvasman. . . . Want to buy a baggage car and a sleeper. Address Lemen Bros. Shows, __ Lamar Avenue, Denison, Tex. N. B. Also wanted, a lady snake Charmer, must have her own snakes. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 13.
    Lemen Bros.' Circus can make room for a few more performers and a principal bar man; must leap and tumble. Solo cornetist and concert people. Privileges for sale. E. Baldwin, equestrian manager, permanent address Denison, Texas. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 128.
    Wanted, for Lemen Bros.' Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Parties having circus cars for sale please write. . . . sideshow and candy stand privileges for sale. Address Lemen Bros.' Shows, Pacific Hotel, Kansas City, Mo., until July 1. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 255.

    This is the twelfth week of the Lemen Bros.' Show this season. Business has been big everywhere. The "Royal Spectre" appearing every Sunday morning, rain or shine, and everybody is happy. The show is composed of the following: . . . twelve cages, two elephants, three riding dogs, etc. Lemen Bros., proprietors and managers; Ed. Baldwin, equestrian director; Prof. Fred Morrison, trainer of animals; Dave Howard, boss hostler; Ed. Scott, master of canvas . . . John Gilbert, Ike Porter and ten assistants in advance; Rome(?) Emery and Ed. Baldwin . . . the Brothers Cole, Ralph(?) Entow . . . Albert W. West; Prof. Warren; Tommy Mack . . . Lillie Loyal; Jennie Pearl . . . Prof. Lemen and ten musicians in the band. We travel by rail, and have seven flat cars, three stock cars and two sleepers. We have twenty head of horses and forty working men. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    Wanted, for Lemen Bros.' Circus and Menagerie, performers in all branches circus business, including concert people and sideshow freaks. Also lady snake charmer with her own snakes and few more good musicians. Address for ten days Lemen Bros.' Show, care Blair Bros., Sedalia, Mo. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 367.

    Waco, Texas. Lemen Bros.' Circus drew fair audiences Sept. 12, 13. This show has been greatly enlarged and improved of late. Their collection of animals now reaches ten cages. . . . New York Clipper, September 27, 1890, 454.

    The Lemen Bros.' Shows are said to be eclipsing all previous efforts, both financially and artistically. The show has nearly doubled in size since its opening. Nine cages of animals, twenty head of horses, a new menagerie tent, 65ft.(?) round top, with three __ft. middle pieces are recent additions. Every one is well fixed with good health and plenty of the wherewithal. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

• Information on the 1890 Lemen Bros. show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 1, p. 51.

1891:

    Frank Lemon, of the Lemon [sic] Brothers' Show, is at present in the East, looking up attractions and securing additions to his circus for the coming season. He ___ to spend his spare moments very pleasantly at the Barnum headquarters, getting a few points, besides vastly enjoying a visit to W. W. Cole the retired showman, with whom he was employed for several seasons. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.

    Frank Lemen of the Lemen Brothers’ show was in New York, several days recently, and left Saturday for Denison, Tex., the headquarters of the show. While here Mr. Lemen made large purchases of stock, cars, cages, wardrobe, animals, etc. The Lemen Brothers’ show will be enlarged in every department. Hard work is now being done at Headquarters. New York Dramatic News, February 14, 1891.

    The Lemen Bros.' Show opens at Kansas City, Mo., the latter part of April. Frank Lemen was in New York several days recently, and left Feb. 7 for Dennison, Tex., the headquarters of the show. While here, Mr. Lemen made large purchases of stock, cars, cages, wardrobe, animals, etc. The Lemen Bros.' Show will be in big shape the coming season, and will be enlarged in every department. Hard work is now being done at headquarters. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    Wanted, for Lemen Bros.' Railroad Circus, Menagerie and Free Horse Fair, 50 ladies for the ballet, lady aerial artist, lady snake charmer. Also performers in all branches circus businees. Band of eight mouth pieces ___ double in string. Railroad contractor, twenty billposters, __ canvasmen. Sideshow and candy stand privileges for sale. Show opens in April, Kansas City, Mo. Address Lemen Bros., Winter Quarters, ___, Kansas. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.

    Lemon Bros. are fitting out their circus at Argentine, a suburb across the Kansas line. Their season opens at Kansas City, Mo., early in April. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.

    Kansas City, Missouri. Wm. Sell's Circus exhibits 11-14. Lemen Bros. Circus opened its season here 8-10, and gave very creditable performances to good turnouts. . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.

    Kansas City, Missouri. Sells Bros. billed for June 1, plenty of "wait" paper up for Forepaugh's coming in July. Lemen Bros.' Circus are entering their third week of prosperity having covered nearly every lot in town during their stay. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 183.

    Lemen Bros.' Circus, which opened its season at Kansas City, Mo., May _, has just concluded a profitable three weeks' engagement in that city, and began its tour of the Southwest. The roster: John J. Holland, general agent; Rod Hyer, contracting agent; Frank Rosenthal, boss billposter; John Babcock, boss canvasman. Performers: Maretta Sisters, May Crittenden, Dayton Sisters . . . Herman George, Dixon Bros., Ed. Craig . . . L. Mayo, Wm. Chase, Al. Ferney, Gus Clarke. . . Burt Peters and Wyndam(?) Church. The band of ten pieces is in charge of Prof. Al. Parker. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.

    Kansas City, Missouri. Mr. and Mrs. Charles Watson closed with the Lemen Circus here, and left at once for their home, Jackson, Mich. Mr. Watson is suffering from a slight fracture of the knee, but expects, after a few weeks' rest, to resume his ___. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 199.

    St. Joseph, Missouri. Lemen Bros. Circus showed here 30(?), 31(?) to fair business. They had a collision with a passenger train as they were pulling into the yards here, and several persons were injured, but not seriously. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 199.

    Decatur, Illinois. Lemen Bros.' Circus gave two performances 3(?) to well filled tents. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.

    Notes from Lemen Bros.' Show. In your issue of Sept. 19, you class the Lemen Bros.' Show as a 10, 20 and 30 cent show. This is a mistake, for we have not showed for less than 25 cents since we left Kansas City, Mo., last May, and only a very few stands at that price. Fifty cents has been the admission price in four-fifths of the stands we have made, and it will never be less. We are now in our twenty-second week, and business has been double any previous season. There are only two days in each week that there is any trouble with the show - one is Monday, when the boys are hustling for paper money to exchange for silver, and the other is Saturday, when they are hunting for the Clipper; but they manage to get a batch of both. We have had only one wreck, and one blow down. Neither was serious. The outfit as it stands today: Frank and Frost Lemen, sole proprietors; Edward Cambell, manager; Geo. H. Hines, assistant manager; John H. Holland, general contracting agent, with twelve assistants; Harry Potter, boss billposter, and brigade of fourteen; James Webb, boss canvasman; Wm. Bell, master of transportation, Geo. Johnson, boss hostler, and twelve assistants . . . Chas. Jersey, boss property man, with six assistants . . . Maretta Sisters, Rose and May; Dayton Sisters, Maud and Gretta; Attwood Sisters, Blanche and Lulu; May Crittendon; Flossie Egbert . . . Rome, Emery and Herman Greggs; Mazello Bros., Vic and William; the three Westland Brothers . . . Bernardo and Tyson; Chas. Holland; Carl Charles . . . Wm. ?. Phelps; Horace Copeland . . . Mike Stevens; Ted Greeley; Master Artie; Billy Chase . . . Jean Durand; Harry Easton; Geo. Gibbons . . . Bertie Gayton; Ned Clancy; Debar and Holmes; Bessie Brown; Billy Morse . . . Madam Alberta . . . Prof. Herndon . . . and Frank Rosenthal. Prof. Al Parker and his twenty solo musicians furnish the outfit with music. We have . . . eleven cars, eleven cages of animals, eighty-two horses and mules, four Shetland ponies, two elephants, trained and handled by Prof. Fred Morrisson. It is the intention of the Lemen Bros. to double the above for next season. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.

    Young Alburtus, juggler and club expert, closed with Lemen Bros.' Circus, at San Marius(?), Tex., and has doubled with Claude Bartram. They will play the coast. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 571.

    On the road, circuses: Lemen Bros., Sherman, Tex, Dec. 3. New York Clipper, December 5, 1891, p. 653.

    The advance car No. 1, of Lemen Bros.' Show, closed it season at Sherman, Tex., Nov. 18. The second brigade closed 26(?). The following were some of the people that represented the show: John J. Holland, general agent; C. W. Scott, railroad contracting agent; Harry Potter, local contractor . . . billposters: J. W. Westbrook, Henry Smith, Al. Merritt, Joseph Hicks, Henry Spicer, Will Davis, John Reeve, Ed. Huges, Wm. Polk and J. H. Palmer(?). O?. Young had charge of the second brigade, with four billposters: Geo. Danes, James Brown, A. C. Dunbar and Alex Clark. The general agent went on from the show, paid all the boys and gave all free transportation to their respective homes. A good many of the boys have already signed contracts to be with the big show next season. The season closed Dec. 3, after which the show will make a run of seven hundred miles to their own winter quarters at Argentine, Kas. Next season the show will be enlarged to twenty cars and two advance cars. A hippodrome will be put on, instead of the spectacular. Mr. Lemen is going to send two of his representatives to Kentucky to look for blooded race stock. He is also going to send to foreign climes for animals. New York Clipper, December 12, 1891, p. 664.

    The Lemen Bros.' Show arrived at winter quarters at Argentine, Kan., Dec. 5. It was one of the coldest days of the season. Snow was falling, and the thermometer registered one degree above zero, but, with the help of four big stoves, the quarters were kept very comfortable. The elephants came near getting chilled, but at present they are doing well. The stock are fat after their long season. L. C. Dessert and his two assistants left for San Francisco 3. They sail from there 15 for India to bring back a cargo of animals and some sideshow freaks. It is the intendtion of Lemen Bros. to put out a big show next year. The show will be enlarged in every department. New York Clipper, December 19, 1891, p. 683.

    J. B. Gaylord, the well known circus agent, is in the city, visiting his niece, the wife of Dr. Sol Smith. Mr. Gaylord is on his way to India and adjacent countries to fill orders for animals for various shows, and for the New York and St. Louis Zoological Gardens. He is accompanied by L. C. Dessert, agent for the Lemon [sic] Brothers' Circus. Mr. dessert goes with Mr. Gaylord in the interest of his employers, and will return with as many attractions as it is possible to gather within the short time assigned to him for the work. He will return to this country in March, and proposes to have his menagerie open the coming season. New York Clipper, December 19, 1891, p. 683.

• Information on the 1891 Lemen Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 32-34.

1892:

    Wanted, for Lemen Bros.' Railroad Show, Menagerie, Museum, Hippodrome, brother act, roller skating act, triple bar act, a return flying trapeze act, a band of nine mouth pieces to double in string . . . and sideshow curiosities, a few billposters. Billposters address John H. Holland, Kansas City, Mo. Address Lemen Bros., Argentine, Kansas. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 853.

    The Lemen Bros. Combined Shows, consisting of circus, menagerie and hippodrome, with a gigantic elephant that is said to out-Jumbo "Jumbo," will make a very "fetching" appearance when the season opens. The addition of several cages and the increased size of the show necessitates the use of five more cars than heretofore. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Harry A. Gray has been engaged as chief lithographer with Lemen Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    Prof. Walter Wilson, leader of orchestra; A. D. Ford, leader of band; and Ben Kahn, cornetist, all of ___ Theatre, Memphis, Tenn., have signed with Lemen Bros., for the tenting season. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Several cages of animals, including four African lions and a number of other valuable specimens have just been added to the Lemen Bros.' Show at Argentine, Kas. This organization will open the season April __. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    Melrose Bros. have signed with Lemon [sic] Bros.' Shows. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    Kansas City, Missouri. Lemen Bros.' Show spread tents here May 7. . . . New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 134.

    On the road, circuses: Lemen Bros., Kansas City MO May 7, Atchinson KS 10. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.

    Kansas City, Missouri. Lemen Bros. erected tents in ??? Park ? and a large crowd gathered to see the performance when officers stepped up on the scene and declared that their permit to show on this ___ spot was in error, and no performance was given. Ground was secured in another part of the city and uninterrupted performances were given to big crowds. . . . New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 146.

    Kansas City, Missouri. Lemen Bros. brought suit against the city for $___ damages for revoking their license to show at Shelley Park, after the show had been billed and tents pitched for the performance. The show was ___ to the West side, and the performance was given 7(?) to a big tentful. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.

    Notes from the Lemen Bros.' New Colossal Shows. We opened our season at Argentine, Kan., April 30(?) to one of the largest crowds ever under a canvas in that section, and have done a big business ever since, considering the weather. The show is brand new in every detail. The following is a list of the outfit: One hundred and twenty foot round top, two fifty foot middle pieces, one eighty foot round top, two thirty foot middle pieces, one sixty foot round top, two twenty foot middle pieces, one eighty foot round top dressing room, five horse tents, two cook tents, sixteen sixty foot cars, ninety-five head of dapple gray horses, twenty small mules and ponies, fourteen cages of animals, Rajah, the largest elephant on earth, and Albert, the best trained elephant in the world, and the finest den of cub lions ever born. Frank and Frost(?) Lemen, sole proprietors . . . J. H. Holland, general agent; L.(?) H. Scott, railroad contractor. . . Walter Kelly, lithographer; Ed. Ford, treasurer; Harvey Potter, superintendent of cook tents . . . Wm. Bell, master of canvas, with forty-six men; Ed. White, in charge of lights . . . Fred Morrison, superintendent of trained animals; Bert Scott, master of transportation . . . circus performers; Dan Leon, equestrian director and bareback rider; Maretta Sisters, Rose and Mary, aerialists; Jesse Leon, rider . . . Holcomb Sisters, Gertie and Bertie, double jockey riding act; Mary Crittendon and Frank Cameo, return act; three Melrose Brothers, Willie, John and Will; Chris. Wertz, princiapl leaper and tumbler . . . Max Melette, Rome Emery, Frank Bernardo . . . Geo. Seagrave, Sterling Zazell, Ed. Phillips, Gus Downan . . . Prof. A. Parker's band of twenty-two solo musicians, Ed. Nix, caliope [sic] player. Concert people: Harry Hackel, Al. Gleason, Ryan Sisters, Trixey Howard, Tillie Webster . . . Ike Weeks, and Gussie Forster. Sideshow people: Frank Rosenthal, lecturer; Harry Nelson . . . Alec. McGibbon . . . The candy stands are in charge of Harry Greenburne. Everybody is happy and healthy. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.

    On the road, circuses: Lemen Bros., Beatrice Neb. June 1, Lincoln 2, Council Bluffs IA 3, Omaha Neb. 4. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    The Lemen Bros.' Show are now in the eighth week of the most successful season thus far ever experienced by the above management. The Odell Bros., Ed. and Harry, and Ed. Lamar joined at Omaha June 2. We have just added ten dapple gray horses. The ring performance is up to the top notch. Chas. Wertz is doing some wonderful leaping and tumbling. Ferris and Mellette and the Melrose(?) Bros. are doing elegant work. In fact, every one with the show is full of ginger. Rose and May Maretta cause a sensation at every performance. All are happy and healthy. Money orders are the order of the day every Monday. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.

    One of the most destructive rain and wind storms of the season swept down upon Clarksville, Mo., July 2, and much property was destroyed. The Lemon [sic] Bros.' Circus, which was exhibiting there, has just begun their programme when the fierce wind struck the tent and crushed the canvas in against the seats with terrific force, thoroughly terrifying the audience. Prompt action on the part of the circus people in putting out lights and holding the canvas as much as possible saved many lives, although several were considerably bruised, while Wm Bell, of Dennison, Tex., the boss canvas man, was knocked insensible by a falling pole and was seriously injured. Before the crowd could all get out into the drenching rain, the large tent collapsed and fell to the ground. The sideshow tent was also blown down, damaging much of the property. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

    Walter Wilson and A. D. Ford, musicians, closed with Lemen Bros.' Circus . . . New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    Wanted, for Lemen Bros.' New Colossal Railroad Show, circus people in all branches, also sideshow and concert people, agents, billposters and railroad contractor. Co. Steer and wife, write. Want to buy, a sleeping car. Pana, Ill. July 26, Clinton, Ill., July 30. Lemen Bros. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 318.

    The O'Dell Bros., having dissolved partnership, Eddie O'Dell will hereafter work alone. He is now with Lemen Bros.' Circus in Texas. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.

    Information is wanted of Chas. Dormon, who when last hear of was with Lemon [sic] Bros.' circus. He has been reported dead, and his mother is prostrated with grief. Harry Reed, of Chippewa Lake, Mich., makes the inquiry in her behalf. New York Clipper, November 12, 1892, p. 570.

    Lemen Bros.' Show closed its season at Cleburne, Tex., Nov. 23, and has gone into winter quarters at Argentine, Kan. The management will make its headquarters at Argentine from now until the first of the year, after which it will open up an office at Kansas City The advance car, No. 1, closed 2 and the box brigade 16. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

    Eddie O'Dell, contortionist and acrobat, has closed a twenty-nine weeks' engagement with Lemen Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, December 10, 1892, p. 641.

• Information on the 1892 Lemen Bros. circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 32-34.

1893:

    Lemen Bros.' New Colossal Railroad Show. Wanted, people in all branches of the business. Riders, gymnasts, acrobats, male and female, aerialists, clowns, band of ten mouthpieces, must all double in string for concert; bagpipers, calliope player; also a few more billposters, sideshow and concert people, male and female artists for sideshow. We want to buy another advance car. Address Lemen Bros., Argentine, Kansas. P.S. Performers and musicians fed at hotels. First two weeks' salary retained as security. All must dress well and obey the strictest rules or pay the penalty. No fares advanced. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 826.

    Wanted, three brother act, triple bar team, six skirt dancers, also snake charmer, albinos, long haired ladies, sideshow talker and Punch and Judy man. Route: Ft. Dodge, Iowa, June 3, Forest City 5, Albert Lee [sic], Minn. 6, Waterville 7, Northfield 8. Lemen Bros. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 210.

    Dallas, Texas. Lemen Bros.' Circus came to crowded tents 19. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 483.

• Information on the 1893 Lemen Bros. show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 1, pp. 43-45.

1894:

    C. W. Scott, formerly railroad contractor with Lemen Bros.' Railroad Show, has accepted a position to take care of a string of ring stock with that show. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 801.

    Charley Madden has been engaged as clown and press agent with the Lemen Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.

    Wanted, for the Lemen Bros.' New Colossal Railroad Shows, a few more people for circus business, riders, tumblers, leapers and a 2(?) brother act. All must leap and tumble. Also concert and side show people of every description. All business positions filled, and no privileges to let. Address Frank Lemen, Argentine, Kansas. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 45.

    Car No. 1 of the Lemen Bros.' Shows left Argentine, Kan., April 20(?). The roster of the car follows: General agent, Walter Nichols; local contractor, J. B.(?) Allan; in charge of car and press agent . . . billposters, Jacob Fogel . . . W. A. Brown . . . lithographer, Harry Gray, and paste maker, Ed Combs. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.
    On the road, circuses: Lemen's, Council Bluffs IA May 17. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.

• Information on the 1894 Lemen Bros. is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 36-38.
• Information on the 1895 Lemen Bros. is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 34-36.
• Information on the 1896 Lemen Bros. is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 6, pp. 73-74.
• Information on the 1897 Lemen Bros. is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 3, pp. 36-43.
• Information on the 1898 Lemen Bros. is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 32-37.

1899: Lemen Bros.' Three Ring Circus, Five Continent Menagerie, Trained Animal Exhibition, Real Roman Hippodrome, Free Horse Fair, at Centralia, July 4. The mighty Bovalapus; Rajah, elephant, bigger than the famous Jumbo; Capt. Santiago, high diver, flings himself backward from the highest point ever dived from; Little Edna, the girl wonder, only lady turning forward and backward somersaults on a bareback horse; racing steers, a great novelty. 100 circus champions in 150 acts. Kittie Kruger, only lady 4 and 6-horse rider in the world. Droves and heards of animals, giant camel, long maned and tailed horse, baby hippopotamus, baby lions, serpents and birds. Free street parade every entry day at 10 o'clock a.m. High dive 10:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m., performances 2 and 8 p.m. Centralia Enterprise and Tribune (Centralia, WI), June 24, 1899, n.p.n.

1900:

    Lemen Brothers played Attica, Ind., May 14. Billboard, May 19, 1900, p. 5.

    Among the features of Lemen Bros.' Circus are Rajah, the elephant larger than Jumbo; Capt. Santiago, the backward high diver; Little Edna, the only lady turning forward and backward somersaults on a bareback horse; Kitty Kruger, who rides six horses. Billboard, June 2, 1900, p. 5.

    To the Editor of "The Billboard:" Dear Sir - In the last issue of "The Billboard" you had among the features of the Lemen Bros.' Show, Edna, the champion lady somersault rider of the world. You will please make the correction that she is not with Lemen Bros., but is the principal feature of the William Sells & Gray's Circus, doing her act twice daily. . . . Yours truly, E. L. Brannan, Gen'l Agt. Sells & Gray Shows. Billboard, June 16, 1900.

    Gave two performances at St. John's, P. Q., Thursday, June 21. . . . While approaching the show grounds, one could see on the sidings the long line of railway cars, all painted with the brightest of colors. . . . Entering the long tent, and once past the privilege man, one came face to face with the finest collection of animals and wagons ever seen under a tent. The menagerie was simply great, and the wagons showed resplendent in silver and gold. The big show opened with a grand entry . . . Among the features deserving special mention was the only Edna Cooke, bareback somersault rider, who accomplished nothing but the most difficult feats known to the profession, with ease, finish and originality. . . . Then came the Miller family, bicyclists and aerialists, . . . and George Kline, the original bareback mule rider, who kept the audience in an uproar. P. Bouchard. St. Johns, P. Q., June 24. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.

    Ottawa, Can., Aug 9 - Lemon Bros., whose circus is now touring Canada, have been fined $1,200 by the Customs Department for bringing a quantity of printed matter into Canada without paying duty. Billboard, August 25, 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lemon's Circus - 1880

    The Arabian Circus, organized at Corydon, has taken the road, and threatens to show the Indianapolitans what can be done by a strictly State organization Hoosier State (Newport, IN), June 16, 1880, n.p.n.

    Lemon's Great Arabian Circus, an organization gotten up at Corydon, collapsed at Salem. The employes kicked up the fuss because their salaries had not been paid. The Great Arabian was only a week old when it yielded up the ghost. Daily Journal (Logansport, IN), July 20, 1880, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lent's Circus - 1855-59, 1860-69, 1870-74, 1876, 1879

1855: Grand Consolidation of the Two Largest & Most Popular Equestrian Establishments in the World...Welch's National Circus and Hippodrome of Philadelphia, Pa., and Lent's New York Circus, forming two distinct Exhibitions...will exhibit at Dover (Maine), on Wed. August 15th (1855). Featuring "The Four Great Clowns," Worrell, Brower, Wallis and Whittaker....Grand Magic Pantomime entitled "The Miser of Baghdad..." Piscataquis Observer (Dover, Me.) August 9, 1855. Contributed by Steve Pinkham.

• 1856: online at Clipper, August 23 (scroll down)

1857:

    [Advertisement] Free exhibition. Terrific double ascension from the ground, adjoining the tent of L. B. Lent's Mammoth National Circus, immediately before opening the doors for the afternoon performance. A double ascension will take place outside of the canvass, free to all. Mlle. Marie will walk a tight wire from the ground to the top of the pavilion, a height of eighty feet; and Professor Hemming will achieve a similar feat, propelling a wheelbarrow before him the entire distance. No one should fail of witnessing this extraordinary display of intrepidity and address, which is entirely without parallel. Janesville, Wednesday May 6th, 1857.
    L. B. Lent's Mammoth National Circus. The largest and most completely equipped equestrian establishment in the world, comprises the greatest troupe of European & American male and female artists, and the most magnificent collection of wonderfully trained horses and ponies, every brought together. Affording facilities for the presentation of more novel and varied performances than have ever been given in a travelling exhibition. The gorgeous entree of the establishment into the various towns of exhibition will be found a spectacle of surpassing grandeur. The brilliant procession will be led by the band chariot, drawn by the longest team of horses ever driven, and managed in pairs by H. Lacey, the modern Jehu, and fifty-horse driver.
    The performances will consist of every imaginable variety of equestrian, gymnastic and acrobatic feats, including many features at once new and astounding. Each evening's entertainment will conclude with the grand legendary spectacle of St. George and the Dragon. Will exhibit at Marengo, Saturday, May 2d. Belvidere, Monday, May 4th. Beloit, Tuesday, May 5th. Janesville, Wednesday, May 6th. Rockford, Thursday, May 7th. Freeport, Friday, May 8th. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Performance commence half an hour after. Admission, Box 50 cents. Children to Box 25 cts. Pit 25 cts. Janesville Gazette (WI), April 25, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, April 10,   Clipper, April 17,   Clipper, May 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 12,   Clipper, June 19,   Clipper, June 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 10,   Clipper, July 31,   Clipper, August 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 21,   Clipper, September 18,   Clipper, October 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 13 (scroll down)

1859:

    Frederick, Md., May 10. L. B. Lent's Circus company was attacked by a crowd of rowdies, about eight and a half o'clock last evening, while performing in that place. Two of the circus men were hurt while protecting their own property, and two or three outsiders injured, but not seriously. The rowdies also set fire to the side tent, which was burned up, and broke one or two wagons belonging to the circus. The persons in the tent escaped in safety. The cause of the attack was the price of the tickets - fifty cents - and the refusal of the company to lower it to twenty-five cents, which had been done by others before them. It is feared that another attack may be made. Janesville Morning Gazette (WI), May 14, 1859, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] L. B. Lent's Mammoth National Circus. The largest and most completely equipped equestrian establishment in the world. Comprises the greatest troupe of European and American male and female artists. And the most magnificent collection of wonderfully trained horses and ponies ever brought together, affording facilities for the presentation of more novel and varied performances than have ever been given in a travelling exhibition. The performances will consist of every imaginable variety of equestrian, gymnastic and acrobatic feats, including many features at once new and astounding. Each evening's entertainment will conclude with the grand legendary spectacle of St. George and the Dragon.
    The triumphal procession formed by this mammoth establishment, is one of imposing spectacular effect, being headed by the Golden Dragon Band Chariot, manufactured for this levithan establishment by Jno. Stevenson, Esq., 27th St. and 4th Ave., New York, at a cost of $4,000. Drawn by a long train of superb cream colored horses. The magnificent band includes the entire grand orchestra from the National Circus and Theatre, of Philadelphia.
    This colossal combination, although advertised as one company, in reality consists of a selection and grand consolidation of the three following celebrated studs of thorough bred circus horses, vis.: Gen. Rufus Welch's National Circus from Philadelphia. L. B. Lent's New York Circus from Niblo's Garden, N. Y. Col. Chas. May's Great Southern Circus from Mobile and New Orleans.
    The wardrobe, housings and appointments are of the most imposing description, and of the richest and most costly material. Dan Gardner, the great American clown, will introduce his educated mules, Dan Rice and P. T. Barnum, in their comic and turly laughable scenes. Tyrone Star (PA), June 4, 1859, n.p.n.

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, February 26,   Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, April 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 16,   Clipper, April 30,   Clipper, May 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 21,   Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, July 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, August 20,   Clipper, September 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 24,   Clipper, October 8,   Clipper, October 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 5 (scroll down)

• 1860: is online at:
Clipper, January 7,   Clipper, May 12   Clipper, June 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 25,   Clipper, September 8,   Clipper, September 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 13,   Clipper, October 27 (scroll down)

• 1861: online at:
Clipper, February 9,   Clipper, March 9,   Clipper, April 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 11,   Clipper, May 25,   Clipper, July 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 20,   Clipper, August 17,   Clipper, September 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 21,   Clipper, October 19 (scroll down)

• 1861: Lent's National Circus exhibited at Hartford, Connecticut, May 18, 1861. The Dragon chariot, with a brass band drawn by ten horses led the caravan to the lot. The show had riders, acrobats, trained horses, clowns. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

• 1862: online at:
Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, May 31,   Clipper, June 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 5,   Clipper, July 19,   Clipper, August 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 13,   Clipper, October 18,   Clipper, November 1 (scroll down)

• 1862: In May, 1862, Lent's Hippozoonomadon Circus' admission was 25 cents. Featured were trained elephants Anthony, Albert, Cleopatra, Victoria; Ali Egyptian keeper, drawing a brass band chariot; a living hippopotamus; riders Bob Stickney, Wm. Ducrow, Tom King, Mlle. Felica, Mlle. Rochelle, Bill Kennedy the Droll Singing Clown, and acrobats. There was no menagerie. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

1863:

    [Advertisement] Syracuse, Saturday, May 30th. The Great Mastodon of the Amusement World Is Coming! Now on its first annual tour, the new monster Equescurriculum! An establishment entirely novel and original in construction, superior in every specialty, and including the following immense and unparalleled combination. I. Tom King's Olympic Circus, from Washington City and Baltimore. II. Joe Pentland's Circus, from the Academy of Music, Boston and immediately from the Pacific Coast. III. Lent's National Circus, from Niblo's Garden, New York. IV. Wallace's Troupe of Acting Bears, from California. V. Derr's Educated Sacred Bull, from Hindostan. VI. Wonderful Leaping Buffaloes, from the praries of the far West. VII. Prof. Langworthy's Corps of Performing Dogs and Monkeys, from all parts of the world. Comprising seven distinct exhibitions, all under one gigantic pavilion for one price of admission. The whole under the immediate supervision of L. B. Lent, manager. . . .
    The three circuses include by far the most talented array of equestrians, vaulters, athletes, jugglers, acrobats, posture masters, etc., etc. Combined collections of highly trained horses, ponies and mules. . . . Admission to the combined exhibitions, only 25 cents. No half price. No charge for reserved seats. Seats for all. Doors open at 2 and 7. Performances commence at 2 1/2 adn 7 1/2 p.m. Will exhibit at Canadaigua, Thursday, June 4th. Palmyra, Friday, June 6th. Batavia, Monday, June 8th. Lancaster, Tuesday, June 9th. Oneida Depot, Thursday, May 28th. Calenovia, Friday, May 20th. Auburn, Monday, June 1st. Seneca Falls, Tuesday, June 2d. Geneva, Wednesty, June 3d. Buffalo, Wednesday and Thursday, June 10th and 11th. Syracuse Daily Courier and Union (NY), May 30, 1863, n.p.n.

• 1863: online at:
Clipper, April 4,   Clipper, April 18,   Clipper, April 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 2,   Clipper, May 9,   Clipper, May 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 30,   Clipper, June 6,   Clipper, June 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 20,   Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, August 1 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 15,   Clipper, August 22,   Clipper, September 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 3,   Clipper, November 7,   Clipper, November 14 (scroll down)

• 1863: In 1863 Lent's National "Equescurriculum" circus featured Wallace's trained bears; Der's trained bull; leaping buffalos, trained ponies, dogs, and monkeys. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

1864:

    [Advertisement] The Great Mastodon! First annual tour of the new Monster Equescurriculum! L. B. Lent, manager. This is an entirely new establishment, upon which an enormous amount of capital has been lavished with an unsparing hand, to make it what it claims, and is acknowledged by all to be, the first exhibition of the age. It is entirely novel and original in construction, superior in every speciality, and includes the following immense and unparalleled combination.
    I. Mons. Francois Siegrist's Great French Circus, from the Theatre, Porte St. Martin, Paris. II. Wm. Ducrow's Circus Royal, from the Alhambra Palace, Leicester Square, London. III. Lent's Broadway Circus, from the Broadway Circus, New York. IV. Old Grizzley Adams' Troupe of Acting Bears, from California. V. Forrest's Trained Buffaloes, from the prairies of the Far West. VI. Stewart's Educated Sacred Bull, from Hindostan. VII. Professor Wallace's Corps of Performing Dogs, Monkeys and Ponies, from all parts of the world. Comprising seven distinct exhibitions, with 200 men and horses. All under one gigantic pavilion, for one single price of admission.
    It will be seen that the combination above given results in an entirely new class of amusements, such as never before been attempted by private enterprise, and entails such an enormous expenditure of money, that only the most liberal patronage can render it remunerative. The management will therefor be pardoned for directing attention to the fact that this magnificent phalanx of exhibitions not only combines an infinitely greater degree of novelty, variety and effect within itself, than can be found in any other place of amusement in the world, but also a nearer approach to perfection in every detail.
    The three circuses include by far the most talented array of equestrians, athletes, tight rope dancers, slack rope vaulters, jugglers, acrobats, posture masters, voltigeurs, etc., to be found on this side of the Atlantic, while the combined collection of horses, ponies and mules include a larger number in the aggregate, and more beautiful and wonderfully trained individuals of such species than can be found in any or all other equestrian exhibitions. in regard to the features perculiar to this establishment, of course there is no room for comparison, and it can oly be said that they will be found as pleasing and satisfactory as they are new and attractive.
    At each entertainment the troupe of acting bears will be introduced in the arena in all their unprecedented performances; the educated sacred bull and the leaping buffaloes will exhibit their wonderful training; Professor Wallace's corps of performing dogs, monkeys and ponies will go though their astonishing and indescribably laughable feats, and all the principal artists of the triple circus troupe will take part in an unparalleled display of horsemanship and athletic skill.
    This is an entirely new establishment, with new carriages, new wagons, new harness, new tents, new wardrobe, new properties, new carpeted seats, and everything nes. The magnificent cortege on the Equescurriculum, comprising new and splendid cages, carriages and harness, finished and decorated in a style of unprecented splendor, with 100 finer horses than were ever collected together on either continent, will make its public entree about 10 o'clock on the morning of the day of exhibition, headed by a beautiful band chariot containing Charles Boswold's Opera Band, and will parade the principal streets.
    Four great clowns! Mons. Francois Siegrist, the French trick clown. W. A. Donoval, the English gymnastic clown. Master George, the la petite Grimaldi. And the inimitable Joe Pentland,will officiate as clown to the equestrian scenes. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock. To commence half an hour after opening. Admission 50 cents. Children under twelve years of age, 25 cents. Seats for everybody. No standing room. Will exhibit at Marshall, Wednesday, May 25th, at Albion, May 24th, and at Battle Creek, May 28th, 1864. Once more - please observe the day and date, and do not confound this monster organization with any other companies, whether they be good, bad, or exceedingly indifferent. Marshall Statesman (MI), May 18, 1864, n.p.n

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, May 14,   Clipper, June 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, July 30,   Clipper, August 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, August 20,   Clipper, October 8 (scroll down)

1865:

    [Advertisement] The Great Mastodon! Positively the largest exhibition of the amusement world is coming. Second annual tour of the new Monster Equescuriculum. L. B. Lent, manager. This is an entirely new establishment, upon which an enormous amount of capital has been lavished with an unsparing hand, to make it what it claims, and is acknowledged by all to be the finest exhibition of the age. It is entirely novel and original in construction, superior in every specialty and includes the following immense and unparalleled combination.
    I. Mons. Francois Tourniaire's Great French Circus, from the Theatre, Port St. Martin, Paris. II. Wm. Ducrow's Circus Royal, from the Alhambra Palace, Leicester Square, London. III. Lent's Broadway Circus, from the Broadway Circus, New York. IV. Old Grizzley Adams' Troupe of Acting Bears, from California. V. Forrest's Trained Buffaloes, from the prairies of the Far West. VI. Evan's Educated Sacred Bull, from Hindostan. VII. Professor Wallace's corps of Performing Dogs, Monkeys and Ponies, from all parts of the world. Comprising seven distinct exhibitions, with 250 men & horses, all under one gigantic pavilion, for one single price of admission, in three gigantic circuses.
    All the leading riders appear on bare-back horses. Each artiste of the triple circus troupe will take part in an unparalleled display of horsemanship and athletic skill. At each entertainment, the troupe of acting bears will be introduced in the arena in all their unpredecented performances; the educated sacred bull and the leaping buffaloes will exhibit their wonderful training. Professor Wallace's corps of performing dogs, monkeys and ponies will go through their astonishing and indescribably laughable feats. The only male and female riders - the only real bare-back equestrian in the world, are with the Equescuriculum.
    Independent of the unparalleled attractions of this combination, the management, with pride and pleasure, announce the positive appearance of the only great rider in the world, the champion horseman, Mr. James Robinson, who will, besides giving his sensational pirouette act, and the terrific hurdle act, yclept "Robinson's Rice," introduce his infant son, Master Clarence, in a series of classic calisthenics. Madame Louise Tourniaire, the only bare-back equestrienne ever seen; the imperial mistress of the circle, the queen of the arena, will ride without a saddle or bridle, and introduce into the exercise, her superb troupe of five French dancing horses.
    Four great clowns. The inimitable Joe Pentland, will officiate as clown in the equestrian scenes. Special attention is directed to the grand gratuitous exhibition, which may properly be styled a "Horse Show," which a journalist called a magnificent display and described as follows: "No one should fail to see the grand public entrance of the Equescurriculum into each town where it exhibits, which will take place about 10 o'clock in the morning of the day of exhibition, as the outfit of the establishment is entirely new, and of the most costly description The cages, carriages and wagons were manufactured by the well known Abbots, of Concord, New Hampshire, and are ornamented by the highest style of art. The superb harness is by Lyman J. Lloyd, and surpass anything of the kind hitherto manufactured in the country, while the stud of horses comprise 150 of the finest specimens of horse-flesh ever collected together on either continent. Farmers and breeders will find this stock of horses a show in itself, while manufacturers and artisans are invited to examine the splendid workmanship of the new wagons. Everything is new - new tents, new wagons, new harness, new seats, new wardrobe, new properties, and new ideas without number.
    Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock. To commence half an hour after opening. Admission 50 cents. Children under 12 years of age 25 ct's. Seats for everybody. No standing room. Take particular notice. Remember the greatest. Show of the age is coming. Please observe the day and date, and do not confound this monster organization with any other companies, whether they be good, bad, or exceedingly indifferent. The Equescurriculum will exhibit at Wakesha, Wednesday, June 21, East Troy, Thursday 22, Whitewater, Friday, 23, Janesville, Saturday, 24, Madison, Monday, 26. C. H. Castle, agent. Janesville Weekly Gazette (WI), June 15, 1865, p. 7.

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, March 25,   Clipper, April 15,   Clipper, April 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 13,   Clipper, May 27,   Clipper, June 24 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 15,   Clipper, August 19,   Clipper, September 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 21 (scroll down)

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, May 5,   Clipper, June 9,   Clipper, June 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 7,   Clipper, July 21,   Clipper, July 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 8,   Clipper, September 22 (scroll down)

1867:

    [Advertisement] New York Circus, from the Hippotheatron Iron Building, Fourteenth Street, New York. L. B. Lent, director. Will exhibit at Fort Wayne, Monday, July 1st, 1867. . . . The New York Circus is now on its second annual summer tour by railway, visiting principal towns only and is fully endorsed by the entire press of New York as well as the leading journals of all cities in which it has appeared, as infinitely superior in all respects, to any circus that has ever been seen on this continent.
    The galaxy of stars comprised in this mammoth company includes M'lle Carlotta De Berg, the most dashing and daring equestrienne the world has ever produced, from the Cirque Napoleon, Paris, whose extraordinary and unprecedented style of equestrianism, so differet from anything of the kind that has preceded it, never fails to inspire the wildest enthusiasm. El Nino Eddie, the child of wonder. The most extraordinary youthful prodigy of whom we have any account, although a mere child, surpasses Blondin on the tight rope, and is the most graceful juvenile rider of the age.
    The world renowned Runnells Family, from the principal amphitheatres of London, Paris, Vienna and St. Petersburg, who as professors of the classic school of gymnastics are without rivals on earth, their great classic gymnastic groupings, having been acknowledged in all the capitals of the old world to be the very perfection of physical culture and artistic grace. James H. Madigan, the champion summerset rider, who has no equal on this continent for feats of desperate daring. Together with the greatest force of daring riders, accomplished acrobats, classic gymnasts, comical clowns, slack rope vaulters, posture masters, equilibrists, volitguers, tumblers and pantomimists, ever brought together in this country. Involving a greater expenditure for salaries than is incurred by any four traveling companies.
    Joe Pentland & T. Croist, principal clowns. The finest stud of performing horses, the most superb collection of educated ponies, and the most gorgeous appointments of any circus in Europe or America. The wonderful hurdle leaping buffalo. The only really waterproof pavilion ever manufactured. The street parade will be headed by the new and beautiful light band chariot, containing Prof. Charles Bosweld's Full Opera Band, from New York. No catch penny side shows are allowed with this establishment. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. No standing room. Seats for all. Doors open at 2 and 7. Grand entree at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2 o'clock. Fort Wayne Daily Gazette (IN), June 24, 1867, n.p.n.

• 1867: Lent's New York, online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, May 4,   Clipper, May 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, June 22,   Clipper, June 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 6,   Clipper, July 27,   Clipper, October 12 (scroll down)

• 1868: Lent's New York, online at:
Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, April 18,   Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)

1869:

    [Advertisement] New York Circus. L. B. Lent, director. Will exhibit at Newport, cor. Perry & Spring Sts., Friday, July 2d. Grand excursion by railway through the country, traveling by special trains chartered for the purpose. Among the artists attached to the New York Circus will be found the Great Melville (with his infant son), his daring bareback steeple chase act. M'lle Caroline Rolland, accomplished lady rider, engaged in Europe, who executes upon a bareback steed upon a broad saddle of "pad." Robert Stickney, champion equestrian, astonishing feats upon a single horse, hs superb act upon four bareback steeds. The three best riders in America in one company.
    William Dutton, somersault rider and batoute leaper; the Levantine Brothers, gymnasts and equilibrists; Frank Melville, juvenile somersault rider; the Australian Family, classic school of gymnastics; W. H. Lester, contortionist; Master Alexander, baby hurdle rider; R. B. Williams, London clown and jester; William Conrad, trick clown. Messrs. Davis, Messenger, Organ. And a full corps of vaulters and acrobats.
    Second season in America of Conrad's troupe of performing dogs, from London and Paris. Stud of performing horses and ponies. Prof. Chas. Boswold's Opera Band. As the New York Circus travels entirely by railroad, no attempt is made at outside show. No procession of baggage horses and wagons in the public streets. No catchpenny side shows are allowd with this establishment. Admission 50 cts. Children under ten, 25 cts. No standing room. Seats for all. Doors opne at 2 and 7. Grand entree at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2 p.m. C. W. Fuller, agent. Newport Daily News (RI), June 16, 1869, n.p.n.

1870:

    Lent's Circus Train Smashed Up. The train on the Erie Railroad, which left Rochester at 4 o'clock p.m., Tuesday, due here at 20 minutes past 7 a.m., ran into Lent's circus train, also bound east, and standing on the track at Turner Station. The circus train had a heated journal, and had remained near the station 10 minutes, although it was known the express had whistled, and was coming up behind them, 20 minutes late. On hearing the approach of the express train, the engineer of the circus train, knowing a collision was imminent, put on all possible steam, and then started off. Crash, however, came the express, knocking two passenger cars of the circus train into splinters, not a whole seat being left. The cars were filled with circus performers and employees, male and female, all who whom escaped with only slight bruises, except Mr. Whitbeck, director of the circus, who was killed. Whitbeck had but a moment before stepped to the platform, and had he remained inside the car, he would probably have shared the safety of the others. All the other cars of the circus train, except three containing horses, were demolished or thrown from the bank. The band wagon was destroyed. The locomotive of the Express train was driven into the cars of the circus train, and they were set on fire. The damage to the Express train was slight, and no passengers were injured, though the engineer and fireman were badly hurt. Titusville Herald (PA), September 29, 1870, n.p.n.

1871:

    [Advertisement] New York Circus. L. B. Lent, director. Will exhibit at Janesville, Tuesday, July 11, 1871. Grand excursion by railway through the country, traveling by special trains chartered for the purpose. World renowned artists. The Great Melville (with his infant son), daring bareback steeple chase act. M'lle Caroline Rolland, lady rider upon a bareback steed upon a broad saddle or "pad." George Donald, bareback somersault and pirouette rider. Le Petite Alexander, baby hurdle rider on his fairy bareback ponies. Frank Melville, champion equestrian, feats upon a single horse, his act upon four bareback horses.
    Three great clowns. Twenty Lilliputian ponies. Cynocephalus, an animal which rivals the greatest human riders in feats of equestrianism. Captured in Zanzibar, Africa by its proprietor and trainer, Mons. Jean Martell, taught to execute an act of horsemanship in imitation of human riders. Prof. C. Boswold's Brass & Reed Band, three times as large as any band attached to any other cirucs, will parade the streets about 10 1/2 a.m. in the Golden Chariot, drawn by a team of twenty-four horses. The uniform of this band is in the style of French imperial cent garde. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10, 25 cents. Doors open at 2 and 7. Grand entrance at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2. C. W. Fuller, agent. Janesville Gazette (WI), July 1, 1871, n.p.n.

1872:

    [Advertisement] New York Circus. L. B. Lent, director. Will exhibit at Marshall, Friday, June 7th. Grand excursion by railway by special train. Presenting world renowned artists. Charles W. Fish, bare-back somersault and pirouette rider. Challenge somesault act on bare back horse. M'lle Caroline Rolland in her flights from a bare back steed. William Dutton, graceful horsemanship act with his infant son Arthur. Le Petite Franklin, baby hurdle rider on his fairy bare-back ponies. Jno. Henry Cooke, champion horseman, juggling feats on a single horse, magnificent act on six bare back horses.
    Jee Brothers, who produce music from rough slabs of stone. Levantine Brothers, gymnasts. Richard Rivers, scenic equestrian. Prussian Brothers, acrobats. Julian Kent, American clown. George Nice, grotesque. Wm. Henry Jee, trick clown. Chas. Seeley, tumbler. John Batchelor, equilibrist. Burt Forest and Kit Carson, leapers. Messrs. Organ, Melville, Morris, and a corps of auxiliaries. The largest stud of circus horses & ponies. The legendary spectacle of Jack the Giant Killer, illustrated by representation of the incidents pertaining to this romantic legend.
    Prof. Chas. Boswold's Brass and Reed Band containing twenty-five members, will parade the principal streets about 10 a.m. in the large Golden Chariot, drawn by the team of twenty-four horses, followed by a team of twelve fairy ponies. The New York Circus tent will be brilliantly illuminated with gas. No standing room. Seats for all. Doors open at 2 and 7. Grand entree at 2 1/2 and 8. Will exhibit in Battle Creek, June 8. Marshall Statesman (MI), May 29, 1872, n.p.n.

    A disaster happened to Lent's circus at Ottawa Friday morning about four o'clock. The train which was to convey the circus to Kansas City was standing on the track ready to start, when the car in which the wardrobe of the company was stored caught fire. The cause of the fire was the upsetting of a lamp; a can of naptha had been suffered to leak in the car, and the floor was saturated. The consequence was that in an instant the car was wrapped in flames. There was a great rushing around among the circus people, who were all on hand to take the train, but nothing of importance was saved. The wardrobe of the company was then swept away. We understand, however, that a new wardrobe was ordered by telegraph from New York, and that the company propose to perform as usual till the new "clothes" arrive. Lawrence Western Home Journal (KS), August 8, 1872, n.p.n.

1873:

    John & William Victorelli, the English Athletes, engaged for L. B. Lent's New York Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 1, 1873, p. 379.

    Lent's New York Circus is to commence a brief season on March 31st on the site of the old New Haven depot, on Fourth avenue. New York Clipper, March 15, 1873, p. 398.

    L. B. Lent's New York Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Caravan and Zoological Garden, combining a great triple circus troupe, an array of elephants, lions, tigers, leopards, African ostriches, camels, tropical birds, monster serpents, with giants, dwarfs, Circassian ladies, bearded females, albinos, glass blowers, thirty of the smallest ponies in the world, etc. Will open March 31. [at New York City] New York Clipper, March 29, 1873, p. 411.

    L. B. Lent's New York Circus, Museum and Menagerie commenced a season on March 31 on the site of the old New Haven depot [New York City] upon which four large tents had been erected. On entering from Fourth avenue where the first two tents devoted to the exhibition of the wild animals, living curiosities and a troupe of glass-blowers. The collection of animals, birds, etc. is displayed in new cages which are elaborately decorated. There are four elephants, a specimen of the lion tribe, a large lioness with two cubs; tigers, leopards, an African wart hog, a llama, cockatoos, golden pheasants, two boa constrictors and other specimens. In the third tent the circus performances are given, and the fourth tent is used for dressing rooms for the performers, and other smaller ones afford temporary stabling for the horses, ponies, mules, etc. The tent is used for the equestrian performances is fitted up with new seats of a comfortable pattern. The performances commenced with a Spanish cavalcade, the costumes attracting much attention; the Victorelli Brothers then performed acrobatic feats; William Dutton performed an act of equestrianism, during the intervals of which William Porter as clown kept the audience in laughter. He remained while Mr. R. Rivers exhibited the trick pony "Abadallah," and immediately thereafter sang a comic song. The troupe of athletes then performed feats of agility, after which W. Conrad introduced his dog in an equestrian act. Fred Levantine gave a performance with the "magic barrel;" La Belle Armour, a rider; during that set William Conrad officiated as clown. The Victorelli Brothers and W. Conrad gave performances on the horizontal bar. William Dutton rode a "bareback" act upon four horses. A troupe of trained dogs directed by William Conrad afforded amusement. The chief members of the company performed "battoute" leaps, among which were the somersaults over horses by William Dutton, William Batchelor and Kit Carson Jr., two of the latter also turned double somersaults. William Morgan then rode a hurdle act. Two horses were used, the one last brought in being divested of saddle and bridle, Mr. Morgan maintained the most difficult positions. The entertaiments closed with the performances of three trained mules introduced by William Conrad, and the unsuccessful attempts of several boys to ride one of them created amusement. Charles Seely also appeared as clown at intervals during the evening. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 14.

    L. B. Lent's New York Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Hippozoonomadon, Caravan, Equescurriculum and Zoological Gardens organized at New York. The show will travel by rail, and it is thought that ninety-eight cars will be required for transportation. They will visit large cities only. . . . Proprietors and officers: proprietor, L. B. Lent; manager F. M. Kelsh; general business agent, A. J. Springer; contracting agent, Chas. Stowe, assistant agent, C. F. Haskins; treasurer, Wm. H. McHugh; press agent, C. C. Moore; secretary, Louis Carabloss(?); master of canvas, Thos. Foley; master of horse, John Strickland; equestrian director, R. Rivers; leader of band, A. Hindley. New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

    L. B. Lent's New York Circus and Menagerie is to exhibit at Red Wing, Minnesota, August 2, St. Paul 4, Stillwater 5, Minneapolis 6, Fairbault 7. At Pekin, Illinois, it is said all the living curiosities and several performers and musicians were recently discharged. Le Jeune Burt, the hurdle rider, and Alfred Hindly, musician, who have been with the Lent Show this season, sailed from the port of New York for England on July 23(?). New York Clipper, August 2, 1873, p. 143.

    L. B. Lent's New York Circus and Menagerie closed its Southern trip rather abruptly at Atlanta, Ga., on the 16th inst. Performers and workingmen are said to be minus their salaries, and the proprietors are losers to a considerable extent. There is no money in the South this Winter for circuses. Hawley and Miaco, and the Victorelli Brothers, who were with the Lent show, have returned to New York. New York Clipper, November 29, 1873, p. 279.

    David R. Hawley and Thomas Miaco, gymnasts; Wm. Morgan and Wm. H. Franklin, equestrians, joined Lent's New York Circus at Atlanta, Ga., recently. New York Clipper, November 22, 1873, p. 271.

    Lent's circus found times so hard in the South that it was constantly losing money. So it disbanded at Atlanta, Ga., a few days ago, with the purpose of re-organizing next March. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), November 29, 1873, p. 1.

1874:

    William G. Miles, hurdle rider, is engaged with L. B. Lent for season of 1874. New York Clipper, March 7, 1874, p. 387.

    Lent's New York Circus showed at Providence, R.I., May 5, 6, Woonsocket, R.I., May 8, Milford, Mass., 9. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.

    [Advertisement] New York Circus. L. B. Lent, director. On the Coliseum grounds. Last two days of the equestrian exhibition, Wednesday & Thursday, May 20 & 21. Afternoon and evening. Martinho Lowande, Brazilian wild horse tamer (with his infant son), upon a single bareback horse, upon four or six bareback steeds. Wm. H Morgan, bareback hurdle rider. La Petit Tony (age 5 years), rider. Mlle. Carlotta DeBerg, equestrienne. Three popular clowns. Prof. Jas. S. Robinson's Brass and Reed Band will appear in the street parade and accompany the entertainments. Admission 50 cts, children under ten, 25 cts. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7, grand entree at 2 1/2 and 8 p.m. Boston Daily Globe (MA), May 20, 1874, p. 1.

    William Ducrow and Belle Celeste, both of Lent's New York Circus, were married in Boston, Mass., May 18, as we are informed by a telegram. New York Clipper, May 23, 1874, p. 63.

1876:

    Wanted, sideshow and museum curiosities for L. B. Lent's Circus and Menagerie. Address E. W. Wiggins, Theatre Comique, Detroit, Mich. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 29, 1876, p. 35.

    With Lent's Circus and French's Menagerie, which inaugurated their season May 8 in Detroit, Mich., E. W. Wiggins is the proprietor of the sideshow privileges, and has the Madagascar Family, Prof. Howell and his performing animals; Zual Zingers, Circassian lady; Richard James, the Ohio giant; Prof. Capulo, Punch-and-Judy performer, magician and fire king and a cage of boa constrictors. Chas. H. Day is the press agent. Frank De Laney is the assistant manager of Lent's New York Circus and J. M. French's Menagerie. New York Clipper, May 20, 1876, p. 63.

    George De Haven assumes the management of Lent's New York Circus after July 10. New York Clipper, July 15, 1876, p. 127.

    J. M. French withdrew from the management of Lent's New York Circus and French's Menagerie at Barrington, Ill., July 8, and has rented his animals and disposed of the circus outfit to another party, who will be represented by Geo. W. De Haven. Although the nine weeks' season has not been a financial success, its obligations have been promptly and honorably met, and the company remnants travel under flattering auspices. They performed in Valparaiso, Ind., July 10, Plymouth 11, Warsaw 12, Columbia City 13, Monroeville 14, Van Wert 15. New York Clipper, July 22, 1876, p. 134.

    Two circus and menagerie shows - Lent's and Warner's - have gone to pieces in this State, this season. During the heated term, two horses drawing Forepaugh's advertising wagon in LaPorte county, were killed by the heat. Logansport Journal (IN), July 27, 1876, n.p.n.

    L. B. Lent's New York Circus collapsed July 16. Some of the performers went to Detroit, Mich., others came to this city. [New York City] New York Clipper, July 29, 1876, p. 143.

    Lent's New York Combination, traveling in Ohio, includes Dan Howard, banjo songs; Dixon and Udall, acrobatic song-and-dance; Kate Leslie, serio-comic; Lillian Howard, banjo songs; Mlle. De Leon and her trained dogs; Lulu Francis, serio-comic; Charles O. White and Harry Holmes, negro performers. New York Clipper, October 14, 1876, p. 231.

1879:

    The New York Circus opens a season October 20 in this city [New York], under the direction of L. B. Lent. New York Clipper, September 27, 1879, p. 211.

    L. B. Lent has engaged the following performers to open at his New York Circus (late Globe Theatre) Oct 20: Sig. Sebastian, Master Quagliani, the Misses Emma Lake, Lizzie Marcellus, Pauline Lee and Millie Tournour; Messrs. Wm. Gorman, Wm. Aymar, Will Stow, W. Fred Aymar, Dan and Charles O'Brien, Levantine and Earl, Barry Lambkin, Fred McCarte, Harry Carey and John Kernan, under the direction of John Murray. Prof. Charles Boswald will be leader of orchestra. New York Clipper, October 18, 1879, p. 238.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lenton, Nicholls & Co. - 1860 (South America)

• 1860: information is online at Clipper, December 15

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lawrence B. Lentz & Co.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1896.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leon's National Circus - 1883

    Leon's National Circus was to have opened in San Francisco, Cal., Aug. 4. New York Clipper, August 18, 1883, p. 355.

Leon Circus - 1889

    Constables yesterday attached the paraphernalia of the little tent trapeze show, titled the Leon circus, upon suits field in courts by parties both in Galveston and Houston for various debts. R. P. Sargent of this city claims the property attached as his under bill of sale from the proprietors what are alleged to be T. F. Arrington and Edward Leon. Galveston Daily News (Glaveston, TX), June 11, 1889, n.p.n.

    Senor Leon's Monster American and Mexican Combined Shows open their season at Laredo, Tex., on or about July __. Wanted, circus and concert people in all branches, riders with their own stock, band of seven pieces. Give but four performances weekly, no matinees. Lady gymnasts, song and dance artists, jig, skipping rope and fancy dancers especially wanted. Both ring and stage performances. New stars wanted weekly. Address J. T. Leon, Laredo, Tex. New York Clipper, July 13, 1889.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Leon Show - 1912, 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912, Prof. E. Leon, proprietor

1912: Great Leon Show - Prof. E. Leon, prop.; W. H. Startzel, mgr.; Mrs. A. Leon, treas.; Walter Bidwell, musical director; F. T. Bales, supt. canvas. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

• Prof. E. Leon, known as "The Great Leon," one of the oldest and best known men in his line, died at his home in Mansfield, Ohio, March 24. Prof. Leon had just returned from his annual tour, and on his arrival home had a bad fall on the icy sidewalk. The direct cause of his death was Bright's disease. Prof. Leon was the retired expert rope walker, having walked across Niagara Falls twenty-six times, and at Talluh Falls, Ga. In later life he managed Leon's Family Medicine Co., showing under tents in the summer. New York Clipper, May 11, 1912, p. 14.

1914: Great Leon Show. Miss Daisy Leon, proprietor; W. H. Startzel, lessee; Harry LaReane, asst. manager; Mrs. W. H. Startzel, treasurer; W. A. Startzel, general agent & local contractor; W. L. Bidwell, press agent; Guy Compton, supt. privileges; H. W. Lee, musical director; H. Williams, supt. reserved seat tickets; F. T. Boles, supt. canvas & lights; Chars H. Hadson, supt. props. Show opens at Mansfield, Ohio, May __. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

• Prof. E. Leon, tight-rope walker . . . "Leon is not my real name, and my title of professor is the ususal circus gage bestowed on me when I first started out in business. My right name is Jessie Albert St. John, and that is my wife selling tickets at the door. I own a circus steamer plying up and down the Ohio, and we exhibit at towns along the way. My wife and I got tired of the river and we started on the road with the little sideshow as a rest. In the winter will go into the circus business in the South." Leon has made several balloon ascensions. He has "tumbled" for John Robinson, Forepaugh and other circus managers, while Robert Stickney is an old friend of his. Daily Gazette (Niagara Falls, NY), August 20, 1881, p. 1.

• Note: Prof. E. Leon's show in ca. 1906-1907 had a Daisy Leon as secretary, and ca. 1905-1906 he had a medicine show. The Great Leon show for 1914, Daisy Leon, proprietor, according to Billboard, March 28, 1914.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leonard Bros. - 1956   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1956

    This show played Middletown, April 28, 1956. Bandwagon, July, 1956, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Leonardo - 1880 (Canada)

Owner Louis Leonardo opened his show in Becancour, Quebec April 29 and closed June 23 in Labrador City, Labrador. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 21.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leondor Bros. - 1900

    The Leondor Bros. Big One-Ring Show opened its third season at Portland, Ore., May 12. Billboard, June 2, 1900, p. 5.

    Livermore, June 7. Leondor Brothers' Circus, which has been staying here for the winter, started out today on a tour of the southern mines and the northern part of the State. They made their first stand at Tesla tonight. Oakland Tribune (Oakland, CA), June 7, 1901, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leota's - 1908-09

1908:

    Leota's Wagon Show now consists of ten wagons and is playing to big business through Louisiana. Two baby Shetland ponies arrived with the show at Marthaville, Louisiana, recently. Billboard, September 5, 1908, p. XIV.

    The Leota's Wagon Show, managed by W. E. Holmes, which has been playing Louisiana the past season, has come under contracts of the Great Wilke's Show. Mr. Holmes is to take general management of the show and will be ready for the road in two weeks from this date. It will be a two-car show. The Leota Wagon Show was placed on two cars at Pelican, Louisiana, and shipped direct to the Great Wilke's Show, Montgomery, Alabama. The show arrived here Sunday morning and is now at the farm of Wilke Brothers. W. E. Holmes, who is to be general manager of the show is now hustling things along and the show will be out on rail in two weeks. Billboard, September 26, 1908, p. 18.

1909:

    W. E. Holmes, formerly manager of the Great Wilke's Shows, has severed his connection with that firm, and is now in Montgomery, Alabama, refitting the Leota's Wagon Show, of which he has assumed the sole management. The show will be ready for the road by February 18. Billboard, February 13, 1909, p. 19.

• William Ellsworth Holmes, formerly a well-known circus man, died August 26, following a long illness. He was 68 years old and is survived by his widow, Leota Holmes, alos well known in the circus world, and one daughter, Mrs. Hattie H. Grove, of Providence, R. I. Billboard, September 6, 1919, p. 92.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leroux & Wilton - 1887   or Leroux & Wilson

    Leroux, Wilton & Webb's Grand Consolidated Show. Opened in Manchester, N.H., to four thousand people at the first performance. Show is lighted by electricity and travels by railroad. Wanted troupe of dogs, lady for outside ascension, performers that can do song and dance in concert, an agent and a canvasman. Candy stands to let. Address Chas. Leroux, Manchester, N.H. New York Clipper, June 4, 1887, p. 191.

    Monday and Tuesday Leroux and Wilson's 10 cent circus showed on the Lincoln street old Bosworth grounds. Bath Independent (Bath, ME), July 2, 1887, n.p.n.

    Leroux & Wilton's consolidated circus next Thursday at the Fair ground. There will be a wire ascension outside the ten. Popular prices 15 and 25 cents. Camden Herald (Camden, ME), July 29, 1887, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

LeRoy's - 1905   may be LaRoy's

    Bristol, July 19. The LeRoy wagon show was scheduled to give a show yesterday on the Dunbar lot, but the circus band struck and the evening programme was given up as a result. The members of the band struck in Southington Monday, but a compromise was made at that time. The members of the band say that they have not been paid in full in two weeks, and the management says that it is simply a hold up. The circus went to Unionville last night and the manager telegraphed to New York for another band. Naugatuck Daily News (Naugatuck, CT), July 19, 1905, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lee LeVant's - 1908-09, 1913, 1919

1908: Circus Gossip. Lee and Ella LeVant's Big Modern Shows have just closed a very successful season of thirty weeks, not playing a losing stand and leaving a good reputation in every town visited. The LeVants are now at their home in Thompsonville, Michigan, preparing for the coming summer season. New water-proof tents will be installed by the Murray Company of Chicago, and a number of new and orginal features added to the show. Billboard, January 25, 1908, p. 22.

1909: Winter quarters. LeVant's Tent Show, Thompsonville, Michigan. Billboard, January 16, 1909, p. 24.

1913: Films for sale. Elegant condition, never been run in vaudetta. Bargains. Have new 50 by 25 middle piece; sell cheap; also 50 by 80 Theatrical tent, at bargain. Lee LeVant, Thompsonville, Michigan. Billboard, March 8, 1913, p. 50.

1919: Wanted, complete tent outfit or tent alone, 40x60 or 40x70, khaki; prefer dramatic end; also Deagan Una-Fon; no junk. Lee LeVant, Thompsonville, Michigan. Billboard, February 8, 1919.

• According to a December 18, 1924 newspaper (Benzie County, Michigan) clipping: Mrs. Ella LeVant (Ella May Diamond) was born at Saint Charles, Saginaw county, Mich., October 18, 1875 and died at Allegan, Mich, December 9, 1924. . . . In 1892 she was united in marriage to Lee LeVant of Keslar. They moved to Thompsonville in 1896 where she has resided most of the time since. . . . She with her husband were the proprietors of a show, with which they made the larger part of the towns in Michigan. . . . She leaves to mourn her loss a husband, Lee LeVant.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lent & Co. - 1896

    The New L. B. Lent & Co. Shows are ready for their opening at Indianapolis, Indiana, in April. Roster: Lawrence B. Lent & Co., proprietors; Arthur Tugman, business manager; W. Link, general railroad contractor; H. Marshall, local contractor; Ed Cullen, asst. manager . . . Wm. Webb, master of canvas; John Purdy, boss hostler; Henry Williams, boss animal man; Jack Sheppard, master of transportation; Julias Gomez and wife, equestrians; G. Lowanda, jockey and hurdle; three Ashton Bros., acrobats; Sheppard and Clark, Edmond Martin and troupe of trained dogs and monkeys, . . . Madam Mamie and child, Rydon and Irvins, flying trapeze; and Sheik Carmelita troupe of Midway dancers and swordsmen. The Orivilles, Ruth and Harry, have signed with the show. New York Clipper, April 25, 1896, p. 117.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lewis & Copeland

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lewis & Lambert's - 1887

    The people with Lewis & Lambert's Show: Lewis & Lambert, proprietors; the Three Leons, Smedley and Weymers, Geo. Summers, Degarino(?) Bros., James Bensley, Willie Bensley, Prof. Rolfe's band, Mme. Meyers, De Vere, etc. They are playing in Canada. New York Clipper, July 30, 1887, p. 310.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lewis & Zimmerman

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1929-1930.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lewis Bros. Circus - 1934-35, 1972-1974, 1976, 1983-84

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1931-1942, 1945, 1973-76

• Note: The Lewis Bros. Circus operated 1931-1942 and 1945 out of Jackson, Michigan. The circus was owned by Paul Lewis 1931-1942, and by Paul Lewis and Ray Marsh Brydon in 1945. Paul M. Lewis previously owned the Lewis & Zimmerman Circus beginning in 1926. By 1931 Paul Lewis had bought out Zimmerman. Paul Lewis owned the circus until his death in June 1953 and it operated in the eastern and midwestern states until 1945. . . . Online at Clarke Historical Library, Michigan Circus Families, Major Circus Families.

• Brief article on the Lewis Bros. Circus, 1931-1945 is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1966 (scroll down or use find).

1934: A brief article on the 1934 show is online at Bandwagon, March 1953 (scroll down).

1935:

    Paul Lewis, owner. J. King Ross had the aftershow and worked menage horses, was assistant equestrian director. Ross said that Paul Lewis used to fight as "Sailor Lewis," which is where he got the name for the show. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 40, 1973, p. 6.

    Show covered 4 States, making 124 stops with eleven in Illinois, twenty-one in Indiana, thirty-four in Michigan, and fifty-eight in Ohio. Bandwagon, August 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 6.

1972-73:

    To debut, April 1973, John Lewis, owner, formerly with Hoxie Bros. Circus. Title previously used 1930-40s by Paul Lewis. Show to travel on six trucks. A 60 ft. round top with two 30 ft. middles; 60 x 40 ft. sideshow. Program to have animal acts; juggling, trampoline and cowboy marksman. Equipment: semi, elephant and horse; semi, poles, canvas, seats; light plant; sideshow cages and tent; snake show; bus sleeper and cookhouse; pick-up with sound truck and purchasing agent. Animals: 1 elephant, 2 llamas, 1 zebra, 1 midget pony, 2 ponies, 3 horses, 1 bear, 1 lion, 2 baboons, 2 monkeys. Circus Report, Vol. 1, No. 45, 1972, p. 1.

    Purchased the Madden's Toby Circus and their elephant, Sheba. Circus Report, Vol. 1, No. 47, 1972, p. 5.

    John Lewis and Jim Silverlake of Clark & Walters formed partnership in the Lewis Bros. Circus at Mission, Texas in December 1972. Winterquarters at Medora, Indiana, former home of Clark & Walters and Fisher Bros., both owned by Silverlake family. Lewis Bros. currently has one elephant. Show to start with 60 ft. round top with two 30 ft. middles, later to have a new top, 70 ft. round with two 40 ft. middles. To move on six trucks. Show to have a free wild animal menagerie. Circus Report, Vol. 1, No. 51, 1972, p. 2.

    Acts: Haig Family, risley, loop walking, high diving dog, mechanical riding act; Ron Perry, slide for life, wire walker, juggling, plate spinning, wife did web and ladders; Diane Wilson, seals, macaws, baboons; David Terrill, producing clown; Bobby Green, band leader, calliope player; Bob Styles, drummer. Staff: John Lewis, owner, sound truck; Jim Silverlake, owner, electrician; Marlyn Silverlake, office mgr.; David Rawls, concessions; Jim Windland, snake & ape shows; Myrna Radcliff. To open in Indiana, tour midwest then southern states. Show added another middle, now 60 ft. wide by 120 ft. long, 9 ft. sidewalls. Midway to have ape and snake shows, concessions. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 2, 1973, p. 2.

    Silverlake split with Lewis, planned to take Lewis Bros. out by himself. Show to have a 60 ft. round top with one 30 ft. middle. Lewis leased some of the equipment to Silverlake, including the title, an elephant and other livestock. Lewis returned to Hoxie Bros. as assistant manager to John Hall. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 14, 1973, p. 1.

    Operated by Mel and Marly Silverlake, had a new power plant, ordered an extra tent middle, built eight high blues. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 16, 1973, p. 2.

    Cross Country Davis, big top; Jim Windland, ape show; Sandy Windland, ape show; Gerald Monday, press agent on show; Dot Miller, contracting agent; Chet Cain, lithographer; Art Miller "Doc," general agent. Had a historic four wheel ticket wagon owned by Brownie and Josephine Silverlake. Had a custom built concession wagon. Windlands had the Helen Haag chimps. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 19, 1973, p. 3.

    60 ft. top with one 30 ft. middle. All brown top, blue side walls. Trucks are orange with yellow lettering and blue trim. Staff: Art Miller "Doc," booking; Bob Grene, announcer, calliope; Joe Eddie, drums; Duane Martin, electrician; Harvery Orr, canvas; Fred Brown, cookhouse. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 22, 1973, p. 2.

    November. Show to come out under a new title in 1974. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 45, 1973, p. 8.

1974: Lewis Bros. Circus for 1974 was Hoxie's second unit, Hoxie Tucker and John Lewis, owners. A one ring show, with: Bobby Gibbs, announcer; Joe Carabretta, agent; John Lewis and Tiny Phillips, front door; Gary Henry and Donald "Pokey" Newsom, clowns. Acts were: Bobby Gibbs, trained dogs, mules, camel; Maya Sauren, trapeze; Miss Zee, ladder; Miss Rosa, trapeze; Zerbini Bros., acrobats; Miss Anna, Cossack rider; Great Mario, tight wire; Rosa Gibbs, ladder; Miss Maya, sword balancing; Bob and Rosa Gibbs, elephant routine. Southern Sawdust, November, 1974, p. 3.

1976: John Lewis again operated his Lewis Bros. Circus for a short tour in the Spring of 1976. Bandwagon, January-February, 1977, p. 22.

1983: John Lewis' Lewis Bros. Circus opened in Georgia in early April. Business was good in the early part of the season, but poor in July and August. The show closed around Labor Day. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 7.

1984: The show opened in Hagerstown, Maryland, May 3. Hoxie Tucker came out of retirement to join the show as manager in July. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 10.

• Lewis Bros. Circus did not go out in 1985. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 9.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Liebel Family Circus - 1978, 1983-86, 1999

1978: This was the first year for the Liebel Family Circus. The show played small towns, schools and malls. Stilt walking was used as pre-show time publicity. Most of the performance was put on by members of the Liebel family. Circus Report, October 9, 1978, pp. 1, 14.

1983: Owned by Tom Liebel, the show played fairs and festivals in 1983. The one hour show used a tent that seated 400. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 13.

1984: The show played small fairs and festivals in the South, Midwest, Pennsylvania and New York from March through at least August. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 12.

1985: This one-ring show again played fairs. It was in at least New York, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin in 1985. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 13.

1986: The show played Alabama from late March through early May. It later played fairs in West Virginia and Pennsylvania. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 12.

1999: Tommi Liebel used the Liebel Family title during the early part of the season and Liebling Bros. during the later part. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 17.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1983-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Light Guard Band's Mid-Winter Circus - 1895-96

    Roster of the Light Guard Band's Mid-Winter Circus, held at Fremont, Ohio, during the holidays: Bert Gillmor, manager; Bros. ___, buggy wheel riders; the Asheys, statuary; Nelson Sinclair, equilibrist; Nelly Carlisle's trained dogs; Frank Appel, rope dancer; John ___, trapeze; Walton Bros., acrobats; Lon Moore, clown, and Moore and Gillmor, aerialists. New York Clipper, January 4, 1896, p. 701.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lincoln Bros. - 1921   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912, 1921

    Pawtucket, R. I., Jan 21. — The coming spring will see the launching of what is intended will be one of the most complete overland circus organizations ever playing this territory. This will be under the title of Lincoln Brothers' Circus and Trained Animal Shows and under the the general management and principal ownership of H. S. Palmer, grandson of the late well-known circus man, P. A. Older, and nephew of Robt. W. Fryer, for years a prominent circus owner. Mr. Palmer is by no means a novice in the show business, as he has been connected with various enterprises and was formerly in partnership with the late Chas. J. Banks, an owner and manager of the Lincoln Bros.' Theatrical Attractions. Mr. Palmer has purchased the entire VanArman wagon circus outfit, which paraphernalia arrived in Pawtucket from Northville, N. Y., on January 11. He also purchased VanArman's trained ponies, and these will be added to his other stock, which has had a competent trainer the past ten weeks. This new show is to be first-class in every detail, and will consist of circus, menagerie and sideshow. The spread of canvas will present an imposing appearance, and the arenic display will be of such an interesting nature that the management will have no difficulty in playing the big stands as well as the small towns. The outfit will include about twenty wagons, six cages of animals, one elephant, fifteen head of ring stock, the latter being in charge of E. L. Jenks. The winter quarters of the show is located in William street, this city, and where a number of acts can now be seen daily "working out." The show will have ten acts, in addition to the animal acts. The season starts about the first of May, the initial stand being this city. Mr. Palmer is making the Wendell Hotel here his headquarters, where he is fast whipping the final detail for his organization into shape, ans well as overseeing the work of construction. Chas. F. Curran, last season with the Howe's London Shows, has signed to manage the side show. Billboard, January 29, 1921, p. 64.

• Article on the Lincoln Bros. 1921 show is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1971.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lind Bros. - 1923-24

1923:

    A number of Fairbury followers of the sawdust ring have organized a circus and will start out from this city within the next few weeks, says the Fairbury News. The circus will travel under the name of the Lind Brothers Famous Shows. The Lind Brothers are the sons of Mr. and Mrs. Martin Lind and began their circus career many years ago with the Campbell Bros. They will use a fleet of Ford trucks to transport their outfit over the country. They expect to play Fairbury about the middle of the season. Beatrice Daily Sun (Beatrice, NE), March 3, 1923, p. 1.

    The Lind Bros. Circus closed their season at Beaver Crossing and returned to their home in this city Tuesday. They put out a good, clean little show and pleased the crowds wherever they showed, but the heavy rains and impassable roads during a greater part of the season, caused them to close the season several thousand dollars short of what they expected and what they would have had the weather conditions been better. The boys expect to enter vaudeville for the winter and will open up next spring with a much larger and better show than they put on the road this year. — Fairbury News. The Linds spent the early years of their life in Scandia and will be remembered by the older citizens at that place. Belleville Telescope (Belleville, KS), Septemer 27, 1923, p. 1.

1924:

    Gust. Lind, of Fairbury, member of the Lind Bros. circus, a former Scandia boy, was here Friday with his cousin C. A. Othberg and wife. Their circus makes its winter quarters in Fairbury and had a fairly good season last summer. They expect to go on the road again next May. Belleville Telescope (Belleville, KS), February 14, 1923, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lindemann Bros. - 1911-13, 1920-23 (Lindemann)   their Yankee American Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-1920

1911: The Yankee American Show gave an indoor circus at the Standard Hall, Sheboygan, Wisconsin, February 25. The following made up the program: Weber and Burkhart, double trapeze artists; the Nelsons, double Roman rings; Fred Wolfgram; Bobo Trio, comedy acrobats; Fred Bagimel, hand and head balancer; the Two Lindemanns, equilibrists in mid-air; the Danding Sisters, contortionists; Alvin Zimmermann, Hubo Kaw, Fred Schindler, Peter Marks, Tetz Weber and Wm. Lindemann, clowns. Billboard, March 4, 1911, p. 32.

1912: Yankee American Show - Lindemann Brothers, props.; Cash Lindemann, mgr.; Theo. Weber, treas.; Billy Burkhardt, auditor; Fred Bagemill, general agent; Gust Lindemann, railroad contractor; Lloyd Pierce, local contractor; Jack Lighardt, contracting press agent; Fred Wolfgram, press agent back with show; Emil Scharder, mgr. side show; Peter Nelson, equestrian director; Wm. Froeman, general supt.; Doc Kener(?), supt. privileges; Herman Weber, musical director; Chas. Brandt, supt. reserved seat tickets; Bill Radia, supt. canvas; Chas. Gentch, trainmaster; Frank Johnson, boss hostler; John Smith, supt. lights; Tom Mallmann, supt. properties; Lew Hally, supt. ring stock; Frank Rusky(?), supt. stock; Walter Muller, supt. working crew; Carl Rower/Bower(?), twenty-four hour agent; Charles Plapp, supt. elephants; Peter Jackson, supt. animals; Lew Kaley, mgr. advertising car No. 1; Albert Bishon, checker-up; Arthur Ments, legal adjuster; Slim Mallmann, announcer. Show opens May 4. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

1913:

    Lindemann Bros., proprietors of the Yankee American Shows, are completing a new practicing barn at Sheboygan, Wisconsin, which will no doubt be the biggest in the State, size, 60x60 feet and 30 feet high. Now practicing at the barn are Weber and Burkhardt, Peter and Louise Nelson, Billy and Milly Lindemann, Four Casting Webers and the Parker Troupe. Billboard, February 8, 1913, p. 43.

    Yankee American Show - Lindemann Bros., proprietors; Wm. Lindemann, manager; Gust Lindemann, assistant manager; Chas. Lindemann, treasurer; Albert Lindemann, secretary; Jack Ligtharld, auditor; Fred Wolfgram, general agent; Email Scharder, railroad contractor; Lloyd Pierce, local contractor; Chas. Brandt, contracting press agent; Walter Vought, advance press agent; John Jonson, press agent back with show; Fred Rinnie, sideshow manager; Theodore Weber, equestrian director; George Kelly, general superintendent; Frank Wilcox, superintendent privileges; Herman Weber, musical director; Wm. Weber, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Fred Woodward, superintendent canvas; Bobby Brown, trainmaster; Fred Hansing, boss hostler; Orval Lindemann, superintendent commissary department; Elmer Scharder, superintendent lights; Paul Kablitz, superintendent props; Granval Baker, superintendent ring stock; Geo. Baker, superintendent stock; Ward Wright, superintendent working crew; Billy Burkhardt, 24-hour agent; Low Graham, superintendent elephants; Rob Glaser, boss carpenter; Walter Miller, superintendent animals; Fred Nelson, blacksmith; Chas. Ayres, manager advertising car; August Ramm, checker-up; Tim Boller, legal adjuster; Bill Potter, announcer. Show opens at Sheboygan, Wis., about middle of May. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1920: The Great Yankee American and Lindemann Bros.' Shows Combined, with headquarters at Sheboygan, Wisconsin, opened there May 15 to excellent business. Transportation is by one-ton trucks, five in number. But one night has been lost on account of rain. With the show is Billy and Milly Lindemann, in hand balancing and double Roman rings; Pate [Pete?] and Louise Nelson, double trapeze, cloud swings and ladders; Milly Hilta, swinging ladder; Billy Burkhart contortionist; Theo. Weber, producing clown, who is putting on ten numbers; Al Lindemann, clown and balancing trapeze; Art Young, clown; Lindemann-Nelson Troupe and their dog, in Roman statuary ladder; Alvin Pantel, candy butcher; Norman Lightheart, props; Clara Lindemann, treasurer; Violet Young, tickets; Walter Kohis, with his air calliope. Billy and Gust Lindemann are the owners and managers of the show. Billboard, June 12, 1920, p. 56.

1921:

    Lindeman Bros.' World's Greatest Motorized Circus. Lindeman Bros. (Lindemann), proprietors; Billy Lindeman, manager; Gux Lindeman, asst. manager; Charles Lindeman, secretary, supt. commissary dept.; Albert Lindeman, treasurer; Theo. Webber, auditor; Jas. B. Rock, general agent; Billy Burkhart, special agent; Josephy Tonlutti, press agent, announcer; Norman Ligthart, manager sideshow; Walter Kohls, equestrian director; Emil Scharder, general supt.; Alvin Pantell, supt. privileges; Herman Webber, musican director; Mrs. Albert Lindeman, supt. reserved seat tickets; Lloyd Pierce, supt. canvas; Arthur Young, supt. lights; Orvil Lindeman, supt. animals; Fred Wolfgram, legal adjuster; eight motor trucks. Show opens at Cleveland, Wisconsin, May 7. Billboard, March 19, 1921, p. 123.

    Sheboygan, Wisconsin, May 11. Lindemann Bros.' Motorized Circus opened the season here last Friday for a three-day stand, under the American Legion, who for their bit received a little better than two grand. The circus this year travels on twelve trucks, resplendent in gold and red. The light plant and the new air calliope are greatly appreciated. The Londemann Bros. (Bill ajnd Pete) are to be congratulated for assempling such a diversified performance. The canvas is all new. Neat and nicely costumed performers, all doing work of real merit, make a program highly meritorious and satisfying. Clowning, of course, is one of the customary features, and the list of joeys includes Ted Weber, Al Lindemann, Norman Le_Hart and Cal Dean. Aug. Henning is leader of the band.
    The program runs as follows: No. 1, Tournament. No. 2, Pete Nelson and "Sport," the human dog, in a high class posing act. No. 3, Mlle. Hilda and Company, a clever slack wire bicycle act. No. 4, Clown number. No. 5, Alv. Miller, aerial number, featuring upside-down loop walking. No. 6, Chas. R. Hall, riding dog and pony act. No. 7, Louise Nelson, entertaining feats on the swinging ladder. No. 8, Clown number. No. 9, Billy Burkhard, contortions in midair. No. 10, James Brock with his educated pony act. No. 11, Billy and Milly Lindemann, swaying, swinging and twirling on the double rings. No. 12, Jargo, the educated giraffe. No. 13, Pete Nelson, single trapeze. No. 14, Concert lineup and announcement. No. 15, Billy Burkhard, human paradox, contortion act. No. 16, Whistling clowns. No. 17. Chas. R. Hall and his performing canines. No. 18, Aerial Millers on the trapeze. No. 19, Al Lindemann and Company, revolving ladder act. No. 20, Chas. B. Conklin, in "Pigs Is Pigs." No. 21, Pete and Louise Nelson, tight-wire act.
    The Lindemann Bros.' Annex is under the management of Al Pantel, and comprises several exhibits of merti, obnoxious freaks being conspicuous by their absence. The executive staff includes Bill and Pete Lindemann, proprietors and managers; James B. Rock, general agent; Charles R. Hall, local contractor; Al Lindemann, master mechanic; Joe Doniutti, equestrian director; Aug. Henning, musical director; Billy Burkhard, special agent; Norman Lighthart, superintendent of lights; Al Pantel, superintendent of privileges; Al Miller, reserved seats; Ed Landwehr, truck master. Reported by Ed Voss, press representative for the J. C. Fields Greater Shows. Billboard, May 21, 1921, p. 66.

1922: Lindeman Bros. Show. Lindeman Bros., proprietors; Billy Lindeman, manager; Pete Lindeman, asst. manager; Mrs. Billy Lindeman, treasurer; Mrs. Pete Lindeman, secretary; Albert Lindeman, auditor; Albert Sigsbee, general agent, manager advance car No. 1; Mrs. Albert Sigsbee, contracting press agent; Arthur Young, press agent back with show; Chas. B. Paul, manager sideshow; Theo. Weber, equestrian director; Alvin Pantell, general supt.; Fred Wolfgram, supt. privileges; Herman Weber & Art Heller (Helier?), musical director; Norman Ligthart, supt. reserved seat tickets; Emil Scharder, supt. canvas; Capt. Wm. Gensh, trainmaster; Lloyd Pierce, boss hostler; Orval Lindeman, supt. commissary dept.; Fred Stone, supt. lights; John Parker, supt. props; Louie Hansing, supt. ring stock; Wm. Sells, supt. working crew; Bill Sterling, 24-hour agent; Jim Myer, boss carpenter; Mrs. Albert Lindeman, checker-up; Chas. B. Paul, announcer; fourteen truck motorized show. Opnes at Sheboygan, Wisconsin, May 5. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 247.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1921-23.

• See also Dalton's Yankee American.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lindsay & Miller - 1889

    Lindsay & Miller's Mammoth 10 cent Circus will exhibit at Hamilton, June 24, 25 and 26. New and novel acts, acrobats, tumblers, head balancers, wire walkers, contortionists, trapeze, horizontal bar, clowns, trained dogs ponies, etc. Hamilton Daily Democrat (Hamilton, OH), June 20, 1889, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Liniger Bros. - 1916-18, 1922, also Liniger & O'Wesley   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1916-1925

1916: The Liniger Bros.' & O'wesney Shows got an exceptionally big start at Steubenville, Ohio, May 1, playing to turnaway business. This is a new show in the amusement world, and from all indications, it is destined to be a big success. The performance is given in two rings. On the staff are Paul Liniger, manager; Ray Owesney, secretary-treasurer; Harry Liniger, equestrian director; Prof. Hockenberry, bandmaster; George Davidson, boss hostler; Blackie Williams, boss property man, Red Carrol, assistant; Robert Scott, boss canvasman; Dixie Edwards, general agent. The cook house is in charge of Clarence Barrett. Friends of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Liniger will learn with delight that the stork paid them a visit on May 11 and left a ten-pound baby girl. Billboard, May 20, 1916, p. 62.

1917: If the first three weeks of the season can be taken as a criterion, the Liniger Bros.' Combined Shows will pull into winter quarters next Fall with a good balance on the right side of the ledger. The circus is routed thru Ohio for a long tour. The season's opening took place at Toronto, Ohio, April 28, to capacity business. The big show program consists of nineteen numbers, including the Three Liniger Brothers, Mlle. Thelma on the swinging ladder, the Great Gabby, cloud swing; Cartlidge Brothers, revolving ladder; Roy Argenbright, comedy acrobatic act; Castle Troupe of Riding Dogs; Liniger Bros.' Canines; Captain Lewis and Sultana, the menage horse; Castle's Military Ponies; Sunfisher, the football pony; Dynamite, the bucking mule; Bobby Scott, producing clown, with four assistants, in a series of clever "joey" numbers, and Radiam, the pony with a human mind, which is featured.
    The aggregation is transported on six wagons, a touring car, a racing roadster and a band auto truck. There are nine head of baggage stock, and nearly the same number of ring stock, as well as a troupe of twenty dogs and two monkeys. The big top is a 50, with a 35 and two 20s. All the canvas is brand new, and makes a great flash. On the staff are Paul W. Liniger, manager; F. D. Stewart, treasurer; Stephen Crowe, general agent with two assistants; J. H. Musgat, legal adjuster; Mrs. J. H. Musgat and Mrs. Paul W. Liniger, ticket takers; Harry Liniger, boss canvasman with eight assistants; Guy Lewis, boss ring stock; Harry Stewart, boss hostler; Benny Mines, boss property man; Mrs. Morse, head steward; Herbert Whitney, director of band, composed of the following: Everett Crowe, Wiley Hawkenberry, J. H. Sparrow, Clarence Sparrow, Warren Sparrow, Robert Jenks, George Harris, Charles Nelson and Harry Stone. Billboard, June 2, 1917, p. 26.

1918: Owing to the fact that Harry Liniger, of the Liniger Bros. Shows, has been drafted and is somewhere in France, the show did not take the road this season. Next season will see the Liniger Shows on the road, a partnership having been formed by Paul Liniger and Archie Royer, of The Next Door fame. The show will be launched about May 1, 1919, with a new outfit, transported by motor trucks. Headquarters are at Steubenville, Ohio. Billboard, August 10, 1918, p. 24.

1922: The Liniger Bros.' Show opened at Steubenville, Ohio, winter quarters, playing three days there to good business. Altho playing the coal fields in the strike district, business holds up, as people seem to have a little money for amuseuments. Roster of the show: Liniger Bros., proprietors; Paul Liniger, manager; Harry Liniger, operator; Lee Mitchell, chief engineer; Geo. Dairdson, ticket seller and treasurer; Stella Liniger, pianist; Alex Park, stage manager; Paul, Jr., and Eileen Liniger, kid workers. The following program is presented: four reels of moving pictures; illustrated song, Harry Liniger; Paul, Jr., and Eileen Liniger, in songs and dances; comedy acrobats, Liniger Bros. and Paul, Jr.; juggling and slack wire, Alex Parks; Jackley, drops; single trapeze, Alfred Byers. The show is playing the same territory as in 1916 and 1917 by the Liniger Bros.' Circus. . . . Billboard, July 15, 1922, p. 63.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Linton, Nichols & Co. - 1862

• 1862: online at Clipper, February 1 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lions All Star Circus - 1975

    This show consisted of citizens and students from in and around Lehigh Valley area of Pennsylvania and was the only traveling entertainment under the sponsorship of the Lions Club. Richard C. Polanki was executive director, and Robert Good was his assistant. Southern Sawdust, No. 82, February, 1975, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mike Lipman's - 1866-67, 1869, 1872   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1866

1866:

    [Advertisement] Mike Lipman's Colossal Combination of Circus and Trained Animals. Comprising among its attaches the best equestrians, the best gymnasts, the best acrobats, the best clowns, the finest educated horser, Lent's performing animals, the best boy rider in the world (no exception) And Mentor's unrivalled Cincinnati Band, will arrive in Burlington, Wednesday, July 4th, 1866. Three grand performances. Doors open at 10 a.m., and at 2 and 7 p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years 25 cents. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), June 29, 1866, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Mike Lipman's Colossal Combination of Circus and Trained Animals. Some of the features of the great sextuple combination. In selecting and arranging their great attractions for this colossal exhibition, it has been the aim of the management to present for the patronage of the public an entertainment that shall combine all the elements of novelty, superiority and excellence, and with a lavish expenditure of time and money, they have organized and perfected the Great Sextuplet Combination, combining under one immense pavilion, and for one price of admission.
    Six distinct shows. I. Lent's Equescuriculum. II. Spalding & Rogers' Great North American Circus. III. Grizzley Adams' troupe of acting bears from California. IV. The educated Burmah, or sacred bull. V. Celebrated Bedouin Arab troupe. VI. Spence Q. Stokes' stud of trained horses and ponies. Thus in accordance with the progress of the age and the wants of the amusement loving people, the management flatter themselves that they are enabled to place before the public an exhibition absolutely unparalleled and unequalled in point of merit, variety and attraction, while the low price of admission to witness this monster alliance places it within the reach of everybody.
    Witness the following list comprising only a portion of the performers forming the great congress of artists connected with this model exhibition of the nineteenth century: Spence Q. Stokes, Esq., equestrian director and maitre du cirque. Eaton Stone, the great master of the haut ecole of equestrianism, whose thrilling exploits are enchaval are entirely without a parallel. Mast. Charles Fish, the fearless and dashing bare-back rider. Mr. John Foster, clown and jester, the New York favorite, late of Barnum's Museum. The Bedouin Arab Troupe, or Children of the Desert.
    Walter Wentworth, C. W. Lowrie, Mesdams Worland, John Holland, Doc. Allen, Hi. Marks, Milson Brothers, H. Gardner, Holland Family, Jonny Clark, Jim. Madden, Jonny King, Juan Castile, Morgan Brothers, Stokes, Marks, and a hostof acrobats, tumblers, gymnasts, equines, &c. M'lle Annetta, the elfin star and graceful darling and daring equestrienne. La Petite Minnie will introduce in a beautiful and chaste act her diminutive ponies, Daisy and Lillie. The fascinating Ella, in her grand act du menage. Miss Emma Stokes, Miss Maud Stanley, Miss Katie Stokes.
    Among the many features of the colossal exhibition will be the grand procession led by Capt. Menter's world-renowned Metropolitan Opera Band . . . acting bears, sacred bull, performing buffalo, &c. A troupe of Bedouin Arabs. This great sextuple combination will exhibit at Defiance, Wednesday, September 19th, 1866. Napoleon, Thurdsday, September 20th. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. Defiance Democrat (OH), September 15, 1866, n.p.n.

• 1866: Lipman & Stokes, online at:
Clipper, March 31,   Clipper, April 21,   Clipper, May 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 26,   Clipper, June 2,   Clipper, July 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 15,   Clipper, October 13,   Clipper, October 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 10,   Clipper, November 17,   Clipper, December 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 22 (scroll down)

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, January 5,   Clipper, January 19,   Clipper, January 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 2,   Clipper, April, no date,   Clipper, May 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 25,   Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, August 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 17   Clipper, August 24,   Clipper, September 7 (scroll down)

• 1868: Mike Lipman, in the circus business, has gone into bankruptcy at Cincinnati; liabilities, $32,500; assets, one live buffalo, three bears, one wild cat, one pony, one den, one monitor wagon. Brooklyn Daily Eagle (Brooklyn, NY), January 31, 1868, p. 1.

1869:

    [Advertisement] Mike Lipman's International Circus. Mike Lipman, proprietor. Geo. W. DeHaven, manager. W. B. Carroll, equestrian director. Harry Ezekiel, treasurer. Sam Joseph, gen. agent. At Hagerstown on Thursday, October 14th, 1869. The great artists the Runnells Family, thrilling feats, artistic grace, classic poses. Mad. Amelia Bridges, premiere equestrienne from Beatty's and Astley's Royal Amphitheatres, London, recently attached to the Cirque Imperial, Paris. M'lle Marie, equestrienne, from the Cirque Napoleon, Paris.
    W. B. Carroll and his infant daughter, La Petite Annie, child wonder. Master Willie, feats of horsemanship. 3 great clowns, Jimmy Reynolds, Billie Andrews, Mr. Wallace. The Lasiell Brothers, gymnastic exercises, horizontal bar acts, trapeze feats. Mr. Joe Tinkham. Bedouin Arab Troupe, gymnasts, acrobats and equestrians. Eisbee's Silver Cornet Band. In addition, Hanlon Brothers' troupe of performing dogs and monkeys. At each exhibition, the comic mules. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. Hagerstown Mail (MD), October 8, 1869, n.p.n.

1872:

    [Advertisement] Queen City Circus and Animal Show will exhibit at Petersburg one day oly, Saturday, July 6th. Lady riders, lady gymnasts, equestrians, trapezists, acrobats, athletes, jesters, trained horses. Zittella Troupe of female gymnasts, acrobats, athletes and contortionists. A Kaffir lioness and family of cubs. We make no street display, but give the show inside the canvas. Doors open at 7 1/2 p.m., performance commences at 8 p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. Petersburg Index (VA), July 6, 1872, n.p.n.

    The Queen City Circus did not arrive, and a dispatch from the city of Norfolk states that the circus was seized there for debt by the Sheriff, and the entertainment was broken up and dispersed. Petersburg Index (VA), July 8, 1872, n.p.n.

• Remnisences of Sam H. Joseph, veteran showman, whose relatives were among the first circus people in America. . . . I had a cousin who was bound apprentice to Jim Turner, a son of one of the owners of the show. The cousin of whom I speak was Mike Lipman, who was a general performer, and afterwards became a celebrated clown. Mike was a resident of Cincinnati, and died in this city a few years ago. He, as also myself, were nephews of Moses J. Lipman, the celebrated vaulter; also of Sol and Lew Lipman, the celebrated clowns and Shakespearean equestrian. I remember well as a little boy going down to the wharf at Philadelphia to meet my Uncle Sol, who had been on a tour to the West Indian Islands with some circus company; also of meeting Lewis Lipman on his return from South America, where he had been with Colonel Alvin Mann's Circus. . . . Billboard, December 22, 1900, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lion Bros. - 1925

    A small show, toured Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico. Harry Bray, owner, operator who did most of the program. Jesse King did an eight pony drill, riderless menage horse. Other acts were dog act, pick-out pony, performing monkeys, juggling, magic. Had an aftershow, an old medicine show - show's leading mechanic played a lead in this show. Had a pit show with a hyena, labeled "What is it animal?" Mr. Keats was advance man. Had one concession, candy pitch. Traveled on Model T. Ford trucks, music provided by a Victrola. Early in season lost the big top in a windstorm, replaced with a wild west canopy that only covered the reserved seats. Wintered at Las Crucas, New Mexico, earlier had wintered at Maple Hill, Kansas. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 2, 1973, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Prof. Littleton's - 1913

    Prof. Littleton's Show - Prof. Wm. Littleton, proprietor; Chas. Stoll, manager; John Blocker Jr., assistant manager; Jno. Anderson, treasurer; Milton Baker, general agent; Ed. Pofall, local contractor; John Blocker Jr., sideshow manager; Geo. Kline, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Geo. Nevin, superintendent lights; Geo. Pofall, Wm. Hostler and Wm. Cramer, bill posters; Wm. Strunk, lithographs; Adam Anderson, banners. Show opens near Cleveland, Ohio, April 5. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James S. Livingston's - 1912-13

1912:

    The James S. Livingston Show will enter on its twelfth annual tour early in May. Manager Livingston is authority for the announcement of a contract with Lenke, Oriental juggler and wonder worker, also the Yama Shira Troupe, three in number, exponents of Yogi philosophy, in occult demonstrations. There is much discussion around head-quarters as to whether the Livingston Show will have an elephant this season. The truth of the matter is that an act has been considered wherein a manikin elephant is prominent, worked by two clowns. The big top will be a sixty foot, three middles, 22x40 dressing top, 30x70 horse tents. Billboard, February 17, 1912, p. 23.

    Livingston Show. James Livingston, proprietor; J. Frank Lewis, manager; A. A. Livingston, treasurer; Ike Wagner, general agent; D. K. Arlin, local contractor; Jas. H. Porter, contracting press agent; J. Frank Lewis, press agent back with show; Henry Lemke, equestrian director; A. O. Barrett, musical director; A. A. Livingston, supt. reserved seat tickets; Justo Delphos, supt. canvas; Wm. Reynolds, boss hostler; Al Hayden, supt. lights, properties and working crew. Show opens at Jonesville, Mich., May 8. Billboard, March 23, 1912, p. 97.

1913: Livingston's Supreme Show - Jas. Livingston, proprietor; J. Frank Lewis, manager; Miss A. A. Livingston, treasurer; Ike Wagner, general agent; J. H. Porter; contracting press agent; J. Frank Lewis, press agent back with the show; Wm. A. Lynch, equestrian director; Fred W. Jackson, general superintendent; Herbert Cummings, musical director; Miss Ruby Sinclair, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Fred W. Jackson, superintendent canvas; Wm. Reynolds, boss hostler, superintendent lights, superintendent props; Fred Jackson, superintendent working crew. Show opens at Bronson, Mich., May 8. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fred Locke's - 1889, 1891-93, 1900, 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1911

1889:

    Complete roster of Fred Locke's New Double Show: Fred Locke, proprietor and manager; Tom Oliver, Frank Butler, Peter Renaldo, Ernie Powers, Ed. Rowe, Ed. Cross, Burdell Bros., Madam Mora, Young America . . . Wm. Wagner, Yankee Locke, Eugene Mack, Harry Barney, Carl Bremer, Prof. Ole Sumner, James Malcombs, J. M. Abbott, Mack Glassford, Hartley Myers and Hank Miller. The troupe travels by wagon. New York Clipper, April 6, 1889, p. 57.

    Fred Locke's Circus closes at Smith's, Mich., Oct. 12(?), and goes into winter quarters at Capac, Mich. New York Clipper, October 12, 1889, p. 519.

1890:

    On the Road, Circuses: Fred Locke's, Montpeiler, O., June 14, Eden 16, Hamilton, Ind. 17 . . . Edgerton, O. 19. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.

    The roster of Fred Locke's Circus includes: Fred Locke, manager . . . Prof. T. W. Rice, musical director with ten musicians . . . New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.

1891:

    Roster of Fred Locke’s Circus: Fred Locke, proprietor and manager; Herb B. Deal, general agent; Frank Austen, head billposter, with three men; Dick Kelley, boss canvasman with ten assistants; Prof. D. H. Hadderman, leader of band, with eight musicians; Wm. De Boe, Will Barnes, Douglas and Androus, Lon Brooks, Billy Sheppard, Clyde Le Blanche, Master Ernie Powers, Prof. Vergil Andre, Geo. Le Sage, Chas Butts, C. W. Curtis, J. D. Casy, Merrit Rector, Benj. Rose, Geo. Adams, Clint Hayden, Alonzo Birney, Banks Simmons, John Conley, Fred McKenzie, Burt Mathson, Eugene Bunfill, Wm. Alder, Prince Abraham, Ollie Locke, Mme. Mora and Lizzie Alder, performers. The show has been greatly enlarged and will use a 110ft. round top tent, with a 40 ft. middle piece. The wagons and chariots have been newly painted and decorated, and the entire outfit renovated. The season opens at Capac, Mich., May 16. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.

    Wm. De Boe, wire walker and head balancer, is doing well with Fred Locke's Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    On the road, circuses: Fred Locke's, Union City, Mich, Aug 29(?), Athens 31, Fulton Sept. 1, Vicksburg 2, Scotts 3 . . . New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 417.

    Wanted, for Fred Locke's Colossal Shows, a troupe of dogs and ponies, good talking clown and novel circus acts of all kinds, except riders. Address Union City, Mich., Aug. 29, or per route. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 428.

    On the road, circuses: Fred Locke's Carson City MI Sep 18, Pennington 19, Maple Rapids 21. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.

1892:

    Richard Place, aerialist, has signed with Fred Locke's Circus for next season. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 792.

    The following people have signed with the Fred Locke Show: Prof. D. H. Hadermann, Ray Woodworth, D. C. Woodworth, W. C. Curtis . . . Wm. De Boe, Richard Place, W. M. Bristol . . . C. L. Bailey, Lon Crooks . . . O'Donnell, Billy Sheppard, and Richard Simmons. Fred Locke is manager, with C. L. Bailey, assistant manager, and D. H. Hadermann, musical director. The show will have several features, among them W. M. Bristol's troupe of six snow white trick stallions and ten dogs. The show will travel by wagons as usual, using fifty head of stock and ten head of ring stock. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 811.

    . . . Harry Stevens . . . Whiting and McClain, and W. W. Everett have signed with Fred Locke's Circus. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 859.

    Call. People engaged for the Fred Locke United Monster Shows report for rehearsal at ___, Mich. Monday May _. Address - Performers, Fred Locke; sideshow people, Ray Briscoe; musicians, D. H. Haderman; groom and drivers, Jack Shaw; canvas men, Dick Wheeler. . . . New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 124.

    The advance of Fred Locke's Monster Consolidated Shows is made up as follows: Cready Smith, contracting agent; Oliver Buss, boss billposter, with three assistants; H. Gilmore, lithographer, and Harry Cook, programmer. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 146.

    Wm. DeBoe, head balancer and trapeze performer, after a successful season of playing dates, joined Fred Locke's Shows, at Milwaukee, for the tenting season. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.

    Notes from the Fred Locke Circus. We have just started our seventh week, and during this time have packed our canvas dry just six times. The roads have been simply horrible; but, with a surplus of well fed stock, we have not missed a stand or canceled a date. A very pleasant occurrence took place in the ring on last Saturday evening. Mr. Locke had forgotten that Saturday was his birthday, but his company had not. Just before the last act, assistant manager Curt Bailey stepped into the ring, and, with a neat and appropriate speech, presented Mr. Locke, on behalf of the company, with a gold watch. Althoug completely taken by surprise, Mr. Locke responded in his usual happy style, and the canvas, which was packed to the ring bank, was almost raised off the poles by the applause which followed. Prof. D. H. Hadderman attached a gold chain and K. of P. charm to the watch, and Mr. Locke, as he gave each one of his company a hearty shake of the hand, declared that his thirty-fourth birthday would never be forgotten. Since our opening several changes have been made in our roster, which is now as follows: Fred Locke, sole proprietor and manager; Curt Bailey, assistant manager; D. S. Locke, treasurer; Prof. D. H. Hadderman, musical director and leader of band No. 1, with nine mouthpieces; Len Osborn, leader band No. 2, with six mouthpieces; Geo. E. Davis, manager sideshow; Emmet Snider, master of transportation and superintendent privileges; Ed. De Long, master of canvas, with nine assistants; Joe Locke, in charge of stock, with eight assistants: Jas. Borland, in charge of ring stock; Dick Borjaro, boss property man, with two assistants; W. W. Everett, in charge of lights; E. E. Pratt, chief cook, with four assistants; L. T. Rusk, manager advertising programme. Performers: Wm. De Boe, four Zaro Bros., Joe Douglas, Harry Long and wife, Prof. Borland's trained dogs and goats, E. F. Cristo, Billy Sheppard, Master Ernie Powers' stud of eight performing stallions, Claude Meinotte(Melnotte?), Frank Florence and wife, two Bessley Bros. and John Kane. The canvas, with is all new, is as follows: One 80ft. round top with two 40(?)ft. middle pieces, 30ft. dressing top, 40x60ft. sideshow, eight paintings, two horse tents, two cook tents, sixteen wagons and forty-two head of stock. The advance is in charge of Cready Smith, and the roster remains the same as before published. The ghost has not failed to make his appearance every Sunday morning, and everybody is contented and happy. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.

    On the road, circuses: Fred Locke's, New Washington OH July 8, Attica 9, Republic 11 . . . Sycamore 13 . . . New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 280.

    On the road, circuses: Fred Locke's, Sycamore OH July 13, McCutchensville 14. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.

    News from the Fred Locke Show. Everybody is in good spirits and show doing well. Manager Locke has added several new features since the show opened. C. L. Bailey spent a short time at Cleveland last week. Sam Homer joined July 8(?). New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.

    On the road, circuses: Locke's, Hilliard OH July 29, West Jefferson Aug 2, London 3, Cedarville 4. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.

    Wanted, for Fred Locke's United Monster Shows, people with good concert turns. Also a few billposters. Can use knockabout clown that does concert turn. (P.S. K. of P.'s given the preference) Address Hilliard, O. 29, West Jefferson, O. Aug. 2, London 3, Cedarville, 4. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 334.

    From the Fred Locke Show. We are now in our twenty fourth and last week of the season, closing at Jamestown, O., Oct. 22. This has been the most prosperous season Mr. Locke has ever had. Mr. Locke with ship to Capac, Mich., where he will begin preparing for next season. . . . four white stallions which Mr. Locke purchased recently. He will also have three educated pigs. H. R. Woodworth, W. A. Curtis and D. H. Hadermann, our leader, will join ___ & Barney's Concert Co., Mr. Hadermann taking charge of the band. . . . Master Ernie Powers will spend the winter at their home, Capac. Sam J. Horner will go to his home, New Castle, Pa., and rest a week. He joins his partner, Lall Eggleston. Wm. De Boe joins Sparks & Allen's Winter Circus. The Four Zaro Bros. will play dates, opening at Cincinnati Oct. 24. Joe Douglas will also play dates. Billy Sheppard joins the Wizard Oil Co. Fanning Bros. will spend the winter at their home, Port Huron, Mich., and will have a new act next season. Billy Sanford will take out a comedy company. Chas. Clifford and wife will go to their home, Cleveland. The dressing rooms resemble an auction room, everybody is buying and selling. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 522.

1893:

    Cready S. Primrose has closed as agent for Barlow Bros. Minstrels, and is at Akron, O. He will join Fred Locke's Circus in April, as contracting agent. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 721.

    "Doc" Filley has signed with the Fred Locke Show as equestrian director. A. M. Wilcox has also been engaged. New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 34.

    Notes from the Fred Locke Show. We have just entered our seventh week of phenominal business. We opened our season at Jamestown, O., on April 22, when we played to the capacity of the canvas both afternoon and evening. A pleasant surprise was prepared for Mr. Locke by the K. of P. of Jamestown previous to the opening. After the regular meeting of the lodge the doors of the banquet hall were thrown open, where invited guests to the number of one hundred and fifty had assembled in honor of Mr. Locke. After an elaborate repast, a feature of which was a mammoth cake two feet in diameter, on which were the words "Fred Locke's Monster Shows," speeches, dancing, et., were indulged in. On the evening of the opening, as Mr. Locke stepped into the ring with the trained stock he was presented with an elegant ring Whip from the K. of P. lodge of Jamestown. Mr. Locke, who is never at a loss to find words to express himself, responded in an appropriate speech, assuring his friends that he would never cease to remember with pleasure the friends he had made in that city. It might not be out of place to mention the fact that in Mr. Locke's Co. are eight K. of P., two Odd Fellows and one Mason. We have had some wet weather, but duing it all have missed but two matinees, and have not as yet had a light house. The complete roster of our company is a follows: Fred Locke, proprietor and manager; O. S. Locke, treasurer; Doc Filley, assistant manager; D. H. Hadermann, musical director; Curt Bailey, manager of privileges; Joe Locke, master of transportation . . . F.(P.?) J. Hall, boss property man with three assistants . . . Chas. Brown, boss hostler with nine assistants; James Borland, horse trainer, and in charge of ring stock with three assistants. The advance, which is in two brigades, is under the management of Cready C. Primrose, George Marvin, in charge of paper . . . and Red Maxwell, bill posters. Brigade No. 2, consisting of three people, is in charge of R. W. Drow. The music, which is one of the features of the show, is under the management of Prof. D. H. Hadermann, this being Mr. Hadermann's fifth season with Mr. Locke. The folowing musicians make up the band: D. H. Hadermann, Charles Moore . . . Ernie Locke, W. A. Curtis, Jack Conley, Ray Woodworth . . . and Sid. Frantz. The performers: Wm. de Boe, Doc Filley, Four Zaro Bros., Ollie La Vine, Billy Sheppard, Moore Family, Mamie Lewis . . . and Lester Bros. Candy stand, Burt Hayden and ___. We have sixty-two head of stock, including ten head of ring stock. New canvas, new wagons neatly painted, eight new side show banners and a clean, gentlemanly company gives us an appearance and prestige of which we think we have reason to be proud. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 214.

    News from Fred Locke's Circus. At Sabina(?), O., on June 19(?), one of the most happy events in the history of the Locke show took place, the occasion being the thirty-fifth birthday of Mr. Locke and the twenty-sixth birthday of our musical director, Prof. D. H. Haddermann. As Mr. Locke stepped into the ring to work the trained horses, and before he was aware of what was to take place, assistant manager Doc Filley, in a neat and appropriate speech, presented him, on behalf of his company, an elegant cane, on the gold head of which was neatly engraved the names of the donors. Prof. Haddermann added a handsome K. of P. ring, and before Mr. Locke could find words to reply, he was also presented with a $200(?) phaeton, which had been made to order and shpped to Sabina. The phaeton was a gift from Mrs. Locke, and Mr. Locke enjoys to the utmost riding over the road in his fine new carriage drawn by two snow white horses, which he recently purchased in Lexington, Ky. Prof. Haddermann was no less surprised than Mr. Locke when he was presented with a $20 gold piece and a handsome silk umbrella. The presentation took place during the evening perfomance. We are in our tenth week of uninterrupted success. L. E. Osborne, solo cornettist, joined 17. John Zaro, of the Zaro Bros., who has been laying off during the past week on account of sickness, is now convalescent, and will be able to resume his work in a few days. Mamie Lewis, who was thrown from a chariot which she was driving in the pony hippodrome races at Lancaster, is again able to hold the ribbons. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.

    The advance of Fred Locke's . . . one buggy, one two horse bill wagon and one four horse bill wagon. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    Alf. Dorian, contortionist, has left the John Robinson Show, and has joined Fred Locke's show for the remainder of the season. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.

    Notes from the Fred Locke Circus. Business continues satisfactory. Our night houses are something wonderful, and we have missed only six matinees so far this season. C. S. Primrose is no longer conncected with either of our advance brigades. Curt Bailey is now our general advance manager, and the roads which lead to and from the towns on our route are literally covered with Fred Locke paper. J. D. Hadderman, father of our musical dircector, D. H. Haddermann, has been a guest of the show during the last few days. . . . That staunch old friend of all showmen, Frank Fletcher, of Fort Wayne, Ind., paid us his regular yearly call last week and we were all sorry to see him return home. Master Ernie Locke is the proud possessor of a new alto horn. Two new wagons and eight head of stock have been added during the last two weeks. Alf. Dorian, contortionist and sword walker, joined at Sidney, O. His sword walking adds another act to our side show, which now presents a front of eight banners. Mr. Locke has commenced to lay his plans for next season, which includes many additions and improvements, and it is safe to predict that the Fred Locke Circus in 1894 will be one of the largest and best equipped wagon shows on the road. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 378.

    C. S. Primrose has closed as general agent of Fred Locke's Shows, and is doing the advance work for Chas. W. Howitt's Criterion Minstrels. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 381.

    [Ad] Fred Locke's Circus band has been making a hit under the direction of Prof. D. H. Hadermann, director. D. H. Hadermann, director, E flat cornet; L. E. Osborne, solo cornet; W. A. Curtin, slide trombone; Merritt Rector, bass; Charles Vermont, solo clarionet; John Nehman, trap drummer; Ray Woodworth, baritone solorist; John Conley, trombone; Master Ernie Locke, solo alto. P.S. Can furnish musicians for first class cos. on or before Oct. 20. Address D. H. Hadermann, permanent address Leipair, Ohio. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 458.

1900:

    Fred Locke's Show. Advance: Contractor, E. A. Hill; Press agent, A. O. Landiss; Programmer, C. Jones; Boss bill poster, Murphy Sanirson. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    Fred Locke is about ready to take the road. His title is Fred Locke's Great Arabian Horse Show. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.

1909: Fred Locke's Show: Fred Locke, proprietor and manager; P. H. James, general agent; Harry Green, local contractor; Sherman Maddox, special agent; Bird James, press agent; Chas. Anderson, manager side show; Ward Richardson, treasurer; Mat Scott, equestrian director; John Riggin, manager commissary dept.; Col. Maddox, supt. of transportation; Joe Richardson, supt. of canvas; Carl Crable, supt. of animals; Pearl Pickey, supt. of privileges; Dan Leieinger, supt. of props.; Pete Kemp, supt. of stock. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Locke & Long - 1888

    The roster of Locke & Long's New Double Show is: Fred Locke, general manager; Frank Long, Geo. W. Belford, Tom Oliver(?), Ernie Goyt, W. Wagonee, Mme. Powers, Ernie Powers, Harry Barney, Jas. F. and G. Lote(?), Prince Du Valjal, Eugene Mack, . . . Sam Youngs, May Lingard, Zola St. Garme, Jennie May and Inez Wallace, performers; C. M. Carter(?), general agent with two assistants; J. M. Abbott, press agent; Martin Brown, master of stock; Jas. Wilson, master of canvas, and Prof. O. Summers' band of ten pieces. The show will travel by wagon and open at Capac, Michigan, May 5. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 89.

    Billy Sheppard joined the Locke & Long Circus July 19, on the Ohio circuit. Fred Hunn also signed a few days later. New York Clipper, July 28, 1888, p. 315.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1888.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lockwood & Flynn - 1887

    The roster of Lockwood & Flynn's Show is: Lockwood & Flynn, proprietors; Henry Link, contracting agent; Joe Gaines, treasurer; Tony Byder, equestrian director; William Batcheller, the Devans, P. H. Leaman, Tony Ryder, William Mayo, Rexford Brothers, Robert Lloyd, Joe Donnelly and Skid Johnson. The concert people are: Clayton Brothers, Frankie Ryder, Mons. Lloyd, Eva St. John, P. H. Leaman, and Blanch Long. Chas. Rhodes, master of canvas; Buck Kansen, master of transportation; P. Reardon, boss property man, and Prof. Sidwell's silver cornet band of ten pieces. New York Clipper, June 18, 1887, p. 214.

    The Lockwood & Flynn Show are touring through Michigan to good business as a letter from the managers inform us. New York Clipper, July 16, 1887, p. 275.

    Lima, Ohio. Lockwood & Flynn's Circus comes Sept. 1, 2, 3. H. W. Link, advance representative, tells me Mr. Flynn has withdrawn, leaving Mr. Lockwood sole manager. New York Clipper, September 3, 1887, p. 388.

    Lima, Ohio. Lockwood & Flynn's Ten-cent Circus failed to put in an appearance. They were billed for September 1, 2, 3. New York Clipper, September 10, 1887, p. 404.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Thos. C. Logan's - 1891

    Wanted, for Thos. C. Logan's Big One Ring Circus, people in all branches of the circus business. Also band of seven pieces, set of entree suits, small ticket wagon and pad horse suitable for children to ride. Address Thos. C. Logan, Carbondale, Ill. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 735.

    Thomas C. Logan's Circus is quartered at Murphysboro, Ill., where everything is undergoing restoration for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.

    Wanted, a few more circus and concert people, boss canvasman and entree suits for Thos. C. Logan's Big One Ring Circus. Address Thos. C. Logan, Murphysboro, Ill. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 796.

    The Chicks(?), John and Annie, have signed with Thomas C. Logan's Circus for the tenting season of 1891. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.

    Prof. J. Repasz's(?) Band and Orchestra, of Baraboo, Wis., have signed with Thomas C. Logan Show, of Murphysboro, Ill., for the tenting season of 1891. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.

    At the winter quarters of Thos. C. Logan's Circus, Murphysboro, Ill., the red wagons are as bright as a new penny, and the little army of horses, ponies, mules, dogs, etc., are in splendid shape for the opening early in April. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.

    Thos C. Logan's Circus includes the following people: The Mayo Family, Harry Moore, Chas. Lowe, Wm. Smead, De Veldean and Bolz(?), Sinclair and ___, Hill Bros., ___ and Whiting, John Chicks, Annie Chicks, Frank Burns, Dollie Booth, Gaylord Family, Jos. Wood, Mollie Johnson, Emma Fish, Josie Fish, Burt Thurman, Chas. Jones, C. A. Howard and Prof. Repasz and band. The first stand will be at Murphysboro, Ill., April 2?. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Notes from the Thomas S. Logan Circus. Nearly all the details are completed for the opening at Murphysboro, Ill., April 25(?). All the trappings and mountings used in the parade are entirely new, as well as the wardrobe, which is expensive and attractive. Mr. Logan recently purchased a number of large iron gray horses, which are seen in the parade. Prof. Mayo's trained equines are in excellent working condition, and are a strong feature. All the indications point to a most auspicious opening. The canvas is a 110ft. round top, with two ?0ft. middle pieces; entrance tent, ?0ft., with marquee, and six cars will be used. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 134.

    Floyd Trover and Eddie McDonald have closed with Clark Bros. Circus Royal and joined Thomas C. Logan's Circus. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

    Nat(?) Comstock has joined hands with Floyd Trover and Eddie McDonald. They will now be known as Trover, Comstock and McDonald, and are with Logan's Circus. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    Trover and McDonald have not taken another performer into their firm, all reports to the contrary notwithstanding. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.

    On the road, circuses: Thos. C. Logan's, Jacksonville, Ill., July 3, 4. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lombard & Hathaway - 1920-21

1920: The Lombard & Hathaway Combined Shows opened their season at Beacon Falls, Connecticut, April 28, to two good houses. The performance ran smoothly and was made up of many good numbers. Among those deserving special mention are William Curtis and his trained bears, the Millman(?) Family of wire walkers, the Sevillos, cannon ball jugglers; Lombard & Hathaway's trained ponies and dogs, Arthur Barat, equilibrist, and Emil Schweyer and his finve fighting lions. The sideshow is under the direction of J. S. Robertson. The show is handled on the lot by Dewitt Bland (Blair), who has a crew of oldtime workingmen. The show is routed thru Connecticut. Out of town visitors were Richard Ringling, Billie Burke, Doc Kealley of New York City, George Arvine of the Poli staff, and John H. (Happy Jack) Snellen of Bridgeport. Billboard, May 15, 1920, p. 58.

1921: Gardiner, Maine, July 14. The Lombard & Hathaway Show was attached here on July 5 on claims for board, supplies and wages due employees, and as a result the show broke up. There was no business and no funds, it is said. Judge Atkins, of the Municipal Court, placed an attachment on the outfit. Billboard, July 21, 1921, p. 61.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1920-21.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lone Bill Wild West - 1909

    Wanted, cowboys and lady bucking horse riders, at all times, Lone Bill Wild West for the Summer. C. F. Rhodes, manager, Al Fresco Park, Peoria, Illinois. Billboard, May 29, 1909, p. 47.

    Lone Bill, of Lone Bill's Wild West and Indian Congress, now playing at Al Fresco Park, Peoria, Illinois, is enlarging his outfit. He recently added a number of cowboys and cowgirls. New additions which have been added to the show are Mexican Joe and White Wings. Reckless Barney, who was lately married, was thrown from a vicious broncho. Prof. Quagilo and his cowboy band, fourteen in number, are introducing a new patriotic war piece. The Indians, men, women and children, ten in number, gave a barbecue on Sunday, July 11. C. F. Rhodes, manager, is busy organizing his force to go South for the Fall and Winter. Billboard, July 17, 1909, p. 20.

    Notes from Lone Bill's Wild West. Our intention was to take the road Monday, August 16, but owing to a flattering proposition of the president of Al Fresco Park to stay one week longer, as we are in the business for money and not for pleasure, Mr. C. F. Rhodes, the manager, declared that he could not resist the temptation of accepting the Al Fresco date. It is the longest run that any show of 60 people has ever had as a free attraction in a park, opening May 15, and running until Sunday, August 22 - fourteen solid weeks without losing a performance. A steamboat, 160 feet long, 20 feet wide, stern wheeler, with a sleeping capacity of 90 people, is being newly painted and will make the initial trip on Sunday night, leaving Al Fresco Park as the lights are turned dim and low at 12 midnight. Everybody is happy and pleased with the expectation of a big season through the South. - Mountain Lily. Billboard, August 21, 1909, p. 32.

• 1910: Young Buffalo Wild West and Frontier Days, formerly Lone Bill's Wild West, with general offices at 108 East Madison street, Chicago, Illinois, and winter quarters at Peoria, Illinois . . . The show compnay was incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois, and has absorbed the Lone Bill Wild West Show. . . . Billboard, March 26, 1910, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lone Star May's - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909

    Lone Star May's Wild West: Lone Star May, proprietor; Harry Knight, manager; C. E. Deaton, general agent; Otto Meyers, local contractor; Slim Reynolds, manager side show; C. E. Deaton, manager wagon No. 1; Oral Deaton and Millard Young, billposters; J. C. Flores, program man; Ross Ramsey, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Long Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, H. C. Long, proprietor, 1901.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Long & Clark - 1900

    Phil Hawkins, manager of the Joyland Band, Kansas City, Missouri, wants to know how many remember Long & Clark's Palace Shows (a twenty-six wagon show) in 1900 with the following personnel: Ernest Parlorman, band and orchestra leader; "Slips" Sewell, trombonist; Bob Miller, cornetist, clown and balancer; Jerome Abbey, ringmaster, Punch & Judy, sing and double trapeze artist, foot juggler, etc.; Tilley Abbey (the Mississippi Nightingale), concert artist, acrobat, contortionist, single and double trapeze artist; Bobby White, bass drum player, clown, acrobat; Walter Lacy, blackface comedian; Capt. Adaire, high diver; Johnson, human pin cushion; George, the large python snake The show played the small towns in Arkansas. Billboard, January 28, 1922, p. 65.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lopez's - 1859, 1861 (Cuba, South America)

• 1859: online at Clipper, August 29,   Clipper, October 8 (scroll down)

• 1861: probably Connors & Lopez, online at Clipper, January 26 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lorenzo's - 1913

    Lorenzo's Modern Shows - Chas. Lorenzo, proprietor and manager; Harry M. Miles, advance with two assistants; Jas. Combe, superintendent lights; Jim Smith, superintendent props; Prof. Gonzales, musical director; Geo. Canfield, superintendent canvas, with five assistants. Show opens May 10. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lorillard Circus - 1886

    The Lorillard Circus is doing the Red River on the steamer Parole. Our advices from Shreveport, Louisiana, state that a number of the attaches left the show there. W. O. Monroe is managing the circus. New York Clipper, March 6, 1886, p. 804.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lorreland Circus - 1885-86

1885:

    New Orleans, Louisiana. Faranta's Pavilion. Lorreland's Circus opened for a short season 21. Annie Carroll, Nellie Monroe, Fred Mocart, Master Mocart, Gay and Levanion, Mr. Lamore, Ed. Neary, John Barry, Ed. and Carrie Francis, Geo. Wambold, Joe Parsons, Bart Richardson and others are in the troupe. New York Clipper, December 26, 1885, p. 645.

1886:

    New Orleans, Louisiana. Larrelland's [sic] Circus closed here and has taken a steamboat for Red River, and will soon play Alexandria, Shreveport and other towns on that stream. New York Clipper, January 9, 1886, p. 677.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Loudon & Tuttle - 1906-09   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1907-08

1906: Ed Thardo and Helene Tuttle write: "We are in our tenth week with the Geo. W. Loudon's Tuttle's Olympic Show. Miss Tuttle's dogs are making a hit through Pennsylvania and West Virginia. We will take a short rest the last of August, at our home, Linesville, Pa." New York Clipper, August 4, 1906, p. 633.

1907:

    Mr. and Mrs. A. F. Tuttle wish to state that they are in no way connected with the Geo. W. Loudon Olympic Show, of Greenville, Pa., having sold out the show to Mr. Loudon last season. They will manage a tent show this season for Ed Thardo and Helene Tuttle Thardo. The show will be run on the same plan as Mr. and Mrs. Tuttle did their wagon show for the last eighteen years. They will tour through Ohio, Pennsylvania and West Virginia. Note: see Thardo United Shows. New York Clipper, March 16, 1907, p. 101.

    The Loudon & Tuttle Show opened its season at Greenville, Pa., and is now on the road with a complete new outfit. Among those on the program are Fraust and Lee, trapeze artists; Geo. A. Grant, wire performer; Al G. and Mazie Belford, sketch artists; James Parker, singer and dancer; de ___, comedy juggler; Harry Howard and Charles Lee, clowns; Zoll Brothers, acrobats; the St. Mary Troupe, and Ranke and Rosse. The staff consists of Geo. W. Loudon, owner and manager; Harry Germaine, general agent; Jon Mazo(?), general superintendent; Sam Leever, master of properties, and Prof. F. W. Paige(?), musical director. The show will play Western Pennsylvania, Eastern Ohio and West Virginia. Billboard, May 18, 1907, p. 23.

1908:

    Geo. W. Loudon, proprietor and manager of the Loudon and Tuttle Wagon Show, writes from the winter quarters of the show that work is progressing rapidly for the opening date about Easter. Excitement prevailed recently at the winter quarters when fire was discovered in the building in which the canvas and other apparatus was stored, but prompt action saved the contents. The show will tour Virginia, West Virginia and Pennsylvania during the coming season. Billboard, March 14, 1908, p. 19.

    Wanted, for Loudon & Tuttle Show. Circus acts of all kinds except riders; those doing two or more turns preferred; also song and dance comedian. Geo. W. Loudon, proprietor and manager, Hillsville, Va. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 14, 1908, p. 9.

1909: Greenville, Pa., March 25. Councilman Edward W. Kramer has purchased an interest in the Loudon & Tuttle Circus which has its winter quarters here, and will travel with the show, claimed to be the largest wagon show on the road. Variety, March 27, 1909, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Loudon & Warren - 1909-10   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909

1909:

    Wanted for Loudon & Warren's Combined Shows. Circus performers in all branches (except riders). Those doing two or more acts who can double in concert or band. Ground horizontal bars, singing and talking clowns, musicians playing cornet, alto and baritone. Address Loudon & Warren, Greenville, Pa. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 27, 1909, p. 19.

    Loudon and Warren's Combined Shows. Geo. W. Loudon and E. W. Warren, proprietors; Geo. W. Loudon, manager; E. W. Warren, general agent; Wm. Warren, local contractor and special agent. Roster advance wagon No. 1: Harry Germaine, Clarence Mortimer and Philip Lanfried. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

    Harry Germaine, agent for Loudon and Warren's Combined Shows, writes that the company is now in its fifteenth week and its fourth successful season, and that business through Pennsylvania and West Virginia has been far above expectations. Ed Warren, general manager, shows much executive ability in routing and billing his attraction. It is Mr. Warren's intention to take the show South for the fall and winter. Billboard, August 28, 1909, p. 18.

1910: Geo. W. Loudon, having taken over the Warren interest in the Loudon & Warren Combined Shows, will have everything in readiness for his opening early in April. The fair grounds at Dublin(?), Va., is used by Mr. Loudon as winter quarters. The wagons present a beautiful appearance in a new coat of aluminum and trimmed and lettered in gold. With a new seventy foot round top and forty foot middle piece, and using twenty head of stock, will make this one of the most complete wagons shows on the road. Billboard, January 29, 1910, p. 1272.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Louis' Crescent Shows - 1900

    Louis' Crescent Shows. Advance: General agent, Thos. Ewers; Programmer, Ed. White; Lithographer, G. L. Gage; bill posters W. H. Parker and H. A. Little. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    Notes from Louis Crescent Shows. We closed at ___, Pa., after a season of six months, and shipped to winter quarters at Trumbull, Ohio. We sold at public auction a number of horses and wagons, which we will replace with new ones next season, which begins May 20. Mr. Louis has gone to Cuba as a member of E. C. Maginley's Circo-America. New York Clipper, December 22, 1900, p. 955.

• 1901: W. H. Scott, of W. H. Scott's Big Shows, purchased the entire outfit of the Louis Crescent Shows. New York Clipper, May 11, 1901, p. 232.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lovenberg's Equine - 1889

    Wanted, an experienced manager, for Lovenberg's Equine Paradox and Lovenberg Family. The show is on the road, making money. We travel in our own special cars. We have a lady band and orchestra. No money required. Address M. Lovenberg, ___ West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois. New York Clipper, November 30, 1889, p. 640.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lowande - 1867-68, 1879, 1880-81, 1886-88, 1889, 1919

• 1867: Luande Circus, online at Clipper, July 13 (scroll down)

• 1868: Luande Circus, online at Clipper, March 7,   Clipper, May 16 (scroll down)

1879: For the West Indies. Lowande's Great Brazilian Circus. Wanted, lady equestrians, gymnasts, clog-dancers, and musical mokes who do not depend on the English language. Wanted, a brass band. . . . [Advertisement] New York Clipper, December 6, 1879, p. 295.

1880:

    West Indies, Maynguze(?), Porto Rico, March 21, 1880. Lowande's Brazilian Circus, which gave ten performances here, left for Ponce, P. R. W. I., gave eight performances there, and then went to Caracas, Venezuela, S. A., where all are hemmed in on account of the revolution. New York Clipper, April 17, 1880, p. 27.

    Martinho Lowande's Circus, which is now in Cuba, closes the season Dec. 15 in Puerto Principe. The company includes Josephine Sebastian, Virginia Lowande, Louis Blakley; Kaethe, Amazon equestrian; Mary Jorges and Willie Lowande. New York Clipper, November 6, 1880, p. 259.

1881:

    Martino Lowande's Brazilian Circus, consisting of Martino, Oscar, Tony, Marietta and Amelia Lowande, Miss Maria Ofero, bareback rider; Miss Marie Jorges, equilibrist; Edward Libby, the American Hercules; Wm. and Louis Blackley, Juan Correa, Jose Perat and Frederick Jorges, gymnasts and acrobats; M. Robeldillo, the Californian aerial artist; Juan Romero, Jose Beros, Hosnen Jorges, clowns; troupes of trained dogs, goats and monkeys, under the management of Frederico Alberto Jorges, have been showing through the Island of Cuba, and recently reached Guanabacoa, which is separated from Havana by the bay. They were to have opened at the Theatre Albian, Havana, July 20, and the lenght of their stay will depend upon the business they may do. New York Clipper, July 30, 1881, p. 306.

    Lowande's Great Brazilian Circus, Havana, Cuba, July 20. Messrs. Rabledilio, Kineany, Correa and Pubillones (clown) gyrated around the horizontal bar; young Tony Lowande rode a pad act, doing somersaults; cannon balls were juggled by the American "Samson" Libby, who handled the whip during the principal act by Miss Otero, and the bareback act by Martinho Lowande, which was shared by his two sons, with whom he postured. Little Kin-Kan did ceiling walking. The aerial performer Mme. Jorges worked the trapeze, young Williams did a voltigue act, the trick horse was directed by Pubillones, Tony Lowande and Williams did a brother act, M. Lowande a five-horse act and a pantomime concluded the performance. New York Clipper, August 6, 1881, p. 322.

    Martino Lowande's Great Brazilian Circus closed in Havana, Cuba, July 27, and are making stands in the larger cities of the Island, preparatory to going to South America. New York Clipper, August 13, 1881, p. 327.

1886:

    Roster of the Mexican Pavilion Co. includes J. S. Hoffman, business manager; H. R. Stirk, agent; Martinho Lowande, Rosina Lowande, Marietta Lowande, Millie Zoyarrow, Sig. Constantion, V. Morris, J. J. Earle, John Lancaster . . . Clara Bellefonte, Horatio Zoyarrow, Joseph Berris, Tony Lowande. They play at ten cents admission. New York Clipper, July 17, 1886, p. 280.

    Martinho Lowande's Mexico Pavilion Combination today opened a circus performance on the show grounds on Fifth street. The combination remains here three days. It is composed of the best of what John O'Brien's show consisted of. The price of admission is 10 cents. The combination reached here yesterday morning. Lebanon Daily News (Lebanon, PA), July 19, 1886, n.p.n.

    Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Martinho Lowande's Mexican Pavilion Co., a part of the O'Brien Circus formerly, will exhibit July 22 to 24. New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 298.

    Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Martinho Lowande's Mexican Pavilion Co. opened July 23 and will remain until 27. Two performances a day are given, at 10 cents admission. The members of the La Rue Family, leading features of the show, stated that several weeks ago they left O'Brien's Circus, with which they had been connected, on account of non-payment of salaries. New York Clipper, July 31, 1886, p. 314.

1887:

    Wanted for the Lowanda Mexican Pavilion Circus, combined with J. S. Hoffman's Museum of Living Wonders, variety, circus and muscial talent, also freaks and curiosities. Address for two weeks, J. S. Hoffman, Cincinnati, Ohio, after that Foulkrod street, Frankford, Pa. New York Clipper, February 19, 1887, p. 780.

    Lowanda & Hoffman's Circus will open in Philadelphia, March 21. New York Clipper, February 26, 1887, p. 788.

    Lowanda & Hoffman's Mexican Pavilion Show will open in Philadelphia, after which it will travel by rail and visit Massachusetts, Connecticut, Vermont, New York, Maryland, then to the Pacific Coast and to Australia. It will also attempt to make a tour around the world. New York Clipper, March 5, 1887, p. 804.

    Following are the late engagements for Lowande & Hoffman's Mexican Circus and Museum of Living Wonders: F. Lavantine and Frank Williams, Ohio fat boy, and Miss Williams. New York Clipper, March 12, 1887, p. 820.

    Roster of the Lowanda & Hoffman Mexican Pavilion Circus: the Lowande Family, Mlle. Venus . . . William P. West, Lavantine, Chas. Parson, Frank Williams and wife, John Lancaster, Albert Perry; Lowande & Hoffman, proprietors and managers; Geo. Astor, equestrian director; Harry Shallcross, ticket agent . . . James Byrne, press agent. New York Clipper, March 26, 1887, p. 23.

    Don Martinho Lowande's Mexican Circus and Pavilion Shows. Will exhibit at Frederick, May 31 & June 1. 50 first-class artists. Don Martinho Lowande, four-horse rider and Brazilian wild horse tamer. Bareback act with his infant son, Martinho Jr. Senorita Rosina Lowande, carrying act; Sentorita Marietta Lowande, bareback hurdle rider; Wm. Lowande, boy bareback somersault rider; Professor Luna and troupe of 6 performing dogs; Charles Marritus, comic pantomime, knockabout clown; Paul Livingstone, tumbler; Fred Elmer, triple horizontal bars; Lewis Bartelmes, Japanese dice and screen; John Lancaster, singing, talking and tick clown; Horation, Zoy, Arows, Millie, flying trapeze; Senor Constantina, India rubber boy contortionist; Professor W. Green and his riding dog Jack and goat Bill. Messrs. Coriera and Castor, trapeze and perch pole; Juan Antonio D'Costa, ring gymnast. 25c admission. Prof. Jene Weitzman will give the high wire ascension, walking from the ground to the highest center pole. Free exhibition after parade. [Advertisement] Daily News (Frederick, MD), May 28, 1887, n.p.n.

    About 1,300 people visited the Mexican circus last night and the performance was above the standard of those given on the previous nights of its stay here. Owing to inclement weather the exhibitions were not profitable. The circus left this morning for Woodsboro. It will shortly divide up into two ten cent shows and travel two parts of the country. Daily News (Frederick, MD), June 3, 1887, n.p.n.

1888:

    Miles Berry has been engaged as general manager for the New York and Philadelphia Consolidated Circus, which opened its season last week at Baltimore, Md. New York Clipper, November 3, 1888, p. 540.

    The New York and Philadelphia Circus stranded last week at Farmville, Va. The performers attribute their misfortune to small patronage and to the absconding of proprietor Martinho Lowande, of Philadelphia, who boarded Saturday night's train for parts unknown, carrying the entire proceeds and his two sons with him. The horses and dogs are owned by the performers, who are at Farmville in a sad plight. New York Clipper, December 1, 1888, p. 604.

    We have received a letter, signed by the member of the New York and Philadelphia Show, denying the report that Martinho Lowande owes them any money. They write that they are still with the company, and that some of them are in Mr. Lowande's debt. We have also received a letter from Mr. Lowande regarding the same report. The company includes: R. A. Schatt, A. E. Scafar, Geo. Powell, Frank Leray, William Lowande, Frank McCarthy, Jockey Carroll, Charley Allen, Sam N. Blankeship, William Slater, Cadie Milliard and Albert Dade. New York Clipper, December 15, 1888, p. 637.

1889:

    Martinho Lowande has the sole management of J. H. Rice's Circus, under the name of Lowande's Brazilian Circus and Royal Menagerie. . . . New York Clipper, July 6, 1889, p. 274.

    Lowande's Brazilian Circus and Royal English Menagerie opened its season June 17 at Philadelphia, Pa. Roster: Martinho Lowande, lesse and manager; G. S. Hoffman, business manager; J. H. Rice, general agent; G. Westbrook, assistant, with six billposters; A. De Pars, treasurer . . . Performers: Martinho Lowande, Willie Lowande, Willie Lowande Jr., Alex. Lowande, Emma Rice, Mary Rhoades . . . Nellie De Pars, Viola Kellar, Mary Donovan, Nellie Rand, Luke Rivers, George Hartzell, Fred Castor, Harry Delman, three Lewis Bros., Two De Forrest Bros., Prof. Rosco, Prof. Valentine, G. Taylor, G. Leonard, Geo. Watson, W. Hunt and others. One den of performing panthrs, two performing ponies and two performing elephants. Leader of band, Prof. Schnieder and ten men; a cowboy band of eight men, Wild Bill, leader; eight Indians and four cowboys and concert people . . . The circus tent is a 120ft. round top with a __ft. middle, dressing room 50ft., two cook tents, two horse tents, one Pullman sleeper two box sleepers, two stock cars, five flats, ten cages of animals, two and wagons, three chariots, two elephants, two camels, two donkeys, four ponies and twenty-two head of stock. White and Delaney, reserved tickets; Jim Smith, mail agent; T. White, boss canvasman with twenty-five assistants; Jack, boss hostler with six assistants . . . master of transportation, L. Joseph with eight assistants. W. Reed has charge of the lights; Sidney, boss props with five assistants. The show will travel West, then South this Winter. New York Clipper, July 13, 1889, p. 288.

    A Circus in Hard Luck. After a Prosperous Week at Trenton, the Dime Show Has Trouble. Lowande's ten-cent circus that exhibited last week over in the borough, has had a run of bad luck up in New Brunswick, where it is now exhibiting. First came a strike by the band, on Monday afternoon. A skirmish was made to secure other musicians, but no men were available, so there was no show in the afternoon. In the evening the Union Cornet Band played. There was a large crowd present, and during the show the reserved seats gave away and a number of people were more or less hurt and frightened. In raising the tent in the morning the centre pole broke and one of the canvasmen was injured. . . . The manager thinks there is a Jonah among the canvas men, and as soon as he is discovered, he will be "fired." Trenton (NJ) Times, July 24, 1889.

    The tour of the Lowande Brazilian Circus and English Royal Menagerie is under the management of J. S. Hoffman, whose experience in the direction of the largest twenty-five cent circus will doubtless be found of much value in the new venture to be put on this coming Winter season for the Southern States, Mexico and Cuba. Nearly all the tour has already been prospected. The pictorial features will be gorgeous, and the company novel and complete, we are assured. Business has been big throughout New Jersey, and everybody is happy. Martinho Lowande is back again with the show after sojourning at Long Branch, N.J. for several days, and will get to work and proceed for a divorce from his wife, Rosina Lowande. Then he will be in his glory again. Earle and Ward are no longer with the show, and the same may be said of Troy Bosco and Valintin G. Gaylor. Bender has renewed his contract for the balance of the season. A. De Tase(?), treasurer, is somewhat troubled with inflammation of the stomach. One thing that gives necessarily a certain sameness to circus music has been much improved by our new leader, Max Schneider, and one and all say it’s the best circus music ever heard. Mr. Lowande can feel proud of his new band. George Roop and wife are with them, and will stay until the close of the season. Martinho Lowande has bought four new horses for his six horse act. J. Henry Rice, who is hard at work with his advance people, is one of the most energetic advance agents, and has done some excellent work this season with Lowande’s Circus. The show will not come to New York, as was intended, not being able to make satisfactory arrangements. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889.

    Lowande's Winter Circus opened its season at Lowande's Winter quarters, Frankford, Ky., last week. New features: Lowande and son Oscar, Nellie Wilson, Prof. Valentie, Harry Delmain, George Hartzel, Karl Bros., and the Hartzell Bros. The troupe will give four performances a week. New York Clipper, December 21, 1889, p. 685.

1919:

Wanted, a partner who will invest an equal amount of capital and show property with the undersigned to outfit a circus for South America. Undersigned speaks Spanish fluently and understands the country thoroughly. Address Martinho Lowande Jr., New York City. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 14, 1919, p. 84.

Wanted for Martinho Lowande Jr. Circus touring West Indies, Central and South America for one year or more. Big wild animal acts, elephant act, trained seal act or any animal act suitable for one-ring show. Riders without stock, wire act, acrobatic act, musical act, with three or four ladies; troupe of Japs, bar performers, Spanish speaking clowns, and a number of double and single acts, musicians, boss canvasman. Seat men, light man, workingmen in all departments. Address Fred J. Martine, general representive, New York, N.Y. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 86.

    Staff and performers of the Martinho Lowande Jr. Circus: Martinho Lowande Jr., proprietor; Fred J. Martine, general representative and manager; John W. Martine, treasurer; Marie Martine, book-keeper; L. Bustamante, South American representative; E. F. Colston, general agent; B. C. Morgante, press agent; Jack Cousins, equestrian director; George C. Kempt, band leader; Charles W. Foster, in charge of sideshow; Tom Brown, master of transportation; Pete King, boss canvasman; Fred Moran, boss light man; Henry Michels, boss property man; Charlie Smith, boss hostler. Performers: Oscar Lowande, Seven Nelsons, Nettie Carroll Troupe (five), Madam Berzack's Roulet, ponies and bucking mules; Jupiter Troupe (four), Four Bounding Gordons, Two Jolliette Sisters, Kinko, comedy contortionist; Dan DuCrow and George A. Morales, Spanish speaking clowns; Washburn's Lions, Manchester's bears, and Professor Lee Ferner with wrestling bear. The show will carry six cages of wild animals, band wagon, ticket wagon, stake-chain wagon, canvas wagon, 100 foot big top, with 40 foot middle piece; sideshow and menagerie combined, 50 foot round top with two 30 foot middle pieces; dressing room 40x60. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 86.

    Partner with capital wanted at once. My partner, George F. Hayes, the famous architect, died December 17, 1919, and left me all his circus outfit. I have four cross cages, to image cages, ticket wagon, stake and chain wagon, three performing lions, four performing bears, one wrestling bear, and an entire circus outfit ready to set up. This show will tour the West Indies and South America. Address Martine Lowande Jr., E. 127th St., New York. Billboard, December 27, 1919, p. 91.

• An article on the careers and circuses of the Lowande family is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1996, pp. 4-15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Oscar Lowande's - 1908, 1919, 1920   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-1919

1908: Oscar Lowande's Great Bay State Shows toured in 1908, featuring the Eight World-Famous Lowandes. Bandwagon, July-August, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 4, pp. 2, 11.

1919: Chicago, Jan. 18. Oscar Lowande has engaged Johnnie Robinson and his elephants for the coming season and will tour the New England States with the Lowande Circus. Mr. Lowande will put out a one-ring wagon show. Billboard, January 25, 1919, p. 28.

More on the 1919 Oscar Lowande show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

1920:

    Oscar Lowande's American Shows: Oscar Lowande, proprietor and manager; George A. Swift, assistant manager; Mrs. Oscar Lowande, treasurer; Miss Lowande, secretary; Mr. Lowande Jr., auditor; George Hargraves, general agent; Raymond Goodrich, special agent; Tracey Brown, press agent; Mr. Lowande Jr., equestrian director; Frank Riley, general supt.; Speck Gerdon, supt. privileges; Mrs. Alice Brooke, director ladies band; Steve F. McMaugh, supt. reserved seat tickets; Dan McGuire, supt. canvas; Frank Parker, boss hostler; Harry Childs, supt. commissary dept.; Cuba, supt. lights; Blacky Howard, supt. props.; Chas. S. Gordon, supt. stock; Ray White, 24-hour agent; John Stevens, boss carpenter; Harry Whittell, blacksmith; Dick French, legal adjuster; George McNair, announcer; seven trucks; opens at Reading, Mass., May 1. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

• The Lowande American Circus was owned by bareback rider Oscar Lowande. It toured New England exclusively. The show was transported on ten trucks under a 90 foot round top, with one 50 foot middle piece in one ring, with the program staged by the Lowande family, John Robinson's four military elephants, several family acts and three clowns. Greater Show World, August, 1951, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Tony Lowande's - 1900, 1920   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1914

1900:

    Emile Girard, who is with Tony Lowande's Circus in Cuba, writes that business has been excellent. The circus has played in forty-four towns and villages, and although railroad fares are high, the management has cleared a good deal of money. The average nightly receipts are from $300 to $450. The five months' season was scheduled to close on May 9. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 19, 1900, p. 7.

    Tony Lowande's Circus opened October 30, in Marianoa, Cuba, to very large business, which has continued up to the present date. The roster: Tony Lowande, sole owner and proprietor; Mrs. Josie Lowande, treasurer. The great Moulier Sisters, lady horizontal bar performers; Welcom and Forepaugh, aerialist; Rosa Naynon, assisted by Clyde Phillips, trained bird act; Carolla and Ruddolfo, juvenile aerial wonders; Martina Lowande, bareback rider; the Four Avons, acrobats; the Brothers Jerome, novel acrobatic feats; Morris Delphino, musical artist; Nicholas Ceballos, high wire; El Nino Eddie, dancing rope; Rieton, juggler; Harry Higgins, mule hurdle rider; Mamie Artressi, aerialist; Daisy Deltorelli, dancer; Johnny Fernandiz, Cuban clown; Joe Artressi, double somersault leaper; Chachita, musical Cubano; Carl Michaels, German hercules; Victor Varrano, minstrel Cubano; Bert Johnson, equestrian director; Virginia Ceballos, equestrienne; Maria Louise Arbra, impersonating Cuban negro dances; Pedro Farres, cloud swing; Nico Martinez, contortionist; Alex Lowande, ticket seller; Isadoro Ortega, general agent; Manuel Cortina, press agent; Daniel Tito, musical director; Willie Glenn, Chas. Johnson and Chas. Perry, in charge of stock; George Baran, boss canvasman; Manuel Fernandiz, assistant. Billboard, December 15, 1900, p. 14.

1920: Wanted, for Tony Lowande's Circus, Menagerie and Hippodrome. Boss animal man that knows how to work big animal groups. Engagement no less than two years. Fares paid both ways. Salary paid in U. S. currency or its equivalent. Board paid. Sleep in tents. Address Anthony G. Lowande, Circo Jardim Zoologicao, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Billboard, April 10, 1920, p. 56.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lowery Bros. - 1901, 1918-19, 1920, 1922   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1899-1931

1901:

    George B. Lowery, proprietor of the Lowery Bros. new Olympia shows, was in town yesterday. His attraction will appear in Mt. Carmel April 18 and 19. Semi-Weekly Item (Mount Carmel, IL), April 10, 1901, n.p.n.

    Lowery Bros, ten and twenty cent circus will be in Wellsville on Saturday and give two performances. The show was here last summer and gave good satisfaction and will be greeted by a crowded tent when they appear here. McDade the daring balloonist is with them this year and will make two ascensions here Saturday. Daily Reporter (Wellsville, NY), June 12, 1901, n.p.n.

1918:

    Shenandoah, Pa., March 16. The Lowery Bros.' Show will take the road during the early part of May at Gilberton, Pa., which has been the opening stand for the past ten seasons. The outfit will be moved overland by motor trucks and play all two-day stands in new territory. The predominating colors will be red and blue. George B. Lowery, the sole owner of the outfit, has returned from Hamburg, Pa., where his motor trucks are undergoing repairs. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 67.

1919:

    Shenandoah, Pa., Feb. 15. George B. Lowery, manager of the Lowery Bros. Shows, states that the show will open its regular season at Gilberton, Pa., May 10. The outfit is moved by motor trucks in order to cope with the railroad transportation difficulties. Among the new ones to sign for the season are Joe J. Sullivan, the Three Blandys, Anna Centerland and Andy Dusto. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 30.

    Wanted, a partner with a 3 or 5-ton truck, to take half interest in Lowery Bros. Show. No angel or money man wanted. I have the outfit ready for the road, or I will buy a 3 or 5-ton truck if cheap for cash. Can place a few more circus and vaudeville acts, also piano player. Make all two and three day stands. Address Geo. B. Lowery, Shenandoah, Pennsylvania. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 1, 1919, p. 2.

    August 18 at Freeland, Pa., while the Lowery Bros.' Shows' big top was being taken down a severe wind and rainstorm struck the outfit and did considerable damage. The big top was lowered without mishap, the cookhouse was leveled and one of the center poles struck equestrian director Mel Thompson on the head, inflicting a small cut. Thompson had just gone into the cookhouse for shelter. Several of the living tops were also blown over, including that of Prof. J. W. Turner and Harry Elmore, the female impersonator. The next stand after Freeland was Drifton, Pa., a darb spot, capacity ruling both days. Mrs. Lowery has returned to the show from Philadelphia, where she purchased an automobile. It is rumored that at the close of the circus season equestrian director Thompson intends putting out a minstrel show down South. Thompson is an old minstrel man, having trouped with several outfits. Billboard, August 30, 1919, p. 102.

    Wanted, for Lowery Bros. Show, circus acts of all kinds suitable for small show, double traps, man and wife. All two-day stands. Address G. B. Lowery, Auburn, Pa., June 7; Pone Grove, Pa., June 9 and 10; Tremont, Pa., June 11 and 12. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 7, 1919, p. 48.

    Among the people still with the Lowry Bros. Show, are the Five Millers, aerialists; the LeBards, perch and rings; Harry Elmore, female impersonator; Anna Sunderland's troupe of trained dogs; Caney and his two spotted ponies; Melvin J. Thompson, equestrian director. The ten piece band is under the direction of Prof. J. W. Turner, who also does a special musical turn in the big show. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 45.

    August 18 at Freeland, Pa., when the Lowery Bros. Shows' big top was being taken down a severe storm struck the outfit and did considerable damage. The big top was lowered without mishap, but the cookhouse was leveled and one of the center poles struck equestrian director Mel Thompson inflicting a small cut. Several of the living tops were also blown over, including that of Prof. J. W. Turner and Harry Elmore, the female impersonator. It is rumored that at the close of the circus season equestrian director Thompson intends putting out a minstrel show. He is an old minstrel man, having trouped with several outfits. Billboard, August 30, 1919, p. 102.

1920:

    Lowery Bros. Show: George B. Lowery, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Jennie Lowery, treasurer; James O'Hara, general agent; Fred Hart, manager side show; Melvin Thompson, equestrian director; Chas. Bailey, musical director; John James, supt. reserved seat tickets; Martey Hannah, supt. canvas; James Dower, supt. lights; Charley Millard, supt. props.; Jack Kail, announcer; opens at Gilberton, Pa., May 10. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

1922: Lowery Bros.' Show. Geo. B. Lowery, proprietor, manager; Mrs. G. B. Lowery, treasurer; James O'Hara, general agent; Wm. Grant, equestrian director; Harry Owens, supt. privileges; Arthur Roarck, musical director; Billy West, supt. reserved seat tickets; Harvey Sherman, supt. canvas; John Smith, supt. lights; six motor trucks. Opens at Gilberton, Pennsylvania, May 10. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 247.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lowery & Hatch - 1883

    J. J. Kelley, in advance of Lowry & Hatch's World's Champion Circus, is in the city today, making arrangements for the appearance of the show here, on Thursday, April 26th. Marion Daily Star (Marion, OH), April 18, 1883, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lucas Circus & Wild West - 1922   Lucas Circus listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911, 1927

    Everything is getting a complete overhauling at the winter quarters, Columbus, Ohio, of the B. W. Lucas Shows. The show will be enlarged this season with more stock, wagons and people. Mr. Lucas recently purchased a ticket wagon and a beautiful snow-white horse for bareback riding. Herned, "pony with the human brain," will be one of the features of the show. Madame Bonni, at present in Los Angeles, is expected at the quarters at an early date. Dock Truesdale and wife will be with the show with their goat act. - Jack Desantel (for the Show) Billboard, March 11, 1922, p. 68.

    Notes from the Lucas Circus and Wild West (dated Millersburg, O., July 2). The show played five nights last week to packed houses, losing one night because of a heavy downpour of rain at Brink Haven. Dock and Anna Truesdale left here today with their goat act. Jack Fauthauber "staked himself a claim" at Howard, O. "Peg" Hurssey, the cook, provided the folks with a fine chicken dinner here today, and Jack Desantel, who has the advance, arrived back to the show in time to get in on the feed. Madam Bonni purchased a nice cream-colored horse at Killbuck, O., and is breaking it in for trick riding. "Slim" Beer has charge of the stock. "Peanut" Dode takes care of the people's wants with the best of refreshmens. - Dode Burkhead. Billboard, July 15, 1922, p. 62.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lucky Bill's - 1909, 1914, 1917, 1920   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1880-1917

1909: Lucky Bill's Circus and Menagerie: Lucky Bill, proprietor and manager; Mrs. May Dunlap, musical director, secretary & treasurer; Frank Kelso, equestrian director; Frank Irvin, advance agent; Sid De Clairville, manager side show; Earnest Larkin, boss hostler; Wm. Newton, advance manager; Jas. Kerr, train master. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1914: Lucky Bill's Show - Wm. Newton Sr. (Lucky Bill), proprietor and manager; Mrs. Lucky Bill, treasurer; Grace Brown, secretary; Lucky Bill, press agent; F. James, sideshow manager; Junior Philips; equestrian director; Wm. Newton, general superintendent; Mrs. Lucky Bill, musical director; Claude Dillon, superintendent canvas; Jack Bryant, boss hostler; Wm. Yeiser, superintendent lights; E. McCoy, superintendent props; Claude Dillon, superintendent ring stock; Jack Reams, superintendent stock; Patsy Williams, superintendent working crew; Junior Philips, superintendent elephants; Patsy Williams, blacksmith; Wm. Newton, legal adjuster; Lucky Bill, announcer. Show opens at Plantersville, Tex. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

1917: Lucky Bill Show - Lucky Bill, prop.; W. M. Newton, mgr.; Mrs. May Wilber Newton, asst. mgr.; Wm. Newton, treas.; Mrs. Lucky Bill, secy.; Mrs. Grace Brown, auditor; H. Newton, gen. agt.; Chas. Shepard, local contractor; Miss Lavay Brown, contracting press agt.; Henry Newton, advance press agt.; Cap. C. Woods, mgr. side-show; Romeo Sebastian, equestrian dir.; Mrs. Newton, musical dir.; W. B. Yook, trainmaster; W. H. Whetlack, supt. lights; Elsy Brown, supt. stock; Len Carpenter, 24-hour agent; Mr. Len, supt. elephants; Mrs. Yook, supt. animals; Henry Newton, mgr. adv. car No. 1; A. B. Crum, legal adjuster; eight trucks and twelve wagons. Show opens at Quenemo, Kan., April 7. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.

1920: Lucky Bill Show: William Newton Sr. (Lucky Bill), proprietor and manager; G. W. Brown, assistant manager; Mrs. Lucky Bill, treasurer; Wm. W. Newton, secretary and auditor; Bert Sanders, general agent; Grace Brown, contracting press agent; G. Haughey, manager side show; W. Nelson, equestrian director; Clyde Benny, general supt.; Jack Riddle, supt. privileges; Earl Cole, musical director; Mrs. Nelson, supt. reserved seat tickets; Bobbie Underwood, supt. canvas; Johnny Logan, boss hostler; F. C. May, supt. props.; Arthur Nelson, supt. ring stock; Johnny Logan, supt. stock; Toty Nelson, 24-hour agent; Arthur Boggs, supt. elephants and animals; C. Gardner, boss carpenter; Thomas Perry, blacksmith; A. B. Crumb, legal adjuster; Emil Arp, announcer; twenty wagons. Opens at Quenemo, Kan., April 8. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

• An article on the career of Lucky Bill Newton and his shows is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 6, pp. 4-12.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

1907: The Great Lugar Shows will open their season the latter part of April at Eaton, O., playing a three days' engagement. Mr. Lugar recently purchased the outfit of the Sipe Dog and Pony Show and other show property and has what promises to be one of the best wagon shows on the road. Several big circus acts have been engaged, such as Vane and DeClairville, acrobats: Harry Fink, clown and hoop roller; M. Samayoa, cloud swing and Roman rings; Bartone, contortionist; Don Draper and Daddy, novelty wire artists; Prof. Sheets' performing dogs and ponies, and other features. Prof. Jesse Bolen's Band of twelve pieces will furnish the music. The advance will be handled by L. C. Zelleno and a competent force of billposters. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.

• (1907-1909) Article on the Great Lugar show is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1958 (scroll down).

1909:

    Great Lugar Shows and Wild West: Jos. A. Lugar, proprietor; E. O. Ferguson, general agent; Barney Ryan, special agent; J. H. Hedges, press agent; C. R. Culbertson, manager side show; George Churchill, treasurer; Sid De Claisville, equestrian director; Andrew Kanzig, manager commissary dept.; Jas. Webb, supt. of canvas; C. R. Culbertson, supt. of privileges; H. Shaffer, supt. of props.; J. Victor, supt. of stock. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

    Roster of the Great Lugar Shows: Jos. A. Lugar manager; Chas. Holton, general agent; Frank Murry, O. Hodges and F. J. Wolf, billposters; M. Hemmert, press representative; C. R. Culbertson, manager annex and privileges; Wash Duggins, treasurer; Prof. Harry Sark, musical director; with the following musicians: Roy DeHaven, John Robinson, Henry Smith, Geo. Dartt [Darit?] Pearl Pickering, Tom Deaton, V. Nelson, E. T. Murry, J. Alexander, J. E. Maupin and Beecher Fuller. Performers: the Two Lafayettes, Seldon and Nichols, Wallon and Glenny, Okomo Troupe, Andrew Kunzig Jr., C. C. Carnell, Sid DeClairville, Omer T. and Katie Sweigeart, Joe Gordon, Oregon Red, Wild Horse Jack, Montana Bot, and a tribe of Sioux Indians. The show will open at Eaton, Ohio, on May 6. Billboard, May 1, 1909, p. 17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Luproil's Royal Hawaiian - 1879

    Honolulu, H.I., June 18, 1879 . . . Geo. Luproil's Royal Hawaiian Circus is making a tour of the Islands, but it is reported as meeting with poor success. New York Clipper, August 2, 1879, p. 152.

    Honolulu, H.I., Aug. 4 . . . Luproil's Royal Hawaiian Circus returned from its circuit of these Islands about a month ago, and the tent was converted into a gymnasium, the old company failing to draw. July 14, while the steamer Zealandia was in port, the Valdia(?) Sisters en route to Australia performed at the tent to a full house. Luproil leaves by today's steamer for San Francisco to secure a new troupe for his circus, and to establish an agency to secure fresh performers for him, he intending to have new arrivals by each monthly steamship. New York Clipper, August 30, 1879, p. 180.

    The Royal Hawaiian Circus gave a performance, under the auspices of His Majesty King Kalakana, for the benefit of the Prince's Own Guards, at Honolulu, Sandwich Islands, Nov. 8. At the proper time during the interlude between the acts a beautiful present was made by Capt. A. Ross, on behalf of His Majesty, to G. Luproil, as a testimonial of His Majesty's appreciation of Mr. Luproil's efforts to please the Hawaiian people with his circus performances. . . . New York Clipper, December 20, 1879, p. 312.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lynch's Great Western - 1891

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Allen W. Lynch's Great Western Circus starts from this city about May 1. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 79.

    Wanted, people in all branches of circus business except riders. Address A. W. Lynch, ___ Fifth Avenue, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 85.

    Allen W. Lynch’s Great Western Circus starts from Pittsburg, Pa., early in May. The show is well put together, and should make a nice bit of money during the campaign. New York Dramatic News, April 18, 1891, p. 12.

    On the road, circuses: Lynch's Great Western Pittsburg, Pa., May 11-16, Allegheny 18, 19 . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.
    On the road, circuses: Lynch's Great Western, Millville, Pa. May 20, 21. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.
    On the road, circuses: A. W. Lynch's, Verona, Pa. May 27, Springate 28 . . . Freeport 30. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top